Hell Is Not Eternal – 1979, January




We are going to deal with a subject that has generated quite a bit of controversy, especially in the Pentecostal circles, ever since Bro. William Branham made the statement that he did not believe that hell is eternal. He never did take it as a subject and deal with it by the scriptures that show why it cannot be an eternal place; he just made the statement. That is why we are going to take it as a subject. We want to bring in the scriptures that will enable every sincere believer to understand completely, just what hell is, and also, just exactly when there will be no more use for the place called hell.


I want to say, right in the beginning of the message, that we are living in the closing hours of the grace age, and much of what we believe is a result of ideas that have come out of the years of reformation as the church began to emerge from the dark ages. There are three words in particular, commonly used in the Bible, that do not mean, every time they are used, what our English language has attributed to them: therefore they can only be properly understood by comparing scripture with scripture until we get everything in its proper place. The three words are EVERLASTING, ETERNAL, and FOREVER. Our English language causes us to look at each of them from the standpoint of being without an end. That is why people read the scriptures that speak of everlasting punishment, and think it means that people will be punished forever, and ever, and ever, and ever, without an end. Without consecrated study, we just assume the Bible teaches that, but I will have to say, if we will just examine the whole scope of those verses, we will not miss the true interpretation. Just remember this, the apostles, Paul and John, had the last two revelations concerning the state of the lake of fire. You cannot use Isaiah nor Jeremiah, nor even the words of Jesus for the final analysis on the subject; you must look to Paul and John. Naturally, some will say, I would rather take the words of Jesus than anyone else, but let me show you where an attitude like that will lead you; that is what causes so many people to hold on to Matthew 28:19, and reject Acts 2:38. In this particular instance it takes the words of Jesus, as well as the words of Peter, for us to have proper instruction on water baptism. Jesus said that believers should be baptized in the NAME of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost, (Matt. 28:19) but it was the apostle Peter who made that NAME known to those who inquired of them, on the day of Pentecost, Acts 2:38. Therefore it is very foolish for people to hold to one verse of scripture, while trying to reject another one. Take for instance St. John 5:28-29, where Jesus said, “The hour is coming, in the which all that are in the graves shall hear His voice, and shall come forth; they that have done good, unto the resurrection of life; and they that have done evil, unto the resurrection of damnation.” He put it all together, as though it would all take place at the same time, but Paul and John separated the two events, to let us see that the resurrection of the wicked dead does not take place until after the millennial reign of Christ on earth. The two resurrections are not even associated, even though Jesus referred to both of them in the same statement as though they were.


I believe that as children of God, if we will sit with an open mind, we will be able to see just exactly what the scriptures teach on these various subjects that cause disputes and divisions. Let us establish first of all, just where the Bible teaches that hell is located. Some will argue about it saying, No one knows where hell is located, but that is not true; the Bible tells us, if we will just get the scriptures lined up properly. We will get our first glimpse from the 12th chapter of Matthew as we begin reading with the 38th verse. “Then certain of the scribes and of the Pharisees answered, saying, Master, we would see a sign from thee.” In other words, they were wanting Him to do something extraordinary, to fit their ideas of what He should be doing if He was who He claimed to be. He had already done outstanding things, but they did not pay attention to that; they were wanting Him to do something strictly on their terms. They approached Him the same way the devil did when He had fasted forty days following His baptism by John. In other words, they wanted Him to do something special in an effort to convince them of who He was. Do a sign that we may believe; that was the same old story that He had heard before, Matt. 4:3, “And when the tempter came to Him, he said, If thou be the Son of God, command that these stones be made bread.” Jesus did not submit to that temptation, and neither did He submit to theirs. Verse 39, “But he answered and said unto them, an evil and adulterous generation seeketh after a sign; and there shall no sign be given to it, but the sign of the prophet Jonas: (Verse 40 tells us where hell is, notice now) For as Jonas was three days and three nights in the whale’s belly; so shall the Son of man be three days and three nights in the HEART OF THE EARTH.” Now if you are one of those who would say, Bro. Jackson, that doesn’t say that hell is in the heart of the earth, just bear with me. We only use that verse to establish the fact that the Son of man (who is Jesus Christ) was going into the heart of the earth. We will show you what He was going there to do, by another scripture. Turn in your Bibles to 1 Peter 3:18-19, and we will see what He did while He was in the heart of the earth. 18, “For Christ also hath once suffered for sins, the just for the unjust, that He might bring us to God, being put to death in the flesh, but quickened (made alive) by the Spirit: 19, By which also he went and preached unto the spirits in prison.” When did He do that? It took place in the time between the crucifixion and the resurrection, while His body was lying in the tomb. He was not preaching in some earthly jail house or natural place of confinement where men are placed for a time. While His body lay in that tomb, His spirit went right down into the regions of hell itself; that is the prison that Peter was referring to. Peter said He went and preached to the spirits in prison, and Jesus had already said that HE would go into the heart of the earth during that time. Do we have a contradiction? Of course not; the simple truth is that He went right into hell, which is in the heart of the earth, and preached to those who had been confined there from every age since mankind had his first taste of death. It would be very foolish for us to think that hell was one place, and the heart of the earth is someplace else, and that Jesus was going from place to place while His body was lying in a tomb on the surface of the earth. I realize this paper may be picked up by some of the Jehovah Witness people who believe in soul sleeping, and such like, but there is no such thing as soul sleeping. The body sleeps in death, but the soul does not sleep. The soul and the spirit are inseparable; therefore, for the benefit of you who may think that is unimportant, let me say, the very life of every person is the spirit of that person, and within that spirit, God has placed wisdom, knowledge, emotions, the five senses of see, hear, taste, smell and feel, causing him to have a personality and an intellect. In other words for the sake of clarifying our understanding, we can say, the soul is the intellect and emotions of the spirit, but since the life is in the spirit, when the spirit goes out of a person, so goes the intellect and emotions. Keep in mind that God is the source of all life, whether it be human life, animal life or whatever; therefore when the spirit of life goes out of the body, that body returns to dust. God is a spirit and in the case of man, (who is created in the very image of God) it was a matter of God separating from Himself the very life that dwells in every one of His offspring. That is the sense in which God became Father: He produced offspring that were in His own image. It is not the flesh of man that is in the image of God. Man’s flesh is just a shell, or dwelling place for the purpose of identifying Him with matter, but the man himself is that spirit being, within that shell. Let me say also, that, even though we are begotten of God in the essence of life, there is within that spirit, something that gives us an identity apart from God, otherwise we would be identified in the same greatness of God, who is life everywhere. That is the something that gives each of us our individuality, and keeps us from being like molded copies of each other. That is why some of us like one thing, and others, something else. For instance, if a person is an inventor: that person was born to be an inventor; there is no amount of studying that could make an inventor of an individual. A person might study certain techniques of other inventors, and incorporate that knowledge in his own invention, but that is not what makes him an inventor. He is an inventor because of an endowment from the Creator. That is why every prophet could speak of future things, record them, and later generations watch them come to pass. They were born to be prophets by that special endowment of the Creator. God puts these things within the spirit that man is, and that is what makes up his soul. That is why we have to say that they are part of his spirit; not his body, and that is why we say that the soul and spirit of man are inseparable. Now you may say, Bro. Jackson, I differ with you. That is your privilege, but it will not get you any place, for when the spirit of life goes out of this old body, it no longer hears, sees, or has any feelings. That is why you can cremate it, and it does not howl and scream, and make a big fuss. Is that clear? Can you see why there cannot be any such thing as soul sleeping? I believe that is why we read in the book of Ecclesiastes that there is no wisdom nor device, or anything in the grave. What that really means is that the body lying in the grave has no more life in it, and therefore it is apart from all of the things that speak of life. The question then, is, Where would that life be? That is what this message is being published for: to answer that question, along with some others.


Before there was an atonement, before God came in the form and likeness of man, and took the sins of man upon Himself bearing them on that old cross at Calvary, every man, regardless of whether he was good or bad, had to be confined to this planet. Death could not put his spirit back in the presence of God, for sin had separated man from God. Therefore, until the sin debt was paid, all men, both good and bad, had to be confined to a prison place somewhere in the heart of the earth. It was on this planet that sin originated, and this planet is God’s workshop, so He kept man here until the redemptive work was completed. We are still establishing the fact that hell is in the heart of the earth, before going on to show that it is not eternal. Remember now, Jesus said, as Jonas was three days and three nights in the whale’s belly, so would He be three days and three nights in the heart of the earth, and Peter said that when Christ had suffered for the sins of man, He went and preached to the SPIRITS IN PRISON. With that in mind, open your Bibles to the 16th Psalm, and let us hear what David had to say about this place called hell, this prison place in the heart of the earth. Apart from Job, David was one of the first that began to speak of this place in the heart of the earth called hell.

Let us begin reading in verse 7. “I will bless the Lord, who hath given me counsel: my reins also instruct me in the night seasons. I have set the Lord always before me: because He is at my right hand, I shall not be moved.” In other words, he put the Lord first and sought His will in everything. That is why he could say, “He is at my right hand, I shall not be moved. 9, Therefore my heart is glad, and my glory rejoiceth: my flesh also shall rest in hope. 10, For thou wilt not leave my soul in HELL: neither wilt thou suffer thine Holy One to see corruption.” David was anointed to speak this prophetic Psalm which carried a revelation of the hope for man, beyond the grave. As we look back to verse 9, notice that he said, “Therefore my heart is glad, and my glory rejoiceth: My flesh also shall rest in hope.” He is speaking of his body; it will rest in the grave with a certain hope. What is that hope? Notice verse 10, “For thou wilt not leave MY soul in hell; neither wilt thou suffer thine Holy One (that is Christ) to see corruption.” This was a prophetic utterance, pointing to the first advent of Christ in His sacrificial role, and when David saw that, it caused him to say, My flesh also shall rest in hope. Why? He could see the resurrection. He could see that, if his soul was not going to be left in hell, then to take it out of hell, was to reunite it with his fleshly body. That is what gave him hope for the flesh, and it has nothing to do with soul sleeping. I just do not see how these people get such an idea from scriptures such as these. David saw that the Redeeming One, the Holy One, would not see corruption. That meant that His body would not be left in that tomb beyond the point where it would begin to rot. According to Peter’s revelation, it just laid in the tomb while the life from it, went and preached to the spirits which were in hell.


Brothers and sisters: I believe we see that hell, in the sense that we think of hell, is a place in the heart of the planet earth. Now we want to see from the scriptures, just when this place had its beginning. We know that, according to the scientists, the heart of this earth is nothing but just a great big mass of hot molten gases. That is what THEY say. I am not telling you that the Bible teaches that; I only mention the fact that scientists teach that. We are not going to dwell on the various Greek and Hebrew words that deal with hell, for in the sense that we are dealing with it, we know that it is a place for imprisonment. Jesus spoke of it in Luke 16: 19-31, when He gave the illustration using Lazarus and the rich man. Those who believe in soul sleeping, call this a parable, but if you will check closely, you will find that Jesus did not use names in His parables. He would say, a certain man, a certain place, and so forth, but in this illustration, even though He did say, a certain rich man, there was also a man by the name of Lazarus in the story. This was a living illustration, given before His crucifixion, and he knew the characters in the story. We will just read two verses of the account, strictly for the purposes of establishing the point we are making; that will be verses 22 & 23. “And it came to pass, that the beggar (Lazarus) died, and was carried by the angels into Abraham’s bosom; the rich man also died, and was buried; And in HELL he lift up his eyes, being in torments, and seeth Abraham afar off, and Lazarus in his bosom.” From those two verses we establish where both men were after their death; the rich man was in hell and tormented, (do not jump to conclusions; it does not say he was in the lake of fire, burning; he was in hell, tormented.) And Lazarus was in Abraham’s bosom, and that was hell too, but you must realize that the righteous and the wicked were not both imprisoned together; they were separated according to the words of Jesus. Lazarus was in Abraham’s bosom, and that was hell too, but you must realize that the righteous and the wicked were not both imprisoned together; they were separated according to the words of Jesus. Lazarus was in the portion of hell called paradise. Certainly I realize that when you begin to preach on a subject such as this, you have to expect the doctors of divinity, those who know all the Hebrew and Greek words, to find fault with your terminology. They think it is all wrapped up in their education, but I assure you it is not. It is wrapped up in the way the Holy Ghost led the various scripture writers to lay it out; one takes it so far, then another one adds a little more and so on, until the picture is complete, but you still must get it together properly or your picture will be distorted. That is why we want to add Paul and John’s revelation to the words of Jesus; it takes all of it together to open our understanding properly. When we just read of hell, in one, of the many places it is spoken of in the scriptures, without searching the scriptures to see what the word actually pertains to, it is possible to come up with all sorts of ideas about the place. I am afraid that is what most Christians are guilty of.


In the story Jesus told concerning the rich man and Lazarus; the rich man was in hell, suffering, for he said, I am tormented in this flame, but he was able to look over in to the place where Lazarus was, the place called paradise, referred to as Abraham’s bosom, and remember former days. These souls were not sleeping; the one was comforted, and the other was tormented. Some have even said, I thought that meant that Lazarus was in hell also, and the reason a statement like this bothers you, is because you have not yet seen what the place called hell, actually is: A place where the souls of those who departed from this life were held. David was in hell before Calvary, but when you say that, people say, Do you mean to tell me that David was in hell? Yes, David was in hell. When David spoke the 16th Psalm into existence while he was still very much alive, he knew that his soul would go to hell when he died, the place of imprisonment where the souls of departed persons was kept, but he also had a revelation, or at least an insight of the fact that the Redeeming One was coming, and that He would not leave his soul in hell. He knew he would go to hell when he died, but he said his flesh would rest in hope, and that hope was the resurrection of the dead, and the fact that his soul would not be left in hell. When Cain slew Abel, his soul went to hell: not to be tormented, but to be kept there in the paradise part of it, waiting for the day when someone would conquer the very thing that caused him to be there, (death). When Cain died, his soul went to hell also, but he went into the tormenting section of it, where Jesus said the rich man was, in His illustration. From the time of Cain and Abel, right on down through the centuries to the cross of Calvary; every righteous person, as well as every wicked person who passed from this life was kept in a place of confinement in the heart of the earth, called hell. The flesh of those persons went into the CRUST of the earth, but the spirit, which is the life, the soul of those persons, went in the HEART of the earth. The righteous were comforted, but the wicked had to go through all kinds of torment and anguish, weeping and wailing, with no hope, nothing to look forward to. David knew his soul would not be left in hell, but the wicked have no such hope.


Brothers and sisters, as we establish the fact that hell is in the heart of the earth, we want to keep in mind, the fact, that it is the purpose of God to deal with sin, the thing that caused man to be in hell in the first place. Now, sin took place on the CRUST of the earth. The garden of Eden was on the crust of the earth, the outer surface of it. I am sure you all realize that, therefore, let us continue on. The body is laid in the crust of the earth to return back unto the elements from which it is made up, but the spirit which is not subject to tangible things was kept locked up in the heart of the earth where Jesus went to preach to them while His body was lying in the tomb. The very process of redemption began at Calvary, where Jesus willingly offered up His sinless life to pay the price for fallen mankind’s redemption. Once that price was paid He went right straight to the prison place to make the announcement. His preaching to the spirits in prison was not for the purpose of redeeming the wicked and giving them eternal life. We are not teaching anything like that. Brother, if you do not find your place in Jesus Christ in this life, and you go on in your sin and rebellion against God until the cold, clammy hand of death settles upon you: the lake of fire where you will suffer for awhile, and then be destroyed completely, is your promised reward. You may say, I just cannot see that. I say, God’s word is true and it declares that to be your end. I do not rejoice in your destiny; I only rejoice in the accuracy of the word of God. I have learned that if God said a thing: I can stake my life on it without fear.




When the time came for God’s process of redemption to be set in motion, and Jesus Christ (who was God in the flesh of man) walked on earth, being tempted and tested in every are of life that any other man was ever tempted: He actually set an example before all mankind showing us how to face the tempter without being overcome by the temptation. The Bible says that He, being made perfect, became the author of eternal salvation unto all them that obey Him, and that, though He were a Son, yet learned He obedience by the things which He suffered, (Heb. 5:8-9) The last thing that He suffered was death itself. As we look at this man, Jesus, He was every bit man, in the essence of flesh, yet He was not a sinner; He did not have the attributes of death, dwelling in His flesh; His flesh was perfect. His blood was perfect also, for He did not have the blood of Adam’s race in Him. Yet He was foreordained to die, that is, to taste of death for the sins of every man; therefore we will say that death was the final affliction that was heaped upon Him. He was crucified, and He submitted to it willingly. It was not cancer, nor tuberculosis, nor heart trouble, nor any of the other diseases that mankind is plagued with, that took His life; He was nailed to an old cross, and pierced with a spear, and those who stood by, watched until His head went limp and fell upon His chest. What was it all about? Simply this, mankind was hopelessly separated from God, and helpless to do anything about it, requiring God Himself, to take the initiative, if man was ever to be reconciled to His Creator. Now for the benefit of you who still do not have the trinity question straight in your minds, let me say this, it was not a question of God being three persons, (as some believe Him to be) and one of them having to go down to earth to take man’s place in the penalty for sin. Absolutely not! God is one. There never has been three persons in the godhead, and there never will be. This was purely a situation where God Himself, (being Spirit, and having no tangible form) spoke the creative word, to plant the seed of life in the virgin Mary’s womb, actually creating Himself a flesh body, for the purpose of walking among men on earth, but allowing it to be manifested through the natural process of human birth, so that He, coming to be man’s redeemer, and the Messiah that the Jews looked for, would have the prophesied identity with those whom He came to first. When I said His flesh was perfect; you must understand, there was no sickness, nor disease, nor any attribute of sin in His makeup. There was no hereditary death sentence hanging over Him. He was a perfect man from the standpoint of the flesh, and He was the very God of all creation from the standpoint of the Spirit. Hanging there on that old cross, He had all the sin of the whole human race piled upon Him, past, present, and future. He paid the sin debt for every man, woman, boy and girl of the entire human race. We read in Romans 5:19, “For as by one man’s disobedience (Adam) many were made sinners, so by the obedience of one (Christ) shall many be made righteous,” (those who believe and obey the gospel). Through the disobedience of one, the death sentence was passed upon the whole human race, but, Praise God, through the obedience of one, all shall be made alive. Bro. Jackson, did you really mean to say, All shall be made alive. Yes, that is what I meant to say; not that all who are made alive will receive eternal life, for the wicked dead will be resurrected for only one purpose, that is to stand before the great white throne judgement where their final sentence will be pronounced upon them, Rev. 20:10-15, but that is another part of the message. What I am trying to show you now; is what took place at Calvary. In other words, His death on the cross was the beginning of a process of redemption. That body that hung there on that old cross that day; though it had walked on the water, and done many other things that went beyond natural man’s limitations, when the life went out of it, there was nothing else for it to do until He, who is life, came back to it. In the meantime they hurriedly wrapped it, and stuck it in a tomb. It was just as dead as any other man’s body that the spirit of life had gone out of, but, Thank God, the life that went out of that body, was life that had no beginning, and shall have no end. That is the life that Peter said, went and preached to the spirits in prison, 1st Pet. 3:19. No, He did not preach a salvation message, to give the wicked another chance; He rather, reminded them that when they walked on earth, there was a chance given to every one of them to do right and they rejected it. He reminded them of all the times that when they were planning to do certain wrong things, there was a feeling, or an urging, not to do it, and they ignored that urgency. He is awakening their conscience to the fact that God gave them their chance to do right, and they chose to do wrong; therefore they must be judged, and they will be judged upon the basis of what they are hearing, especially those who lived in the days of Noah. I am sure that every one of you can remember times when you were planning to do a certain thing, and just about the time you would have done it, something go hold of you, and stopped you from doing it. You were just not able to go through with it. Is that not right? That is exactly what we are talking about. That was the spirit of God. That is what Christ is testifying to the imprisoned spirits about. Now once more, Why did He do it? It was to put their conscience alive to what God had offered them, and they rejected it. This was to give them a feeling of guilt. Now let us go to the next chapter, 1st Peter 4, and read a few verses which will clarify what we are saying. We will begin with the 3rd verse, but it is verses 5 & 6 that we are getting to. “For the time past of our life may suffice us to have wrought the will of the Gentiles, when we walked in lasciviousness, lusts, excess of wine, revelings, banquetings, and abominable idolatries: Wherein they think it strange that ye run not with them to the same excess of riot, speaking evil of you: 5, Who shall give account to Him that is ready to judge the quick and the dead. 6, For this cause was the gospel preached also to them that are dead, that they might be judged according to men in the flesh, but live according to God in the spirit.” Keep in mind that He (Jesus) preached to the righteous as well as the wicked spirits, who were in hell. In the days before the flood there was no law written; therefore men lived under the law of the conscience. That is why something had to be said to them to activate their conscience. You cannot hold a person guilty for doing something wrong, if he knows nothing about any wrong, but once Christ came and preached to them, reminding them of the times in their lives on earth when the spirit of God dealt with them, and they refused to take heed: that put them under guilt. Now when they stand, in the flesh, to be judged; they will be judged according to men in the flesh, for it was those things that they did in the flesh, that will determine the degree of their punishment. God keeps a perfect record.


Now, when Christ steps over into the realms of hell where the righteous have been kept, and begins to preach to them: it will have an opposite effect. Many of these also lived in the days when there was no written law to abide by, but they were sensitive to the spirit of God as He moved upon their conscience. They were righteous in their day because they were sensitive to something that gave them convictions, and standards, not knowing exactly that it was God dealing with them. That is why they are in the place of hell, called paradise. I can just hear David, as he saw Christ walking down the corridors of hell, saying, There is the One I sang about. He is the One I have been looking for. Think also how old Job must have felt. He is the one who said, (at a time when all outward appearances seemed that God had forsaken him) “For I know that my redeemer liveth, and that He shall stand at the latter day upon the earth: And though after my skin worms destroy this body, yet in my flesh shall I see God: Whom I shall see for myself, and mine eyes shall behold, and not another,” (Job 19:25-27) In other words, his very own eyes, in an immortal body, of course, would see his redeemer stand upon earth in the latter day. Job spoke those words more than 1500 years before the advent of Christ, when he was in the darkest hours of his sufferings at the hands of the devil. Now, here he is in hell with David and all the rest of the righteous ones who had died before that hour. Suddenly that Redeeming One appeared, having come to conquer death, hell, and the grave, He is ready to lead these captive souls out of hell, and the grave, He is ready to lead these captive souls out of hell, and restore them back to their bodies. He had paid the penalty for the death sentence that hung over mankind, and now He was ready to take those righteous souls out of hell with Him when He went out. There will be no further need for the part of hell that held those righteous souls captive, for every one of them was going out. Why do I say that? Brothers and sisters, we are not to preach redemption, just from the standpoint of keeping people from going to hell; we are to preach it to cover the whole scope and objective of God. Now the objective of God is that, eventually He will erase from this planet, all traces of the original sin. It was on this planet that death had its beginning, and death has separated the life from the bodies; therefore, on this planet, God is working His plan of redemption to abolish death.


In Ephesians 4:8-10, Paul wrote, “Wherefore he saith, When He ascended upon high, He led captivity captive, and gave gifts unto men. 9, Now that He ascended, what is it but that He also descended first into the lower parts of the earth? He that descended is the same also that ascended up far above all heavens that He might fill all things.” (check what David wrote in Psalms 68:18-19) We find that when Jesus went down into the lower parts of the earth, (hell, in the heart of the earth) He led captivity captive. Those who had been held captive by the devil in the paradise section of hell, were now taken captive by Christ, who had earned the right to do so. Praise God! I would rather be a captive to Christ than the devil anytime, wouldn’t you? That was Paul’s terminology, but we are grateful to God because He has led us to know what it means. There are no righteous souls in hell today; only the wicked were left in hell, to be tormented for their evil ways when they were alive upon the crust of the earth. Abel went up with Christ, but Cain stayed, and he will remain there until after the millennial reign of Christ on earth. Many times, people have asked, Was there really a resurrection of all the righteous dead when Jesus came up? They ask that question, mainly, because the account of it in Matthew 27:50-53, states that MANY of those saints which slept, arose from their graves after His resurrection, and went into the holy city, (Jerusalem) and appeared unto many. Think of it like this, What would have been the purpose of any Gentile going into Jerusalem after he was resurrected? Who would have recognized any of them? What purpose would have been accomplished, by anyone other than Jews (who could be recognized by some who would be in the streets of Jerusalem) going into the streets of the holy city after their resurrection? Do you see what I mean? That does not mean that only part of those righteous souls were resurrected. If that had been the case; which one’s would He have taken out, and how could it be said that hell was conquered, if it still held righteous dead, after the price of their redemption was paid? Now, as to how many arose, (number-wise) that is intruding into God’s business. We have no need to know that. Paul said, Foolish questions, and genealogies gender (that is, lead to) strife, or arguments. It does not matter whether there were 10 thousand, or 10 million, or what; that has nothing to do with what we need to see and understand, namely, that hell is in the heart of the earth, that Christ went to hell, that He took out all the righteous souls, and that the souls of the wicked are still tormented there.


While we are thinking of questions that people ask, let us turn to St. Mark 9:43-48, where Jesus used certain terminology to make a point, and carnal minds have taken that scripture literally, and done exactly what the words in these verses say to do. Brothers and sisters, that has been a trick of the devil, to blind their eyes to the true meaning of that passage of scripture. I am going to read the whole thing; then I am going to explain something to you. 43, “And if thy hand offend thee, cut it off: it is better for thee to enter into life maimed, than having two hands, to go into hell, into the fire that shall never been quenched; 44, Where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched. 45, And if thy foot offend thee, cut it off: it is better for thee to enter halt into life, than having two feet to be cast into hell, into the fire that never shall be quenched: 46, Where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched.” Let me say first of all: this is figurative language. Jesus is not teaching that we should actually cut off our physical members, hands, feet, and so forth, and He is not talking about entering into eternal life, maimed. Brothers and sisters, we will not enter into eternal life with our immortal bodies maimed. Now I want to say this so it will be perfectly clear to you when I am finished. In figurative language, Jesus is saying, If it were a case where we would place more value upon having two hands, two feet, and two eyes, than we would upon having eternal life, or in serving God with all our heart, then we would be better off, entering into this present life maimed, than to value these members to the point where it would cause us to miss God, and wind up in hell. “IT IS BETTER FOR THEE TO ENTER INTO LIFE (this present life) MAIMED, THAN HAVING TWO HANDS TO GO INTO HELL.” In other words, put God first, instead of giving in to the lust of the flesh. You can live for God in this life with only one hand, eye, and so forth, or even without either one, but if we have all our members, and neglect God in this life we will go to hell when we die. It is not having two hands that will put you in hell, but if you have a healthy, whole body, and use it in the fulfilling of the lusts of the flesh, leaving God out of the picture, you will go to hell when you die. The actual physical body will not go to hell. It will lie in a grave or tomb of some kind until the maggots destroy it. Now, in hell, the worm that dieth not, is not these maggots that destroy the physical body, for remember, the physical body will not be in the heart of the earth, (hell) it will be left in the crust of the earth. Only the spirit goes to hell in this present realm of death; therefore if the body is not in hell, then there is no worm. Let that soak in real good, then listen to me. Jesus said, where the worm dieth not. Now what kind of a worm was He speaking of? When you have done something that is really wrong, and you can look back to see where you could have made a change, (in other words, to see where you had opportunity to do right, and you rejected it) your conscience begins to gnaw at you. You realize that it is too late to change circumstances, and you are carrying that guilt, with no relief to look forward to: it is just like a worm gnawing away at something. That is how it will be in hell, when a person suddenly realizes that his eternal destiny has already been sealed by what he did while he was still alive. That is what the rich man was experiencing in the illustration Jesus gave. Lazarus was comforted in Abraham’s bosom, while the rich man’s conscience gnawed at him, just like a worm gnawing. It just keeps gnawing, you are guilty, you are guilty, you are guilty, until it seems unbearable, but there is no let up, no way out, and the worst thing about it is realizing that you could have done differently, but now there is no way to change it. WHERE THE WORM NEVER DIES, does that give you an understanding of what Jesus was trying to get across to those who heard Him? This is what happens, many times, to prisoners who are facing capital punishment. They may not have had much to say in the courtroom, when they were being tried, but as the weeks, and months roll by, and they begin to move them from cell to cell, moving them into death row: it has been observed that when their final week arrives, they become very nervous and lose their appetite. What is it? In their mind there is something gnawing, I had a chance to do right; I did not have to be here, but I missed my chance. Many times they are drugged, while screaming, I don’t want to die, I don’t want to die, I don’t want to die. The gas chamber, or electric chair, or firing squad, etc., will separate life from the body, but in hell that same conscience just keeps gnawing at them. The worm dieth not, and the fire of their torment, in their conscience, is not quenched. This same condition will be present for a period of time, in the lake of fire, after their final judgement at the great white throne, but for now, we are dealing with scriptures that pertain to hell, the prison in the heart of the earth. There is no one in the lake of fire yet, and please do not ask me where the lake of fire is located; I do not know, but I do know this: it will not be on this planet. It will have to be somewhere, apart from this planet. Some will say, Now Bro. Jackson, you are speculating when you say a thing like that. No, I am not speculating. It is very clear in the scriptures, that the final resurrection, which takes place in Revelation, chapter 20, will take out of the ground, and out of the sea, even out of hell itself, all traces of sin. Every wicked spirit, and everything that in any way identifies with sin, will be cast into the lake of fire. That is God’s final act in His plan of restoration for this old planet that has suffered the penalty of Adam’s sin every since the day he disobeyed God in the garden of Eden. When that final judgement is finished, and everything that defiles has been cast into the lake of fire, this old planet will be clean again. That is why we know that the lake of fire is not on this planet: if it was, there would still be those traces of sin, so that redemption and restoration would not be complete.


Within the past few years scientists have discovered something far out in space that they cannot distinguish for sure. It is so far away that no earthly instrument can measure its distance. They do not know whether it is another galaxy, or whether it is just an ocean of, or masses of gas, but I will never forget, when I read that article, it came to me that it very well could be the lake of fire, that God is moving into place for that day of final cleansing of this old planet. I will just leave this for you to think about. There is really no more to be said about it at this time, but we do know that there will be a lake of fire, and we are sure that it will have to be apart from the planet earth.


We must drop back now and finish our remarks on this scripture in St. Mark 9, for there is yet one verse that troubles people, which we have not covered. Verse 47, “And if thine eye offend thee, pluck it out: it is better for thee to enter into the KINGDOM OF GOD with one eye, than having two eyes to be cast into hell fire.” Listen to me, and be sure you catch this. Entering into the kingdom of God is now. That is our opportunity to receive eternal life. Remember Jesus said, “The kingdom of God is within you.” (Luke 17:21). How can we believe in the resurrection and the glorification of immortality, and still believe that we will come up in the resurrection with only one eye, one foot, and so on? We enter into the kingdom of God, in this life, regardless of our physical handicaps, by believing and obeying the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ, then if we die before the Lord comes again, we will enter into that heavenly paradise, to await our change. On the other hand, if we have all our physical members, and find ourselves in good health, so that we can do anything we please, and we fail to surrender our lives to God; when we die, hell is waiting, and there, is that worm of our conscience activated, which gives us no rest, day nor night. While we are on the subject of the loss of physical organs, I will relate to you a little story, told to my by another pastor. It seems that he was in a camp meeting somewhere, and a certain man walked up to him and said, You know, the Lord has just given me a revelation concerning those who suffer the loss of a part of their body for the gospel’s sake. In the new life, when they receive their immortal bodies, they will be without that arm, leg, eye, or whatever member they lost for the sake of the gospel. (I suppose for a testimony, or a reminder of what they had sacrificed.) What do you think of that, he asked. This other brother, (being a very witty man) thought for just a minute, then said, Poor old John, He is going to look mighty odd, running around without his head. Some, like John, were beheaded for the gospel’s sake, but the kingdom of God is within you, now, and when we walk in the millennium, in our resurrected bodies, we will have a perfect body. It is ridiculous to think otherwise. When you consider the fact that those bodies that were buried years ago, have already decomposed, and the immortal bodies of all those dead saints will have to be called from the elements anyhow; it just doesn’t matter if parts of your body were buried in another place, or even burned. It is a very small thing for God who created all elements, to call them together from wherever they may be scattered to. Yes, we will all have perfect bodies when we walk in the millennium.


Let us just carry our thought, concerning our resurrection bodies, right on over to 1st Thessalonians 4:13-17, where we will try to clear up another question in the minds of some. The question is this, What does it mean, where it says that God will bring those which sleep in Jesus, with Him when He comes to call the dead from their graves? We will read the scripture first, then I will explain it. 13, “Bur I would not have you to be ignorant, brethren, concerning them which are asleep, that ye sorrow not, even as others which have no hope. 14, For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, even so them also which sleep in Jesus (SAINTS FROM THE AGE OF GRACE) will God bring with Him. 15, For this we say unto you by the word of the Lord, that we which are alive and remain unto the coming of the Lord shall not prevent them which are asleep. 16, For the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first: 17, Then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord.” Now to the question? Who will come with Jesus when He comes for the resurrection of the bride saints? Remember, we have already showed you that Christ went down into the paradise section of hell, and took all of those righteous spirits with Him when He left. Furthermore, He took them to glory with Him when He ascended. That left only the wicked spirits in hell, in the heart of the earth. Ever since that day, when a righteous person dies, (one that has found their place in God’s plan of redemption) his spirit goes right into the presence of God, into the heavenly paradise, to await the day of resurrection, which Paul was speaking of in this scripture we just read. Try to get the picture now, the spirits of those righteous ones are in heaven, and their bodies have been buried in the crust of the earth, or buried in the sea, or cremated. At any rate, they are all earthbound. But it was revealed to the apostle Paul that, when Jesus comes for the resurrection, He will bring those righteous spirits with Him, and that brings us to verse 16, “For the Lord Himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, (all the grace age righteous spirits will be with Him) with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first.” That will be the bodies of those spirits that are coming with Jesus. That is when their bodies, and spirits are joined back together. When that is accomplished, 17, “Then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, (actually, it is a simultaneous occurrence) to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord.” Those bodies will come out of the ground in immortality, and those who are alive on earth at that time will be changed, taking on immortality, and together, all will ascend, to meet the Lord in the air. Then we see the words, “And so shall we ever be with the Lord.” There is where some others miss it; they think Jesus will take His bride to heaven, and there, spend the rest of eternity. That is the farthest thing from the truth. They go to the marriage supper with Jesus, but at the end of the week of Daniel, when the great tribulation has run its course, We find all those saints coming back to earth with Jesus, to rule and reign with Him (on earth) for a thousand years. You will find all the scripture you need for that, in Revelation, chapters 19-20, especially 19:7-14 & 20:1-6. Before we move on in the message, let us turn in our Bibles, over to 1 Corinthians 15:51-55, and read what Paul had to say to the Corinthian saints about he resurrection of the dead. 51, “Behold, I shew you a mystery; We shall not all sleep, (die) but we shall all be changed.” That word, WE, applies to the believers who are still alive when the grace age runs out. These will be changed; let us read verse 52. “In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump: (that is what we read in Thessalonians) for the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we (living saints, believers) shall be changed.” Now, notice the process. 53, “For this corruptible (that is the dead bodies that have rotted) must put on incorruption, (that is, to be free from physical decay) and this mortal (those who are still alive) must put on immortality. 54, So when this corruptible shall have put on incorruption, and this mortal shall have put on immortality, then (after the resurrection) shall be brought to pass the saying that is written, Death is swallowed up in victory. 55, O death, where is thy sting? O grave, where is thy victory?” Of course, we understand that the bodies of the wicked dead will lie in the ground until after the millennium, and their spirits will remain in hell until then, but there surely is coming a day when every person that has ever died, will be resurrected. After that, there will never be any need for another grave.


Having just made mention of the millennium; this seems like a good time to bring in some scriptures that use the term, for ever, and call your attention to its actual application. Like we said in the beginning of the message: our English language understands the term for ever, to be time without an end, but in the scriptures, that is not necessarily so. Turn to Isaiah 9:7 for the first example we will use. Actually we will read the 6th verse first, to establish the thought. This is speaking of Jesus. “For unto us a child is born, unto us a son is given: and the government shall be upon his shoulder: (in the millennium) and his name shall be called Wonderful, Counselor, The Mighty God, The Everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace. Of the increase of his government and peace there shall be no end, upon the throne of David, and upon his kingdom, to order it, and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth EVEN FOR EVER.” Right here, we find the term, FOR EVER, used in a setting that we know, applies to the millennium, which is a period of one thousand years of time, not time without end. When we go right over to the 43rd chapter of Ezekiel, and read verse 7, which pertains to the same period of time as that which we have just read, we find the term, FOR EVER, used again. 7, “And he said unto me, Son of man, the place of my throne, and the place of the soles of my feet where I will dwell in the midst of the children of Israel FOR EVER, and my holy name, shall the house of Israel no more defile, neither they, not their kings, by their whoredom, nor by the carcasses of their kings in their high places.” Now to show you that this period of time, is exactly that: a period of time, let us go to 1st Corinthians, chapter 15, where Paul is speaking to them of the resurrection of the dead, and when we get down to the 24th verse, we find these words. “Then cometh the end, when he shall have delivered up the kingdom to God, even the Father; when he shall have put down all rule and authority and power. For he must reign, till he hath put all enemies under his feet.” That will be for a period of one thousand years. Then at the end of that period of time, verse 26 has its fulfillment, the verse which reads, “The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death.” Let us go over to Revelation, chapter 20, and pick up the apostle John’s revelation of that. We will just go ahead and read these verses in connection with the others. This is pertaining to the great white throne judgment which takes place at the end of the millennial reign of Christ. Verse 11, “And I saw a great white throne, and Him that sat on it, (Christ, as the judge of all ages) from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them. 12, And I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened; and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, (the books of the deeds of men) according to their works. 13, And the sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were judged every man according to their works. 14, And death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death.” This is where death will be destroyed. There will never be another body put back in the crust of the earth. Now, that should help you to catch Paul’s revelation, which we have read from 1 Corinthians 15:24-26, and enable you to see that, for ever, does not always mean what most of us take it to mean. Keep in mind also, that even though the millennium is a time of peace and restoration, it still is not the perfect age; that comes later. In the millennium, Jesus will be ruling the nations with a rod of iron. That is because of the mortal realm of people that is repopulating the earth, and even though the devil is bound, all those mortal people still have that inherited nature, that just naturally rebels against God. That is why the devil must be loosed for a little season at the end of the one thousand years; all those who are born while he is bound up, will have to be tested before the final judgment. Those who do not submit to Christ will follow the devil, and will have to be destroyed, along with all the rest of the wicked people, from every age of time. Jesus Christ will grant life to all who submit to Him for He has the authority to do so. You will remember that He said in John 11:25, “I am the resurrection, and the life.” That means He can grant life to whomsoever He will. It also means that He can, and will, raise from the crust of the earth, both the righteous and the wicked; He is the resurrection. He is redemption, and resurrection is a part of redemption. Saints: I realize that maybe this message just sounds like so much going around and around, but we are just endeavoring to follow the process of events that are to transpire, and in so doing, cause you to see that hell is not an eternal place. As we said before: these are not salvation truths that you would expect to hear in an evangelistic message, but the bride of Christ will be straight on all these controversial issues before she leaves the ground in immortality. Furthermore, let it be clearly understood that Faith Assembly is not a church that only teaches the salvation side of the word of God. We believe Christians ought to know what is in the Bible, and who it applies to. If you disagree with what we teach, I ask, only, that you study the scriptures we call to your attention, and keep an open mind, so that God may have opportunity to reveal His word to you. We could never list all of the scriptures that could be used to establish what we are teaching, and we are trusting God to bear witness of this fact to every believer who reads our paper.


Before we bring in the scriptures that deal with the word, EVERLASTING, let us go to Revelation, chapter 20, and establish the 3rd phase of the first resurrection. Matthew tells of the 1st phase. That was when the Old Testament righteous one’s were raised at the time of Jesus’ resurrection. Then Paul tells of the 2nd phase in Thessalonians. That is when the bride of Christ is raised, but now we want to see what the apostle John had to say about the 3rd phase of the first resurrection. Verse 1, “And I saw an angel come down from heaven, having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand. (Notice what he does, and remember, this is symbolic language.) 2, And he laid hold on the dragon, that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a thousand years, (or for a thousand years.) 3, And cast him into the bottomless pit, and shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive the nations no more, till the thousand years should be fulfilled: (This verse tells us where the Devil is, during the millennium) and after that he must be loosed a little season.” Pay attention to verse 4, for it holds the key to our understanding the 3rd phase of the resurrection of believers. 4, “And I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them.” This is the bride saints that came back with Jesus after the marriage supper is finished. Rev. 19:14. John is seeing all this in a vision, and the remainder of verse 4, identifies a group of people who were martyred for their faith, and lets us see that they are resurrected before the millennium starts, for they LIVE and REIGN with Christ for a thousand years. Let us read it. “And I saw the souls of them that were BEHEADED for the WITNESS OF JESUS, (FOOLISH VIRGINS) and for the WORD OF GOD, (JEWS THAT DO NOT KNOW WHO JESUS IS) and which had NOT WORSHIPED THE BEAST, neither HIS IMAGE, neither had received his MARK UPON THEIR FOREHEADS, or in their HANDS.” This lets us know that they were beheaded during the great tribulation period, for that is the only time in history when mankind will be required to receive a mark for identity, and also, to worship the image of the beast. “And they (those who had been beheaded) LIVED (that is resurrection) and reigned with Christ a thousand years.” There is only one place for the resurrection of this group, if they are going to live and reign with Christ for a thousand years: That is between the great tribulation and the beginning of the one thousand year reign. John says these people were beheaded, and it was because of their faith in God, but when he sees them, they have already been resurrected, and I assure you, every one of them had their head when John saw them. This very scripture should settle the question about whether those who have lost members of their body in this life will be without those members in the life to come. If these had their heads back on, then those who have lost hands, arms, legs, eyes, and so forth, will have all their members back when they come up in the resurrection. Some may say, Why did you bring that up again? We are printing this message in an effort to help those who want to be set free from their traditional teaching by knowing the truth, and there are still a lot of people who disagree with the idea of a resurrection between the tribulation, and the millennium. This gives us a chance to emphasize the fact that there is going to be, literally, thousands, killed during that tribulation hour which is just ahead. They will refuse to worship the beast and his image, and they will refuse to take his damning mark in their hands and upon their foreheads. This will cause them to be beheaded, but it will seal their testimony of their faith in God. When John first saw this great multitude, (recorded in chapter 7:9-17) the angel which spoke with him, identified them saying, “These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve him day and night in his temple.” Verse 9 speaks of them as being a great multitude which no man could number, yet, in the churches of our day, people are being taught that all who believe in God will be raptured when Jesus comes to take his bride. Can you now begin to see why we need to present the word of God (in its revealed form) to people who have been taught in such ways? We may as well face up to it: there is a great multitude of people (living on earth right today) who believe in God, but will not go in the rapture when Jesus comes, for the simple reason, that they will not settle down to be taught the revelated word of God. They will not be dressed properly when the rapture takes place, so they will have to stay here to be killed by the beast. Where will their soul’s go? Their souls go to glory, but their bodies must go into the ground until the time for their resurrection, just before the millennium begins. We can see that they are not bride people, but they do live and reign in eternal life, with Christ. Therefore, when their bodies are raised from the ground, that will leave only the bodies of the wicked dead to remain in the ground until after the millennium reign of Christ. This is what verse 5, in the 20th chapter of Revelation shows us. “But the rest of the dead lived not again until the thousand years were finished. This is the first resurrection.” This also lets us see that the first resurrection is in phases, for according to this, all who will be resurrected before the millennium, are in the first resurrection: “on such the second death hath no power, but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with him a thousand years.”


We will have more to say on some of what we have talked about already, but now I want to dwell for a little while on the word, or term, EVERLASTING. We find this word used throughout the Bible, and in most instances where it is used it is speaking of time without an end, or of God who is eternal, without beginning, or end, but there are a few instances where it is used, and cannot possibly be taken to mean time without an end. These are the ones we want to concentrate on for just a little while hoping to clear up some other areas where tradition has had the preeminence over the scriptures. Just for a few examples, Matt. 18:8 speaks of everlasting fire, and Matt. 25:46, of everlasting punishment, while 2 Thessalonians 1:9, speaks of everlasting destruction, all in connection with the wicked and ungodly who do not obey the word of God. Just looking at these scriptures we have mentioned ought to open your eyes somewhat, for how can you have everlasting punishment, and everlasting destruction, at the same time, still holding to our English understand of the word? In other words, take Matt. 25:46: If everlasting, in that verse is to be thought of as time without end, then those who were sentenced to everlasting punishment, could never be destroyed. But we know that the scriptures teach that the wicked will be destroyed in the lake of fire. Their destruction will be in the same sense that a stick of wood is destroyed when you cast it into the fire. It is not annihilated immediately, therefore if it had feelings like we do, Would it not be expressing itself as it burned? Of course it would, but there would come a time when it would be completely consumed; then there would be no more expression. The difference between burning a stick of wood in your stove, and God burning these souls in the lake of fire is this, The atoms that make up the piece of wood will not be destroyed, but it is the purpose of God to rid the earth of every trace of sin and wickedness, so, after a period of time, in which they will suffer, they will be completely annihilated. Every trace of them will cease to be. In Revelation 20:14, John called this the second death. Why? Not only will life be separated from the body, but the individuality of that life itself will be completely destroyed in the lake of fire. Do not ask me how long those souls will be left to suffer before they are finally disintegrated; I do not know. That is God’s business, and His alone. In verse 12, John says, “And I saw the dead, small (that is servant type people) and great, (these would be the kingly type, or upper class) stand before God; and the books were opened.” This is a time when mankind will be judged according to their deeds in life, and that judgment will reach all the way back to the first family on earth. In other words, it will cover the whole scope of time between Adam and the end of the millennium. Only those who have already been resurrected, and dwell in immortality, will be exempted form the last resurrection, and God’s final judgment. Remember, this judgment takes place after the one thousand year reign of Christ with his resurrected saints from all former ages, after Satan has been loose for a little season, and after he has had opportunity to gather up a great host of people from all nations through his deception. Verse 8 allows us to see that the number of those he deceives, is as the sand of the sea, but their lives are cut short when they join forces with Satan, for the first thing he does is gather his great army against the people of God, and God causes fire to come down from out of heaven and devour every one of them.


From the standpoint of the resurrection, people have asked many questions, and one of them is, What about the people that are cremated? Are they not approximately 87 percent water? Where does the water go? The water does not go down into the fire. In the process of cremation, the extreme heat causes all the liquid of the body to vaporize and go off in a gaseous form. Every element that was used in the makeup of that body returns to its original form. Every atom remains, and only the carbon itself is left to make up the ashes, but when it comes time for that body to be resurrected, God will not have any trouble reforming that body. For Him, it will be just as easy to resurrect a body that has been burned, as it will be to resurrect one that has completely decomposed over a period of time. Let me say this, When the wicked are cast into the lake of fire, it will be for the purpose of destroying every trace of body, soul, and spirit. Every atom used in the makeup of those individuals will be completely destroyed.


Jesus spoke to Nicodemus about being born again, and Nicodemus did not understand how that could be possible, thinking only from the standpoint of the natural, for he did not understand that Jesus spoke of a spiritual condition. That still remains to be a great mystery to the man of the world, for it is only understood properly, by those who have experienced it. God gives every person a chance to do right, just like He did with Cain in the beginning, but if we, as individuals, do not surrender our lives to God, and allow Him to place that seal of eternal life (His Spirit) within us, we are destined to be utterly and completely destroyed in the lake of fire. When we are born again, we receive the Spirit of God, (the Holy Ghost) which places us in a state of eternal, or everlasting existence. Keep in mind the fact that the word eternal, means, without beginning, and without end. Only God is eternal; therefore when we read in the scriptures, (John 3:15-16) “That whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have eternal life.” That means, He will place His spirit (which is eternal) within us, and that gives us, as individuals, everlasting life. “For God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” In this particular use of the word, EVERLASTING, it truly does mean time without end, for when we receive the Spirit of God, it makes us so that we will never die. Now what did we say? When one receives eternal life, that means he has received the life of God, (God is spirit) and even though that man had a beginning, with the life of the eternal God in him, he will have no end. I hope this is clear to you, for we are dealing with the various uses of certain words, in an attempt to show you that hell is not eternal, as some refer to it, and neither is it everlasting, in the sense of having no end, for I believe we have sufficient scripture to establish the fact that hell will have an end. You say, Bro. Jackson, why is mankind so long in finding this out? It is because of the way this Gentile society has treated the Gospel. They have built their seminaries and great institutions of learning, (please understand that I am not speaking against education, nor intellectualism) but there is not one of those places upon the face of this earth, that has been instrumental in bringing forth a true revelation to mankind. They are institutions that have been built around the teaching of some man that had an inspiration from God. Somewhere in his dedicated life with God, he received an understanding that stood apart from tradition. Naturally, he acquired some followers as he began to teach from his new understanding, and eventually, that lead to a denomination, an organizing of those who believe that teaching, and today we have hundreds of different religious denominations in the world, and most of them have their schools, but not one of those schools has produced a genuine revelation. They are built around theory and supposition, and their very approach to God, (intellectualism) limits them to just that.


Now we have some more scriptures we want to get cleared up in this message, so turn with me to Isaiah 14:12-15. What we are looking at here, is the word hell, but let us read the whole thing. 12, “How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning! How art thou cut down to the ground, which did weaken the nations! For thou hast said in thine heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throne above the stars of God: I will sit also upon the mount of the congregation, in the sides of the north: I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the most High. Yet thou shalt be brought down to HELL to the sides of the pit.” Somewhere in the ages past Lucifer was a righteous angel, but his attempt to make himself equal with God, caused God to cast him down to the earth. His domain became the heart of the earth, Hell became his place of confinement, his headquarters. Then later, God made the man, Adam, then Eve, to be with Adam, and placed them in the garden to have dominion over this planet. If they had obeyed God, they would have remained in complete control of the earth, and everything on earth would have been under their rulership, but when they sinned, they forfeited their right to have supreme authority over spiritual forces, as well as natural forces. In other words they sold their right of authority, and who do you suppose fell heir to that authority when they had to give it up? Old Lucifer of course, and he has continued to exercise his evil will on this old earth ever since. Since he was the one that introduced sin, and the penalty of that sin is death, we will have to say that he is the author of death itself. Now, as we said earlier, before Calvary, every soul went to hell when death came, regardless of whether they were righteous, or wicked. I know how some people will look at you when you say that, but it is true anyway. That is why David said, Thou will not leave my soul in hell. He was looking forward to Calvary, knowing that God would do something to deliver him from imprisonment in hell. David’s soul was truly delivered from hell by that which was accomplished at Calvary, but Lucifer, that old devil, is still the great prince of all evil in the world, and he is exercising his will on natural mankind in our day at a very much escalated pace. He knows his time is short. God is a spiritual power for good, and Satan is a spiritual power for evil. armor of godThat is why the apostle Paul wrote to the Ephesians, chapter 6, verses 11-12, “Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil, 12, For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.” Our greatest battles in this life as we try to live for God are not with flesh and blood people; they are with the spiritual forces of darkness. It is true, Satan does use people to come against us, but the real battle is with spiritual forces that cannot be seen.


Let us go now, to the gospel of Matthew for another of the scriptures that trouble many people. This will be in connection with the judgment that takes place in the last part of chapter 25. Many have asked, Where is this judgment going to take place? Others ask, When will it take place? Then others want to know who will be judged. To answer the first question, (WHERE) let it be clearly understood that it is to take place right here on earth. Then the second question (WHEN) is one that many have trouble keeping straight on. It will take place after Christ and His bride saints have returned to the earth, after the marriage supper, and after the great tribulation has run its course. Christ and His bride will be back on earth in their immortal bodies, and the answer to (WHO) will be judged, is this, All the nations of the world will be judged, that is, all the living, (mortal people) who are still on earth after the tribulation, will be gathered together and judged to see who is worthy to live in the millennium age. I know you will not find the word, millennium, mentioned in the Bible, but, as we have said, it is a word that means one thousand, and the scriptures do mention one thousand years, as the number of years that Christ and His immortal saints will rule and reign on earth. Therefore, we are to see this judgment in Matthew 25:31-46, as taking place between the great tribulation, and the start of the millennium. This is not the great white throne judgment; there are no books opened here in this chapter. It is strictly limited to selecting a number of mortal people from each nation who will be left alive to repopulate the earth in the millennium. Let us read some of it now. Verse 31, “When the Son of man shall come in His glory, and all the holy angels with Him, then shall He sit upon the throne of His glory.” Now, to sit on the throne of His glory, is to sit on the throne of King David, fulfilling the promise God gave to David concerning David and his seed. The exact location where Christ will sit, is in Jerusalem, naturally. 32, “And before Him shall be gathered all nations: and He shall separate them one from another, as a shepherd divideth his sheep from the goats.” They will be judged, exclusively on their social and moral principles. After separating them into two groups, (verse 34) “Then shall the King (Jesus) say unto them on His right hand, Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you FROM THE FOUNDATION OF THE WORLD: For I was an hungered, and ye gave me meat: I was thirsty, and ye gave me drink; I was a stranger, and ye took me in: Naked and ye clothed me: I was sick, and ye visited me: I was in prison, and ye came unto me. 37, Then shall the righteous answer Him, saying, Lord, when saw we thee an hungered, and fed thee? Or thirsty, and gave thee drink? When saw we thee a stranger, and took thee in? or naked, and clothed thee? Or when saw we thee sick, or in prison, and came unto thee?” Notice now, everyone of these things that were mentioned are just basic things that a good moral person, or persons, would do in their natural every day life. These are traits of good social and moral character, and have nothing at all to do with the people being Christians. Christianity does not even enter into this judgment; it is based solely upon the character and actions of these people, especially at a time when certain people were really being persecuted. I am talking about all those people that the Antichrist and his beast system will have tried to kill and abuse, during the great tribulation hour that they will have just come through. Notice how Jesus answers them. 40, “And the King shall answer and say unto them, Verily I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these my brethren, ye have done it unto me.” All of man’s words, and deeds, are open before the Lord. There is nothing hid from Him. He sees the good and the bad, and He does not have to write it down in a book to remember it. The books that are opened at the great white throne judgment, will not be books as you and I think of books. This is figurative language to enable us to realize that God keeps a perfectly accurate record. Before moving on to the fate of the wicked, let us notice how perfectly the words of Paul to the saints at Thessalonica match verse 31, here in Matthew 25. What Paul describes in 2nd Thessalonians 1:7-9, are the events that take place just prior to the judgment we are talking about. 7, “And to you who are trouble rest with us, when the Lord Jesus shall be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels, (That is what Matt. 25:31 states) In flaming fire taking vengeance on them that know not God, and that obey not the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ: Who shall be punished with EVERLASTING DESTRUCTION from the presence of the Lord, and from the glory of His power.” The first thing He does is lay hold on the spirit of Antichrist, who is the false prophet, and the spirit of the beast system, and cast those two spirits into the lake of fire. You will find that in Rev. 19:20, if you care to read it. When those two spirits (fallen angels) are cast into the lake of fire, the darkest hour of man’s history will be brought to a close. Jesus will take His throne and begin setting up His righteous kingdom. As the nations of mortal people pass before Him, He will be selecting a number of people from among them, who are fit to be His subject people in the millennium. Please do not misunderstand this judgment, for there are those who believe it will include people from the complete grace age. That is not true; there will be no resurrected people judged in this judgment. I want to state emphatically, that only mortal people will be judged here, and it is based upon how they reacted to the desperate need of the brethren of the Lord Jesus during that dark tribulation hour. “Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these my brethren, ye have done it unto me.” After that He turns to those on His left hand and says, “Depart from me, ye cursed, into EVERLASTING FIRE, prepared for the devil and his angels.” It sounds like they are immediately cast into the lake of fire, but that is not the case at all. That will not happen until the thousand years are completed. The only thing that is cast into the lake of fire before the millennium, is the two spirits we just mentioned. This is their potential, (those on the left hand) for if they are not found fit to live through the millennium, they will not be fit to live after the millennium, so we may as well look at it as though they have been judged already. Can you see that? Even though they will be raised to stand before the great white throne judgment one thousand years later, they will already know what their fate is to be. Now, even though verse 41, declares that the lake of fire was prepared for the devil and his angels, remember, they are not in the lake of fire when this judgment is taking place. You can see why one must bring in other related scriptures on a study like this, or they might get something done a thousand years too soon. The two spirits that are immediately cast into the lake of fire when Jesus returns to earth are two of the chiefest fallen angels, of the great host that was cast down from heaven with Lucifer, but even though they were powerful, Satan still remains to be the ruler over all of them. We will just say that they are two spirits of the devil, one of them allowed to be characterized in the form of so called Christianity. The other one in that combined world system, called the beast. Brothers and sisters, the unifying of Europe, (the rapid rate in which they are coming together) lets me know that the beast of Revelation 13 is rising fast.


One sister in the congregation spoke recently of something written to her in a letter from a sister down in Florida. It seems that during the time when the whole world was speculating on who was likely to be the next pope, she heard a statement made by one of the great leaders within the Catholic church. The statement went something like this, The church (meaning Catholicism) will ride communism to gain world attention. That is exactly what we read in Revelation, chapter 17, and remember, that did not come from the lips of a Protestant. That came from a Catholic dignitary. Saints, I do not know what your religious background has been, nor what your political affiliation may be. That is of no interest to me, but I want you to know that this old world is fast moving toward the end of this Gentile era. There is a little nation across the water that is just like a time bomb, and they have a leader, named Menachem Begin, that is very determined to do everything the Bible way. The rest of the world exerts pressure in an effort to gain a compromise, but to this date, Israel is still holding her ground. Not only is she continuing to build settlements on the West Bank, but she has also determined not to allow any more foreign troops to be used as a buffer between them and their enemy. We do not have the space to go into that, but, saints, I beg you: shake yourselves, and realize that this book (the Bible) is being fulfilled in current events right before our eyes. We have preached, and published messages, trying to show you that, even though communism and Christianity have always been bitter enemies of each other, in the end, Catholicism, (which is the great whore of Revelation, chapter 17) will ride Communism until she (Catholicism, the whore) shall be made desolate, stripped and burned, by the horns of the very beast that she is riding upon. The world beast system, as it runs its course, will become so politically, communist oriented, that Catholicism will be swallowed up by it. That is why we see the 10 major countries of Europe having such upheaval, and such drastic changes in their form of government. Communist power, and influence, is rising in those governments, and stands a threat to the now existing power of Catholicism within those governments. That is why the Christian Democratic party in those countries has been taking such a beating: we are getting close to the end.

I have said, many times, When the hour arrives for that false prophet (religious prince, Antichrist) to move on the scene, he will update Catholicism to make it more acceptable to the world at large, but in doing so, he will become so politically oriented that he will be the very cause of Catholicism meeting her doom, when that beast system has run its course. When we speak of the beast system, please understand that we are referring to the world order, the ruling power as Gentile time runs out, made up of Catholicism and united Protestantism, which is combined to rule the world, and the Pope of Roman Catholicism will be in command. That is the time when he will fulfill his identified role as the Antichrist, but the sad part of it all is, that his teachings have been Antichrist all down through the ages, and in these last days organized Protestantism is too blind to recognize it, therefore they join forces with him. It will be a dark hour for mankind, but after it has run its prophesied course, Jesus will return with His great army and destroy all of man’s works, casting those two spirits, immediately, into the lake of fire. This brings us (in time) back to the judgment we are speaking on, in Matthew 25. We are just trying to pull into this message, related events that will help to establish the chain of events that are just ahead, as well as a time factor for them to take place.


Saints, do you realize that if Jesus was to come back to earth in the same way He did 2000 years ago, preach the same as He did then, teach and live the same, this Gentile religious system would be the ones to say, Crucify him? Do you know why? It is because their teaching is Antichrist. They will hold their creeds and dogmas, above the revelation of God’s word every time. Religion is a cruel thing; there is no life in it. Gentile organized religion is nothing more than the devil’s pacification program, designed to deceive people into believing they have eternal life. That is what we read in Revelation: that the devil which deceiveth the whole world, was cast out into the earth. Ever since God placed Adam and Eve in the garden, the devil has carried on a program of deception among mankind. Let us read three verses from the 19th chapter of Revelation that will help clarify the chain of events of Christ’s return to earth. Verse 19, “And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against Him that sat on the horse, and against His army. 20, And the BEAST (the spirit of the beast) was taken, and with him the FALSE PROPHET that wrought miracles before him, with which he DECEIVED them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshiped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone. 21 and the remnant were SLAIN with the SWORD of Him (JESUS) that sat upon the horse, which SWORD proceeded out of His mouth: and all the fowls were filled with their flesh.” Now, we have been talking about a judgment where Jesus will select an element of living people to rule over in the millennium, as they repopulate the earth. The verses we have just read, enable us to see what happens to all those who are not fit to live during that time. The King (Jesus Christ) will smite them to death with the sword of His mouth. All the wicked are physically slain, before the millennium starts, but they are not cast into the lake of fire until after the millennium, when the great white throne is set. How does He kill them? With the sword of His mouth. Does that make Him a sword swallower? Absolutely not! This is symbolic language. Think of how Paul spoke to the Hebrew Christians, (Heb. 4:12) “FOR THE WORD OF GOD IS QUICK, AND POWERFUL, AND SHARPER THAN ANY TWO-EDGED SWORD, piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit, and of the joints and marrow, and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart.” The sharp two-edged sword that Jesus slays the wicked with, is the word of judgment that proceeds out of His mouth. He speaks them to death. You can get a little preview of that kind of judgment, from the account of the deception of Ananias and his wife Sapphira, recorded in Acts 5:1-11. No one laid a hand on either one of them until after they were already dead. That is how it will be when Jesus speaks to the wicked at His return to earth. To slay the remnant, as it says in 19:21, is to slay the wicked, those that are left after the righteous selection has been made. I realize that it is very difficult to get these events laid out in a way that makes it easy to see, but we are depending upon the Holy Ghost to clarify these things for you. Some of the scriptures we read would lead a person to believe that Jesus comes riding out of the sky on a literal, white horse, and slays every wicked person with one great sweep of His great sword. John saw these things in the spirit, but he did not record them detail for detail in chronological order. That is why we must depend upon the Holy Ghost to lead us, as we collect the various verses together to complete the picture. John just saw all the wicked slain, but let me remind you that it does not all happen at once.


During the last half of that week of Daniel, when that beastly world order is in full swing, persecuting and killing those who refuse to take the mark of the beast, the kings of the East (Oriental Communists) will begin to make their way to the Middle East, their armies numbering about two million. As they gather there (their purpose being to take a spoil and conquer) the stage will be set for the battle of Armageddon. When that battle gets under way, you will have the Oriental Communist forces fighting against the communist armies of Western Europe. Russia will no longer be a great world power as she is now. She will already have had her whipping from the Almighty, when she came against Israel before the week of Daniel, to fulfill Ezekiel, chapters 38 & 39, and God kills all but one-sixth part of her invading armies. Now as that week of Daniel runs out, and the battle of Armageddon is raging: This is when Jesus and His great army from heaven, returns to earth. At that time, the scripture we read from 2 Thes. 1:7-9, speaking of Jesus being revealed from heaven, in flaming fire, taking vengeance on them that know not God, will be fulfilled. Those wicked armies will be destroyed, and the means of their destruction will give occasion for the fulfillment of the scriptures in Isaiah and Malachi, which scriptures caused Brother Branham to make the statement about the righteous walking out into the Millennium upon the ashes of the wicked. That is because they will be burned to death. But please do not think all of the unrighteous will be killed at that time. They will not. There has to be people left alive to fulfill this scripture we are dealing with in Matthew 25, and then, in Rev. 19:21. If Jesus kills all but the ones who will live in the millennium, when He is climaxing the battle of Armageddon; there would be no one left to fulfill this scripture. By this very scripture, we establish the setting on earth just prior to the millennial reign of Christ, on earth. We read down through verse 41, where the King said to those on His left hand, “Depart from me, ye cursed, into EVERLASTING FIRE, prepared for the devil and his angels,” and you will notice from the verses following that, the very reason they were placed on His left hand in the first place, was because they had failed to do the humanly moral deeds that the group on His right hand were rewarded for doing. This group is heard asking a similar question to the one the righteous group asked: Lord, When was it like you say it was? He answers them (verse 45) saying, “Verily I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye did it not to one of the least of these, ye did it not to me.” This lets me know that these people are separated and judged strictly by the deeds they did or failed to do. Those on His right hand are not to be thought of as though they believed and accepted Christ, and that was the reason they were rewarded for He plainly tells them that it is because of the way they had showed compassion and ministered to His brethren in their desperate needs, that they, themselves, received mercy. He also makes it clear to the other group that it is because of their lack of compassion, and their failure to do what seems like very humanly deeds that sealed their doom. 46, “And these shall go away into EVERLASTING PUNISHMENT: but the righteous into life eternal.” As I said earlier, their fate, (the lake of fire) is actually pronounced upon them right there but they are not going into the lake of fire until after the one thousand years has run its course. At this particular time, He speaks death to them, (by the sword of His mouth) their soul goes into HELL, (the prison place in the heart of the earth) where they will be punished, until they are resurrected one thousand years later, and cast into the lake of fire to be destroyed completely. During that time their bodies will be confined to the crust of the earth where all the other bodies of the wicked are held. By the time the millennium starts, all three phases of the first resurrection will be completed. Only the bodies of the wicked will be left in the ground, and the souls of all the wicked will remain in hell.


Most of you have heard me teach that, just as there are degrees, or different levels of reward for those who live in eternal life, so also will there be different degrees of punishment for the wicked before they are finally destroyed completely. When final destruction comes, punishment and suffering will be over with. For this group in Matthew 25:41, I have looked at it like this, These are people that, even though you could not consider them to be mean people, they somehow just never did have any time for God. We have all known people like that. They would not cheat you for anything in the world. They believe in paying their bills, and they are just as honest as the day is long, but when you start talking to them about God, they are no more interested than a jack rabbit. In fact, they will become offended if you talk too much about God in their presence. Some of these intellectual, business dignitaries, which you could never class as being mean people, are exactly like the ones we are talking about. They do not go around trying to make life miserable for other people, but they are quick to say, I have never done anything wrong; Why would I need to repent? The fact of the matter is, God’s word says, All have sinned, and come short of the glory of God, (Romans 3:23). We are born with an inherited nature to sin. The attributes of sin are passed on to us in birth, so that we are born a sinner. The very fact that a person does not want to repent, does not want to live for God, or even to talk about Him, proves that they are a sinner. The Bible says that God created man in His own image and likeness, and our own natural lives prove that we like to talk about our daddy once in a while. Is that not right? You show me a boy that does not like to talk about his daddy, and I will show you a rascal. To go a step further, you show me a man who feels that he has no need to repent, and regardless of how honest he may be, or how high he may be on the social ladder, and regardless of how many degrees he may have listed on his achievement record, I will still show you a rascal, for that is a man who feels that he is so good already, that he has no need for God. You may say, Bro. Jackson: That is a little strong, isn’t it? No! I repeat: I will show you a rascal. The Bible clearly teaches that all our righteousness are as filthy rags before God. As you read the first three chapters of Romans: you find the apostle Paul speaking explicitly about such people who have no time for God. I realize Paul covers the whole scope of man’s unrighteous ways in those chapters, and we are not calling such people as these in Matthew 25, murderers, gamblers, nor anything like that, but the self righteous man who trusts in his own goodness, is just as far from God as any murderer will ever be. Consider for instance, Sodom and Gomorrah: The people in those cities were not all abominable perverts, but because they had no time for God, they were all in the same boat; they all perished together. Therefore when we consider the lake of fire, and maybe feel that we know some who ought not be judged so severely even though they will not serve God: let us remember: there is no middle ground. A person will either be blessed with the righteous, or that person will be condemned with the wicked. You may say, Where is the justice of God then? I will try to show you. First, let me say this, God grants mercy to every soul that genuinely repents, regardless of how bad that person may have been, but where there is no repentance, that person must be judged with the wicked. Now I will try to show you something. We will use for an example, the man who went into the Chicago apartments some years ago, with a gun and a knife, and killed those nurses. I am sure many of you remember the case. He went in there, killed them, and then he cut them to pieces. I can see a man like that, as he goes into the lake of fire, lie there just like an old wet blanket. If you can catch what I am getting at: you will see that there are degrees of punishment, even in the lake of fire. This man’s spirit being so evil, if he never found any place of repentance before God, when he is cast into the lake of fire he would be just like a wet blanket, or a soggy piece of wood. He will lie there in the flames and smolder, and all the time he is lying there: that worm of remorse will be gnawing at his conscience. He may lie there smoldering in torment for a thousand years, or even a million years, I have no idea how long God will see fit to punish such a person. I am sure of this, though, He will hear the screams of those nurses over and over again as that worm of remorse gnaws at his conscience day and night. On the other hand, these people who were never so evil in their ways, those who morally, were real decent people: I believe God will allow them to burn up rapidly when they are cast into the fire, not having much to be punished for. That is little consolation, and a very thin thread for a person without God in his life, to hang on to, when you stop to think that such people are eternally separated from God, or for the sake of proper terminology, we will say they are everlastingly separated from God. In this instance the word, everlasting, truly means for ever, and for ever without an end. Their separation from God is without an end, for when their punishment is completed, every trace of them will be completely obliterated. That is why we say, HELL IS NOT ETERNAL, and that is why we say also, that even the lake of fire will serve its purpose and be needed no more. As for the degrees of punishment: God would be very unjust as a judge, if he gave every person the same degree of punishment. He is just, in destroying every one of them, but he would be very unjust, if He punished everyone the same.


Let me back up my statement about degrees of punishment, by showing you that God rewards the righteous by degrees, according to their works and faithfulness in life, and you should realize that God’s principles remain the same. He is not affected by emotions in His rewards, and His judgment. Let us first read 2nd Cor. 5:9-10, “Wherefore we labour, that, whether present or absent, we may be accepted of Him. 10, For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in his body, according to that he hath done, whether it be good or bad.” This is strictly a judgment of the righteous, to determine the degree of their rewards in the life beyond this life, and it is determined by the measure of obedience and submission to the will of God in this present life. There are some who work hard trying to do something for God, but much of their labor is through fleshly zeal, and not a result of the leading of the Lord; therefore their reward will not necessarily be the greatest. Let us look at a few verses in 1st Corinthians, chapter 15, now. In this chapter Paul is presenting revelated facts about the resurrection of the dead, and of the different resurrection glories. We will pick up the reading in verse 40, and read through verse 42. “There are also celestial bodies, and bodies terrestrial: but the GLORY of the celestial is one, and the Glory of the terrestrial is another. 41, There is one GLORY of the Sun, and another GLORY of the moon, and another GLORY of the stars: for one star differeth from another star in GLORY, 42, So also is the resurrection of the dead, It is sown in corruption; it is raised in incorruption.” Now, if you can see it there; the apostle is saying that, just as the sun, moon, and stars all have a different degree of glory, so will it be also, with those who are resurrected from the dead to dwell with Christ in the realm of eternal life. The bride will have the highest level of reward, for she will have become one with Him, (Christ) and will reign with Him as His queen. Certainly there are other scriptures that we could read from the standpoint of various levels of reward for the righteous, but I believe this is sufficient to get our thinking pointed in the right direction. Revelation 20:12 shows books being opened at the great white throne judgment after the millennium, and the dead are judged out of those things which are written in the books, according to their works; therefore if there were no degrees of punishment; the books would be unnecessary, since they are all to be cast into the lake of fire after their sentence is pronounced upon them. Then the 13th verse which we used earlier to show you that hell is to be emptied of all its captives at this judgment, also states that every one of them were judged according to their works, and the 14th verse shows that everything that comes up from the graves, the sea, and hell itself, is cast into the lake of fire. Matthew 25:41 calls this EVERLASTING FIRE, and 25:46 refers to this punishment as EVERLASTING PUNISHMENT, and the apostle Paul in 2nd Thess. 1:9, refers to this last state of wicked mankind as EVERLASTING DESTRUCTION FROM THE PRESENCE OF THE LORD, and from the glory of His power. Since God is life, and that life is omnipresent, these people who are cast into the lake of fire will have to be completely annihilated, after their allotted time of punishment, in order to be EVERLASTINGLY DESTROYED from the presence of the Lord. Therefore there will eventually come a time when the lake of fire has no further use. We must reconcile these various uses of certain words and terms, for we are fully persuaded that there is no contradiction in the revelatory teaching in the word of God.


For another use of the word, EVERLASTING, let us go to the 14th chapter of Revelation, verse 6, where we read, “And I saw another angel fly in the midst of heaven, having the EVERLASTING GOSPEL to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people.” We have recently published an article showing what the everlasting gospel is, who preaches it, and what affect it will have on the inhabitants of the earth at that time, but right now, I am only referring to it in order to pull out the terminology that pertains to our present subject. Understanding the setting here lets us know what this everlasting gospel pertains to, and how much time to allot to it. I suppose there are some who read that verse and say, When that angel flies in the heavens, he will preach a gospel that will last for ever. That is a wrong understanding of this verse. If you will read the next four verses, and find out what the message of that gospel is, you will know that it is for a certain period of time. If it was to be preached continuously, throughout the endless ages, then there would never be a millennium. This is the last gospel that will ever be preached to the inhabitants of the earth, and its message is for a short period of time: giving mankind one last chance to recognize the source of eternal life. It is because of this gospel that Jesus is fully justified when He comes from heaven in flaming fire taking vengeance on them that know not God. There will not be one individual engaged in the battle of Armageddon that can say he had no chance to obey God, for, listen, as I reread a part of verse 6, that tells who this last gospel was preached to. “Having the EVERLASTING GOSPEL to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, AND TO EVERY NATION, AND KINDRED, AND TONGUE, AND PEOPLE,” (that includes them all). Let us read on down through here now, and hear the message of these angels, and you will know why I said men had one last chance before judgment fell. This is no longer a gospel of grace for the purpose of sealing a Gentile bride for the Lord Jesus Christ, she will already be at the marriage supper when this everlasting gospel begins to be proclaimed in the middle of the week of Daniel. Here is what is being declared with a loud voice, verse 7, “Fear God, and give Glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come: and worship Him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters. 8, And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen (they are pronouncing judgment upon spiritual Babylon) that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication. 9, And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, If any man WORSHIP THE BEAST and his IMAGE, and RECEIVE HIS MARK IN HIS FOREHEAD, OR IN HIS HAND, 10, The same (those who are guilty) shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of His indignation; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone (notice this now) in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb.” We know this message will not be proclaimed after the millennium starts, for it will no longer be needed. The beast and the false prophet will already be in the lake of fire, and the devil himself will already be chained up, for he is chained before the millennium starts. Therefore the term, EVERLASTING GOSPEL, only applies in the sense that it is the last message of good news that will ever give man a chance to turn to God. You will notice also, that the massage contained a warning against being identified with the beast in any way. That message would be of no benefit after the tribulation is over.


In connection with the beast, let me say to you, That beast system is rapidly forming for its end time role in the history of mankind. We have read in the newspaper that the nations of Europe already have printed up, and ready to use, a Common Market currency. The article stated that, because of the decline in the value of the American dollar, it is believed that the hour is approaching when it will be necessary for the Common Market nations to begin using a common currency, one that would replace the German marc, the French franc, the Italian lira, the British pound, and all other individual currencies, so that one common currency would be acceptable to all. Saints: the world is getting close to the hour of that beast system. The ten horns are taking their place, and with Israel where she is, along with what we see in the realm of religion, and especially in the Catholic church, we know that the living element of the people of God are on the verge of being shook hard enough to get all their old Babylonian ideas shook loose from them, and allow them to get hold of the word of God. In Canada, many of the stores have already converted to a cashless system, and many more will soon follow. This is not the mark of the beast, just because it required those to participate to have an identifying number, but it is a forerunner, preparing the world for the mark, when it is time for it to be introduced. We will not dwell on this, for we are dealing with another message, and there are a few more things that I would like to point out to you from the scriptures we have read. In verse 10 of chapter 14, we read something that seems contradictory to a verse we read from 2nd Thessalonians 1:9, and I want to be sure that there is no misunderstanding about it. Paul said the wicked would be punished with EVERLASTING DESTRUCTION FROM THE PRESENCE OF THE LORD. Then John says they will be tormented with fire and brimstone IN THE PRESENCE OF THE HOLY ANGELS, AND IN THE PRESENCE OF THE LAMB. Do we have a contradiction between two verses? No, there is no contradiction. Here is the beauty of it. God is Spirit; He is invisible, but He is the source of all life, and He is the supreme ruler of the whole universe. Everything rests in Him. If He ever rejects you; you do not have life; therefore when He rejects you from His presence, figuratively, it means that you are destined to perish, for you are without the source of life. On the other hand, to look at what John said about the wicked being tormented in the presence of the angels, and in the presence of the Lamb, we have to realize that God has always dealt with man through the ministry of angels, and the shed blood of the Lamb was the price of our redemption. The redemption that God offers to mankind, was purchased by the shedding of the blood of the Lamb which is Jesus Christ. In order for us to be reconciled to God, there is a process which we must pass through, and that process is brought about by the ministration of angels. When we carry that thought to Hebrews 1:7, where it is speaking of these angelic spirits, we read, “And of the angels he saith, Who maketh his angels spirits, and his ministers a flame of fire.” Then in verse 14, we read, “Are they not all ministering spirits, (still speaking of the angels) sent forth to minister for them who shall be heirs of salvation?” You do not see those angels, but they are ever present with us. Our lives are constantly affected by these angelic beings. You may say, Bro. Jackson: I thought it was the Lord that is ever present with us. It is; but please do not overlook the fact that God has delegated the responsibility of ministering to His children, to His angels. Now I will tell you how all this fits in with what we are considering. If a person constantly turns his back on the wooing feelings that would lead him to God: there will come a day when it is everlastingly too late for him to find a place of repentance. He will die in his sins, be tormented in hell, and then when he is finally resurrected and cast into the lake of fire; he will suffer day and night in that fire of destruction, with gnawing consciousness that he had a chance to be reconciled to God and he spurned it. He will be constantly reminded; there are those angels, there is the Lamb; in other words, he will be constantly conscious of the fact that he rejected, one time too many, the very avenue back into the presence of the Lord. That is how the angels and the Lamb are present while the wicked soul is being tormented. It is in his conscience, that gnawing worm that dieth not. Some will say, But if he was not foreknown of God; he could not have been saved anyway. Well, that is right, if you keep foreknowledge in its proper place. A person is not condemned because of God’s foreknowledge. He is condemned because he was offered a chance to receive eternal life, and he rejected it, and the foreknowledge of God is what let Him (God) know that the man would reject his chance, even before the world was created. In other words, foreknowledge does not deny the man his chance, but foreknowledge does let God know ahead of time what that man will do with his chance.


I want to make it perfectly clear that we don not make a practice of preaching on angels, but if we are to have a proper revelation of the scriptures; we must recognize the place that God has given to his angelic creation. As I said in another message; anywhere you find God doing anything, you can be assured that angels are present. We need to recognize what place they have in God’s dealing with man, and by so doing, we will rid ourselves of a lot of our old traditional ideas. The church seems to have forgotten what they read in the Bible. Even the Lord Jesus Himself, who was God incarnate, with power to lay His life down and take it back up again, when He came forth from the tomb, who rolled the stone away from the door? Matthew 28:2, says the angel of the Lord rolled it back. We are not saying that Jesus could not have gotten out of the tomb without the help of an angel; He could come out with the door closed just like He did later, in the room where His disciples were waiting, but the fact remains that God’s word says an angel came and rolled back the stone. How did he do it? By causing an earthquake to shake the mortar loose, and roll that old stone back down the track. Why did he do it, if Jesus could have gotten out without it? That empty tomb had to be revealed. That empty tomb, and the presence of the Lord among His disciples later, produced some eye witnesses who could testify to His resurrection. But the point we are making is, that, God works through His angels, in His process of redeeming His creation back to Himself, and fallen man, as he burns in the lake of fire, will be tormented day and night with the thoughts of how he had a chance, but rejected the wooing presence of the angels, and the blood of the Lamb.

We have already talked about the millennium, how that Jesus will reign as King for one thousand years over the whole earth, with His literal throne being in Jerusalem, the throne of David. When that thousand year reign of righteousness and restoration is completed: Jesus will never be King any more. After Satan has been loosed for a little season to deceive as many as he can; he collects those whom he has deceived together, and surrounds the camp of the saints, and the beloved city: and fire comes down out of heaven to devour them. From there, the great white throne judgment is set, and Jesus then becomes the Supreme Judge. He grants eternal life to those whose names are in the book of life, and all the rest are cast into the lake of fire. They are everlastingly destroyed from the presence of the Lord, but during the time of their punishment in the fire, the memory of the holy angels that would have wooed them to accept the provision of the Lamb, is ever present with them, gnawing at their conscience. Since the lake of fire is not on this planet, when all the wicked are finally cast into it: this old planet will be clean again, completely redeemed back to God in every aspect. We will go back to 1st Corinthians 15 now, and read verses 24-28, for this is where these scriptures are fulfilled. 24, “Then cometh the end, (the end of God’s complete process of redemption) when He (Christ Jesus) shall have delivered up the kingdom to God, (ELOHIM, ETERNAL SPIRIT) even the Father; when He (Christ) shall have put down all rule and authority and power. 25, For He (Christ) must reign, till He hath put all enemies under His feet. 26, The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death. 27, For He (ELOHIM) hath put all things under His (CHRIST JESUS’) feet. But when he (DAVID Psa. 8:6) saith all things are put under Him, (CHRIST JESUS) it is manifest that He (ELOHIM) is excepted, which did put all things under Him, (CHRIST JESUS). 28, And when all things shall be subdued unto Him, (CHRIST JESUS) then shall the Son also Himself be subject unto Him (ELOHIM) that put all things under Him, that God (WHICH IS SPIRIT) may be all in all.” This puts all of God’s redeemed family into the eternal age, and Jesus Christ, who has been, on our behalf, PROPHET, PRIEST, LAMB, (SIN OFFERING) INTERCESSOR, BRIDEGROOM, KING and then SUPREME JUDGE OF THE WICKED, now becomes our elder brother, and the scriptures declare that we are joint heirs with Him. Can you fully appreciate that? Let me explain what I mean by that question. In ancient times the eldest son was the sole heir of all his Father’s wealth. All that the other children in the family could expect to receive, was some lesser gift which the father would specify, but the bulk of the inheritance always went to the first born son. It was his to do with as he pleased. Now Romans 8:29, tells us that Jesus was the firstborn among many brethren. In other words He is the legal heir of the whole family of God. To Him is given glory, honor, power and authority by the great eternal Spirit, (God) but He did not want it just for Himself, therefore, we who were paupers, condemned, and doomed to destruction by the eternal God, with no hope for eternal life, have become joint heirs with Him by a voluntary act on His part. Did not He say that He had power to give life to whomsoever He would? Did not He say also, while speaking to the Father in prayer, “And the glory which thou gavest me I have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one?” This is one elder brother that divides His inheritance among all of His brethren, making us joint heirs with Him, of all that the Father hath bestowed upon Him. In that great eternal age we will sit with Him, and share with Him, in immortality, and the glory that is with Him will be with us also. Brothers and sisters, this is a rich inheritance we have come into; let us be grateful in our hearts, and live for God with all our strength as these last days of this present age fulfill themselves.


Before closing I would like to share with you a little illustration I used in talking to some of the brethren on this subject. Maybe this will help some of you to better understand the makeup of man, and enable you to understand the final estate of mankind without God. Alright now, God is Spirit, and that Spirit is life. In Him is love, wisdom, compassion, longsuffering, and all the attributes that we have ever heard attributed to God. He knows all things, and He is unlimited in ability. When God made man: the very spirit life that we are, came from Him. He did not go out somewhere with a bucket and stir up a bunch of chemicals to make the spirit of man. No! He took of Himself, for He is life, and made man, but the process by which you and I came into the world causes us, in our physical makeup, to be a sinner. Therefore because we bear the trait of sin in our makeup, unless we find our place in God’s redemptive process, and allow Him to place His seal of eternal life upon us, we are destined to partake of the lake of fire burning with brimstone, in our last state of being. Our rejection of God’s way is what brings about the necessity for our destruction. Anyone who refuses to be joined to God, must be everlastingly separated from God for His redemption process to be complete. Now I will illustrate something for you. Suppose I take a glass and fill it full of water: I can hold it up and say, Here is water, but in that state, that is all I have in that glass. If it is pure water; it is aroma-less, practically tasteless, and without color; it’s clear. I am using this as a comparison to spirit, for I want to show you something. Water is the very essence of life to all vegetative life. If you cut off its source of water, you know what happens; it dies; it ceases to exist. Now, let us suppose that I decide to take that water and make some kind of drink out of it. I put a spoonful of cherry Kool-Aid in and stir it up, and I have not only added color; I have also added flavor. The color can be seen, the flavor can be tasted. Now I will add some sugar, and that sugar contains carbohydrates. That means I have added nutrients. In this I have added certain chemicals that have a certain amount of carbon of the earth in it; water itself has no carbon. Now I have taken water, added certain substances to it, and made a tasty drink, but basically, it is water. On the other side of this illustration is man. The life of that man is spirit, and basically, that spirit life, is life that came from God. That is why, from the standpoint of creation, we can call God, our heavenly Father. God took of Himself, (SPIRIT) and to that life He added the five senses, SEE, HEAR, TASTE, SMELL AND TOUCH. This is not in your flesh; it is in your spirit. Next He added INTELLECT, WISDOM, KNOWLEDGE, the ability to think, make decisions, and determinations. This is the sense in which we are like Him, for God is all of that. Then He added affections. Our likes, dislikes, and so forth, come from that, and this furnishes our motivation. All of this makes up the soul, the intellect of that spirit that we are. That is why from time to time we hear people say, What you see is not the real me, for the real me, is inside of this shell of flesh. The real me is what was made in the image of God, and in His likeness.


Alright now, when the body dies: what has actually happened? The spirit has left it, and the soul has left it also, for the spirit and soul are inseparable. When the spirit leaves; the soul is in it. That is why, before Calvary, every soul that departed from the body had to go to hell; there had not been a way made before then to blot out the taint of sin, so that the spirit could go back to God from whence it came. Therefore it was held in a place of confinement until the sin debt was paid, and from that time until the end, when a righteous person dies; his spirit returns to God, and his body goes into the grave. David somehow knew this, and it caused him to say, Thou wilt not leave my soul in hell.

We come back to the glass of cherry Kool-Aid now. I am using this just for an illustration. If that cherry drink is ever going to have an eternal existence, somehow, I am going to have to come up with a chemical that I can add to it to seal what I have. Once that is done it will remain the same throughout time and eternity, regardless of where it is. But let us see what will happen if I purpose to destroy it, since it does not have the seal to preserve and keep it. Suppose I just pour it out on the ground. You know what will happen; the earth will absorb the water, but there will be a colored spot left on the ground. The water that was the main carrier of all the added substance, will separate from all the molecules, and fiber, and substance, and will eventually be filtering through the earth, and be completely free from all the added chemicals, and it will return to the main stream from whence it came. After a period of time that water will be free from every trace of anything that was added to it, and also, those additives will eventually break up, and go right back into creation; like I have said before; an atom is never destroyed; it just changes its cycle and function in creation. When God destroys those bodies, and the souls of all the unredeemed that have ever lived by casting them into the lake of fire, even all those wicked spirits of demons, it will be for the purpose of destroying every trace of individuality that has ever been attributed to them. Conscience, intellect, the five senses, and everything that God added to make up the individuals, will be eventually destroyed in the process of their punishment. When each one has finally suffered the punishment that was allotted to them, and they reach the end of their destruction, then the spirit that was the life of that individual, that spirit that came from God, being indestructible and being completely free from all traces of what it was the life of, will return to God. That spirit came from God, for God is the only source of life that there is; therefore, in the end, it will return to God.

I will close this message by saying this: The lake of fire is God’s incinerator where He burns up everything that is not redeemed back to Him. Therefore, in the eternal age there will be no more graveyards, no more dead carcasses, and nothing that is impure; all will be dwelling in eternal life. This old planet will be completely redeemed, and Satan, with all of his evil, will be remembered no more. AMEN

The New Jerusalem – 1978, November

REVELATION 21:1 – 22:5


I have had a number of people ask me questions lately, about he New Jerusalem which John wrote about in Revelation, chapter 21. It is interesting to note the various ideas and opinions which people have about this city, some believing one thing, and others, something else. It is for this reason that I feel led to publish this message, with all the details and explanations the Holy Ghost will call to our remembrance. Years ago, when I was still in the Methodist church, I too, looked upon that city as a literal city, with all its gold, precious stones, pearls, and so forth, but now we have the Holy Ghost which wrote the book, in us, to reveal its true spiritual significance; therefore we want to take this 21st chapter, and consider the things that are recorded therein. Time-wise this chapter picks up after the great White Throne judgment has been completed, and all fallen mankind, and every evil spirit has been judged. Whatever, and whoever is left alive after that judgment, will live in the 8th day, which is the eternal day. Everything will be restored back to what it was in the 1st day, before Adam sinned. This 8th day will not be broken up into dispensations as the other 7 days, or 7000 years have been. Though it is hard for our finite minds to grasp the reality of such a thing: It will be an endless eternity of bliss, in the presence of the Great God of all ages. The apostle Paul wrote, in 1 Cor. 13:12, “Now we see through a glass, darkly; but then face to face.” I only use this verse, here, to call attention to the fact that we do not yet see all things as clearly as we will later. To see through a glass, darkly, does not mean that we do not see anything. It simply means that we do not see clearly, the profile, or image that we are looking at. However, I do believe we are living in a day when it is scripturally reasonable to expect the Holy Ghost to clear up the picture for us, as we are endeavoring to take on the mind of Christ.


In 1 Corinthians 15:24-26, we find the apostle Paul referring to the beginning of the 8th day like this, “Then cometh the end, when he shall have delivered (speaking of Jesus Christ) up the kingdom to God, even the Father; when he shall have put down all rule and all authority and power. For He (Christ) must reign, until He hath put all enemies (sin and death) under His feet. The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death.” In other words He will rule and reign for 1000 years, on earth: then when His millennial reign is concluded, and the last judgment is all over with, it will be time for the New Jerusalem to descent from heaven. Before going into our subject of the New City though, I want to clear up some of the misunderstanding about the millennial age. I have had many people come to me and say, “Bro. Jackson: If Jesus is going to be ruling with a rod of iron, and the devil is going to be bound: how come there still seems to be death present through the millennium?” It is very simple. These very questions prove that people have not been taught what is written in the word of God. It is not that sin is raging during that time, as we know it now, but that inherited nature to sin is still present in those mortal beings that pass from this age into the millennium. That is why Jesus Christ will rule with a rod of iron: it is to be a disciplinary age. The Millennium age is not the perfect age, but His rod of iron rule over the national subjects will produce a people that can be passed into the perfect age. At the same time He will be releasing the animal kingdom, so that the enmity between man and beast will cease to be. It will be just like the old song, “Peace in the Valley,” the animal kingdom will lie in peace, and be at peace with man. Then the earth will yield her full increase. All of this is written in the Old Testament. In Isaiah 11:6-9, we read, “The wolf also shall dwell with the lamb, and the leopard shall lie down with the kid; and the calf and the young lion and the fatling together; and a little child shall lead them. And the cow and the bear shall feed; their young ones shall lie down together; and the lion shall eat straw like an ox. And the suckling child shall play on the hole of the asp, (venomous viper) and the weaned child shall put his hand on the cockatrice den, (another of the reptile family). They shall not hurt nor destroy in all my holy mountain: for the earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea.” When? After the Millennial rule has had time to have its effect. That is when the whole earth will be filled with the glory of the Lord, as the Psalmist wrote.


When we speak of the eighth day, please remember, the eighth day is the first day, just like our calendar. It is a new beginning, with everything restored back as it was before the fall of man in the garden. In Isaiah 65, we find that the prophet was actually looking through the Millennium, to the eternal age. Look at verse 20, “There shall be no more thence, an infant of days, nor an old man that hath not filled his days: for the child shall die an hundred years old; but the sinner being an hundred years old shall be accursed.” Now in our present day, with our life span being an expected 70 years, more or less, we look upon an person who is a hundred years old, as an old person, but in the Millennium when longevity of life is restored, looking at it from a percentage standpoint: a hundred year old person, then, would be as a seven year old child is, to us. Death, then, will not be from tuberculosis, heart trouble, cancer, nor any of those physical diseases; it will be strictly a disciplinary tool in the hands of God, and it shall be administered to those who have had ample time to be corrected. In other words, a child born in the Millennium; being born of mortal parents who have passed from this age into that age, still having the nature to sin and rebel, would be warned and worked with for 100 years, giving him, or her, that much time to submit to the righteous rule of Christ, before death would be administered. In that same verse where Isaiah says, “There shall be no more THENCE (from the beginning of the eternal age and onward) an infant of days,” he also says, “Nor an old man that hath not filled his days,” meaning of course, that if he has been allowed to pass into the eternal age, he has already been tried, tested, judged and found to be worthy, or he would not be there. Saints: Do you realize that if we are living as close to the end as we believe we are: there is a people living, right today, that will live forever. This is not speculation. Either we believe the Bible or we do not. If we believe the Bible, it will bear these things out. Like we said before: the Millennium is not the perfect age. It is a period of time in which God is repopulating the earth, a period when divine government is restored, as well as divine knowledge. The earth will be beautified, and the animal kingdom will again be at peace with man. “They shall not hurt nor destroy in all my holy mountain.” This mortal realm of people will still have the same inherited nature, which will pass on down to, and through all of their offspring. That is why Zechariah 14:16-17, states, “And it shall come to pass, that every one that is left of all the nations which came against Jerusalem shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, and to keep the feast of tabernacles.” Verse 17, shows what the result will be for those who refuse to do so. “And it shall be, that whoso will not come up of all the families of the earth unto Jerusalem to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, even upon them shall be no rain.” In verse 18, he goes on to give an illustration, using Egypt as an example. “And if the family of Egypt go not up, and come not, that have no rain; there shall be the plague, wherewith the Lord will smite the heathen that come not up to keep the feast of tabernacles. 19, This shall be the punishment of Egypt, and the punishment of all nations that come not up to keep the feast of tabernacles.” This is the effect of that rod of iron. Every individual will have to submit to discipline and come under the law of that age, or death will be the means of getting rid of them. I have my serious doubts that there will be any need for a lot of undertakers, and I do not believe there will be a need for a large casket manufacturer, for I believe those things will be few and far between. Nevertheless, when the thousand years have expired, Satan will be loosed from his prison, and shall go out to deceive all whom he can of those millions born in the Millennium. If you can get the picture here; you will see that a just God could not let those millions of people pass into the eternal age without first being tempted by the old adversary, the Devil. He will not be allowed to corrupt the earth again, as before, but he will have his opportunity to gain a following of people who will think to gather for battle, as they compass the camp of the saints, and the city of Jerusalem, but fire comes down out of heaven to devour them. That is when the devil that deceived them will be cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where the beast and the false prophet are. There is one thing sure though, he will never touch one of the immortal saints of God that have been ruling with Christ during this time. He can only tempt those who were born in the peaceful atmosphere of the Millennium while he was bound. Carnal minded people will say, “Bro. Jackson, do you mean to say we will be here, and we will see all of what is going on. Well, I just would not want to be here at a time like that. You are not there yet. When that time comes, if you are there, you will think differently than you do now. Immortality will make a great difference in the way we see things.


Just think, the bride of Christ will rule with Christ in the Millennium, executing the affairs of the kingdom, with the same authority that Jesus rules with. Then when it comes to a close, and Satan has been loosed for a little season, until his efforts are stopped by the fire of God, the 2nd resurrection will bring up the spirits of all degenerate men, from Cain all the way down to the end of the Millennium. There will be no more hell in the heart of the earth. This is the time for verse 13, of Revelation 20 to have its fulfillment. “And the sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were judged every man according to their works. 14, And death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death.” There will be no more graves, no more dead bodies to mar the beauty of the replenished earth. This will be the last phase of redemption for the earth itself. The planet will be clean again, for the first time since sin was introduced. This climaxes what Paul wrote in 1 Cor. 15:25-26, “For He must reign, until He hath put all enemies under His feet. The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death.” Jesus said, I AM the resurrection and the life. This means that at the sound of His voice the wicked dead will rise, just as simple as the righteous do before the Millennium. I am so thankful that those apostles could write, or speak, as the Holy Ghost moved them, for if they had been confined as some men are today, that is, if they had only been allowed to say what Jesus said, we would not have 1 Thes. 4:16-17, nor 1 Cor. 15:12-58, which help us to know what is ahead for us in the plan of God. Then we have the apostle Peter’s words which declare, (3:13) “Nevertheless we, according to his promise, look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness.” It is the same planet earth, but it is made new through redemption. We are not looking for new galaxies in the heavens, but a new atmosphere within the same realm of space that you and I are already familiar with. In other words, everything that man has been associated with, will be made anew through redemption. Do not ever think that we are going to be carried off somewhere, to some other planet or something. That is a completely wrong viewpoint. You say, “But, Bro. Jackson, doesn’t the Bible say that the heavens and earth shall melt with fervent heat? Let us read that verse in 1 Peter 3:10, and I am sure you will understand that it is the works of man that are going to be burned up. Verse 10, “But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also and the works that are therein shall be burned up.” If that verse stood alone in the Bible, it might leave room for some question, but it does not stand alone. Look in verses 5-7, of the same chapter, to see how the same man referred to the destruction by the flood, in the days of Noah. “For this they willingly are ignorant of, that by the word of God the heavens were of old, and the earth standing out of the water and in the water: Whereby the world THAT THEN WAS, being overflowed with water, PERISHED: But the heavens and the earth, WHICH ARE NOW, by the same word are kept in store, reserved unto fire against the day of judgment and perdition of ungodly men.” You need only ask yourself the question, “Is this the same planet earth that Noah and his generation lived on? The Bible makes it very clear that it is, but the writer, here, says that the old world PERISHED in the flood. When we reconcile scripture with scripture, we realize that these judgments are only a cleansing process, by which the Lord cleanses the earth of the works of man. You could ask the question like this, “If the heavens, and the earth, perished in the flood, how can they still be here to be burned?” Man’s works will be burned up, but the rocks, the dirt, the mountains and the water will still be here, when the burning is finished. As in the days of Noah, when the flood was abated, they stepped out of the ark and found that the earth was made new. There was not a hut, nor any trace of the works of man, to be found anywhere. It was a new, fresh beginning. Everything had to be started all over again. Therefore, if we connect these pictures together, it will help us to better approach our subject, on the new city.


When the great white throne judgment is completed, and the earth is completely free from all traces of sin and corruption, then Jesus will turn the kingdom, the government, the rulership of the planet back over to God, that God may be all in all. In other words, it will be God, Elohim, Eternal Spirit, placing himself back within his creation, as in the beginning. He will be able to fellowship His redeemed family in the full expression of His glory and presence, as when He walked in the garden in the cool of the day, talking to Adam. God does not need a house to dwell in, for He is omnipresent, (present in all places at all times) and He never gets cold, wet, hungry nor uncomfortable. Every drop of rain that falls, falls in Him. He doesn’t need man, nor anyone to advise Him, for He is omniscient, (with infinite awareness, understanding, and insight, and has complete knowledge of all things, at all times). Such a God as He, has need of nothing that we could do for Him, personally, but He does desire to have fellowship with His creation. I will say, also, if sin had never entered into the garden, this whole planet would be a beautiful, garden-like place, with perfect climate, beautiful towering trees, shrubs, flowers, rivers, brooks and streams with trout and other fish leaping in them. The animal kingdom would have continued to be at peace with man, and there never would have been any need for man to build his 40, 50, and 60 thousand dollar houses. He would not have needed them. Houses were only necessitated by the fact that nature began to work against man, and the animal kingdom began to express itself against him, causing him to begin to devise ways of secluding himself. The farther he went, the fancier he got, until we come to the day we are living in. All this has been man’s efforts of trying to gain a measure of security, when all the time, his only security was in the Lord. Brothers and sisters: we are secure in Him. Our comfort lays in Him, and without Him, we can do nothing.


As we try to bring our attention back to the announced subject, let us be aware that what we are going to talk about cannot be understood with our natural, everyday kind of thinking and reasoning. We will be dealing with something that carries our thinking into the eternal age, when all of these familiar things will have passed away. Paul spoke of it in Ephesians 3:21, as world without end. Let us begin now, by reading the 1st verse of Rev. 21, where John wrote, “And I saw a new heaven, and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea.” Remember now, John was given the privilege of viewing THIS planet in its redeemed state. Why would Christ rule and reign on this planet for one thousand years, redeeming and restoring it back as it was before, only to wipe it all out and start with another one, when He had accomplished His purpose? We just do not interpret the scriptures like that. John was looking at this old world as it will appear in the eternal age. Naturally it looked new to him. It will look new to us when we get there. Well, what about the heavens, or the new heaven? We must think of heaven in this particular instance, as the atmosphere around the earth. According to the scriptures, the atmosphere around the earth (or the heavens, as it is commonly called) is the environment, or habitation of devils, or demons, or evil spirits, which ever term best helps to get the thought across. They all pertain to the same thing. Paul referred to our former days, as following the course of this world, walking according to the prince of the power of the air. Those evil spirits are out there battling against righteous angels who seek to minister to mankind for his earthly benefit. The devil and his angels are constantly trying to get man to defile the earth. The filthier it gets, the better they like it. Why? Because it is completely contrary to God’s final plan for this old world, and Satan will go to any extremes in an effort to hinder or prevent the plan of God. Well, what about the part that says there was no more sea? There again, we must settle the fact that it does not mean, there will be no water. There has always been water, and there will be plenty of water then, but I do not believe that two-thirds of this planet will be covered by it then. I might add also, there is no more water today than there ever was. It is just that somehow this planet is not in its proper relationship to the sun. Some of you have heard me say before, why I believe we have 365 1/4 days in our solar year, when it is scripturally clear that a perfect year was to have 360 days, twelve months of 30 days each.


I am not a scientist, but I believe with all my heart that when God let the fountains of the deep open up, and it rained for 40 days and 40 nights, collecting all that water together, it changed the relationship between the earth and the sun. That would account for the extra 5 1/4 days per year that it takes to complete the cycle of orbits. A perfect year, with 12 perfect months of 30 days each, would have one new moon for each month. Since the earth revolves around the sun, it would mean that the earth would need to be a little closer to the sun in order to complete its year of orbits in 360 days. If the earth were to be moved back a little closer to the sun, much of the earth’s waters would be out here in space like a barrier around the earth, which would produce a perfect climate. You would never have a cloud in the sky, and at night the air would cool off and cause the earth to sweat. That is exactly in line with what the scriptures say about how it was in the beginning. With such a condition you would have a perfect climate all the time, never too cold, and never too hot. With so much of the earth’s water moved out into space to form a protective belt around the earth, it would leave a lot more room for people, or I should say, for the earth’s inhabitants. If you had been viewing the world with all its oceans, rivers, seas and so forth, then suddenly you were shown a picture of that earth with all of that extra land showing, you would probably proclaim, as John did, that there is no more sea. Remember what period of time John’s vision was of. As this chapter 21 opens up John is seeing a vision of the cleansed and replenished earth as it is entering into a new age, or into the eternal day which is without time limitations. Now notice in verse 2, John did not say, I saw us going to the new Jerusalem in the heavens, but what did he say? 2, “And I John saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, (out of space, out of the atmosphere) prepared as a bride adorned for her husband.” Notice his description of the new Jerusalem, and remember, Jesus only has one bride. As we assemble ourselves together, believing that we are in the true church of the Living God, that shall one day be presented to the Lord Jesus Christ as His bride, we wait with great expectancy, and the things that the apostle John wrote about are of special interest to us. That great marriage supper of the Lord is just ahead of us, then we believe, according to the Bible, that we will come right back here to rule with Christ for 1000 years, over a mortal realm of people who will pass into that age from this one, and also, over the offspring that they bear. We will be the wife of the Lord Jesus Christ, dwelling in immortality, having bodies just like the body Jesus appeared to his disciples in, after his resurrection.


In verse 3, John speaks further of this holy city, which is prepared as a bride adorned for her husband. Read it carefully for it holds part of the key to a proper understanding of this terminology. “And I heard a great voice out of heaven saying, Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, (remember this word, TABERNACLE, and what the word means) and He will dwell with them, and they shall be His people, and God Himself shall be with them, and be their God.” This absolutely links up with what Paul wrote in 1 Cor. 15:24-28, which we have read already. Christ will rule until the last enemy is destroyed, and redemption is completed. Then He will turn all rule and authority back to the great omnipresent, Eternal Spirit, the Father of all creation, that He may be all in all. Listen carefully now. As John saw this city coming down, he heard a great voice out of heaven saying, “Behold, the TABERNACLE of God is with men, and He will dwell with them, and they shall be His people, and God himself shall be with them, and be their God.” Tell me, did John actually see a literal tabernacle coming down? All he said was, that, he heard a great voice declaring it. I want to show you a scripture further on in the chapter that will prove John did not see a tabernacle descending out of heaven, along with the new city. This is where many people become confused, and get tangled up in their carnal interpretations of these chapters. We want to consider all the details that are given concerning this city, and get it settled once and for all. Was the city that John saw coming down out of heaven, actually a literal city of literal gold, and so forth, or is this a language of the Spirit, describing something else? As we move on down through the chapter, we find John describing the city in it’s dimensional makeup, as well as of what sort it is; then in verse 22 he says, “And I saw no temple therein: (NO TEMPLE) for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it.” We all know that mortal men have always associated the two words, TABERNACLE, and TEMPLE, with a materialistic building or structure where the presence of God could be found. First it was a tabernacle in the wilderness, made of skins, and mobile. When the people moved on toward the promised land, the tabernacle was moved to be where the people were. The tabernacle was later superseded by the temple Solomon built on Mount Zion. Nevertheless, the tabernacle, and the temple have always been associated with the presence of God. Now I want us to look at 2nd Cor. 6:16, and see what Paul said about this temple of God. “And what agreement hath the temple of God with idols? For YE are the TEMPLE of the living God; as God hath said, I will dwell IN THEM, and walk IN THEM: and I will be their God, and they shall be my people.” Is that not what John heard the great voice utter, as he watched the holy city descend toward earth? Before going back to Revelation 21, I want us to read Ephesians 2:19-22, and catch some more of the apostle Paul’s revelation of what John saw and heard in A.D. 96, when he was caught up in the spirit while on the Isle of Patmos. Verse 19, “Now therefore ye are no more strangers and foreigners, but fellow citizens with the saints, and of the household of God; And are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets, Jesus Christ himself being the chief cornerstone; In whom all the BUILDING fitly framed together groweth unto an holy TEMPLE in the Lord: In whom ye also are builded together for an HABITATION of God through the Spirit.” Did you catch the language Paul used here, BUILDING, TEMPLE, HABITATION OF GOD, all these references referring to believers? If we can accept the fact that the true church is a building of God, a temple where the Lord dwells, then we ought not think it strange to be referred to as a city also. With these scriptures and explanations before us, I hope every one of you are able to see that there is no contradiction between verse 3, which declares that there was no temple in the holy city, the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb being the temple of it. Certainly there is no contradiction; it is just the way some people are prone to look at it.


Brothers and sisters: do not be expecting to view this scene from an earthly standpoint. Those who make up the true church of the living God will be a part of that city which John saw coming down out of heaven. Verse 4, “And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away.” This verse well establishes the fact that this scene is after the Millennium reign, for it states that there will be no more death, and we have already proved by the scriptures that death will be used in a disciplinary way throughout the Millennium. 5, “And he that sat upon the throne said, Behold, I make all things new. And he said unto me, Write: for these words are true and faithful.” Remember now, John is in a vision, and he is seeing, and hearing things that are to come to pass many years beyond his time. As we have stated already, all things are made new through a redemptive act, rather than a creative act. God is a creator. That is how this planet got here in the first place, by a creative act of God. But there is the redemptive side, or attribute of God that must be expressed, and we should be able to tell the difference between the two. 6, “And he said unto me, It is done. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end. I will give unto him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely. 7, He that overcometh shall inherit all things; and I will be his God, and he shall be my son.” Praise God, when the reality of that age dawns, it will be exactly as it was in the original beginning, back in the garden of Eden. It was, and is, His desire to be God to every son and daughter of His. He wants to be in His people, and He wants to have a Father and son relationship with them. That does not exclude the feminine side (woman) from the picture. You will find the human race spoken of, as man, all through the Bible. Now verse 8, “But the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.” Now, just to test your memory, when will this take place? When will all these wicked spirits, along with all degenerate mankind, be cast into the lake of fire? At the close of the Millennium, before entering into the eternal age. John saw all this in a vision, and I have heard of people on their deathbed having similar visions. The have actually been privileged to see some of these heavenly scenes before passing from this life. Abraham, the scripture says, sojourned in a strange land, but he looked for a city which had foundations, whose builder and maker is God, knowing that the city he was looking for, was eternally in the heavens. Therefore, in actuality, what was Abraham looking for? He was looking for a place of refuge, for that is what a city was to those ancient people. When their enemies invaded their land, they would head for the city.


Many of you have been with me on a tour to Israel; you have seen the city that is built on top of Mount Zion (Jerusalem). About 4 square miles around that city, is a wall. Its geographical outer circumference has been changed from time to time, through wars and earthquakes, but all through the history of Israel, since they have been in that land, when the land was invaded by their enemies, Jerusalem was the stronghold for the people. As the alarm was sounded, that the enemy was approaching, all the people living in those little villages around about, would gather up their personal belongings, put them on an old cart, get their donkeys and oxen, and head for Jerusalem, their city of defense. You may have wondered why they built such huge walls and why they were so deep in the ground. That is why; they were built to give the inhabitants of the land a place of refuge, a place of security and comfort. For thousands of years men built their cities with the main emphasis being placed on the fact that the walls furnished them a certain measure of protection from their enemies. Besides being a stronghold, the major cities were capitol cities, and the people came to those walled cities to worship their gods, whatever deity they worshiped, and the cities were crossroads of communication, and social activity. With those things in mind, Abraham looked for an eternal city that hath foundations, whose builder and maker is God, and he was not necessarily looking for a city built with eternal rocks, stones, and such like, for I will show you why. Turn with me to the 12th chapter of Hebrews, where we will begin reading in the 18th verse. Paul is talking to those precious Hebrew saints, encouraging them to lay aside anything, and everything, that would hinder them in running the race for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus. He tells them to look to Jesus, the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before him endured the cross, despising the shame, and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God. He says, consider what he endured at the hands of sinners, lest ye be wearied and faint in your minds, for ye have not yet resisted unto the shedding of blood, striving against sin. He goes on to speak of the chastening hand of God, for their own good, reminding them of Esau’s great sin, where he sold his birthright for one meal when he was hungry. Then we come to verse 18, where he says, “For ye are not come unto the mount that might be touched, and that burned with fire, (He is reminding them, for they, in former days, had lived so devotedly to the law, received by their ancestors at Mt. Sinai. He is reminding them of how it was before the gospel of grace was purchased at Calvary), nor unto blackness, and darkness, (that is how the top of the mount looked to their forefathers who stood there) and tempest, And the sound of a trumpet, and voice of words; which they that heard entreated that the word should not be spoken to them any more: for they could not endure that which was commanded, and if so much as a beast touch the mountain, it shall be stoned, or thrust through with a dart; And so terrible was the sight, that Moses said, I exceedingly fear and quake.” In other words, as the children of Israel stood there at the foot of Mt. Sinai, while Moses was on top of the mountain talking with God, the mountain became black, and shook, as the voice of God echoed down to them. The people because fearful and turned away to stand afar off. Later they came to Moses saying,  “You speak to us; we will hear you; but let not God speak with us, lest we die.” Just the sound of the voice of God scared them half to death. Paul is using these things to remind them that they have not come to that kind of a mountain in their new found relationship to God. It just shows how helpless mortal man really is, in the presence of Almighty God. He then, goes on to say to them in verse 22, “But ye are come unto Mount Zion, and unto the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusalem, and to an innumerable company of angels, To the general assembly and church of the firstborn.” That is exactly what the church is: the city of the living God. You have heard me say before, in regards to this verse of scripture, I have never made a trip to Mount Zion, the literal city, in order to obtain salvation. You haven’t either. But we have come to Mount Zion spiritually, to the city of the living God. We have reached our place of safety, and refuge. We can say as the Psalmist did, 91:2, “I will say of the Lord, He is my refuge and my fortress; my God; in him will I trust.” Hallelujah! Though the church of the living God is scattered over the whole face of this earth, it is still (in its spiritual makeup) the general assembly and church of the firstborn, which are written in heaven.


If you can begin to get a picture in your mind, of the terminology used in connection with the body of Christ, the church, it will help you better understand what God showed John in connection with the false church, Roman Catholicism, which He referred to as Mystery Babylon. Men have fled into that city, seeking a refuge for their souls, only to learn, too late, that instead of being a spiritual refuge for their soul, it is a cage for every unclean and hateful bird, a habitation of devils, and a hold of every foul spirit. Instead of being a sanctuary, that city is an unclean, unholy prison from which, only a few have escaped. Praise God, Paul says, “Ye have come to Mount Zion, which is the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusalem. Ye have come to an innumerable company of angels. Ye have come to the general assembly and church of the firstborn, which are written in heaven. Ye have come to God the judge of all, and to the spirits of just men made perfect; and to Jesus the mediator of the new covenant, and to the blood of sprinkling, that speaketh better things than that of Abel.” Some of you are thinking, “Bro. Jackson, you have my head spinning with all of this; what does it mean?” I am showing you these things in an effort to lay a foundation for what we are going to say about the New Jerusalem, about its foundations, its wall, its gates, etc. We must first be convinced that the words, city, temple, building, refuge, and such like, do not always pertain to a literal, and tangible object, in order to approach the study of this heavenly Jerusalem, with an open mind. Let us turn to Revelation, chapter 3, for another example of what we are talking about. In the letter to the church at Philadelphia, the church that corresponds with the age of Methodism, God promised something that is so beautiful, something that enhances the harmony of the scriptures, and adds more light to our subject. Verse 12, HIM that overcometh will I make a PILLAR in the TEMPLE of my God.” Now I do not expect to be turned into a piece of marble, do you? Nevertheless, we do have these scriptures to deal with; therefore we must look at them from a spiritual standpoint. The Lord spoke of these things in spiritual terminology; they were recorded in spiritual language, and must be understood likewise. In Galatians 2:9 Paul is speaking of Peter, James, and John, and says that they seemed to be PILLARS in the church at Jerusalem. Now I want us to read all of verse 12, in Revelation 3, and I will show you what you are up against if you try to literalize everything you read. 12, “HIM that overcometh will I make a PILLAR in the TEMPLE of my God, (a pillar is a post, or column that holds up a structure) and HE shall go no more out: and I will WRITE UPON HIM (the overcomer) the name of my God, and the name of the city of my God, which is new Jerusalem, which cometh down out of heaven from my God: and I will WRITE UPON HIM MY NEW NAME.” Do you now see what the picture will look like if you make the new Jerusalem a literal city? If you literalize the city; you must literalize all that is said about the whole setting, so what do we have? Every overcomer would be a post, or column in a literal temple, (John said he did not see a temple in the new city) and would be stationary, for it says that they go no more out. Then, that overcomer would have the name of God, the name of the new Jerusalem, the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, literally written upon him. I believe you are beginning to see what I am getting at. You, Y-O-U, make up the city of the living God. You make it up, yourselves, Hallelujah! I want you to understand; when John saw the vision of the new Jerusalem coming down out of heaven, he heard a voice speak these words, “Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men,” but there was no visible, tangible tabernacle or temple in that city, for he plainly says so, in verse 22, (as we have already pointed out) and he tells us why, in the same verse, “For the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it.” Otherwise, how could Jesus be in us, and we be in him, and all in God? It is altogether a spiritual environment. We will still be many individual bodies (immortal bodies) but our spirits, our soul, Praise God, can be in Him, and He in us. That makes up the environment for the inner man. What we have now is the earnest (a token) of that which is to come later, 2 Cor. 1:22, 5:5, Eph,. 1:14. In the mind of God, we already are, what we are still looking forward to being later. He sees everything, from beginning to end, in one picture. He just drew back the curtain and allowed John to see these things, as He sees them. But for now we must be content to keep this old mortal body under subjection to the Spirit of God, while we await our change.


We have a lot of people running around, these days, worrying about what our new name will be; wondering when we will get it. Let me say this to you, for whatever it may be worth, “When you get a new body, then, and only then, will you be able to handle a new name. In the meantime, this mortal flesh is still subject to a carnal mind that sees everything in a natural setting. That is why, if we do not keep our body under subjection to the Holy Ghost, we will be ruled by the five senses. Now that I have said that, let me read four verses from 2 Corinthians. The apostle Paul did not break his letter up into chapters, and verses, when he wrote it; that was done later; therefore I will read the last two verses of chapter 4, and the first two verses of chapter 5, straight through. 17, “Four our light affliction, which is but for a moment, (a moment, percentagewise, compared to eternity) worketh for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory; While we look not at the THINGS WHICH ARE SEEN, but at the THINGS WHICH ARE NOT SEEN: for the things which are seen are temporal; (they will pass away) but the things which are not seen (with the natural eye) are eternal (these are the things we desire to see with the eye of our spirit) For we know (by faith) that if our earthly HOUSE of this TABERNACLE (our fleshly bodies) were dissolved, we have a BUILDING of God, an HOUSE not made with hands, ETERNAL in the heavens, (eternal house, but John saw it coming down out of heaven) For in this (our earthly house) we groan, earnestly desiring to be clothed upon with our HOUSE which is FROM HEAVEN.” Paul says so much in those few verses; it just sort of throws new light on the subject of our text, and at the same time, makes us a little anxious for what we have up ahead. When we get our new body, then we will be able to see the city of the living God, as it really is. Our sanctuary is in Jesus Christ. No wonder Paul could say, “Now therefore ye are no more strangers and foreigners, but fellow citizens with the saints, and of the HOUSEHOLD of God; And are built upon the foundation of the apostles and Prophets, Jesus Christ himself being the CHIEF CORNERSTONE; (meaning He is the beginning of all surveyed dimensional measurements of this TABERNACLE of God) In whom all the BUILDING fitly framed together groweth unto an holy TEMPLE in the Lord: In whom ye also are BUILDED together for an HABITATION of God through the Spirit,” he had a revelation of the plan of God for the Gentiles. (See Ephesians 3:1-6).


We talk about the Millennium being the age of restoration, and we naturally, are trying to visualize how it was before sin entered into the garden of Eden. We talk also, of how God drove the man, Adam, from the garden, and I wonder how many ever ask themselves the question, “Where did God drive him to?” Did He send him a thousand miles away from where he was? Now, let us shake ourselves, and think seriously for a few moments. Do you realize, there is hardly a square mile, or acre of ground anywhere on this earth, that man has not set his foot upon at one time or the other, so I ask you: what kind of garden did He drive the man from? I must answer the question like this, I believe it was the presence and glory of God that man was driven from. Of course there was a certain geographical area of the earth where Adam dwelt, but somewhere in that, was a presence and glory of God that far superseded any natural, earthly beauty. It was that presence of God that enabled Adam and Eve to be both, natural and spiritual, equally, so that they could move freely in either realm. On the natural side they had the five senses just as we do. With their EYES they could see where they were walking, what was around them and etc. Their EARS allowed them to hear the sounds of their environment, the things that acquainted them with earth. Their NOSE allowed them to smell the wonderful fragrance of a rose, and all the other scents of natural life. They had TASTE and TOUCH which, with the others make up the five senses natural man is guided and ruled by. But besides that they had a nature, an inner makeup that made them like God. They could see just as clearly in the spirit world as you and I can in our natural environment. They could see the angels of God just as clearly as we see an automobile, cow or horse, until Adam forfeited his authority to rule over the earthly creation of God. From then on, they were earthbound, just as man has been ever since. You know the story; God drove them from the garden, from His presence, and placed cherubim and a flaming sword to guard the way of the tree of life. Saints, please do not try to picture that garden as a beautiful place, with a wrought iron fence, and beautiful gates with stone archways. That is a carnal picture. I grant you, there was a particular place, geographically, where Adam and Eve lived. It had to be someplace in the Middle East, but keep in mind, the fact, that God did not place cherubim before a literal garden gate, guarding a tree of plant life, called the tree of life. We have covered this subject so thoroughly in other messages, I feel it is sufficient just to say, the cherubim and the flaming sword were to keep the man from entering back into that eternal presence of God. As far as the natural surroundings are concerned, they remained the same. The rivers, the trees, the other plant life which was associated with the garden are still in the earth today. They may have been rearranged somewhat by earthquakes and other disturbances, but the earth itself is the same size as it has always been, no smaller, and no larger. Men, no doubt, have traveled right through the geographical area which the Bible refers to as the garden of Eden, for centuries, but the presence of God is no more there, than it is anyplace else, since Adam disobeyed God. Men have searched the world over, ever since that day God withdrew his presence from Adam , looking for a fountain of youth, when the only true fountain of youth is to be in the presence of Almighty God. Praise His wonderful name, Hallelujah! I am so thankful that every once in a while God lifts the carnal veil just enough to allow his people to get a little glimpse into that heavenly realm. As I said earlier, dying saints, lying with their eyes closed, have been known to have a smile come across their face, to be followed with such a beautiful description of what they were seeing in the spirit world, or in the life beyond this natural realm. Many have spoke of seeing a beautiful city, beautiful flowers, angels, and many other things. What was it? What were they seeing? They were allowed to have a little glimpse into the realm that Adam and Eve had complete access to before the fall, into the realm that we are looking anxiously to have opened up to us. When? After the Millennium. All of the old prophets have been given little glimpses into that heavenly realm, and they wrote about it, without ever having very much understanding as far as God’s complete plan of redemption and restoration goes. Every little preview that God has allowed man to have down through the ages, has caused him to grope for more of the reality of his creator. That is why there were so many ways, and places, where man had tried to contact God, while he continued to drift farther and farther away from the kind of communion that Adam and Eve had with Him. That inner man kept crying out, longing, searching for something to satisfy while four thousand years rolled by, then God moved upon the scene with His plan of redemption.


At a time when man, with his own carnal ways, had so corrupted every ordinance and law that was designed to give him a certain relationship with his creator, that creator veiled himself in human flesh and began working out His plan of redemption, that He had settled in His own mind before the world was ever created. The little baby that was born to the young virgin, Mary, who was espoused to a man named Joseph, was the means by which God would work out His beautiful plan to restore to man that which Adam forfeited. The little baby, which was given the name, Jesus, through a dream Joseph had before he was born, looked just like any other little baby. He grew up much like all the other little boys in that day, but Mary detected, and hid in her heart many things that she observed, which made Him stand out from the other little boys around their neighborhood. Then one day, when He had reached the age of thirty, he appeared on the banks of the Jordan river where John was baptizing, and asked to be baptized. John forbade him saying, “I have need to be baptized of thee, and comest thou to me?” Jesus answered by saying, “Suffer it to be so now: for thus it becometh us to fulfill all righteousness. Then he suffered him.” (Baptized him.) When Jesus went up out of the water, the heavens were opened unto Him, and the Spirit of God descended like a dove, lighting upon Him. Then a voice from heaven said, “This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.” Now some of you may say, “Why was it necessary for Him to be baptized, since He never committed any sin? His baptism served a two-fold purpose. He was ready to enter into a ministry, whereby He would be in the capacity of High Priest, for He is referred to as the Apostle and High Priest of our profession. He also was the Lamb of God, to be offered up as a sacrifice for the sins of all people, of all ages; therefore since He was to be the sin offering, as well as the Priest who would offer up the sacrifice to God, His baptism served a two-fold purpose in fulfilling the righteousness of the law of washing. (Suffer it to be so now: for thus it becometh us to fulfill all righteousness.) He was washed by John, to fulfill the law of washing for the priest, as well as to fulfill the law of washing for the sacrifice that was offered. (They were still under the law of Moses.) When the washing was completed, and the voice from heaven put His approval on it, Jesus was led up into the wilderness to be tempted of the devil. There, as He fasted forty days and became weak and hungry, was where He was tempted in every area that you and I are tempted in, but He overcame the tempter by that which was written in the word of God, truly setting an example for us who would be tempted later.


Some have tried to dramatize the occasion of Jesus’ baptism, pointing out that many who stood by, actually saw a dove come down and light on His shoulder, and heard a voice thunder out of heaven that caused many to fall prostrate, trembling, and afraid, for they thought all heaven had suddenly fell upon them. Brother, I want you to know, just beyond the five senses of this human flesh there is a presence of God that would scare the outer man out of his skin, but the inner man, at the same time, realizes that if he is to ever have security, comfort and protection for his soul, he must find his way back into that presence. No natural city will ever be sufficient to give sanctuary to the soul that cries out for that which is beyond this mortal realm. Therefore, the city which John saw coming down out of heaven, was in reality, the glory and presence of the Eternal God, Elohim, coming down to earth, resting on His redeemed people. It is the glory and presence of God, being joined back with his sons and daughters on earth, forming an inseparable union that shall not be broken by sin and rebellion as before, for all these will have been tested, and will have overcome. It was the inner man that sinned; not the outer man, but the outer man had to pay, or suffer the penalty of physical death because of it.


I was asked by a young man some time ago, ‘What did Jesus mean when He said, let the dead bury their dead,” Luke 9:60. This was spoken at a time when various ones were making excuses for not following Him. One particular person came to Him and said, “Lord, I will follow thee; but first let me go and bury my father.” In other words he wanted to stay around home as long as his father was still living, but Jesus said, “Let the dead bury their dead: but go thou and preach the kingdom of God.” Meaning let those who are spiritually dead, knowing nothing about eternal life, nor the power of God, take care of those matters, but you go on and preach the gospel. Brothers and sisters, there are ever so many excuses why this one, or that one is not serving God, but be assured of this one thing, those who make up the holy city that John saw, are those who put all those excuses behind them and run the race to win the prize. They will never have to be concerned for any of those chores again, when the glory of God is resting upon them. There will never be another icicle, snow flake, nor another winter like we have had here for the past 2 years. There will never be another need for a gas stove, nor for a 40 or 50 thousand dollar house to pay taxes on. Everything will be new, the heavens, the earth, the atmosphere, and the purpose and motive of the people. In that city there will be no need for the sun, nor the moon, to shine in it: for the glory of God will lighten it, and the Lamb will be the light thereof. (Rev. 21:23.) This very verse has caused some to say there will be no sun nor moon, in that age. That is not what it says at all; it says there is no need for the sun nor the moon to lighten that holy city. Why? That city is people, and the glory of God is their light, but please remember, there was a sun, and a moon, in the days before Adam sinned, so why would God wipe them out in restoration? Besides that, the prophet Isaiah said, the light of the moon shall be as the light of the sun, and the light of the sun shall be seven times brighter, in that day. Hallelujah! No wonder there will be no more night, with the moon shining brighter than the sun we are used to seeing. Do not ever try to put one verse, or passage of scripture against another one, when it looks like there could be a contradiction. Just remember, this is the inspired word of God, and what we need is a revelation of what it means. Since we are endeavoring to look beyond the veil of our five senses, and view this new city with John, we naturally, must depend upon the Holy Ghost to open up the spiritual significance of these things to us. If they could have been understood with the natural mind they would not have been a mystery to natural man for so many centuries. We are looking ahead to a time when man’s relationship to God is exactly as full and complete as the relationship Adam and Eve had with Him before the fall. In this age up ahead God will have many full-fledged sons and daughters thru the second Adam, the redeeming Adam, as he would have had thru the first Adam if he had not fell from his created place. Christ, who is the first begotten among many brethren, and who is our Lord and Savior, will in that day, be our elder brother in the full sense of its meaning. Having the full rights of heirship, as the first born, He willingly makes us joint heirs with him, of God. He shares His inheritance with us.


To every person who will hear this message on tape, or read it in the paper, let me say this, John first viewed the holy city, New Jerusalem, seeing it in its external profile as it descended from God out of heaven, but when he was allowed to look within, there was everything that was in the original garden of Eden, and we do not hear him say, “I saw streets lined with houses and palaces, nor mansions,” but what did he say? He saw a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb. In the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the river was there the tree of life. The tree of life is now referred to in the plural, and also in the feminine gender instead of the masculine. Now I want to leave that right there and come back to the 21st chapter, verse 1, where John saw a new heaven and a new earth, the first being passed away. 2, “And I saw the holy city new Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband.” It speaks of a bride, right? The city is prepared as a bride adorned, decked, clothed, robed for her husband. That was John’s observation, but now let us drop down to verse 9, “And there came unto me one of the seven angels which had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues, and talked with me, saying, Come hither, I will shew thee THE BRIDE, THE LAMB’S WIFE.” Think seriously now saints. The Lord Jesus Christ, the Lamb of God will never have but one bride, wife, and that is the church, the people He has purchased with His own blood. Isn’t it wonderful how these various scripture writers were all led to write with such compatibility, using words to describe the church as being a building, a habitation of God. In this grace age, God is dwelling in us, but not in the fullness of His glory and presence, as it will be in the eternal age. What we have now, (as I said before) is the earnest, (the first installment, or down payment) of what we will, one day have in its fullness. In the day when our bodies are changed in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, then they become immortal, for a greater indwelling of the presence of God, to fulfill the purpose of the Millennium. I am sure most of you know the word millennium is not found in the scriptures, but one thousand is found in there, and millennium is a word that is used for one thousand. Christ will rule with his immortal wife, the Gentile church redeemed by His own blood, for one thousand years, on earth, restoring divine law, divine authority, divine knowledge back to the earth, conquering the effects of all the devil’s devises, propagated through man for 6000 years. So we see that the New Jerusalem, the city itself, is the redeemed church from the Gentile age of grace, and not a city of material matter. But Bro. Jackson, what about the walls of that city, and why were walls necessary in such an age when all traces of evil have been abolished? All of God’s dealing with mankind must be represented and accounted for in the eternal age. Since the city itself only pertains to the Gentile bride, that still leaves a great host of other people to account for. You have heard me say before, the church of the living God is the highest calling a mortal being can ever be lifted to. Then some have said, “Bro. Jackson, aren’t we all going to be equal in that day?” Listen carefully! All will be equal, only from the standpoint of God’s love, but not from the standpoint of position and authority. To feel that God is unfair in making a difference in such, only goes to reveal jealousy and carnality on your part. God made some of us to have blue eyes, other brown eyes, green, grey, black; some 5 feet 2 inches tall, others 6 feet 7 inches, etc., but His love for us is not measured by that. Regardless of our race, color, height, or station in life, if we could just be thankful and grateful unto God, realizing that we are not all equal or alike in any way except our opportunity to walk with God, we would realize that those things are not important. The only thing that is important, is that we are acceptable with God.


I have said many times, God does things in threes. If you will try to follow what I am saying, I want to show you that (in the eternal age) there will be 3 realms of mankind, the bride of Christ, (his wife) being the highest of the 3 realms. Next will be those saints from the pre-flood days along with all the rest of the Old Testament saints, and those tribulation saints from the closing of this age. Then, in the 3rd realm, or category, you have the realm of people from all nations who were carried into, or were born in the millennium. This will be those who were not deceived by Satan when he is loosed for a little season to tempt and test them at the end of the one thousand years. They are the National subjects who will bring their glory and honor unto the city of the living God. In the Millennium, the church sits as kings and priest, ruling and reigning with Christ as His bride until everything, and everyone is brought under subjection, or destroyed, but in the eternal age the picture will be quite different. No longer will there be a need for a rod of iron rule; therefore the picture takes on a much more beautiful brilliance. Christ will no longer be looked upon as the conquering king sitting upon a gigantic throne, yet we do see that there will be a throne there. This throne is more to symbolize a place where worship is offered, rather than a place where authority is delegated from. Jesus will still be the central head of the whole family of God, and I know this cannot be grasped with the natural mind, but I say again and again, this is not a literal, tangible city. I can hear some of you saying, but does the Bible not say in John 14:2, In my Father’s house are many mansions? Yes, it does say that, but have you ever thought that the word mansion, or mansions, comes from a Greek word that could have just as well be translated, ABODES, or RESTING PLACES? Look it up for yourselves if you like, then you will see that every true son of God is an abode of His. He dwells there. The house of God is no more a tangible building than the house of Jacob, or the house of Abraham, or the house of David. The house terminology is the same; the only difference is that God is Spirit, and therefore able to take up residence in every member of His house. In other words, the house of God is the family of God. Anyone who has a revelation that Roman Catholicism, the false church which is described in chapters 17 and 18, of Revelation, is referred to as a woman, then as we read on we find that the woman is a system made up of people and referred to later, as a city, ought to be able to see that the city of the living God is people also. The Devil has a city, and God has a city. Satan has his city decked with natural gold, silver, and precious stones which have material value, but the city of God is decked with His Shekinah glory, and the stones of it are not carnal, but spiritual stones. We are talking about God’s spiritual city now, not the Jerusalem in the land of Israel.


Let us take a look at the other description of the city as John sees it, 21:11. He sees it coming down, “Having the glory of God; and her light was like unto a stone most precious, even like a jasper stone, clear as crystal.” (Bro. Jackson: I thought it was a city of Gold.) It is gold, but it is not the kind you and I are associated with; its beauty, its light, its glory was like unto a jasper stone, clear as crystal. That means you could see through it. It reflects something. In verse 12, we see it taking on dimensional form, “And had a wall great and high, and had twelve gates, and at the gates twelve angels, and names written thereon, which are the names of the twelve tribes of the children of Israel.” Now, if that is not a natural city, with a natural wall, then what does all that mean? It simply signifies that the way into that city was set forth in types and shadows in the age when God dwelt with the children of Israel, which was a nation with twelve tribes. We all know that the way into any city is through its gates, and the way into this age of grace, and the church of the living God was all typed out, or set forth in types and shadows in the law age. Let us take that back to what Paul said in Hebrews, concerning the tabernacle Moses was commanded to build in the wilderness. God said, “See that thou make all things according to the pattern shewed thee in the mount,” the pattern of the heavenly tabernacle which was pitched by the Lord. Think of this Saints, if there was a heavenly tabernacle, it has to be the blueprint of the church of the living God. That earthly tabernacle, in its natural structure and dimensions, was to type what the church would be in its redeemed state, and relationship with God. Alright now, there were three gates on the east three on the north, three on the south, and three on the west, “And the wall of the city had twelve foundations.” The foundation of a wall (in building terms) is called a footing. That which holds up the wall giving it a solid foundation, is called a footing, and I have never yet heard of a wall having more than one footing, regardless of how thick or how high it may be, but here, in this spiritual wall, we have 12 foundations. Why? Why have 12 foundations? Praise the Lord, this takes on real significance here; for in those foundations were the names of the twelve apostles of the Lamb. John saw his name there as his eyes passed over those layers of the foundations. Can you imagine how his old heart must have leaped within him? Probably, there was a big teardrop run down his face about that time, as his head jerked back to take another look.


Let me ask you a question now. Did the apostle Paul carry any earthly material up there while he was alive? Did Peter, James, or John carry anything up there to lay in the foundations of the wall of that city? We all know better than that; therefore those foundational layers portray the life and ministry of those apostles, and the revelation that they held in their bosom as they went forth under the leadership of the Holy Ghost, being inspired of Him to preach the gospel to every creature. Of course it all began with the Jews, and it is true that the apostle Paul was the apostle to the Gentiles, but according to church history, each and every one of those apostles ministered, at times, to the Gentile congregations as time moved on. It was all in the plan of God for them to be instruments, by which, He would lay a sure foundation for his church. We will talk about this more, as we come to verse 19, but now, let us look at the dimensions of this city. Verse 15, “And he that talked with me had a golden reed to measure the city, and the gates thereof, and the wall thereof. And the city lieth four square, (we are getting in to the mathematical language of it now) and the length is as large as the breadth: and he measured the city with the reed, twelve thousand furlongs. The length and the breadth and the height of it are equal.” I am a poor mathematician, and know very little about it, but I do know when you start talking about foursquare in mathematical terms, you are talking about a cube. I know this also; you cannot add to, or take away from a cube. If you have twelve thousand this way, twelve thousand this way, and twelve thousand this way, you have a cube. If you only had 11,900 on one side it would not be a cube, would it? I see that God used mathematical language here to show the climax, or completeness of something that would be of the total plan of redemption for the whole human race. It is all symbolized right here so beautifully. To the natural mind it looks like such a natural setting, but to the spiritual mind that already has that question settled, it presents a beautiful picture of completeness. If you try to change its form, you automatically uncube it, and it becomes an incomplete revelation. Any time you change the dimensions of a cube, you lose your cube, and the only way you can get it back is to put back what you took away. Is that not what we read in the last few verses of Revelation? It tells us what will happen to anyone who adds to, or takes from the words that are written in the prophecy of this book. We must accept it just like it is, for what it says, no more, and no less. Verse 17, “And he measured the wall thereof, an hundred and forty and four cubits, according to the measure of a man, that is, of an angel. 18, And the building of the wall of it was of jasper: (John evidently used the word jasper in an attempt to describe something that was too beautiful to be described with human words) and the city was pure gold, like unto clear glass.” The peculiarity of the description of this gold should tell us something. We all know that pure gold, in the natural, is not clear as glass, no matter how refined it is. We know that gold is either white or yellow; therefore we are made to understand that this is a spiritual term applied to pure, undefiled faith. This symbolizes the fact that the souls of the redeemed church are abiding in perfect faith, the faith they had in this earthly life, which was tested and tried by fire. What did Jesus say to the church at Laodicea? “I counsel thee to buy of me gold tried in the fire.” Surely we do not think He is going to give us natural gold; what spiritual good would natural gold be to a people that were lukewarm spiritually? If we can see then, that the gold referred to is faith, we can easily see that the city of gold symbolizes the perfected state of that faith. Some will say, I did not know that the Lord Jesus would give us faith; and others are continuously praying for more faith. In each situation there needs to be some direction. The scriptures teach us that to every man is given a measure of faith. If that faith is exercised in believing God’s word, it brings an increase in faith back to us according to God’s law of sowing, and reaping with increase. Faith and revelation go hand in hand. We are given a measure of faith; then through that faith we receive a revelation of who Jesus Christ is (the incarnate God, Himself) and that revelation increases our faith sufficiently to believe the other things that are set forth in the Bible, but not without trials and tests along the way. Every revelation we receive has to be tested by the fires of ridicule and persecution; that is what determines whether it was a revelation or just an idea. A genuine revelation becomes a part of you that no amount of persecution can cancel out. Turn to 1 Peter 1:3-9, for just a few minutes, and we will see what the apostle Peter added to the subject of faith, gold and fire. 3, “Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, which according to His abundant mercy hath begotten us again unto a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead to an INHERITANCE incorruptible, and undefiled, and that fadeth not away, reserved in heaven for you, who are KEPT by the POWER OF GOD THROUGH FAITH unto salvation ready to be revealed in the last time. Wherein ye greatly rejoice, though now for a season, if need be, ye are in heaviness THROUGH MANIFOLD TEMPTATIONS: (why?) THAT THE TRIAL OF YOUR FAITH, being much more precious than of GOLD that perisheth, though it be tried with FIRE (why did Peter use such an illustration if he was not making a comparison between our faith, – GOLD – and natural – GOLD – ?) Might be found unto praise and honour and glory at the appearing of Jesus Christ: Whom having not seen, ye love; in whom, though now ye see Him not, yet BELIEVING, ye rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory: Receiving the end of your FAITH, even the salvation of your souls.” I believe these words of Peter more than establish the fact that our Faith is likened unto pure GOLD, and the reason John described it as being like clear glass is because the bride (the city) is pure and clean with nothing left to defile or corrupt her. In this verse the CITY is pure GOLD, and in verse 21 he said the STREET of that city was pure GOLD. Brothers and sisters, I would rather have this kind of gold to cherish in my soul than all the other you could load on a burro’s back. This gold isn’t heavy. It will not get you all humped over, carrying it. As a matter of fact, it will have a reverse effect on you; it will make you stand up straight and hold your head high. It will cause you to look up to heaven and say, THANK you, Lord, as you realize just how blessed you are. The devil has worked hard at his task of getting people to look at these scriptures from the standpoint of natural reasoning, and he has had a tremendous amount of success in his program, but bride saints must be able to look beyond the natural realm, and see the beautiful plan of God unfolding in those last days.


Let us continue on now with verse 19, “And the foundations of the wall of the city were garnished with all manner of precious stones. The first foundation was JASPER; the second, SAPPHIRE; the third, a CHALCEDONY; the fourth, an EMERALD; the fifth, SARDONYX; the sixth, SARDIUS; the seventh, CHRYSOLITE; the eighth, BERYL; the ninth, a TOPAZ; the tenth, a CHRYSOPRASUS; the eleventh, a JACINTH; and the twelfth, an AMETHYST.” Each stone is to typify the beauty and splendor of the life of that apostle, as he went forth carrying the gospel to the ends of the earth. His ministry and relationship to the people, reflected as the beauty of these stones as he went forth planting seed of revelation in their souls. Those apostles were pointing the way through the gates of that city where people could find rest and refuge for their weary souls, an eternal rest from their adversary, which is the devil. Watch this next verse now, 21, “And the twelve GATES were twelve pearls; (signifying something pure, which is exactly what was portrayed through the age of the law, in types) every several GATE was of one pearl: and the STREET (SINGULAR) of the CITY was pure GOLD, as it were transparent glass.” As you walk down the STREET of that CITY, you are walking in the eternal realm of perfect faith, faith that has been made pure and clean through redemption which God worked through Jesus Christ. Think of it, the CITY, and its STREET was of the same substance. A city is not just a street, but the street certainly IS part of the city. It goes to show that this city, with all of its splendor, referred to as the Lamb’s wife, the bride of Christ, is completely, and wholly, in every aspect of its makeup, souls that have been redeemed and made perfect through faith which is in Jesus Christ. Speaking of the gates of pearl in the wall of that city, and for whatever it may be worth, it is interesting to note, that the Collier’s Encyclopedia, 1963 edition, lists 12 colors, or shades of pearl. Then as we consider how a pearl is formed, by calcareous concretion, built layer upon layer, to protect the pearl oyster from whatever irritant caused the process to begin in the first place, we can see how this parallels with the lives of the people who made up the twelve tribes of Israel. The substance which forms into a beautiful pearl is already present in the oyster shell, in the oyster, but of little or no value gem-wise, until an intruder enters the picture. Reaction to the intruder forms the substance into beautiful pearls. Is that not how it was with the children of Israel? Their character, and stature was molded as they reacted to the intrusions of their enemies, which were enemies of God, who is the source of all substance. God does not need protection for Himself, but it was His enemies that brought out the best, of the children of Israel.


As we come to verse 22, it calls our attention back to verse 3, which we spoke of already, where a voice from heaven spoke saying, “Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men.” When John heard those words he was viewing the city from an outside position, but as we come to verse 22, John is seeing within the city, and that is when he said, “And I saw no TEMPLE therein.” What does that mean? It means he did not see any kind of a building within the city where a person could go to and say, This is where God is. In the natural Jerusalem which is built on top of Mount Zion, there stood a temple, the place where God chose to place His presence, His Shekinah glory. That city also had a wall around it, and gates in the wall, and buildings within; many buildings, but God only chose to place His presence in one of those buildings, the temple, which was a type, to foreshadow the very thing that God has given to you and I. Anything that was to foreshadow the bride of Christ, in her perfected state would, of necessity, have to be a thing of beauty for the eyes to behold. It was the beauty of it that the disciples of Jesus were taken with. They came to Him one day just to call his attention to the beauty and splendor of the temple, but Jesus surprised them by saying, Matt. 24:2, “See ye not all these things? Verily I say unto you, There shall not be left here one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down.” That was a surprise to the, but they were even more surprised the day He said to them, “Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up.” That is when the Jews became indignant saying, “Forty and six years was this temple in building, and wilt thou rear it up in three days?” Every Jew standing there thought He was blaspheming against their most sacred holy place, but naturally, He was speaking of the temple of His body, the place where God has always desired to place His eternal presence, (in the body of His true people) since the day He created Adam. With such a revelation as this, it is no wonder the apostle Peter referred to believers as lively stones, built up into a spiritual house, and Paul referred to that house as a holy temple in the Lord. For a parallel thought let us consider a natural setting, using the temple in the natural city, (Jerusalem) where God place His presence. Like we said already; there were many buildings in the city, but only one where God had chosen to place His presence. Just suppose that while God’s presence was in that natural temple, all the other buildings of the city had been erased from the picture, leaving the wall around the city, but nothing inside the wall except the temple of God: you may consider this to be a poor example of illustration, but inside the wall of that new city, the spiritual Jerusalem, there will be nothing except the bride of Christ, the Lamb’s wife. Even though there will be many, separate, individuals making up the bride, they are all referred to as one body, one building which is the house of God. The whole city inside the wall is one building of God, one building, but with many individual abodes within that one building. That is why John had to say, “I saw no temple therein: because God’s eternal presence was in every building (immortal body) of that city.” It may sound like the picture gets a little twisted when John says, “For the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it,” but remember what Jesus prayed for in John 17:20-23, “Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on me through their word: That they ALL may be ONE; (one body) as thou, Father, art IN ME, (Father-eternal Spirit-in the Word-the Son) and I IN THEE, (Son-the Word-in the Spirit) that they also may be ONE IN US: (one body in God who is Word and Spirit) that the world may believe that thou hast sent me. And the glory which thou gavest me I have given them; that THEY MAY BE ONE, (one body) EVEN AS WE ARE ONE: (Spirit and Word-one God) I IN THEM, (the Word in the body) and THOU IN ME, (the Spirit in the Word which is in the body) that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that thou hast sent me, and hast loved them, as thou hast loved me.” Now you can see that, even though we are the temple of God, and He is in us, we also are in Him; therefore it is not strange for John to say that God is the temple of the new city. Verse 3, The tabernacle of God is with men, (He is in us) and verse 22, The Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it, (we are in Him) go together to show complete oneness between God and His redeemed family. With Him in us, and us in Him, it becomes a beautiful picture. That is exactly as it was in the garden, in the beginning. Adam’s natural body was made to give him contact with the earthly realm, but his spiritual body (the inner man) which was made in the image and likeness of God, enable him to move freely in fellowshipping God at any moment. He had free access to both worlds, or realms of habitation. With redemption and restoration fully completed, it will be God in His people, and His people in Him, a perfect union.


Now we will take a closer look at verse 23, “And the city had no need for the sun, neither of the moon, to shine IN IT: for the glory of God did lighten it, and the Lamb is the light thereof.” My, what a beautiful picture that is: a city that has no need of the sun, nor of the moon, the glory of God being the light of it. Remember what I said earlier though, do not run off and say there will be no more sun or moon in the eternal age, for that is not what it says at all. It only says that the CITY (the bride) had no need of the sun and moon to lighten it; the natural world will have the same need for the light of the sun and moon that it has always had. The big difference will be in the fact that the sun will be seven times brighter than before, and therefore the moon reflecting such brightness will cancel out all darkness; there will be no more night. Just as there will be no night, or darkness in the city, (the redeemed church) there will be no darkness over the whole face of the earth. There will be light everywhere. Now some of you are sure to say, But how could men stand for the sun to be 7 times brighter? Would it not scorch them to death? No, you are thinking in terms of the way it is now. I assure you of this: if everything else stayed the same, and the sun was made 7 times brighter, we would not last ten minutes in it, but when God has completed His redemption process, He will have a perfect climate all the time. It will never be too hot, nor too cold again. The earth will be back in its perfect orbit again, and all the water will be back in its original place, much of it forming a protective belt around the earth. I realize it is hard for us, because of our present environment, to visualize a perfect environment, but we must remember that every unpleasant thing that we know anything about is a result of sin. It was not like that in the beginning, and therefore will not be like that when redemption is completed.


Let us read these last four verses now to complete chapter 21, “And the nations of them which are saved (as we said earlier, this will be the mortal realm of people that pass from the millennium into the eternal age after their testing by the devil who is loosed for a little season) shall walk in the light of it: (the light of the bride) and the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honour into it. And the gates of it shall not be shut at all by day: for there shall be no night there, (the gates of the natural city, Jerusalem, were closed at night to keep out intruders, vandals, bandits, murderers, and such like, but there will be no need for any such in the eternal age) 26, And they shall bring the glory and honour of the nations into it. And there shall in no wise enter into it anything that defileth, neither whatsoever worketh abomination, or maketh a lie: but they which are written in the Lamb’s book of life.” Do you get the picture here? It is a picture of the large host of saved, (yes they are saved) natural people from all nations bringing their glory and honour to the BRIDE realm of God’s redeemed people. All these had their names written in the Lamb’s book of life from before the foundation of the world, because of the foreknowledge of God. He knew who would accept His offer of eternal life, and also who would reject it, before He ever created the first man, Adam. Election, predestination, and foreknowledge of God have been bo-gey subjects among denominational church people, all down through the ages, chiefly because of carnal reasoning. People who reject teaching on these subjects, say, “If God knew ahead of time that man would sin, why did He go ahead and create him in the first place?” Or they will say, “Why did He not create a man that would not sin? Could He not have done that?” Yes, He could have done that, but then, He would have had a family of robots. Where would He have received His honour, His praise, His worship? He is a God of many attributes, or abilities which He chose to express through His creation, many of which could never have been expressed if man had not sinned, such as forgiveness, mercy, longsuffering, patience, redeemer, and an endless list of other things. Some even say, “That sounds cruel,” but remember, God did not force man to sin; He created him with a will of his own, so that he could choose what he would do, (he was in the image of God) but God knew what choices he (the man) would make. Then, through this process, as the redemption process comes to a climax, God has a family of people that have counted their fellowship and communion with Him to be more precious than all of what Satan has to offer; therefore they worship Him by their own choice, after having known about all of Satan’s enticing offers. These are they whose names are written in the Lamb’s book of life through the foreknowledge of God.


There are some things in chapter 22, for us to consider, as John continues his description of what he sees inside the new city, but first I want to say something to you, of a little different nature. When a preacher stands in the pulpit telling people what he is looking at, and declaring it to be truth, then he should be allowed to do his utmost to prove by the scriptures, to all interested parties, that what he is seeing is not just mere assumption, even if it requires repeating certain things over and over again. I have found that most people do not catch all of what is said, the first time they hear it anyhow. Therefore; as we go on into chapter 22, I will be repeating some of what has been said already, and I pray that it will be helpful and meaningful to each of you. I have never been a person that enjoyed probing around in things unless I felt like, when I got through, something worthwhile had come out of it. I do not like to poke around in something, and then have to back out of it, feeling that all my efforts have been in vain, still just as mystified as before I started. I realize that certain things in the scriptures have been shut up to man’s understanding until a certain time, and those things were to be left alone until we felt like we had something concrete to start with, establishing what we are talking about. I realize also, that because of our traditional teaching, in denominations, many times, when we start touching on certain subjects which tear down traditional ideas, it is sort of like a wrecking crew going out to tear down certain old landmarks of a particular area; all kinds of reasoning is brought to bear upon the subject. You hear statements like this, “It is a shame to tear down something that required so much effort to build, or, why tear it down, it isn’t hurting anything?” As you start tearing off the fancy trim, revealing the skeleton, hearts are saddened; then when those last 2×4’s are torn down you have nothing but a pile of rubbish, which, if left like that would be a distasteful situation, but when the rubbish is cleared away, and something more beautiful is built in its place, those same hearts are made to rejoice. That is what we desire to do with this message; tear down tradition which we have carried around with us, and build in its place, something of revelation truth that will help us in these last days. In approaching this subject, my purpose has been to try and give each of you something that would cause you to question your own mind, could it really be like this, or should it be, or can it be? In other words I want you to be thoroughly convinced when we have finished, that what we are talking about is right. Up to this point we have tried our best to show you, by the scriptures, that this city John saw coming down out of heaven is not to be looked upon as a tangible city of literal stones and such like, but rather, it is to be seen as the redeemed body of Christ, the church, and now as we come to chapter 22, where we find John giving a description of the internal setting of the city, we cannot help but notice that it is a description of a garden setting. That lets us know that this is God’s way of bringing us back to what we (in Adam) were driven out of in Genesis, chapter 3, six thousand years ago. There was no way we could look back through the scriptures, and even begin to get a proper picture of what the garden of Eden was like, for we have been walking away from it ever since that day, but here in the end of the Bible, at the end of the account of all God’s dealing with mankind, we find a description of what the garden of Eden was like in the day when man was first placed there.


Let us consider John’s description of what he saw in the new city, chapter 22, verse 1. “And he shewed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb.” This is a picture of God placing His throne, his eternal presence, right in the hearts of mankind. Let me say this, all the natural water this planet will ever have is cycled right here on earth today, and there is not one ounce of eternal life within any of it. Do you catch the picture? Every natural tree that will ever be here, is here already, but not one of them is the tree of life. This should speak to some of you who are still not quite convinced that the tree of life in the garden of Eden was not a natural tree of plant life. Remember, John saw this city coming down from God out of heaven. It was descending to earth, for the voice said, “Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men,” then he looked inside and saw this river of water of life proceeding out of the throne of God. It grant you; it does sound like John was seeing a natural river, but be assured, it is not a natural river of water flowing there; rather, it is something that typifies the ever present flowing of the Spirit of God to the souls of His redeemed people. Even in this age Jesus spoke of the Spirit of God, the Spirit of eternal life, in terms of water. We read it in John 7:37-39, “In the last day, that great day of the feast, Jesus stood and cried, saying, if any man thirst, let him come unto me, and drink. He that believeth on me, AS THE SCRIPTURE HATH SAID, (your believing must be according to revelation of the scripture, instead of denominational ideas) out of his belly shall flow RIVERS OF LIVING WATER.” (This spake He of the Spirit, which they that believe on him should receive: for the Holy Ghost was not yet given, because that Jesus was not yet glorified.) Various translations render it differently. Some have it rivers of living water, others, fountains, springs, or wells of living water, but regardless of what words the translators may have used, they all pertain to the Spirit of eternal life, the very presence of God in a measure, which He has placed in every true believer since the day of Pentecost. That LIVING WATER is not for the flesh to live on; it is for the soul to feed upon. He doesn’t take up, or make His abode in us only after we are perfect; He comes in when we truly believe and surrender our lives to Him. Then, from within, He bubbles up like a well, or fountain of water, leading us to perfection. That is the only thing our soul has to feed from, it cannot survive from natural water alone. Now, what are we saying? Simply this, God, who is Spirit, (John 4:24) and not matter, (material substance that occupies space and has weight) is that tree of life which was in the garden of Eden. There are many ways to express it, none of which are sufficient for the soul which is able to receive revelation of the scriptures. The cherubim, and flaming sword which turned every way to keep the way of the tree of life, in simple terms, were set between God and Adam, to keep Adam, who was created in the image and likeness of God, with free access into the spirit world, into the very presence of God, from being able to enter back into His eternal presence, as he (Adam) had been able to do before he sinned. Before man could have access into God’s eternal presence again, as Adam had the privilege of before the fall, all traces of sin and rebellion had to be blotted out. That is what God has been working out through His redemptive process for the past 6,000 years, but saints, be assured, the fulfillment of Revelation 21, doesn’t have very much more than the Millennium and the 70th week of Daniel, standing between then and now, if you get what I mean. Please do not say that I have declared the grace age to be closed out already; I did not say that. I will leave that in the hands of God, but I will say this to you, “Please do not try to push it way off in the future somewhere, for it is definitely a time for the bride of Christ to be watching the scriptures being fulfilled, almost daily. Jesus said, Matt. 24:14, “And this gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations; and THEN shall the END come.”


Alright, we were talking about a river of water of life, clear as crystal, which John saw proceeding out of the throne of God, in that new city, the holy Jerusalem, “And in the MIDST (same word as Gen. 2:9) of the STREET of it, and on either side of the RIVER, was there the TREE OF LIFE.” You will notice the wording of this verse 2; it speaks of the tree of life in plural terms (on EITHER SIDE of the river was there the tree of life) and to the natural mind, it says there will be two trees of life in that city, but the spiritual mind that is capable of taking on the mind of Christ, sees only one tree of life, which is the very presence of God (OMNIPRESENT) in the whole area of that city. The natural type setting, the river, the tree of life, and the street, are to typify the believer’s walk, and approach to God. We mortals must have a description of heavenly things in terms that we are able to relate to, then God, by revelation, can take that natural setting, and allow us to make a spiritual application of what we see. In other words, if the tree of life back there in the garden of Eden was not a natural tree, (and we know it was not) then the tree of life in the new city is not going to be a natural tree either; but let us consider the remainder of verse 2, which takes on a feminine gender. Take it right from the beginning now, and read straight through. “In the MIDST of the STREET of it, and on EITHER SIDE of THE RIVER, was there the TREE OF LIFE, which BARE TWELVE MANNER OF FRUITS, and yielded her FRUIT every month: and the LEAVES of the TREE were for the HEALING of the NATIONS.” The feminine gender here speaks of the church, which is always spoken of in the feminine, rather than the masculine, being the bride of Christ. The church is referred to as a woman all through the scriptures. She has been redeemed back to God, purchased with His own blood, and as a glorious result of that redemption, she has inherited that eternal life which is in Christ, which is in God. In this life the church is to bear 9 fruits of the Spirit, LOVE, JOY, PEACE, LONGSUFFERING, GENTLENESS, GOODNESS, FAITH, MEEKNESS, and TEMPERANCE, but the, after immortality has been swallowed up by mortality and carnality, to those nine will be added three more, in the eternal age, WISDOM, KNOWLEDGE, and VIRTUE, which we have not possessed in this life, but only tasted of, as God permitted from time to time. Now, we see through a glass darkly, (or faintly) but then, face to face. When we are able to see face to face, then we will know, perfectly, also, for wisdom and knowledge are kinward; they go together. If you can just keep in mind that this whole message is built around the new city, holy Jerusalem, and remember that everything in that city is something that speaks of the church and its relationship to God, it will be easier to make spiritual application as we continue on here.


Since John only saw one street in such a city, it ought to be easy to see that it is to have spiritual application, even if there was nothing else to look at, for such a city in the natural would have many streets. Think of this also; since the city is four square, (the height, the length, and the width all equal) it would be necessary to have levels or layers with streets on each level, if it were a natural city, Right? Some of you who have no trouble reconciling the fact that it is a spiritual city may wonder why we go into so much detail in establishing our point on the subject. To you I will say this, if you could hear some of the questions people ask about this city, you would understand why we want to give them everything we possibly can, to look at, as they study the subject. Getting back to the subject of the 12 manner of fruits the tree of life is to bare in that age, it says she yielded her fruit every month, and like I said earlier, I believe God will have this old planet back on its perfect 360 day to the year orbit by then, so that each month will start at the rising of the new moon. We do not have the time to go into every detail of it, but the Hebrew calendar runs like that. Remembering what the 12 fruits are, we know it will be continuous bliss, especially when we consider what the last part of that verse pertains to. “The leaves of the tree (catch that, THE TREE, singular) were for the healing of the nations.” Bro. Jackson, what does that mean? Will they use them to make medicine for the natural people? No, that is not what it means at all. Think of a park or garden setting. The leaves of those trees are mainly for shade and shelter. Try to catch my thought now; they shelter you from the heat of the sun and provide a more comfortable atmosphere. But Bro. Jackson: I thought you said we would have a perfect climate then. That is right. We will, but remember, we are not talking about a natural tree; we are only using natural trees to help us make a spiritual application here. The leaves of a tree cast a shadow, a covering, and under the covering of that tree is where men like to sit and talk. You do not see men going out into an open field to sit and talk. No, they go sit under the shade, or shadow of a tree someplace. There is something about it that creates a desirable environment. Where did Abraham talk with God? Or if you prefer; where did God talk to Abraham? Under the oak tree. That is where men have had some of heir closest fellowship. Therefore the leaves of this tree are to symbolize the casting of a shadow of fellowship among all nations of people. Remember, these are natural people who repopulated the earth during the Millennium, and in times past, (like in our age) there were many nations that did not fellowship, or have friendly relationships with each other. Not so in the eternal age, for then all breaches will be healed. Verse 3 says, “And there shall be no more curse.” Every curse that has been added through the ages will have been removed, done away with, so that there will be nothing to hinder or prevent people in that age from having perfect fellowship with each other. The people of the nations will bring their glory and honor into the city, presenting themselves to the bride, the bride being the highest calling of God, that men can attain to. There will be nothing of any defiling nature present in that day. All will be clean and pure in that city. “But the throne of God and the Lamb shall be in it; and His servants shall serve Him: And they shall see His face; and His name shall be in their foreheads. And there shall be no night there; and they need no candle, neither light of the sun; for the Lord God giveth them light: and they shall reign for ever and ever.” We have already covered the part about the sun, and also the moon, in dealing with verse 23, in chapter 21; therefore I feel it should be sufficient just to say, it could not possibly be dark at night with the moon shining as bright as the noon day sun, Isa. 30:26. Then we have the verse, “His servants shall serve Him: And they shall see His face; and His name shall be in their foreheads.” You just heard me say, the bride church is the highest calling of God in His redemptive work, but I hope you can see that God completes certain works in the number 3. Just for a few examples, we know that there are three office works (not three persons) of the one God, FATHER, SON, and HOLY GHOST. There are three phases of the first resurrection, WHEN CHRIST AND OTHERS AROSE, WHEN THE BRIDE IS RESURRECTED AND CAUGHT UP WITH THE LIVING ELEMENT BEFORE THE GREAT TRIBULATION, and third, WHEN THE TRIBULATION SAINTS ARE RESURRECTED, AFTER THE TRIBULATION HAS CLIMAXED. Then for another example we can look at God’s angelic family. He has CHERUBIM, ARCH ANGELS, and the LESSER ANGELS who are referred to as MINISTERING SPIRITS for the HEIRS OF SALVATION, (that is, for you and I) making 3 realms of angels. There are many other illustrations we could use, but I believe this should be enough to establish the fact, and say that, in the eternal age there will be three realms of sainthood. But there will not be one bit of envy nor jealousy from any of the least of the redeemed. Just as there is no striving among God’s angelic family, neither will there be any among God’s family of redeemed mankind. This does not leave any room for argument as to whether all men are equal or not. It is obvious that in the whole scope of God’s redeemed people, they are not, but they are all equally loved by God, their creator. We ought to be thankful to God for what He has revealed to us, and for the privilege we have; He could have let us be born in the Millennium, you know.


Now we have just about covered the verses which deal with the new city, holy Jerusalem, so let us review a little in the hope that we can collect it all together in our memory. After all, our mind is the doorway to our spirit; therefore every revelation we receive comes in through the mind where it must pass the scrutiny of the five senses. When it gets past there, into our spirit, we have a revelation which is then a part of our makeup. The devil cannot get it away from us after it becomes a revelation. Alright, 21:1, John saw a new heaven and a new earth which in reality are the same one we know, made new through redemption. 2, Then he saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband. We carry that over to verses 9 and 10, and we are told that this city is the Lamb’s wife. The Lamb only has one wife, and that is His Gentile bride, the church. Verse 3, “Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men.” This shows us that in the eternal age God will place His full eternal presence back in the midst of His people, just as it was before the first man sinned. Verse 4 shows complete redemption, with all former things passed away. Verse 5, John’s attention is being directed to the fact that he is seeing things as they will be when God has finished His redeeming process. Verse 6 identifies the Eternal One, who is the beginning, and the end of all things, as the one who is doing the speaking up to this point, promising eternal life to all who are thirsting for it, (not all men are) and by revelation we know His name. His redemption name is Jesus, the Christ. Verse 7, shows us that there is some overcoming for us to work out in order to inherit all of what God has made available to us. Verse 8 gives us a look at who will be cast into the lake of fire, along with the devil, the beast, and the false prophet which are already in there, to completely cleanse the earth from everything that has defiled it since the garden of Eden affair. Verses 9 and 10 have already been covered, and verse 11, shows us that the city is saturated with the glory and presence of Elohim, the self existent one, the eternal God, which is her light that reflects as clear as crystal.


When we come to verse 12, we find a great, high wall which is symbolic of perfect security and safety, the wall having twelve gates with the names of the twelve tribes of the children of Israel written on them, signifying that the way into this walled city was worked out in types and shadows through these Israelites in the law age. Verse 13, with three gates on each of the four sides of the wall, speak of the fact that the city is made up of redeemed saints that have come from every direction on the face of this old globe. Between verses 13 and 14, let me say this, Isaiah gives us another set of three’s, 60:18, violence shall no more be heard in thy land, wasting nor destruction within thy borders; but thou shall call thy WALLS SALVATION, and thy GATES PRAISE. Then in 62:9 it speaks of the COURTS OF MY HOLINESS. Now when you connect PRAISE, SALVATION, and HOLINESS together, you see a threefold redemptive work accomplished in the saints of God. Alright now, we connect the praise with the children of Israel which pointed the way through the gates into that city of God’s redeemed. The wall of that city, verse 14, had 12 foundations with the names of the twelve apostles of the Lamb in them. It was the apostles of the Lamb that laid the foundation for the faith of our salvation, Jesus Christ Himself being the chief cornerstone. Remember, the wall, or walls of that city are called salvation. Why? They symbolize the fact that the bride, the church, has found the security, that place of safety and protection, in Christ in God, which men in the natural, in days of old, sought from the protective walls of natural cities. Walls, in our day of modern warfare, are of little significance, since they cannot protect anyone from a nuclear attack, but they are symbolized in the scriptures dealing with this spiritual city because of the salvation (deliverance from enemies) they furnished to men in days of old. The reason Ezekiel 38 refers to the people of God who dwell in safety in unwalled cities, is because it is referring to the people in this age that have been brought back to the land of Israel in fulfillment of the scriptures, and God Himself, is their wall, their protection, their defense, for the simple reason that a wall around the natural city of Jerusalem could not protect them against an attack from Russia and her allies when it comes. We see that verses 15, 16, and 17, all go together, for they pertain to the measurements of the city, the gates and the wall. The twelve thousand furlongs of the city, and the hundred and forty-four cubits of the wall seem to speak of the vastness of the city itself. One thing we do want to notice though is that the city is four square. In other words, equal in every direction (cubed) pointing to a finished work. When something is cubed, you cannot add to, or take from, without marring the picture. That is why it could not be pictured as a pyramid the way some people think; the language here rules out any such thought. Four square, the length, the breadth, and the height being equal, could not be represented in a pyramid. No, this foursquare terminology definitely represents the fact that God’s redemption process is a completed work, and that the bride, (which is the city itself) is made up of saints that are all perfected. There are three realms of sainthood in God’s redeemed family, but the bride saints themselves are all those who were perfected in this life. Verses 18, 19 and 20 go together in their description of the wall, its foundations, and the stones which garnished them with beauty. The city of God speaking of the perfect faith of the bride church, is explained in detail earlier in the message, and remember these stones are to represent the life and ministry of the various apostles they apply to. In other words the twelve apostles of the Lamb which carried the gospel to all nations, laying the foundation stones of the church of the living God. Some stones (we are told) are formed by tremendous pressure, others by tremendous heat and so forth; therefore God used these different stones to symbolize the life and ministry, and character of those apostles. Verse 21, speaking of the twelve gates being twelve pearls, each gate of one pearl, remember, these gates represent the 12 tribes of Israel, which speak of the way into the city, how God worked it out in types and shadows in the law age, and the pearl which has its formation perfected because of an intruder, (an enemy) lays perfectly in line with what the children of Israel suffered at the hands of their enemies. The street of pure gold, even as transparent glass speaks of the fact that the faith of the church, which is more precious than gold, tried in the fire, has come forth so pure that there is not a speck of anything left to mar that faith or keep her from approaching God. The way to perfect fellowship with God is faith, faith which has been tried in the fires of ridicule and persecution, and come forth pure and spotless. 22, “And I saw no temple therein: for the Lord God and the Lamb are the temple of it.” In other words the city itself is made up of people. There are no natural buildings, and every immortal body there has the same measure of the presence of God; therefore there is no certain place designated as the place where the omnipresent God would place His presence. He will be in us, and we in Him; therefore He IS the temple of the CITY. 23, “The city had no need of the sun, neither of the moon to shine in it: for the glory of God did lighten it, and the Lamb is the light thereof.” The city itself, (the people) had no need of these lights, but the planet will still have the sun and moon to shine on it. 24, The nations of natural people will walk in the light of that city; in other words, in the light of the revelation of the bride, and the kings of the earth will bring their glory and honour to the church, the bride which is the city. 25, The gates of the city shall not be shut at all by day: for there shall be no night there. This simply means that since the moon will be as bright as the sun, there will be no darkness, and the fact that the gates are never closed, speaks of the fact that the natural people of the nations will have constant access into the presence of the church, the bride saints. It speaks also, symbolically, of the fact that there is no more evil present, no robbers, no murderers and therefore no necessity or reason to close the gates. Every reference here, furnishes us with many avenues of thought, once we get a glimpse of the fact that everything man has associated with in this life, is represented symbolically, in this city with its wall and 12 gates. Verse 26, goes with verse 24, and verse 27 shows that every defiling thing has been cut off, and only those whose names are written in the Lamb’s book of life remain.


You remember now that the pure river of water of life represents, symbolically, the very life and presence of God that is in the midst of His redeemed family. The tree of life in the midst of the street and on either side of the river is that eternal presence of God that the cherubim have kept guard on, ever since the day man was driven from the garden. The tree of life will bear 12 manner of fruits. Wisdom, knowledge, and virtue will be added to the nine fruits of the spirit that the church has had through the age of grace. Yielding her fruit every month speaks of a continuous condition of bliss, and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations. In other words, this symbolizes the fellowship that men have as they sit in the shade of natural trees. In that day all breaches will be healed between the nations, and there will be perfect fellowship between all people, from all nations; so the leaves are symbolic of casting a shadow of fellowship, creating a peaceful environment. The curse will be removed and everything that has kept men of various cultures from fellowshipping each other will no longer exist. Verse 3 also speaks of the fact that the servants of God will serve Him. Those servants will be people in the natural realm, people who have passed through the Millennium. They shall see his face; (remember, men in that day will be as Adam was before the fall) and His name shall be in their foreheads. There will be no night, because of the brightness of the sun, and the moon, and they shall reign for ever and ever. (We are going to print a message very shortly, that will deal with this tern, for ever and ever, also the words eternal and everlasting.) Verse 7, promises a blessing to those who keep the words, or sayings of the prophecy of this book. We are reminded here of something we read in the very first chapter of the book, verse 3, “Blessed is he that READETH and THEY THAT HEAR the words of this prophecy, and keep those thinks which are written therein.”


Now I realize that we could never say enough to convince some people that John was not seeing a literal city, but before I close, there is something else I want to say. Some of you believe it is a natural city, a city of material matter that is constructed according to the measurements in chapter 21, verse 16, twelve thousand furlongs, and foursquare. It is bad enough for people who are supposed to be revelated, to believe that, but at least you have some scripture to look at. What is really hard to digest is the fact that there are others who believe it will be a natural city of material matter, constructed in the shape of a pyramid, all because of something Brother Branham said. They do not have the first verse of scripture for that idea. Let me tell you something else that Brother Branham said; it will line up with the scriptures, and it will lay right alongside this message. I will quote Bro. William Branham; these are his very words, “I have never believed that heaven was a place where there was a bunch of buildings, where there was a bunch of houses up there, made with mortar, doped up with paper, paint on the walls. I have never believed that a supernatural being would have to live in a literal house. I believe, when Jesus spoke, in John 14; saying, in my Father’s house are many mansions, He meant, a body, a dwelling place, for the scriptures verify the same thing and say; ‘If this earthly tabernacle be dissolved we have one already waiting.’ It meant, mortal beings are the only ones who live in mortal habitations; immortal beings live in immortal habitations.” I could go on and on, but I feel that this should be enough to cause those who desire to follow truth, to shake themselves, and find out if they are really in the faith. There is no salvational merit in anything that anyone says, unless that which is said lines up with scriptures; God does not contradict Himself. Let me say this also; if you are unable to get a picture in your mind of how it was on earth before the fall of man, then you will probably have difficulty visualizing the eternal age, when earth has been redeemed and returned to its former state. Remember, the first Adam, the beginning of the old creation, brought sin, death and corruption to the earth through his disobedience, but the second Adam, the Lord of glory, in the form of flesh, has perfected a complete redemption for all of God’s creation through His perfect obedience. He did not come to create another tree, another blade of grass, nor anything else. His work was to redeem and deliver back to God, that which has already been created.


We have read these verses already, but I want to conclude this message by reading them again, 1 Corinthians 15:21-26. “For since by man came death, by man came also the resurrection of the dead. For as in Adam all die, even so in Christ shall all be made alive. 23, But every man in his own order: Christ the first fruits; afterward they that are Christ’s at His coming. 24, THEN COMETH THE END, (there is more than three thousand years of time covered in verse 23, for verse 24 brings us up to the beginning of the eternal age) when He (Christ) shall have delivered up the Kingdom to God, (eternal Spirit) even the Father; when He shall have put down all rule and authority and power. For He must reign, till He hath put all enemies under His feet. The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death.” We await that glorious day, Amen.


Mystery Woman of Revelation 12 – 1978, October



We have this message in print already, but there are a few thousand people on our mailing list now that did not receive our first mailing in 1969; therefore because of the many questions we still receive concerning the mystery woman in the 12 chapter of Revelation, and because of the many things that th are being taught in various circles, I feel led to reprint the article with the addition of certain scriptures that will prove beyond any shadow of doubt who the mystery woman is. We will deal with the entire chapter, but our first concern will be to prove the identity of the woman who is clothed with the sun, having the moon under her feet, and a crown upon her head having twelve stars. There are people teaching things from this chapter that no right-thinking Holy Ghost child of God could possibly believe if they would just study the scriptures; yet confusion and projections are still running rampant on every hand. My desire is to furnish you with enough scriptural proof to put to rest once and for all, any questions that might still be in your mind. I ask you to give close attention now as we begin reading our text scriptures.




Let us begin reading now with verse 1, “And there appeared a great wonder in heaven; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars: And she being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered. And there appeared another wonder in heaven; and behold a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his head.” You will see as we progress in the message, that this is the same beast that is described in Chapter 13. Chapter 12 gives the heavenly scene of it, while Chapter 13 is the earthly fulfillment. We will talk about that later, but right now we want to read about two more verses. 4, “And his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born. And she brought forth a MAN CHILD, who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her child was caught up unto God, and to His throne.” I do not see how many Gentile Christians could read that 5 verse and think it is a picture of the church, the bride of Christ, giving birth the to an element of overcomers who will rule the world with a rod of iron, but there are a lot of people believing that, these days. Even in this following (these who supposedly are following the teaching of Bro. William Branham) you will find certain preachers standing in the pulpit teaching that the bride of Christ will come out of the church, when actually, the bride of Christ IS the church. The apostle Paul never applied the term, CHURCH, to anyone other than the bride. When you begin to talk like that, you are walking right out of the scriptures. When the apostle Paul wrote his letter to the Ephesian church, the church that typed the first church age, he called the church the body of Christ. Even though you will not find the church referred to as the bride of Christ anywhere in the New Testament letters, Paul did say in his letter to the Ephesians, that Christ is the head of the church, showing the same relationship between the natural man and his wife. Then he goes on to say (Eph. 5:25) “Husbands, love your wives, even as Christ also loved the church, and gave Himself for it: 26, That He might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of the water by the word, 27, That He might present it to Himself a glorious church, not having spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing; but that it should be holy and without blemish.” Then in the 19 chapter of Revelation, verse 7, we find that same group referred to as the th Lamb’s wife, the group that was to be arrayed in fine linen, clean and white, which was revealed to be the righteousness of saints. As we go on over to chapter 21, verse 9, we find the Lamb’s wife, and bride terminology used in connection with a certain group of overcomers. All of this ties together to present us with a beautiful picture of the relationship between Christ and His church, but there is no place in the whole New Testament where you will find the church referred to as being expectant with child, but rather, the reference is to the fact that she (the church) is a chaste virgin. When Paul wrote the second letter to the Corinthian church he said to them, (11:2) “For I am jealous over you with a godly jealousy; for I have ESPOUSED you to one HUSBAND, that I may present you as a CHASTE VIRGIN to CHRIST.” Brothers and Sisters; we need to stick with the scriptures. When you begin to play with words in order to please people; you have just walked away from whatever calling God may have placed on your life. God is not a compromiser. It is as Paul said in his letter to the Galatians, (5:11), “And I, brethren, if I yet preach circumcision, why do I yet suffer persecution? Then is the offense of the cross ceased.” He was persecuted for preaching Christ, and what took place on the cross at Calvary, because it was not compatible with Judaism, and that crowd of mediocre persons who just played along on the borders of Christianity. They had them in that day, and we have them in our day. We have a bunch of mediocre preachers (the reason I refer to them like that is because they just play along on the borders of the truth without ever taking a stand for anything that would bring them any persecution) running around these days who just play along with this message of truth. They will never take a stand in respects of restored truth, to declare where they stand on controversial issues. Any issue that tends to divide people is taboo to them; they back away from it, claiming never to have studied it. I think it is high time some of them begin to study the Bible once in a while, instead of statements made by God’s prophet messenger to this age. Many of them will say “I don’t think God wants us to see all these deep things anyhow.” That will get them in trouble with the very scriptures that set the pace for Christianity. Look what Paul said to the Ephesians, (3:17-19). “That Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith; that ye, being rooted and grounded in love, may be able to COMPREHEND with ALL SAINTS what is the BREADTH, and LENGTH, and DEPTH, and HEIGHT; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that ye might be filled with all the FULLNESS of GOD.” That means we are all to comprehend what He is revealing and giving understanding of in our age. Certainly we are never to put knowledge ahead of love, but this feeble excuse we hear all the time about it being more important to love each other, than to understand and teach things that divide, is a far cry from the way Jesus talked in the 10 chapter of Matthew. I know I have read this scripture to you many times before, but it is still th in the Bible, and it still means the same thing; if you stand for truth, there will be some that will hate you. Let us read it again; Matthew 10:34-38. “Think not that I am come to send peace on earth; I come not to send peace, but a sword. (SWORD OF THE SPIRIT) 35, For I am come to set a man at variance against his father(you will find trouble everywhere you go when you stand for revealed truth.) And the daughter against her mother, and the daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law, and a man’s foes shall be they of his own household. He that loveth father or mother more than me is not worthy of me: (Who was He? The Word made flesh, John 1:14) and he that loveth son or daughter more than me is not worthy of me. And he that taketh not his cross, and followeth after me, is not worthy of me.” If a man is to put the word of truth above peace with his own family, where do these compromisers get the scripture for their love talk anyway? Love is truth; Love is corrective, and God is love, but He will not avoid truth to spare feelings. It is time some people begin to realize that. Love is the avenue we walk in, but I assure you, you will walk right into the mysteries of the word of God, the things that God has prepared for those that love Him. You remember how Paul expressed it in 1 Cor. 2:9-10, “Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things that God has prepared for them that love Him. 10, But God hath revealed them unto us by His Spirit; for the Spirit searcheth all things, yea, the deep things of God.” Now, did you notice that verse? The Spirit searcheth all things, and they are revealed unto us by the Spirit. Right before that, Paul said, “I did not come to you with excellency of speech or of wisdom (speaking of the natural wisdom of man) declaring unto you the testimony of God.” I will paraphrase it like this. “Brethren, I came to you speaking only what was revealed to me by the Spirit of God, for it is not right for your faith to stand only on the wisdom of men, but rather, it should be grounded by the wisdom that is spoken to you through the spirit.” In verse 7, he says, “But we speak the wisdom of God ordained before the world unto our glory.” I will have to say, (and I want you to hear me well) the deep things of God are not for the denominational church world. Neither are they for those who just want to play around with something. The deep mysteries of God are for those who have received a revelation of His name, been baptized properly, and determined in their hearts to walk with Him in truth, no matter what comes as a result of it. God will allow them to look in every closet and feast upon those things that are hidden to the world. The mysteries of the word of God are for our glory. They are stepping stones that enable us to get a glimpse into the world to come. Let me read a few verses from 2 Thessalonians, 1:6-10, where Paul is writing to saints who have suffered persecution because of the truth they have stood for. Picking up in verse 6, he says, “Seeing it is a righteous thing with God to recompense tribulation to they that trouble you; and to you who are troubled rest with us, when the Lord Jesus shall be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels, in flaming fire taking vengeance on them that know not God, and that obey not the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ; who shall be punished with everlasting destruction from the presence of the Lord, and from the glory of His power; when he shall come to be glorified in His saints, and to be admired in all them that believe (because our testimony among you was believed) in that day.” In other words he is saying to them, “Though it may be a little rough right now because of opposition, there is coming a day when you who have suffered for truth’s sake, will be able to rest with us while the Lord repays those who have troubled you.” That is why it is better to stand for truth now, for we know that God will vindicate truth, and repay those who have opposed it for one reason or another, with tribulation. Then to take it one step farther, I will say this, “If you do, truly, have the Spirit of God in you, how can you fight against truth, and those who stand for it? Think on that while we get on with the announced subject.




For the sake of truth now let me say once agin (as I have many times before) the woman in Revelation, chapter 12, is not now, and never has been the church. It never has been the church, and it never will be the church; it is a panoramic picture of the nation of Israel. John was allowed to have a little glimpse of God’s complete dealings with the nation of Israel, from the very beginning of her history, all the way to her millennial glory. You all know the story, how God called Abraham from the land of the Chaldeans, made a covenant with him, and promised him a son by his wife, Sari, who was past the age of child- bearing. That promised son, Isaac, begat a son whom he named Jacob, and Jacob begat the 12 patriarchs who fathered the entire nation of Israel. God allowed circumstances to carry them into the land of Egypt where their families multiplied into the millions, and the hand of their oppressors was heavy upon them. Then God raised up Moses from their midst and anointed him to be their deliverer. From there the great scene of God’s dealing with her as a nation of people takes on a more personal relationship. God brings them back into their land and begins to deal with the nation as His wife. Therefore the woman, (Israel) the wife of Elohim, Jehovah, the eternal Spirit (God) is expectant with child. Nowhere in the scriptures will you find that there is to come forth from the Gentiles, one who will rule all the nations with a rod of iron, but we see this woman bearing such a child as we go down in the chapter. To me it is so clear, that there should be no question as to who the woman is, but it is obvious that not everyone sees it that clearly; therefore, there remains the great controversy: Is it the church? Is it this? Is it that, or something else? Let us examine verse one for just a little while. “And there appeared a great wonder in heaven; (John was seeing this in a vision) a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars.” Now we all know that the moon which hangs out here in space and gives us light at night, is a reflection of the sun. It gives no light of its own. The moon in this reference is a type of the law age of Israel (the woman) went through, an age of types and shadows that pointed to something that was to come later. Now there are some who believe, rightly so, that this woman is the nation of Israel, but they err in the fact that they believe the sun that she is clothed with is the gospel of grace. It definitely is not the gospel that she is clothed with. That is a scriptural impossibility. Some of you will surely say, “Bro. Jackson, you are getting terribly independent and dogmatic about this.” Let me tell you, I have to. I learned a long time ago that you can never get anywhere with truth as long as you just play around with the scriptures. Those who do so, automatically fall into a category, and of necessity, must fellowship with those of like faith. It is just like a bunch of boys who hang together all the time. Before long, whatever one does, they all do. If you hang around with boys that smoke, drink, gamble, and such like, it will not be long until you will be just like them. By the same token, if I start compromising with preachers who just want to play around with this word of God, very soon; people will begin to say, “He is just another one of them.” Brothers and Sisters, it is too late for a thing like that; we must stand for truth, and seek to be a Holy Ghost revelated people as this age closes out. It isn’t that I do not love them; I do; but the principles of truth take the preeminence. The devil doesn’t like it, but I am not trying to please him, are you? Alright then, let us settle it; the sun that the woman is clothed with, pictures her (the nation of Israel) in her millennial glory. Did it ever occur to you as a Gentile, that the reason Israel failed to recognize Christ in His first advent was because they looked only for their Messiah and the kingdom age? Looking for a king who would be able to solve all their problems, they could not recognize nor accept the humble Nazarene who rode a donkey into Jerusalem, as anyone of any significance. TWO ADVENTS OF CHRIST Those of you who will hear this will not be able to see our visual illustration, but we are going to use these two chairs to represent the two advents of Christ which were foretold in the Old Testament. Then we are going to prove to you with every scripture reference, that this woman is Israel. Let me say this also, Israel is getting ready to experience some of the hardest birth pains that she has ever known throughout time. The political world is trying to inject a serum that will deaden the pain, and keep her quiet, but it will fail. The birth pains are coming very soon, and I love this word of God which declares it. I do not rejoice in their suffering; I rejoice in the accuracy, the preciseness, of the word of God. Now, John saw the woman clothed with the sun, a picture of the nation of Israel shining for 1000 years throughout the kingdom age, which all her prophets spoke of. God will be ruling on earth in human form. The Godman, Jesus, who took Peter, James and John upon a mountain with Him one day and gave them a preview of what the glory of God in the nation of Israel will be like in that day, will be ruling with a rod of iron and the nation of Israel will be shining throughout the whole time. But Bro. Jackson, I thought the Gentile bride was to have the number one spot with Him in the Millennium. Yes, that is right, but His glorified presence will be in the land of Israel as He takes the throne of David to rule and reign, and she, (Israel) will have the distinct honor of being the nation of people through which the Messiah came. All that she (as a nation) has ever looked forward to, will be realized in that day. You realize of course, that there were many Jews who believed the gospel of Jesus Christ, and became the first of all those who would make up the bride of Christ. Some of them were apostles, some were prophets, some pastors, evangelists, and teachers, and I am sure that some of them taught things that the other did not teach, but you can be sure of this one thing, Phillip was not down there in Samaria, criticizing Peter for the deep things he was teaching in Jerusalem. Shame on people who do such things just to get recognition. They have their reward already. The only recognition I desire, is to be recognized by the author of this book, the one who is able to make us understand the deep things of Jesus Christ, and solve every problem we may have. I never want to gamble with the souls of mankind, as some are doing in these days. Now the woman had a crown of twelve stars, and that speaks of her national identity. She is a nation of twelve tribes, and when God fulfills all that the prophets have prophesied about her, she will be over in the Millennium with all 12 tribes restored. As we said already, God allowed John to see a panoramic vision, covering the full scope of Israel’s history. The moon under her feet represents the fact that she has risen above the law age which she was subject to for more than 1900 years. To the Jews, the law reflected the glory of the kingdom age. They never did see the age of grace in any of the prophecies given out by her prophets. That is where the mix-up comes in; Gentiles read the prophets and try to make everything fit the age of grace and the church, but they make a terrible blunder when they call this woman of Rev. 12, the church, for this woman is with child. That means one of two things. Either this woman is married, or she is guilty of fornication. We have already proved by the scriptures that the church (the bride of Christ) is a virgin, and could not possibly be expectant with child. Therefore we can be dogmatic in saying that the woman is Israel, the wife of Jehovah. Remember now, John saw this picture in heaven, and what he saw was a complete picture, but down here on earth the process that must be worked out to form that complete picture in reality, takes many centuries, and involves many details. Each generation has contributed their part in filling in the details of what John saw. We can best describe the vision as a heavenly blueprint of what God is working out down here on earth. You who are familiar with blueprints, know that the blueprint shows the complete building or project, in every detail, and the place where the blueprint is first seen, is not the place where the building will take place. Furthermore, we will add this; what is seen on the blueprint will involve a process of time and effort to materialize it. So is it with what John saw as a complete picture. Israel still has a very great trial ahead of her, before she can be seen literally, as John saw her in the vision. He saw her with a crown upon her head, symbolizing the fact that she (Israel) is the queen of nations. An ordinary housewife does not wear a crown upon her head, but a queen does, and Zechariah 14 confirms for us that Israel will be the queen of nations in the Millennium. Verse 16, reads like this, “And it shall come to pass, that every one that is left of all the nations which came against Jerusalem shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, and to keep the feast of tabernacles.” Certainly, Israel will be shining in the kingdom age, when her national identity has been completely restored so that she is represented by all of her twelve tribes. You realize of course, that this 12 chapter of Revelation does th not incorporate all of the millions of Jews that are upon the face of this earth; it pertains only to the spiritual element of the twelve tribes, those who are loyal to Jehovah.




As we look into verse 2, we find that the woman being with child, is travailing in birth, paining to be delivered. Who is the woman? ISRAEL. What is she impregnated with? The word of God, spoken by the prophets, concerning a Son that would be born, who would rule all nations. God’s prophetic word was the seed, and the minds of the people, we will say, was the womb, and Israel (as a nation) pained to be delivered. They looked for a Son who would ultimately be their deliverer. Now, just as it involves a process of time, to work out all the details of what John saw concerning the woman; it also involves a process of time for Satan to fulfill the complete picture of what John saw him to be. Verse 3, In the heavenly vision, John saw a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads. Brothers and Sisters, we all know that this is a description of the Roman Empire, motivated by the devil, which is the very spirit of that ungodly beast, but do you know that at the first advent of Christ, even though Rome was the beast, it did not yet have seven heads and ten horns. Daniel saw this beast come up out of the sea when it only had one head. It evolved into a beast of seven heads and ten horns through a progression of time, and the heavenly scene which John viewed, was a panoramic scene of the whole Roman Empire; not in the days of the first advent of Christ, but in the days leading up to His second advent; we are living in those days right now. When John was taken up into heaven (Rev. 4:1) he was shown things that would take place in the distant future, and the picture he saw of the Roman Empire is just now coming into focus literally. It is true that the Roman Empire ruled the holy land in the days of Christ, but the climax of what John saw is in the future yet. Israel has been travailing, in one sense, all the way through her history of recorded time, but her greatest hour of travail is just ahead, and the great red dragon with seven heads, ten horns, and seven crowns upon his head represents that Roman beast that is motivated by the spirit of Satan, that destroying and conquering spirit that devours its adversaries.




God began to foreshadow the dark hour in Israel’s future, way back in the 6 and 7 centuries B.C., th th when he inspired Isaiah to write about it, but what we really want to see and understand from these scriptures is that, Israel’s great time of travail and birth pains, is not for the purpose of bringing forth the man child to rule all nations, but for the rebirth of the nation. We will see that as we read two verses from Isaiah, Chapter 66, (speaking of Israel). 7, “Before she travailed, (did you catch that? BEFORE SHE TRAVAILED) she brought forth; BEFORE HER PAIN CAME, she was delivered of a MAN CHILD.” This was written at a time when the ten northern tribes had already been carried away into captivity: Leaving only the two southern tribes, Judah and Benjamin, which were called by the name of Judah the predominate tribe in the south. It was out of the tribe of Judah that the messiah was to be born. That is why Jesus was referred to as the Lion of the Tribe of Judah. Therefore, Isaiah speaking in the spirit, referring to something that is to take place, not among the ten northern tribes which were still to be in captivity, but among the southern tribes which would be back in the land, says, “Before she travailed, and before her pain came, she was delivered of a man child.” Let me break that down for you. We all know it is contrary to physical nature for a child to be born, and then, birth pains come later. Is that not right? In the natural process of birth, as the pains intensify, travailing sets in. I have read, and heard, of a few cases where a woman would give birth to her child with very little, or no pain, and then, later, would have a time of muscle convulsions. We would have to call that after-pain. That is the picture we have here of Israel, as we read verse 7, but let us read the next verse and notice how the picture clears up. Remember now, this was written more than 700 years before the book of Revelation was written, and it is speaking of a time when Israel will be delivered of a man child before her travailing hour arrives. When is her travailing hour then? It is when God is fulfilling all the other prophecies concerning her regathering, her re-birth. What will be after pains as far as the man child is concerned, will be birth pains for her re-birth and restoration, naturally, getting her ready for the second advent of Christ, her Messiah. Now let us read verse 8, “Who hath heard such a ting? Who hath seen such things? Shall the earth be made to bring forth in one day? or SHALL A NATION BE BORN AT ONCE? (That is exactly what happened) For as soon as ZION TRAVAILED, she brought forth her CHILDREN.” Did you catch that? Remember, this is prophecy. Notice now, when she travails it is not to bring forth the man child, but rather, her children. Her children consist of the remnant of the house of Israel that will be brought back into the land for her last day role in Bible prophecy. Now, can you see that her travailing is to bring forth children, not a man child, but children? You must understand that her travailing is to bring her children back from out of dispersion, into the home land in the age of the end. That will fulfill the scripture regarding the birth of a nation.




I must re-emphasize the fact that these scriptures are not recorded in chronological order of fulfillment. That is why we published the Chronology of Revelation in two of our volumes last year; to help you understand that what John saw in a heavenly vision, covered a span of many years, and he just recorded what he saw, without giving details about the order of fulfillment on earth. Furthermore, those who lived in ages past, would not have benefitted very much by the revelation that God has given to his church in these last days. What God is revealing now, is to get the living element of the bride of Christ, dressed up, and ready for His return.




Since we are living in the generation that shall see the fulfillment of all these scriptures, I want to take a little time right her, to bring us up to date on some of the details that God worked out in order to get the woman (the nation of Israel) back in a place where her travailing pains could begin. Please keep in mind that travailing is not just one pain. Some precious women have laid for hours and hours in agony, with pain after pain, almost unbearable. That is the picture I want you to get, of Israel: how that she has been in travail for months and years already. Hear me now. I do not want you to get the idea that I am referring to a period of two or three hundred years. That is not the picture at all. Her travailing will cover a period of time comparable to one human generation, fulfilling what Jesus said in Matthew, chapter 24, and bringing all scriptures into complete continuity. Try to catch the revelational side of this now as we proceed. In World War 2, six million Jews were slaughtered, mercilessly, and innocently. Why did God allow such a thing? It was for the same reason that God allowed the Egyptians to treat their ancestors as they did 3500 years earlier. There had to be some situation drastic enough to put a desire in their hearts to go home, back to the land that God gave Abraham and his descendants for an everlasting inheritance. When the war was over, those Jews who were left alive were displaced and scattered. There began to be a cry among them (birth pain No. 1) that caused the United Nations, in one night’s time, to come to a vote giving them a portion of their ancestors’ home land. As far as they knew then, that was all the land they would ever get, but God had other plans which we will go into later, but right now I want to go back a few years and look at some events of what is now history to us, just to bring our thinking up to date.




There is no doubt in my mind that, at the beginning of the twentieth century, as God looked down upon this world, the Gentiles having had the gospel for almost 1900 years, He set in motion certain things for the purpose of fulfilling His word. The Jews having been scattered to the four corners of the earth in the years since 70 A.D. when the Romans over-ran them, had very little thought about going back to the land of their forefathers, but let us watch a chain of events that will change all of that. By the year of 1914, Europe was being shuffled and shook, and prepared for war. This was to set the stage and prepare certain things for a future condition. Space will not allow me to go into detail, but notice what took place during World War No. 1; it disturbed and disrupted the Middle East, and Europe. When that was over they formed a unity of nations which they called, The League of Nations, its principal objectives being the preservation of peace, and improvement of human welfare. I do not know much about it, but I do remember reading about it as a little boy in school. It was formed in 1920, and during the years of its existence the United States, and Saudi Arabia were the only two, of the considerable nations, that never did become members at any time. Financially it did not hold up very long, but the history of its decline and fall was marked by its failure to resolve major crises between powers, and by the time World War No. 2 began to be fought the League was virtually powerless. Even though it made some impact on humanitarian issues, its ability to preserve peace in the world was never realized. Why? Time for the Gentiles was running out, and the world in general was asleep, even the church world; therefore it was time for the world to be stirred agin, and that is exactly what World War 2 did. It was a war that reached completely around the globe. American troops were scattered from the jungles of Africa through Europe, and into the islands of the Pacific, and the world was shaken. By the time that war was over Jewish people all over Europe were crying, “We want to go home; let us go back to our homeland.” By this time the leaders of the nations had gotten their heads together once again, and we had another peacekeeping body called the United Nations which first began to be planned as early as 1941 by President Roosevelt and Prime Minister Churchill, and by 1943 was a functioning body with a determination that World War 2 should be the last war. I will never forget, sitting on an old clay bank in Okinawa, after the war was over, and along comes a Lieutenant with a hand full of papers that had been sent down from Washington. It was obvious that he did not know much more about what was in them than we did, but he looked them over real good and began to say, The United States government wished to thank each one of you for your loyalty, energy, time and devotion, contributed to the well being of your country. You are going home now, and we are supposed to inform you that the nations of the world are forming a charter of nations called, the United Nations, which will work together to help foster peace in the world. We want you each to know that we believe this war was a war to end all wars. As a young fellow sitting there on that old clay bank, I thought to myself, that is not what the Bible says. Nevertheless, this was the second time the world had adopted a unity of nations plan, for the preserving of peace in the world. We all know about Korea, and Vietnam, and all the other conflicts in this old world since the organizing of the United Nations, but what is really important is that the nation of Israel has been born, politically, in a night’s time, marking a generation of people that shall live to see the end of all that the prophets of old have foretold. Since that time God has sent a prophet to this Gentile church world, with a message to call the bride of Christ out of Babylon (spiritual Babylon-confusion) and back to the revelated word of God. Just as God (by His Spirit) is calling the Jews back to a geographical spot of land, (which is their inheritance) He is calling His church to come back to the word of God. It does not matter whether we are in America, Africa, Asia, Europe, or some other place, if we are filled with the Spirit of God, we are all looking to God, through Christ, not as Baptists, Methodists, Catholics, nor any of the other titles we have been called by, but as Christians. We will not have 101 different ideas about the same scriptures, but rather, by revelation, we will all see the same thing. Just as every Jew was to pray towards the same spot, no matter where he was, so is every one who is truly baptized with the Holy Ghost, supposed to see Bible truth the same way. They did not pray towards the hill of their choice. They prayed towards the hill of God’s choice. That ought to tell people who are always harping about going to the church of your choice, and believing whatever you want to, something, if they have any revelatory capacity about them. God is moving (by His Spirit) to place the Jewish people back in all the land that is rightfully theirs, and He is moving (by His Spirit) to place the Gentile bride in all the revelation of the scriptures, that is rightfully hers.




As I said before, up until 1967 the Jewish people did not know but what the little bit of land given to them by the U. N. was all they would ever have, but at least they were glad to have that. I marvel at the way God allows the devil to work situations, whereby the result will fulfill His word. The devil working through those Arab people, (I am not belittling the Arab people. We have stayed in their hotels and found them to be nice people, as individuals, but we are dealing with a plan of God; therefore sympathy must fade into the background as God unfolds His plan) the people who were telling the Jews, We are not going to let you stay there on that land, brought about a situation in 1967 that enabled Israel to take the Old City. Nasser said, “We are going to push you into the sea,” and Israel only fought for survival. Little did Nasser know that in a few short days these Gentile flags would come down in the Old City, and the Star of David would take their place. Actually, the Old City was taken as a result of a delayed telegram sent by Israel to King Huessein of Jordan, not to enter the war against them. Israel had no intention of fighting those Jordanians, but because the telegram was delayed and Jordan did not get the message in time, they opened fire on Israel. That was an open invitation for God to say to Israel, “Go on in and take the Old City.” I was told by a military man in Israel, that the reason they suffered so many casualties in taking the Old City was because of the antiquity of the city: with all its many religious sacred places, they would not use anything except small arms against the Jordanians. Nevertheless, they took the city, raised the Star of David, and declared, we are back at last, never to give up our city again. This absolutely fulfilled Luke 21:24, which speaks of Jerusalem being trodden down of the Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled. That ended the times of the Gentiles. There is still one little spot of ground there, that Israel must have. That is the temple ground where the Moslem Mosque stands. They still have the temple ground, but they do not hold the city. I will say this, in the light of the scriptures, if Jerusalem was ever surrendered up again, it would put her back under the times of the Gentiles. Believing that 1967 ended the times of the Gentiles, we know that it can never come back under siege of the Gentiles again. Of course some will say, “What about the time when the Antichrist sits in the temple as God? Is that not a time of the Gentiles?” No, you cannot associate what the Antichrist will do as being again the times of the Gentiles. The times of the Gentiles was that long period of time that ran all the way from the time of Babylonian captivity, down to 1967 when Jerusalem was back under the sovereign control of Israel for the first time. The war of 1967 ended that long period of Gentile lordship over Jerusalem. What happens in Revelation chapter eleven, and the other events associated with the time of the Antichrist are only for a short period of 3 ½ years, then it will be all over. Now if we will let the scriptures talk to us, we will know that the very fact that the Gentiles are not in control of the city now, proves beyond any shadow of doubt that Luke 21:24 is fulfilled, so I say to you, What are all these politicians negotiating? They are endeavoring to make world conditions go contrary to Bible prophecy. That is like playing with fire. God will not allow them to run His clock backwards. Truly, the world is crying for peace, but there will be no lasting peace until the Prince of Peace comes to rule and reign on earth.




Let me clear up a question that some of you may have on your minds right now. No, we are not talking about the fullness of the Gentiles, spoken of in Romans 11:25. This verse in Romans is dealing with the time when the Spirit of God will not longer be convicting Gentiles for the purpose of leading them to a salvation experience, while the verse in Luke (21:24) is referring strictly to Gentile dominion over the city of Jerusalem. I grant you, we are drawing close to the time when the fullness of the Gentiles will be a very present reality, but the two terms definitely apply to two different situations. I have said, many times lately, that we are close to the end, and I don’t mind saying it again, for we are the generation that has lived to see many of the things Jesus spoke of in the Gospels, come to pass, and He said, “This generation shall not pass, till all these things be fulfilled.” I realize that certain people have predicted the end in every generation, but they did it without the fulfillment of the necessary scriptures. We have those scriptures fulfilled, and we see ungodliness prevailing on every hand. Our schools and colleges have become incubators for every kind of filth and corruption. Alcohol and dope are the two dominant spirits that are paving the way for every other spirit that Satan has turned loose on this society, and our law enforcement agencies are powerless to do anything about it. Do you ever ask yourself the question, Why? I will tell you why; it is because God is slowly withdrawing His convicting and restraining presence from the Gentiles, getting ready to move upon the Jews once again. As the Spirit of God withdraws, the devil moves in, and we are seeing a society of drop-outs, become wandering drifters, with no constructive purpose in life, many of them so doped up they don’t even know what day it is. As we look at all these things, we certainly should be able to recognize that the fullness of the Gentiles is drawing nigh. When God had touched that last soul with His gospel of grace, and showed that person the way of eternal life, this Gentile church world in general, will be just like an old dried up corn stalk in the fall of the year. You could go out there and pour a bushel of fertilizer around that thing and water it every day, but I want you to know, you will never make it green again, because the law of death has already struck it. It will have to die. That is what we must realize about this Gentile church world; no matter how much charismatic fertilizer you pour on it, nor how much charismatic water you may pour on it, it cannot be revived, the law of death has struck. I do not know when the last one will be brought in, but God does, and He knows exactly where that person is right now, whether in the jungles in Africa, or in the desert of some far continent, it matters not, when he answers the gospel call, the Gentile clock stops, salvationwise. This I do know though, we are approaching the climax. It is almost time for this old world to be shook again. When it happens, you will see another great peace keeping unity of nations formed, but this time it will be different, different because the Antichrist will be the head man in it all. Now do you see how it all lines up to give us a picture of God working out His plan for the ages? World War One gave the world the League of Nations. World War Two gave the world the United Nations which swallowed up the League of Nations. In the year of 1946, the League of Nations turned its remaining physical assets over to the United Nations, and since that time we have heard much about the United Nations, but it is obvious by now that the next great world conflict is at hand, and the U.N. is powerless to do anything to stay it off. Why? There has to be something to cause the world to fulfill Daniel 9:27, in signing a great peace covenant, which we know will last for a very short time, and THEN comes the war that will end all wars ARMAGEDDON. When that one is finished the Prince of Peace will be on earth, and the world will be at peace for the first time since Adam disobeyed the word of God in the Garden of Eden.




Let us come back to what we were saying about Israel travailing in birth. When those Jews began to cry and travail, and the U.N. gave them a certain amount of ground, this was the beginning of her birth process. This was not complete birth, but it was the beginning of the birth process. Remember, the nation will have to be reborn, naturally, before it can be reborn spiritually. She will get her spiritual rebirth when chapter 11 of Revelation is being fulfilled under the ministry of those two witnesses that are to prophesy for three years and six months before being killed by the beast. I want to go to the book of Micah now for a couple of verses, Micah 5:2-3. Micah was a prophet that stood between the carrying away of the ten Northern Tribes to Assyria in the 7 century B.C. and the two Southern Tribes which th were still in the land at the time of this prophesy; therefore, his prophesy is to the two Southern tribes. We will pick up verse 1 for it shows what God is going to do with these two Southern tribes in about 100 years. This verse is referring to the coming invasion of the Babylonian army against them. Verse 1, “Now gather thyself in troops, O daughter of troops; he hath laid siege against us: (God used the Babylonians to fulfill this prophesy) they shall smite the judge of Israel with a rod upon the cheek.” Now here comes the verse that was referred to in Matthew 2:6, when Herod the king asked of the chief priests and scribes where Christ should be born. Micah 5:2, “But thou, Bethlehem Ephratah, though thou be little among the thousands of Judah, yet out of thee shall He come forth unto me that is to be ruler in Israel; whose goings forth have been from of old, from everlasting.” That was Jesus the Christ, born in Bethlehem, marking the first advent of His coming. That was Israel, giving birth to the man child before her travailing hour. Remember, her travailing is to bring back all twelve tribes to her homeland in preparation for the 2 advent of Christ. I heard a story about a woman who went to bed, nd expectant with child. While she slept her baby was born, completely without any pain. That is exactly what happened with Israel when Jesus was born. I hope you get this; it will help you. Those 10 Northern tribes were out of the land, never to return until the last days, but the two Southern tribes which were in the land at that time were enough to constitute the birth of the man child, but there was no travail, and therefore; they did not recognize what had happened. Now in the natural, when the woman wakes up she immediately knows what has happened, but the fact that Israel did not recognize Him goes to prove that she was asleep. Isaiah 66:7 was fulfilled when Jesus was born. Not only was He born of the tribe of Judah, but he was born in the little town of Bethlehem, which was in the jurisdictional territory of the tribe of Judah. Therefore, His lineage, fleshwise, went back to Judah, and the little city where he was born, called the city of David (Bethlehem) fulfilled verse 2, but look at verse 3. It brings us right up to our generation in its scope. 3, “Therefore will he give them up, until the time that she which travaileth hath brought forth; Then the remnant of his brethren shall return unto the children of Israel.” Do you see how perfectly this fits into the picture? She (Israel) brought forth a man child without travail, fulfilling Isaiah 66:7, and this verse 2 here in Micah, and because she did not recognize Him, God gave them up to captivity, and they were sold on the slave markets and scattered all over the world. That is exactly where the apostle Paul placed his revelation about the fulness of the Gentiles in Romans 11:25. He says, “For I would not, brethren, that ye should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye should be wise in your own conceits; that BLINDNESS IN PART is happened to Israel, until the fullness of the Gentiles be come in.” That blindness can only be laid actually, to the two Southern tribes, for the ten Northern tribes were not in the land at that time. God had prophesied to them by His prophet Hosea that He would scatter them to the uttermost parts of the earth, and that they would remain there, or out of the land, until the last days, so they were not responsible for failing to recognize their Messiah when He came. They, however, were responsible for the gospel they heard preached by Paul as he went to many of the places where they were, but that was on an individual basis, like it is with the Gentiles.




Alright now, we have taken you through these different prophecies to show you that nothing which has happened with Israel was a surprise to God, for he had already spoken of each event through his prophets. Therefore, as we come back to Revelation, chapter 12, we can see that, timewise, we are living between verse 5, where the man child (Jesus) was caught up unto the Throne of God, (His resurrection and ascension) and verse 6, which shows the woman (Israel) which gave birth to the man child, fleeing into the wilderness. Naturally, that reference is to be applied to the time of the end when Israel will have to flee from the beast into a place that God will have prepared for her, and she will be cared for throughout the whole three and one-half years of the great tribulation. You must place nineteen hundred years, which is the Gentile grace age, between verses 5 and 6 to get the picture straight in your minds. God had spoken through His prophet, Hosea, (you can read it in chapter one) that in the place (time) where it was said unto them (the two Southern tribes) “Ye are not my people, (because they rejected their Messiah) there it shall be said unto them, (the Gentiles) Ye are the sons of the living God.” There is your 1900 years of grace to us Gentiles in that verse 10, and then when you read verse 11, you will see that it applies to a time, after the grace age, when all twelve tribes will be gathered together, back in the land of their fathers, being ruled by one head, with no more Northern and Southern division; that is just ahead. The woman is in travail, and it is for the birth of her children. She will travail until all twelve tribes are back in the land. That will constitute the birth and fulfill Micah 5:3. We are living in a time when it seems like the main problem, for practically the whole world, is Israel. She is in travail and must soon be delivered. World leaders have great stacks of papers on how and what should be done with Israel, but it seems that none of them will look into the one book (the Bible) that would show them exactly what must be done with Israel. That does not mean that all 16 million of the world’s Jewish population will return to Israel, but there will be enough of them from each of the twelve tribes go back to fulfill the scriptures. We are made to realize, also, that not all of those who go back will be saved, for there will be a great number of them that will fall right in line with the Antichrist, and come under the wrath of God when He comes to take vengeance on them that know not God, spoken of by the apostle Paul in 2 Thessalonians. Paul’s revelation was that a remnant of Israel would be saved. We do not know nd how many that remnant will include, but we are confident of this one thing, God knows every last one of them right now.


ABOUT THE 144,000


Some have asked me at various times if the 144,000 which are sealed with the Spirit of God are all that will be saved, and others have asked me if the 144,000 are raptured like the bride, since the scriptures refer to them as being redeemed from among men as first-fruits unto God and to the Lamb. Then others will ask if they are killed by the beast in the week of Daniel. I will try to answer all three of these questions in mind. I will begin by saying, No, they will not be the only Jews that will be saved; they are the servants of God who will preach the everlasting gospel around this old world during the last half of that 70 week of Daniel. As we pick up verse 6, of our text chapter, we see the woman fleeing into the th wilderness. This is a spiritual remnant that has been awakened by the ministry of the two witnesses, whose primary function was to seal the 144,000 servants of God in their foreheads. Naturally, their preaching, or prophesying, will not be heard only by the 144,000 and as a result, you have another large element of Jews who will be sealed with the Holy Ghost along with the 144,000. These will hide while the 144,000 servants will preach the everlasting gospel, Rev. 14:6. Actually, by that time, you will have four distinct, elements of Jewish people. First, we will say, is the 144,000 men, then secondly, the spiritual remnant (the woman in 12:6) made up of men, women, and children of all ages. These are they who will be carried into the Millennium for the purpose of repopulating the Jewish race of people. Thirdly, there will be the political element among them, who, having no feelings toward God will co-exist with the Antichrist and be damned. They will be interested only in politics and finances, and therefore, the mark of the beast will be a very small thing to them. Revelation, chapter 16, tells of their fate, along with all the rest who have ignored God’s warnings to repent. Then, as we said earlier, all the Jews in the world will not go to Israel, so there remains, at that time, millions of Jews in dispersion. From this group comes the tribulation saints who, along with the Gentile foolish virgins, will give their lives in Martyrdom, rather than to take the mark of the beast and be damned. Naturally, from that fourth element there will only be a certain percentage that will recognize God; the rest will perish with all the other ungodly men. We have actually answered two parts of the three part question about the 144,000 men who are sealed in their foreheads, but let me say this, the fact that the Bible says they were redeemed from among men does not mean that they were taken up, as the bride of Christ will be. It only means that they are set apart from other men, redeemed in the same sense that we are redeemed. We readily confess that we have been redeemed, but we are still here. These men are set apart for service to God, and protected from the wrath of the beast. It is necessary for us to catch the revelation of these things, for it is just like the apostle Paul said in Colossians speaking of the Gentile Christians, or perhaps I should say bride saints; nevertheless, he said, we have been delivered from the power of darkness, and translated into the kingdom of His dear son. That is what our redemption has accomplished for us, but we are still right here on earth, doing many of the same things we were doing before we were redeemed from among men, or called out for service to God. As to whether these servants of God are killed in the tribulation hour, let me remind you once again; they will be going back to the nations from whence they came, preaching to their brethren which never returned to the homeland. Their message will be Fear God, give glory to Him, and worship Him, who has made heaven and earth and all that is there-in. At the same time, they will be pronouncing judgment upon spiritual Babylon, and warning all men not to have anything to do with the beast or his image. They will be protected from all harm by the power of God, and they will move right on into the Millennium with Christ when the judgment of God upon degenerate mankind is finished. Some will say, “Bro. Jackson, where do you get the scripture for that?” First let me say this, in the 9 th chapter of Revelation , when the bottomless pit was opened, and hell turned loose upon earth for the purpose of tormenting unregenerate men, it was commanded them (the demons) that they should not hurt anyone who had the seal of God in their foreheads. All who had believed the testimony of God’s two prophets; and been filled with the Spirit of God were protected from harm when those demons were turned loose upon the earth. That comes under the sounding of the fifth trumpet angel, and is referred to as the first woe. We cannot take the time to go into the three woes, but we mentioned this only for the purpose of showing that these evil forces cannot touch or harm those who have the seal of God upon them. Then, as we deal with the part about the 144,000 servants of God preaching the everlasting gospel to every nation, kindred, tongue, and people, we will go to the 14 chapter, verses 1-10. I will th not read them; you can do that later. In this chapter we find this 144,000 men, with the Lamb’s Father’s name written in their foreheads, following the Lamb withersoever He goeth. This means that they have a revelation of who Jesus Christ is, they have accepted Him as their Messiah, and the fact that they follow Him wherever He goes, lets us know that they are led by the Spirit of God. It is not a literal picture of a great host of men following along behind a lamb. That was only for the purpose of recording the vision so that, by revelation, we could understand its message later. In verse 6 we read, “And I saw another angel fly through the air, or in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, kindred, tongue, and people.” Now you say, “But Bro. Jackson, that says an angel was flying in the midst of heaven with everlasting gospel, why do you say the 144,000 servants will preach it?” The answer to that is very simple. God has never, at any time, had angels preaching the gospel. That has always been done by men. If God was ever going to use angels to preach he gospel, He would have always used them for it. No, this is spiritual terminology, and it can only be understood by revelation. The natural mind cannot understand such things. When is this taking place? In the last half of Daniels 70 week. Who is being tormented by the th demons that are loosed from the bottomless pit? Unregenerate mankind, those who have accepted the mark of the beast, and worshiped the Antichrist as God. Where is the woman (Israel) that brought forth the man child, without birth pains, at the time of these events? She is hiding from the wrath of the beast in the place that God had prepared for her (Rev. 12:6) until after the battle of Armageddon is fought, and the Lord Jesus, himself, is on earth in bodily form once again to prepare for the Millennium. Naturally, the temple will have to be cleansed, and consecrated before Jesus will take His place in it, after its defilement by the Antichrist, but that will be only a short transition period, and then Christ will take His throne to rule and reign for one thousand years.




What has happened to the people of Israel in the years between verses 5 and 6 would require many volumes to record, but for the sake of our understanding this chapter, it is necessary that we see verse 5 as pertaining to the ascension of Christ after His resurrection, and verse 6 as pertaining to the woman (Israel) who produced the man child, at a time when she was travailing in birth until the nation has been completely reborn, both naturally and spiritually, with the Grace age in between, or the rest of the chapter cannot be understood. Confusion comes in trying to place the events of the book of Revelation in the order that John recorded them. Brothers and Sisters, her spiritual rebirth will take place as a result of the ministry of the two witnesses, but they cannot come on the scene until she has every square inch of her land back under her control. Her last great birth pains will come in the last half of the 70 week th of Daniel, a time referred to as Jacob’s trouble, when the Antichrist with all his armies will be making one last attempt on the behalf of the devil to completely rid the world of all the seed of Jacob. She must travail a while yet, but I want you to know that she will look up one day to see the heavens darkened and the moon turned to blood. Then she will see Jesus, her long awaited Messiah, her King, coming in power and glory, to rule and reign. That is when she can jump for joy, for His feet will not touch this earth in New York, Chicago, nor London, England; He will stand upon the Mount of Olives, right where Ezekiel saw Him in a vision of the Spirit way back in the 6 century B.C.. He saw the evil that had come among th the Jewish religious society and the corruption among the priesthood. He saw the morals of the people of Israel as they declined continually, and the Lord allowed him to witness the glory of the Lord departing from the temple to return no more until the Millennial temple is ready to receive him. The Jews who came back under the leadership of Haggai and Zechariah to build the temple that stood at the first advent of Christ, never did see the light of God’s Shekinah glory in that temple. There was a reason why; the first day that Jesus came to the temple in the spring of the year following His baptism in the fall, He took a whip and drove out the money changers and overturned the pigeon coops, and drove out the sheep and oxen from the temple, saying to those that sold those things, “Take these things hence; make not my Father’s house an house of merchandise.” Do you know what that was? That was the Shekinah glory of God coming back, but the sad part of it was that it came in form of a man, and they did not recognize it. He preached for three long years after that, coming to Jerusalem, (for the first six months of his ministry was in Galilee) then when He rode into Jerusalem on the back of a donkey that day and went into the temple casting out those who bought and sold in the temple for the third time, that ended His ministry. He came to them just as Zechariah had prophesied 9:9 riding on a colt, the foal of an ass, meek, coming right back over the Mount of Olives to the temple, but they were asleep, and did not recognize Him. He still came from Bethany to Jerusalem for the next two or three days and preached, waiting to be arrested and crucified, but His main ministry was climaxed when He came to them exactly according to the word of their prophets and they did not recognize Him.




I want to call your attention to a beautiful type that was set, on one of those mornings as He left the house of Mary, Martha, and Lazarus, coming to Jerusalem. As He came over the Mount of Olives He noticed a beautiful fig tree standing there before Him. He was hungry and would have eaten, but when He came to the tree, it had nothing on it but leaves; therefore (now catch this, the fig tree was a symbol of Israel) He looked at the tree and said, “Let no fruit grow on thee henceforward for ever, and presently the fig tree withered away.” That lets us know that after three years of preaching to them, there was still no fruit. Just a few days after that, He was arrested in the garden of Gethsemane, halfway between where that fig tree was, and the Eastern Gate. He said to them, “Are ye come out, as against a thief, with swords and with staves to take me? I was daily with you in the temple teaching, and ye took me not: but the scriptures must be fulfilled.” I have to put these things in the message to show you why those two Southern tribes were asleep, completely, during the birth and ministry of the man child. Walking toward Calvary to die, He heard all those people who were screaming because of what was taking place, and turning to them said, “Daughters of Jerusalem, weep not for me, but weep for yourselves, and for your children. For, behold, the days are coming, in the which they shall say, Blessed are the barren, and the wombs that never bare, and the paps which never gave suck. Then shall they begin to say to the mountains, Fall on us; and to the hills, cover us. For if they do these things in a green tree, what shall be done in the dry?” Catch the symbolic language now? He is not referring to Himself as a green fig tree; He is a green tree of life, and the dry, or barren tree, is the Antichrist which has no life. In other words, if they have come to this in three and one-half years when they had a green tree of life in their midst, what will they do when they have the dry, or barren tree for three and one-half years? They could have eaten from the tree of life, but they did not, and when the barren tree comes, he will bring about the climax of Rev. 13, Luke 21, and Matt. 24. Jerusalem shall be compassed, not necessarily as it was in 70 A.D., but it will be filled with soldiers during the last half of Daniels seventieth week when the Antichrist is sitting in the temple in Jerusalem. You talk about spiritual drought; they will have one when that man is in control. Jeremiah saw every man bent over in anguish, as a woman in travail. Let us read a few verses from Jeremiah, chapter 30, beginning with verse 4, “These are the words that the Lord spake concerning Israel and concerning Judah. (That covers all twelve tribes). For thus saith the Lord; We have heard a voice of trembling, of fear, and not of peace. Ask ye now, and see whether




Wherefore do I see every man with his hands on his loins, as a woman in travail, and all faces are turned into paleness? Alas! For that day is great, so that none is like it; it is even the time of Jacob’s trouble; but he shall be saved out of it.” He was looking at the nation of Israel having her final birth pains in that great tribulation hour of time.




We want to get into the 7 verse of our text chapter now; actually 7-10, where we learn of a war which th is taking place in heaven. That great warfare between Michael (the archangel) and the devil is taking place right now in the spiritual world. It is a battle for supremacy, and the people down here on earth can only act out that great heavenly play that is taking place among the spiritual forces. As Mr. Begin and Mr. Sadat have their meetings with Mr. Carter, they are just acting out, down here on earth, a scene that is taking place in the spirit world between Michael and his angels, and Satan and his angels. No sooner did the United Nations give Israel that little portion of land in May of 1948, then the devil began to get into those Arabs, and cause them to determine to drive Israel out of the land. Therefore, we see that the effects of verse 7 have been shaking this old world for quite a few years now. You know what happened in 1948, but did you know how God went about stripping France and England of their old colonial hold in the Middle East? I believe it was in the month of October of 1956, when Israel sent a mechanized force on a destroying mission into Egypt’s Sinai Peninsula up to the Suez Canal. They had taken most of the Peninsula, captured 6000 Egyptians, and seized a great amount of equipment in just a few days. Great Britain and France called upon Israel and Egypt to each retreat 10 miles from the canal and to let them occupy the intervening zone. Israel accepted, but Egypt refused, and British-French military occupation of the zone began as a result. The United Nations Security Council, the United States, and the Soviet Union put pressure on Britain and France to withdraw from the Zone, which they did, and from that time on, they have been losing out, all over the world. That marked the end of the old colonial hold in the Middle East. Israel drew back also, but from that time on, she has had constant harassment from the Arabs. All she wanted was to be left alone, but they would not leave her alone. That lets me know that Michael and the devil have still been clashing swords up there in the heavenly realm, all this time. Verse 8 tells that the devil will lose the battle and be cast out of heaven, but we know that battle up there must continue until time for that 70 week of Daniel to begin. However close we are to the start of that th week, is how close we are to the fulfillment of verse 8. Once time one earth corresponds with what is taking place there, and the devil is cast out, you can rest assured that men on earth, in the political structure, will have been so affected by the pressures of that heavenly battle that they will have revived the old Roman Empire. Rome will again be the chief city from which world leadership will come. It will take that to fulfill Daniel’s prophecy. Europe will be tied right back to Rome as it was in the days of old. I do not know whether it is true or not, but while I was in Norway a man told me that it is believed that Europe already has a Common Market currency printed up, just awaiting the hour to use it. If that is true, then I will say, the poor old American dollar has just about reached the end of its road. In the past, the American dollar has been used as one of the most stabilizing monetary structures in the world, in our present day monetary setup. If we have been watching the trend, we know that a different monetary system is at hand, for in the past few years, as we have seen the break up of these great colonial powers in Europe. As they release these various territories, and come back home, their own currency begins to be shook and affected. That is what is causing Europe, especially the heads of the economic structure to begin to work out plans for the future. Very soon now, America will not be able to underwrite it anymore. Much of our destiny (as a nation) hinges on what our leaders do in connection with the complete rebirth and restoration of Israel to her full identity. The devil does not want Israel restored, and we know why, he knows when that takes place, his days are short.




When we come to verse 9, we see that this angelic battle process has reached its climax. “And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.” As that battle process ends in heaven, it will be time on earth for that beast system to come into full bloom. Notice why I say that; the dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the devil, and Satan, which DECEIVETH the whole world. He was cast out into the earth, and all his angels with him. When all of that takes place, you can rest assured, there will be an embodiment of those spiritual forces here on earth. On earth will be the only place where Satan can reenact what has taken place in heaven. The affects of verse 10, will not reach its climax until the middle of the week arrives, but what I want to show you is that, once that spirit is cast out of heaven, he only has one week of time (7 years) to do what he is going to do. He begins his diabolical plot by ushering in a great peace covenant. Remember now, we are talking about this devil which DECEIVETH the whole world. How is he going to deceive the whole world? Through a false peace pact that the whole world is crying for in this very hour. Remember, Judas was one of the disciples of Jesus, chosen by Him, to be one of the twelve apostles, and he naturally, had the respect and confidence of the people who followed the ministry of Jesus. Who would have suspected that Satan would be able to enter into that man who, up until that time, had stood for the word of God, along side Jesus and the other eleven apostles? Who, (except the revelated people of God) will ever suspect that the pope of Rome could be incarnated by that same spirit that entered into Judas, causing him to betray the very God-man Himself. We are watching with great expectancy as the Roman cardinals gather once again to elect a successor to John Paul, who held the office for such a short time. Naturally, the question uppermost in our minds is, can this be the one who will fulfill Daniel 9:27, the Antichrist who will cause Israel and the world to go through its darkest hour ever? If he is the one, the bride will know it very soon, for she has been taught from the word of God, and she knows what signs to look for. Therefore, we will say, when the peace covenant is confirmed, it will not be the peace that the word of God promised to those who believe His word. It will be a short term peace, planned by Satan, that great deceiver, to throw the whole world off guard, and allow that wicked beast system an opportunity to move into complete control of all politics and economics. In the middle of the week, 3 ½ years from its initial beginning, the Roman Pope, who has been elected by world leaders as the mediator, or final voice in their peace arrangements, will become so provoked by the Orthodox Jews who will not give him the respect his position demands, Satan will completely take control of him. That is when he will break the covenant with Israel, drive the Jews out of their temple, and set himself up in it to be worshiped by the great host of deceived mankind. Right here is where verse 10 of our text chapter has its fulfillment. 10, “And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strength and the kingdom of our God, and the power of His Christ: for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, (what brethren? Jewish brethren) which accused them day and night before our God.” In other words, when the tribulation hour arrives, in the middle of the week, it will bring into focus the real saints of God, those who can stand and face the trials and tests of what is taking place. When the devil is cast down, and allowed by God, to start that persecution process, God will not have to listen to him anymore up there. I hope you can see, Brothers and Sisters, that as long as that poor Jewish nation is scattered among the Gentile nations, the devil can run to the throne of God and accuse them day and night. He has been doing that for hundreds of years now. He is not confined to just accusing Jews before God, but this prophecy is basically to the Jewish nation. Even though the prophecy is pointed toward the Jews, we know that there are definitely some foolish Gentile virgins tied to the picture. We begin to pick that up in verse 11, let us read it. “And they overcame him (SATAN) by the blood of the Lamb, (That is Gentiles, who have the blood of the Lamb) and by the word of their testimony; (that is Jews who believe in Jehovah, and have a testimony that they do, but have not believed the gospel of Jesus Christ) and they loved not their lives unto the death.” It is not the Gentile foolish virgins that make this chapter stand out. It is the Jewish people suffering their last travailing pains, that makes this chapter stand out. They will travail in that last pain until it brings or manifests the coming of Jesus Christ, their long-awaited King. Once that final hour of persecution starts, it will not let up before there have been thousands of Jews and Gentile foolish virgins martyred. When it says, They overcame him: THEY means people, not just Jews. They did not overcome him in a battle and keep on living; no, they overcame him by refusing to renounce their God, even though it meant their sure death. That is what the last part of the verse pertains to: “They loved not their lives unto the death: They chose to die rather than to renounce their God.” To further clarify it let us say this, they refused to accept the mark of the beast, in order to gain the offered privileges. We will say also, the reason many of them were not taken off guard by such gross deception, was because the 144,000 servants of God had already warned them not to have anything to do with that horrible beast system. The message of the three angels in Revelation 14:6-10, is in actuality, what the 144,000 preachers take to the inhabitors of the earth, Jews and Gentiles alike. Verse 12, in the 14th chapter, lets us see who was spared from the wrath of God, recorded in verse 11. We call your attention to these verses, mainly to show that they pertain to both, Jews and Gentile foolish virgins. 12, “Here is the patience of the saints. (Tribulation saints) Here are they that keep the commandments of God, (that is the Jews) and the faith of Jesus.” There is the foolish virgins. When we take this thought right on over to the 15 chapter where we see the spirits of those martyred saints standing on th a sea of glass mingled with fire, we find the same distinct reference made to both elements. 15:2, “And I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name, stand on the sea of glass, having the harps of God.” The description of what they had gotten the victory over, marks the hour of their martyrdom, for there has never been another hour in the history of mankind when men were faced with taking a mark, or with an image to the beast, except in the last week of Daniel, which is just ahead. Now in verse 3 we find them singing a song that identifies, or I should say separates the Jews from the Gentiles. 3, “And they sang the song of Moses the servant of God (Jews) and the song of the Lamb, (foolish virgins).




Coming back to verse 11, in the 12 chapter now, I want to answer a question. The question is this, th Bro. Jackson, how do you know verse 11 applies to the tribulation saints, and how do you know it applies to both Jew and Gentile? Most of the question has already been answered, but I want to call your attention back to the 6 chapter, and the words pertaining to the 5 seal. Verse 9, “And when he had th th opened the fifth seal, I saw under the alter, (or at the foot of the alter) the souls of them that were slain for the word of God, and for the testimony which they held: And they cried with a loud voice saying, How long, O Lord, holy and true, dost thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?” Please notice that, before anything else was said, white robes were given to every one of them, and it was said unto them that they should rest yet for a LITTLE SEASON, until their fellow servants also and their brethren, that should be killed as they were, should be fulfilled. Notice why they had been killed. They had been martyred for the word of God, not the word of their testimony, but for the testimony that they held. Their testimony was the word of God from the Old Testament. In other words, their testimony was not that they believed in Jesus Christ, that He was their Messiah, and the Savior of the whole human race. No, their testimony which they held was that they believed the word of God according to the law of Moses. Therefore, if they had a testimony, then the word of their testimony is what identifies them as being Jews. Gentiles who have a testimony must testify of their experience through the blood of the Lamb, and therefore, have their white robes already. This group was given white robes after they were slain. Therefore, as we come back to 12:12 and pick up the word which John heard, Listen! “Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them, Woe to the inhabitors of the earth and of the sea! For the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time.” Some people are prone to believe that conditions just exist for a period of time, and then all of a sudden, something is done to change conditions. Prophecy does not work like that. There is always an introduction period. That is why I say Satan is cast out of heaven at the beginning of the week. There must be time for him to embody himself in that beast system before the middle of the week arrives. Furthermore, if he only came down it the middle of the week, you would have a lot of unexplained events in the first half of the week, a period of time when I believe he is setting the stage for one last great thrust at God through persecution of the saints of God, and the very nation that produced the man child, which he knows to be the rightful ruler of this world. We will see this in the next verse. 13 “And when the dragon saw that he was cast out unto the earth, he persecuted the woman which brought forth the man child.” Naturally, that reference takes us back to verse 5, which we have already proved by the scriptures, to be the first advent of Christ, (the man child) and the woman that bare Him to be the nation of Israel. We will see also, as we read verse 14, that it is a repeat of verse 6, with a little more elaboration on the details of her flight. 14 “And to the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, (one year) and times (two more years) and half a time (six months, making a total of 3 ½ years, as stated in verse 6 by a number of days) from the face of the serpent.” Now, why is he persecuting the woman? It is because she brought forth the man child, and it is this persecution that brings her last travailing pain. Her last pain will bring Christ back again, and this time He will not be caught up from the earth as before. He will be back to take the throne of David for a reign of true righteousness. We find in this verse that the woman is given two wings of a great eagle that she might fly into the wilderness, into HER place. Verse 6 tells us that God has prepared a place in the wilderness where she will be fed for 1260 days. Do not ask me where that place is; I do not know. It will not be a wilderness, as we think of a wilderness. That simply means, in spiritual language, a place where she can hide from the devil which is incarnated in that beast system, headed by the Antichrist, which will be the Roman Pope in that hour. For the benefit of you who may not know, John saw that beast coming up out of the sea, having seven heads, and ten horns. When we go to Revelation 17; we learn that instead of using the word sea in connection with the great whore, the word waters is used. Then in verse 15 of that chapter, waters is explained as being people, multitudes and nations, and tongues. Therefore, the beast of Rev. 13:1, which came up out of the sea, is something that rises up from the midst of people. I don’t intend to go into that fully now, for we have other messages in print which go into full details on the subject, and you may have them just for the asking, but I do want to say that the beast with seven heads and ten horns and ten crowns upon his heads, is nothing but the old Roman Empire. We have watched it come back into prominence for a number of years now, in the forming of the Common Market nations of Western Europe. These Common Market nations make up the horns of the beast, and the fact that it is seen having seven heads, is nothing else but the seven forms of Roman government that the nation passed through from the days of the old Caesars, until the day that the government wound up with the Bishop of Rome sitting in the seat of the Caesars. That same system is being revived and will furnish Satan with all the embodiment he needs to carry out his diabolical deeds of persecution and murder. Therefore, the woman (Israel) will be hiding from that Roman beast, the same beast that crucified Christ at His first advent. In chapter 12 the beast is described as having seven heads and ten horns, and SEVEN crowns upon his head, but in chapter 13, he is described as having seven heads, and ten horns, and TEN crowns upon his heads. The seven crowns pertain to the seven forms of Roman dictatorial rule, and the ten crowns point to the ten nations which are the horns of the beast, and each of them having a king, or ruler. We see that old beast coming into focus for its last day role in the fulfillment of prophecy, and we have watched the horns spring up to take their place, in the past few years, therefore things are almost ready for that little horn to make its move. The little horn which Daniel spoke of in chapter 7 of his prophecy, came up from among the other horns, and plucked up three of the first horns by the roots. This little horn had eyes like a man, and a mouth speaking great things. Daniel says that he watched that beast until the thrones were cast down, and the Ancient of days did sit. In other words, Daniel was allowed to see a vision of the whole scope of time that this beast would rule; he saw it materialize as the fourth great dictatorial kingdom upon the earth, and he says that he watched it until the Ancient of days did sit. He was still watching when the great white throne judgement took place, and the books were opened. He saw the beast when it was cast into the lake of fire. That little horn that rose up, did not put eleven horns upon the beast, for it was that ecclesiastical head (the Bishop) that just moved right into the seat of the old Caesars, so that he came to be looked upon as SOVEREIGN, IMPERIAL, UNIVERSAL RULER, which is blasphemy, for God Himself is the only sovereign one. In verse 21, of Daniel, chapter 7, Daniel says, “I beheld, and the same horn made war with the saints and prevailed against them,” and in verse 25, it says, “And he shall speak great words against the Most High, and shall wear out the saints of the Most High, and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given into his hand until (now watch, here is the same language that the apostle John used in Rev. 12:14, more than six hundred years later) a time, (one year) and times (two more years) and the dividing of time” (six more months) making a total of 3 ½ years, which is the time of great persecution, called the great tribulation. You will notice that he (the little horn, the Antichrist, which is to be the Pope of the Roman Catholic Church) made war with the saints of the Most High, and wore them out. Remember now, in this vision Daniel saw the millions of Christians that were slaughtered at the direction of the Popes all down through the ages; but this last reference in verse 25, pertains to the great tribulation hour. There is much that could be said about this horrible beast, and about the great whore, which is the Roman Catholic church, that is seen sitting upon this beast, by the apostle John, and recorded in Revelation 17, but let us get back to verse 14 of our text chapter. “And to the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness.” Most of you have heard me say before, that the two wings of a great eagle given to the woman, was the message of the two prophets, (or witnesses) of Revelation 11, that preached Jesus Christ to her, and instructed her as to where to go when the fury of the beast would be turned loose later. Prophets are commonly referred to as eagles because of their far vision, their ability to fly high, and see afar off, we will say. For a confirmation of this terminology we will go to Exodus 19:4, God speaking to the children of Israel by Moses, says, “Ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on EAGLES WINGS, and brought you unto myself.” Now some of you may say, “But HE only brought them out of Egypt by one, Moses. Where do you get the plural, WINGS?” Read the whole verse again and you will see that it encompasses the whole journey from Egypt all the way to the promised land, for He said, “brought you unto myself.” We know God was with them all the time, in the cloud by day, and in the pillar of fire by night, but the reference, brought you unto myself takes in the whole trip, and we know that they were led into the promised land by Joshua, after Moses had passed off of the scene. The same angel (Michael) that was with Moses, stood right there across the Jordan river, and Joshua looked him right in the face. That same angel said to Joshua, “Be of good courage,” did he not? They did not inherit the land until Joshua led them over, so do not say it was just one, it was two, and it will be two the next time. It was Moses and Joshua that led them from Egypt to the promised land, but it will be Moses and Elijah that will lead them in the seventieth week of Daniel. I do not mean to infer that it will be the literal Moses and Elijah of old; it will be two modern day Jews with the same anointing that was on Moses and Elijah. That seems a more sensible way to look at it, for the simple reason that, if Moses and Elijah came back in this modern age, they would be very out of place. They would not know an airplane from a railroad boxcar. No, this will be two modern day Jews who have the revelation of Jesus Christ burning in their bosoms, and a great desire to share it with their Jewish brethren, therefore when God has everything else in order, He will bring them on the scene in Israel for a short term ministry that will last only 3 ½ years, but in that span of time the spiritual element of Israel will be reborn. The 144,000 servants of God will be selected, and sealed with the Holy Ghost, and in the process of that, there will be a great host of others who will hear the message, believe, and receive the seal of God, which is the Holy Ghost. As we said already, this other element of the nation of Israel constitutes, or makes up the woman that is given two wings of a great eagle, to flee the wrath of the beast. There are some who disagree with our teaching on who the two prophets will be, saying that because the Bible says, “It is appointed unto man once to die, and after that the judgement,” it is necessary for those prophets of old, to come back and be killed, since they were translated without seeing death. That is very foolish. A close look at what they will be doing during the days of their ministry (disturbing the elements, turning the waters to blood, scorching the earth with fire, burning up trees and green grass, and making the waters bitter Rev. 8:2-13 and 11:3-6) lets us know that these men have the same anointing on them that was on Moses and Elijah, for they are using the same signs. That being the case, if it had to be the Moses and Elijah of old, Enoch would still be left out of the picture for you cannot possibly identify him with any of these signs that the prophets of Revelation are using, and yet he was translated. When will he be killed, if you want to teach it like that? I would ask you also, what about the living element of the bride of Christ that will be translated; when will they be killed to fulfill your private interpretation? No, we must keep our revelation in line with the scriptures as a whole. We cannot build a revelation off of one verse of scripture that stands alone. It is very necessary that we begin to get these messages straightened out, so that we know what they are, and also what they are not. I want to tell you for sure, if you do not know who this woman of Revelation, chapter 12 is, then you are hung up on chapter 14. If you are hung up on chapter 14, you will also be hung up on the 70 week of Daniel, th and if you do not get that straightened out, you absolutely will not know where chapter 11 fits in timewise. You can be sure of this though, Jesus will not come while those two prophets are lying dead, in the streets of Jerusalem. That would break the whole continuity of the scriptures. In connection with those two prophets, let me say this, their forerunners, Moses and Elijah, had the greatest anointing, and expressions of God, that were ever expressed in the earth, except for Jesus Christ Himself, and that is the anointing that will rest on those two prophets of Rev. 11, for a period of 3 ½ years.




There are some in this following who still hold to the thought that these two prophets will prophesy in the last three and one-half years of the week of Daniel. This is the same group that claims Jesus was cut off in the middle of that week. You talk about messing up the continuity of the scriptures, when you teach it like that. We will start with chapter 11, verse 3, “And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth.” What is their prophesying to accomplish? Number one, we will say it is to awaken the nation of Israel to the fact that their Messiah has already come, and was rejected because their ancestors did not recognize Him, and seal the 144,000 servants of God in their foreheads. Secondly, they will warn their brethren of the great tribulation hour that is just ahead, of the deception of the antichrist, the great peace leader, and instruct them on how to protect themselves from the fury of the beast when he turns loose on them. Verse 7, shows that it is the beast that kills the two witnesses after they have prophesied for 3 ½ years, and verse 8, shows us where they are killed, for Jerusalem is the city that SPIRITUALLY, is called Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was crucified. When we go to chapter 12:6, 14; we see that the spiritually awakened woman element of the nation is fleeing into the wilderness from the wrath of the beast, and verse 14, makes it clear that it was the message of the two prophets that prepared her for her flight. Do you begin to see what kind of situation you will come up with if you try to harmonize all this with your 3 ½ year revelation? In other words, you would have Israel (the woman) fleeing for her life in the same 3 ½ years the two prophets are prophesying to her. They would have to chase her through the wilderness in order to preach to her, and to seal the 144,000 servants of God. You would also have the battle of Armageddon raging during the last few months of their ministry, for by the end of that week of Daniel, Armageddon will have run its course, and the Lord Jesus, Himself, with His heavenly army will come to climax that battle. When you come right down to scriptural facts, a person would have to be spiritually blind to believe that all these happenings could be crowded into the last 3 ½ years of the 70th week of Daniel. There just simply is no such thing as a special revelation that would enable you to explain all of this into a twelve hundred and sixty day period.




Let us turn back to chapter 12 now, and look at the 15 verse, “And the serpent cast out of his mouth th water as a flood after the woman, that he might cause her to be carried away of the flood.” We have to convert these words into a spiritual revelation. Many people read that verse, and try to picture a serpent belching out a stream of water against the woman. When we look back to verse 9, we see that the serpent is also called, Satan, the Devil, as well as the dragon, and when we look back to verse 3, we see that the dragon has seven heads and ten horns, so that lets us know that the serpent in verse 15, is the dragon of verses 3 and 9. We have already explained that the dragon was that old beast, Rome, (the 4 great world kingdom of the earth) filled with the spirit of the devil, and set to devour Christ, th the man child, as soon as He was born. There is a 1900 year interval between verse 4, where that old Roman beast was standing ready to devour the man child, and verse 15, where that same old beast is trying to get rid of the woman that produced Him. But the question is, What is the flood that is cast out of the mouth of the serpent, (beast)? Remember, the waters are people, (17:15) and the beast system is made up of people, and the beast man, singular, is the Antichrist. If you can keep this picture in your mind, you will see that the waters that are cast out against the woman, is excessive hatred from the people who make up the beast. The flood, is that great flood of persecution that is cast against her. Satan hates the woman because she brought forth the man child, and because she recognizes and worships God. The Antichrist, who, up until this hour, as the Pope, the head of the Catholic church, has been looked upon as the Vicar of Christ, and reverenced by people all over the world, is no more of a politician than a spiritual leader with Christian principles. We are talking about the hour of this great persecution, and excessive hatred of the woman. Most of you know that these Western European nations have in the past, been mostly Roman Catholic, as far as their affiliation with religion goes, and we are talking about those which make up the ten horns (horn signifies power) of the beast, but in the past few years we have watched communism creep in little by little until it is becoming very obvious that, by the hour of the great tribulation, all of Western Europe that is a part of this beast will have a form of communism all their own. By that time the communistic spirit of that beast will have swallowed up the ecclesiastical element to the point where it will fulfill chapter 17:16, which says, “And the ten horns which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the whore, (the whore is the Roman Catholic Church that has rode those poor people for centuries. A church is always referred to in the feminine gender, and this is not the true church of the living God, but rather, is referred to as a whore) and shall make her desolate (void of any spirituality) and naked, (her shame shall be exposed) and shall eat her flesh, (in other words, communism just swallows up the religious element that is left) and burn her with fire.” That will be the fire of persecution and hatred. It is a known fact that communism and religion will not mix. Communism is against religion in every form. That is why the prophet of the age said that communism is a tool in the hands of God, for the destruction of Catholicism. Now you can see that this beast, in that hour, will be motivated by a communistic spirit which will hate everything and everyone that is in any way associated with religion. That is why all those poor Gentile foolish virgins will be martyred; they will hold to their faith in Christ, and refuse to be aligned with the world system.




Alright, so the serpent will cast out a flood of persecution and excessive hatred against the woman, but verse 6 lets us know that the woman will be helped by the earth. We will read it. “And the earth helped the woman, and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth.” Did you notice that verse 15 calls the pursuing one, the serpent, while verse 16 refers to him as the dragon. This very thing was prefigured during World War II, when Hitler put out a decree, that all the Jews in Denmark must wear the Star of David. Hitler was determined to wipe the Jews from the face of the earth. He hated them with a passion, and this decree was just another way to mark them for assassination, but the earth helped them then, just as verse 16 says it will in that day. How were they helped? Well, the story was told that every Danish man wore the Star of David, as if to say, Hitler, if you take them, you will have to get us all. They had taken hundreds of these Jews into their homes where they hid them, and fed them, for the remainder of the war. I believe that is exactly what will take place when the devil tries to annihilate the Jews in the time of the great tribulation. There will be people on this earth who will have a sympathetic feeling toward the Jews, who will do exactly as those Danish people did. I believe that set a little type for us. Many people have said, I do not see how people could hide and survive for a period of 3 ½ years. That period of the war lasted just about the same length of time, and those people survived. There is no way we could go into details, telling you exactly how it will all work out, for time itself will work out the details as the situation demands. This we can say though, there will be enough of those people spared and kept alive, to repopulate the Jewish race in the Millennium. Of course when I mention that there will be babies born in the Millennium, that opens up another subject for my critics. There are ever so many preachers running around these days who refuse to accept that as a fact. Their excuse is that the prophet did not say anything about it. For me, the prophet did not have to say anything about it, for it was already written in the Bible. When you look at Isaiah, chapter 11, speaking of the Millennium, verse 6 says, “The wolf also shall dwell with the lamb, and the leopard shall lie down with the kid; and the calf and the young lion and the fatling together; and a little child shall lead them. And the cow and the bear shall feed; their young ones shall lie down together: and the lion shall eat straw like the ox. And the SUCKLING CHILD shall play on the hole of the asp, and the WEANED CHILD shall put his hand on the cockatrice’s den.” This should be enough to convince anyone who is open to truth, but you can still turn to Isaiah 65, and read more along these lines. Brothers and Sisters, I want you to know that the hour is coming, and very soon, when every one of these messages will set off an avalanche. These people will either wake up and begin to search the depths of God’s word, or they will perish in their rebellion. Please tell me what difference it makes, whether the prophet to this age spoke on a certain subject or not, if the Bible furnishes us with sufficient scripture to establish it? This old world is right on the brink of something that is going to leave no individual untouched by the impact of it; therefore it behooves us to seek all the truth that is available to us while we still have the freedom to do so. I just read an article the other day which stated that the reason President Carter took the initiative in getting Prime Minister Begin and President Sadat together in an effort to bring about a peace treaty between their people, was because he had learned through intelligence sources, or maybe I should say, he believed, from what he had learned through intelligence sources, that Mr. Begin had ordered a buildup of his military forces, looking for Mr. Sadat to start another war. I want you to know, if this thing breaks down, there will not be one thing that President Carter can do to stop it. God is going to fulfill his word whether Mr. Carter cooperates willingly or not. I will say though, because of the line up of Russian satellite nations, those that will side with Russia against Israel, recorded in Ezekiel 38, I am prone to believe that Egypt will find a neutral position before that battle is fought.




We have one more verse in this chapter 12 which we have not read, verse 17. “And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, (I want you to notice something here now as we read the rest of this verse, the dragon is making war with the remnant of the woman’s seed) which KEEP THE COMMANDMENTS OF GOD, (JEWS) and HAVE THE TESTIMONY OF JESUS CHRIST, (GENTILE FOOLISH VIRGINS.) This lets us see why the foolish virgins are martyred right along with those Jews, and why you have that great mixed multitude which no man could number, from all the nations, kindred and peoples of the whole earth in chapter 7, verse 9, which are revealed in verse 14 to be those who were martyred during the great tribulation hour. You say, but how did the Gentile foolish virgins get to be the seed of the woman, which we know is Israel? Alright, I will tell you. When God led Abraham up that day and told him to look North, South, East and West, He made a covenant with Abraham, who was the pregenerator of the Jewish race of people, and gave him a promise, God said, I will give you all the land that you can see. It will be to you and to your seed forever. God also told him that his seed would be as the dust of the earth, and as the stars of heaven for number, and that in him and his seed would all the families of the earth be blessed. You can read that in Genesis 13:14-17, 15:1-5, and 28:14. When God made that promise to Abraham, he did not even have a seed, and his wife, Sari, later called Sarah, was well past the normal age of child bearing, but Abraham believed God, and the scriptures declare that God imputed righteousness to him because he believed. Here is how the promise to Abraham is fulfilled in the woman, When God told Abraham that his seed would be as the stars of heaven for number, He gave him a dual promise. Notice, “And in thee and thy seed, shall all the families of the earth be blessed.” There is where the spiritual seed line (those who believe the word of God from every nation) was included. Therefore, when the dragon goes to make war with the remnant of the woman’s seed, he will be killing everyone that in any way identifies with God. That will take in all the Gentile foolish virgins as well as every Jew who trusts in Jehovah. The devil is trying his best to completely annihilate the Jewish race of people, hoping to put to silence forever, all this talk about the Jews having a Messiah, or king, that will rule the world with a rod of iron for a thousand years. The foolish virgins will be in sympathy with the Jews, knowing the promise of God to them, and will therefore partake of that universal blood bath as the decree goes forth to imprison or kill all who will not cooperate with the world system, which would mean that they would be required to renounce faith in God. The devil will have a free hand to do as he desires, for God’s restraining power will no longer be holding back the forces of evil, as He has through this grace age. The devil will be free to do as he sees fit during that hour, with one exception, he cannot lay a finger on anyone who has the seal of God in their foreheads. This will be those who believed the message of the two prophets, and were sealed with the Holy Ghost. God will be watching over them. Contrary to what many people believe, God is still running His own affairs. He has not, and will not, raise a white flag and surrender to the forces of evil. The scriptures declare that God is able to put it in the hearts of men to fulfill His will. For six thousand years God has allowed Satan to pervert, tangle and twist men’s minds, and cause them to rebel against their creator and His righteous ways, but if you will look closely, you will discover that God has still been in control all along, for every prophesy recorded in the scriptures has been fulfilled right on time up to our present day. Therefore, we believe that God (who is the one that actually keeps time on these events of prophecy) will be right on time with what is still left to be fulfilled. He has everything portrayed so beautifully, if we will just allow ourselves to see it. I would like to show you something if you will just turn back to Ezekiel with me for just a moment. Starting with the 24 verse, th we will read it. I would like for us to read it along with verses 1-4 of Revelation, chapter 11, which tells of measuring the temple of God, and the alter, and them that worship therein. It tells of the two witnesses that prophesy for 1260 days, prophesying to those who have been brought back from among the heathen (the Gentile nations) into their own land. These are the two olive trees, and the two candlesticks standing before the God of the earth, and it is through their ministry that God accomplishes what is recorded in Ezekiel 36:24-36. Now let us read it. “For I will take you from among the heathen, and gather you out of all countries, and will bring you into your own land.” That is what God has been doing for the past 30 years. It is a slow process, but I say it will all be over with, in one generation. Brothers and Sisters, I hope that everyone of you will realize that we are living in those days right now. Just think, these words were recorded more than 2500 years ago, and think of all the generations that have read them, and we are the people that God has ordained to see them fulfilled. Oh what a privilege we have bestowed upon us by our God. Even now we know that Israel is soon to have another great travailing pain when Ezekiel 38 and 39 are fulfilled. Then very shortly after that, the two prophets will move on the scene, and the remainder of chapter 36 will begin to have its fulfillment. Remember, God’s promised blessing upon the Jews is only effective when they are in their own land. I will remind you of one other thing, and then we will read some more. Israel does not yet have all the land that God gave to Abraham, back in her control, but she soon will regardless of what the rest of the world may think about it. Now verse 25, This will be accomplished through the ministry of the two witnesses of Rev. 11. “Then (in the first half of the last week of Daniel) will I sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall be clean: from all your filthiness, and from all your idols, will I cleanse you.” The clean water is the prophetic gospel delivered by the two witnesses. Remember, it was because of their entanglements with idols, that God drove them out of the land in the first place. They built idols when they should have been worshiping Jehovah at the temple. 26 “A new heart also will I give you, and a new spirit will I put within you: and I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh, and I will give you a heart of flesh.” Stony heart seems like odd language unless you have had occasion to walk into a Jewish store on Monday morning, as dad and I used to do years ago, when we raised sheep, and took the wool to their store to sell it. We would walk in there and two or three of them would be cursing each other for all they were worth, letting each other know where to go. You would think they were mad enough to kill at any moment, and you would wonder if such people had any heart in them, but that is just their way. I do not say that to cast any reflection on them; they are like that because of the way they have been dealt with through all the years of their dispersion among Gentile nations. Furthermore, when God gets through with them, they will not act like that any more. 17 “And I will put my spirit within you, and cause you to walk in my statutes, and ye shall keep my judgements, and do them. 28 “And ye shall dwell in the land that I gave to your fathers; and ye shall be my people, and I will be your God.” Just think how perfectly God fulfills His word, and then we have all these politicians yelling that Israel ought to give up certain portions of the land that she has already taken back. She cannot give it up; she must take more. You say, “But maybe it isn’t time yet.” If it isn’t time, there will be a stalemate, but if it is time, then some body had better look out. 29 “I will also save you from all your uncleanliness: and I will call for the corn, and will increase it, and lay no famine upon you:” The consummation of that is in the Millennium, but it is actually going on right now. Those of you who went with us to Israel last November, can surely testify to the fact that God’s blessing is already on their farm lands. It seems that almost everything they grow is of huge size and plentiful, like the verse indicates. 30 “And I will multiply the fruit of the tree, and the increase of the field, that ye shall receive no more reproach of famine among the heathen.” Now we know that the two prophets will smite the land for a short period of time to establish their ministry, as that of God, and there will be a drought for a period of time, but that is to bring them to the condition of the next verse as we will read. 31 “Then shall ye remember your own evil ways, and your doings that were not good, and shall loath yourselves in your own sight for your iniquities and for your abominations. 32 Not for your sakes do I this, saith the Lord God, be it known unto you: be ashamed and confounded for your own ways, O house of Israel.” That word is not just to the two Southern tribes, it is for the whole house of Israel, all twelve tribes. 33 “Thus saith the Lord God, In the day that I shall have cleansed you from all your iniquities I will also cause you to dwell in the cities, and the wastes shall be builded.” No wonder the government of Israel has just announced that they will build five more villages in the occupied territory. As soon as the Western world leaders heard it they began screaming, “You can’t do that.” She can do it. God said so. “You shall build the waste places.” Yes, “And the desolate land shall be tilled, whereas it lay desolate in the sight of all that passed by. 35 And they shall say, This land that was desolate is become like the garden of Eden; (HALLELUJAH!) And the waste and desolate and ruined cities are become FENCED, and are inhabited.” In 1968 when we were over there, I remember the Jordan valley was a desolate looking area, but we showed you the little movie film we made over there last year, how that the land is now so fertile. Anywhere they can level it off enough to till it, they are growing big cabbage, cauliflower, and all kinds of vegetables that are beautiful to look at. No wonder it is said that the land is become like the garden of Eden; this is just the beginning. Another thing we noticed was the everyone of those little villages had a fence around it. That is verse 35, “the ruined cities are become fenced, and are inhabited.” Now look at verse 36, and you will know why it cannot be stopped by all the big powers of the world. 36 “Then the heathen that are left round about you shall know that I THE LORD BUILD THE RUINED PLACES, AND PLANT THAT, THAT WAS DESOLATE: I THE LORD HAVE SPOKEN IT, AND I WILL DO IT.” Praise God! Ezekiel 36 is being fulfilled right before our very eyes, and the world in general knows not that it is God doing it, therefore He will have to fall upon them, and crush them because of their stubbornness. You noticed in verse 35 that they are fenced cities. I will just say this, the fences are only put there to keep out the guerrillas. Otherwise they could slip in at night. These fences are electrified for that reason.




We read the scripture in Isaiah 66:7-8, about the man child being born without pain, and the travailing that brings the rebirth of the nation, but I want to read one more that establishes the fact that Gentiles will help Israel with finances, weapons and so forth. God will draw what He needs from the Gentiles to benefit Israel. The verse is Isaiah 60:16, “Thou shalt also suck the milk of the Gentiles, and shalt suck the breast of kings: and thou shalt know that I the Lord am thy Saviour and thy redeemer, the mighty One of Jacob.” Brothers and Sisters, I hope this little message will answer some of the questions that you have had on your mind, and I invite those of you who will read it in the paper to feel free to write me if there is still a question that has not been answered to your satisfaction, and may the God of this Bible that we cherish so dearly, reveal Himself to each of you in a very personal way. Amen


What Is God To Confirm? – 1978, August















  1. PENTECOST. 22











In the 16th chapter of the gospel of Mark, we find some of the last words that Jesus spoke to His disciples during the short interval of time that He spent with them after He arose from the dead. I would like for us to read these words together, and then you will hear me ask the question, “WHAT IS GOD TO CONFIRM?” I believe we can determine where we are, scripturally, if we will examine the word of God in the light of present day conditions. Realizing that we are living in an hour when people are doing everything that one could imagine, in the name of some religion, and they all have a scripture verse that they use to make it look legitimate; we must, of necessity, ask ourselves the question, just what is God obligated, by His word, to confirm? I will leave that question for you to consider, and we will begin our message by reading verses 14-20. In the earlier verses we learn that when Jesus arose from the dead, He appeared first to Mary Magdalene, out of whom He had cast seven demons. She reported it to the other disciples, but they did not believe her. Then he appeared to two of them as they went on their way into the country, but the other disciples failed to believe their report also. That brings us to the 14th verse where Jesus appeared to the eleven apostles. Let us begin reading there. 14, “Afterward he appeared unto the eleven as they sat at meat, and upbraided them with their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they believed not them which had seen him after he has risen. 15, And he said unto them, Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature. 16, He that believeth and is baptized shall be saved; but he that believeth not shall be damned. 17, And these signs shall follow them that believe; In my name shall they cast out devils; (or demons) they shall speak with new tongues; 18, They shall take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover. 19, So then after the Lord has spoken unto them, he was received up into heaven, and sat on the right hand of God. 20, And they went forth, and preached every where, the Lord working with them, and CONFIRMING THE WORD with signs following.” THE COMMISSION First we want to notice that, after Jesus finished rebuking them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, He gave them a commission. “Go into ALL the world, and preach the GOSPEL to EVERY CREATURE. He that BELIEVETH and is BAPTIZED shall be saved.” Please notice that the gospel was to be preached to every creature. Jesus did not tell them to go out into the world and search for the predestinated seed of God. They had no way of knowing who was predestinated anyhow; only God knows that. What God wants from mankind, is a vision for all lost men to be saved. When we do not have a vision for lost mankind; we can not carry the genuine love of God for them. Therefore, our commission is to preach the gospel to every creature. We do not 2 have any responsibility in saving lost people; that rests in the hands of a sovereign God. It is He, who has foreknown every true seed, elected, and predestinated them before the foundation of the world. It is He, and He alone, that will make sure every last one of His predestinated seed will find their way home. How will he do it? By having the gospel (the good news) preached around the world. Now you may say, “What if there be one somewhere that never hears the gospel?” I will have to answer by saying, “Is God unjust?” Look again at the words of the commission, “Preach the gospel to every creature, He that BELIEVETH A-–D IS BAPTIZED shall be saved; BUT, he that BELIEVETH NOT shall be DAMNED.” Now, who is to be damned? Is it not he who fails to believe the gospel? The real problem in our day is not that they do not hear; it is what they hear, and how they respond. Jesus said, “He that BELIEVETH and is BAPTIZED shall be saved,” but there are multitudes of people in our day who will use John 3:16, or John 5:24, and rule out everything else that is written in the Bible. I want you to understand that John 3:16, by itself, merits no salvation. Neither does John 5:24. That is another of those delusions that Satan has heaped upon mankind. If he cannot keep a person from hearing the word of God, he will try to get them side-tracked with one of those verses that fail to present the whole story. There is no salvation in just believing on Jesus with the mind. James said that even the devils believe, and tremble, but are they saved? He went on to say, “Wilt thou know, O vain man, that faith without works is dead?” In others words, we would have to say that faith, without corresponding action, merits no salvation. Well then, some of you may say, “Just what is the corresponding action that goes with believing?” Let us look at the answer Peter gave to those who asked him that question one day. Acts 2:37-38, “Now when they heard this, (the gospel) they were pricked in their hearts, and said unto Peter and to the rest of the apostles, Men and brethren, what shall we do (to be saved)? Then Peter answered and said unto them, Repent, and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.”




When we speak of believing on Jesus, it encompasses the whole word of God; not just a verse or two that has been used out of context. All of the word of God is entwined so that a person does not have a choice of believing only a part of it, and rejecting the rest, while claiming to have salvation. Genuine salvation rests upon believing the whole word of God; therefore when we believe the whole word of God, there is some corresponding action that makes it effective. It was when men began to take scripture out of context, that creeds, doctrines, and man-made ideas began to form into division among the worshipers. As a result of such, we are living in a world that is filled with religious divisions and traditions. Nevertheless, to come back to our thought, baptism is essential in God’s plan of salvation, and it must be scriptural baptism, instead of the devil’s substitute. Trinity minded people hold to Matthew 28:19, as the formula for baptism, not knowing that it requires a revelation of the scriptures in order to carry out the command fully. They read where Jesus said, “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the NAME (SINGULAR) of the FATHER, (WHICH IS A TITLE, AND NOT A NAME) and of the SON, (WHICH IS ALSO A TITLE) and of the HOLY GHOST: (ANOTHER TITLE) Teaching them to observe ALL THINGS whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world,” and it seems that, without revelation, they try to put one scripture against another one, instead of realizing that it takes them all to make up the complete word of God. I have heard people say, “I would rather do what Jesus said, instead of Peter; for Peter was not very stable in his ways.” What a shame for people who profess to be believers to talk like that. It proves that they are without understanding, for Peter’s instructions were exactly in line with the command that Jesus gave. Peter knew that God’s redemption name for those titles in Matthew 28:19 was Jesus, (J-E-S-U-S) “For there is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved, Acts 4:12, And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the NAME of the LORD JESUS, giving thanks to God and the Father by him,” Col. 3:17. Please notice that it was not Peter who spoke these words, it was the apostle Paul: the very apostle who held the line on the word of God among the Gentile churches. The very apostle who would not leave those disciples of John the Baptist, which he found at Ephesus, until he had baptized them in the name of the Lord Jesus, Acts 19:5. 3




Brothers and sisters: I know that most of you who will read this, do not need to be convinced of the necessity to be baptized scripturally, but for the sake of the few who need to hear it, we must keep on saying it until God closes the door of grace to the Gentiles. As we said before: only God knows who the predestinated seed are; therefore it is still our duty to preach the gospel to all men. Then after we have done that, those who believe and follow through with proper baptism will be saved, and those who believe not will be damned, or condemned. That is God’s formula and we cannot alter it. Jesus went on to say, “And these signs shall follow them that believe; In my NAME shall they cast out devils; (or demons) they shall speak with new tongues; they shall take up serpents; (that doesn’t mean they will be snake handlers) and if they drink any deadly thing it shall not hurt them: they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover.” I would have to say that he gave a real thorough description of what the believer’s life would be like, and while they were thinking on what he had said, he was received up into heaven, and sat on the right hand of God. Not the first person of a trinity, but on the right hand of God: Eternal, Omnipresent Spirit. The right hand speaks of authority and power. Matt. 28:18 Jesus said, “All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth.” In the language of God, the right hand is where authority is delegated from, while the left is for visitors or friends, as in a king’s palace. So with Jesus having all power and authority, in heaven, and on earth, the disciples went forth, (verse 20) and preached everywhere, (In other words, they went forth preaching the unadulterated gospel, not Methodist, Baptist, Catholic nor Pentecostal doctrine, but the very truth that Jesus had taught them for 3 ½ years) the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following. Praise God, he did not confirm creeds, traditions, rituals, nor man-made dogmas; he confirmed the word with signs following. Now that is exactly as Jesus said it would be. He said, “You go into all the world and make disciples; teach them to observe all things that I have commanded you, and I will be with you, even unto the end of the world.” There is one thing sure; if Jesus is with you, and you are preaching the pure word, apart from denominational opinions, there will be some signs following your ministry. As we go into the book of Acts, we find that those early disciples truly went everywhere preaching the unadulterated, revelated word of Jesus Christ, and where ever the word was preached there was always signs and miracles present, and believers added unto the Lord. The book of Acts covers approximately 30 years of apostolic history; in which we find many accounts of the gospel being preached and people turning to the Lord. Not one of them ever tried to skip, or avoid water baptism. Every last one of them was baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, as Acts 2:38 tells us it should be. Now let me make something clear concerning water baptism. Just being baptized, without understanding what it is all about does not merit salvation. Some seem to think that just as long as they get wet everything will be alright. That is not God’s formula. An effective baptism must be proceeded by genuine repentance and a revelation of what God is offering. It is sad, but churches, or I should say church buildings are filled with people who have stepped forward, shook the preacher’s hand, and been immersed in water, but without any change in their way of life. It has become just a ritual with no more salvation in it than you find in any other pagan practice. Let me say to any young person who may read this, or to anyone else for that matter; if the experience you have had did not bring a noticeable change in your habits and general way of life, then by all means, seek God until you get the real, genuine, Holy Ghost, life changing salvation that we read about in the New Testament. Then, when you find it, cherish it, with all of your strength.




Now let us go to Hebrews, chapter 2, and read a few verses. 1, “Therefore we ought to give the more earnest heed to the things which we have heard, (in other words, meditate upon them and remind ourselves), lest at any time we should let them slip. (Forget about them, or treat them as unimportant.) For if the word spoken by angels was steadfast, (or unmovable, because God does not change) and every transgression and disobedience received a just recompense of reward; How shall we escape, if we neglect so great salvation; (meaning to 4 overlook, set aside, or prolong. For this salvation is a great thing.) Which at first began to be spoken by the Lord, (that is why I read Mark 16) and was confirmed unto us by them that heard him; (Mark recorded, what Jesus told them to do.) God also bearing them witness, both with signs and wonders, and with divers (different kinds) miracles, and gifts of the Holy Ghost, according to his own will? If we will look at the scriptures honestly, we will not have any difficulty determining what God puts His approval on. We will all discover that, any where there was a condition (in that first church age) that was contrary to the truth, or the principle of how truth was to be expressed, the Holy Ghost always reached out and began to correct the situation, whether it was an individual person, or a condition involving many. In other words, God immediately corrected that which was not right. Why? He was establishing truth, and the Bible tells us that the church of the Living God is the pillar and ground of the truth. In other words, those of you who are familiar with construction work, know that a pillar is a holding support for something that is being constructed. It does not necessarily shelter you, but it does hold up something that will shelter you. If you can catch my illustration, what I am saying is, that the church was ordained of God to be the very pillar and ground of truth. It is to remain unshakable regardless of what may be going on all around it. You realize of course, that I am applying the word, CHURCH, in this statement, only to that universal body of baptized believers who hold up the apostolic truth of the word of God, and not to the great multitude of sign seekers out here who call themselves the church. We are living in a day when the great multitudes who refer to themselves as the church are seeking out leaders, or maybe I should say, following after those who have the greatest miracles, or the most signs following their ministry, completely forgetting the fact that Pharaoh’s magicians could produce the same signs that Moses and Aaron had with them. The true church of the Living God is holding up truth, and the signs follow as God confirms his word, but the world church is holding up signs and wonders instead of truth, and the sign seekers are following after that. I have people coming to me, and, also, calling me on the telephone saying, “Bro. Jackson: What about Reverend So and So? He sure is having a lot of miracles in his services. Is he a servant of God?” Then you pick up newspapers and magazines and read those excitable testimonies, in the religious section, where people have been healed of just about every disease imaginable. Naturally it causes many people to look at the advertised results of these great gatherings and think, “God just has to be in that, or they would not have results like that.”




Let me first make it perfectly clear that I will never be guilty of discrediting God for anything that He may have done, or that He may do in the future, but this ecumenical, charismatic spirit is leading multitudes away from the word of God, and into the devil’s trap, with their chicken suppers, rummage sales, and their ability to produce excitable testimonies. I am sure some of you think I spend too much time warning honest hearted people about this image of the beast system that is capturing the attention of so many, but please try to understand that we are approaching the day, when all who are not forewarned, will be deceived, misled, marked and damned. For instance, I recently read an article in one of the weekly publications that you find lying around in waiting rooms, and on airplanes and such like, that ought to cause every Holy Ghost filled child of God to realize that the time is short. It was about the life and charismatic ministry of a well known female celebrity in the field of religion. It seems that she has emerged from the charismatic movement to be recognized as a spiritual therapist who effects healing on her followers by dealing with their mind and emotional problems. She is referred to as the best known woman in American religion, and she readily confesses that, to her, Jesus was just a man, but a man who was ordained of God to carry the burden of all the negative thoughts and feelings of all human beings who ever lived. And I believe, she said, that through the Holy Spirit, God can be in me just as He was in Jesus. Such a statement reveals that she has no revelation of who Jesus Christ actually was, (GOD IN FLESH). One of her influential admirers stated that he believes she is effective precisely because “she doesn’t carry around a 2,000-year-old bag of doctrines.” Tell me where a person could get a doctrine worth carrying, if they did not get it out of this 2,000-year-old Bible? We read in 2nd John 9, that, “Whosoever transgresseth, and abideth not in the DOCTRINE OF CHRIST, hath not God. He that abideth in the DOCTRINE 5 OF CHRIST, he hath both the Father and the Son.” Then verse 10, tells us, “If there come any unto you, and bring not this DOCTRINE, receive him not into your house, neither bid him God speed: (THAT IS TO SAY GOD BLESS YOU) For he that biddeth him (or her) God speed is partaker of his evil deeds.” Now you may say, “But, Bro. Jackson: People are being healed, and people are getting answers to their problems through the ministry of Sister ——.” Yes, I know, and she is leading everyone of them right to old mother Rome. As a matter of fact, one of the statements that was made in this article was that she feels most at home these days in the Roman Catholic church. Much of her ministry is with Catholic people, and it is stated that she frequently substitutes the Virgin Mary for Jesus in her guided meditations. She says Protestants would be surprised at the large number of miracle cases she has had with people who could not relate to anyone but Mary. She even goes so far as to say, “Who knows, maybe God was in Buddha just like he was in Jesus.” People like this have no more regard for Bible truth than a hog does for a nice clean spot in the barn yard, and world religion is falling for her kind of leadership, hook, line and sinker. You can hear testimonies for these meetings, where thousands got filled with the Holy Ghost, and great numbers healed from every conceivable disease, yet there is no truth among them. That is why we must ask ourselves the question, WHAT IS GOD TO CONFIRM? Many of these people are actually being healed, but I seriously doubt that very many of them are receiving the Holy Ghost: for if they receive the Holy Ghost, they will never stop until they find the truth that their soul hungers for. It makes no difference how many times they have laid on the floor, nor how many times they have talked in other languages, the Holy Ghost is the Spirit of Truth, and he will not allow his vessel to be satisfied with Satan’s program of deception. It is written, that he will guide that person who is truly filled with him, into all truth, John 16:13.




Please do not misunderstand what I am trying to get you to see, and please do not think that I would lift a finger to stop any of the things that are taking place in the realm of religion: for I am fully persuaded that everything that is taking place, is fulfilling something that is foretold in the word of God. These things are not just happening; God is fulfilling His word, and He is not the least bit confused or discouraged, and we who know the truth, ought not to be either. With revelated people, it is a matter of recognizing the day we are living in, reconciling ourselves to the fact that world conditions are not going to get any better until Jesus comes to rule on earth, and learning how to walk with God, right in the midst of all these deceptions. You will remember that Jesus did not pray for His disciples to be taken out of the world before the time, but rather, that they should be kept from the evil that is in the world. Then what did He pray? John 17:17, “Sanctify them (Set them apart from the world. How?) through thy TRUTH: thy WORD IS TRUTH.” While the charismatics are raving about a worldwide revival, the bride is seeking to become settled in the word; knowing that what appears to be a great revival, is nothing more than a gathering together, to form the image of the beast. Remember, there has to be something to draw them together. That is why, when people say, “If we be the bride of Christ, why do we not have a miraculous ministry in our midst?” I always say, “If we had signs and miracles that attracted a lot of attention, that bunch out there, would be here, following the signs, instead of the word.” Look what a hard time Bro. William Branham had trying to preach the word of God with so many sign seekers present. Look what many of those sign seekers said about him, when he began to bear down hard on the oneness of the Godhead, and scriptural baptism in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ. They began to say, he was right in the heart, (because of his compassion and love, which was easily recognized), but wrong in the head. Why? It was because he preached the word, from a revelation of the scriptures, and it was contrary to their man-made creeds, and their way of life. They go for this charismatic gospel, because there is nothing about it that demands a change in the way they are living. If they are homosexuals, they just love Jesus and keep on being homosexuals. These perverts and filthy dreamers are assuming the roles of leadership in many of the old line churches, and anyone who lifts a voice against it finds the odds are against them, and they are soon silenced. Go to the church of your choice, they say. Just as long as you love Jesus, it doesn’t make any difference whether we all believe alike or 6 not. What Bible does such garbage come out of? It doesn’t come out of any version that I have ever read. What thrills me though, Brothers and Sisters, is to see that elect seed of God work his way right through all of that, and come to the truth of God’s word. God knows His elect. He knows where every predestined seed is right now, and He knows how to lead them right out of the Catholic, Baptist, Methodist, or whatever church system they have been imprisoned in, and guide them right into his truth. He may, very well, heal their sick body, while they are still in one of those systems. I have no pick with a thing like that. It is God’s sovereign right to do anything that will further His purpose among mankind, but I do have a scriptural right to judge these things by the word of God, when I find people trying to build the kingdom of God with healing testimonies, and speaking in tongues, and such like. What God confirmed in the first church age was His word, and that is all we have any right to expect Him to confirm in this last age. It was when that Antichrist spirit began to invade the church in the first century, that the word of God began to be crucified. In other words, a little cut here, and a little cut there, until they had destroyed the power of the word of God in their midst. Then, in came man-made doctrines and traditions to replace those Bible doctrines which had been set in the church by the Holy Ghost. History proves that the church lost her signs and wonders that had been present to vindicate truth, and from there she went right on into the Dark Ages, where there was very little light left, but God preserved a little light through that dark period, and gave those reformers something to start with, as He began to move the church back to truth. History will also show that, every time God moved, through those reformers, to reveal a Bible truth, there was always a measure of the Holy Ghost that moved right into that revelation to vindicate it, and put God’s approval on it. I have said, many times, and I do not hesitate to say it again, Brother Branham did not restore the great Bible doctrines that our faith is established by, back to the church. God did that through the reformers, such as Luther, Knox, Calvin, and those other men who, through great persecution and conflict, stood for a truth that God revealed in their hour. The need for Bro. William Branham’s ministry was caused by the fact that, the followers of those reformers built denominational fences around the truth that came through their leader, so that, by the time Bro. William Branham came on the scene, there was a need for all of these Bible truths to be collected together and presented to the bride of Christ. That was Bro. William Branham’s calling, and he fulfilled it well. The spirit of Elijah that was upon him, is a God identifying spirit that points the way for believers to approach God. That spirit will cut down traditions of men, and point to Bible truth. It took that ministry, to give the living element of the bride of Christ something to hold on to, when God began to withdraw His spirit from the Gentiles here at the end of the age. We are now living in the days that the apostle Paul wrote about in 2 Timothy 3:1-5, 8, 13, “This know also, that in the last days perilous times shall come. For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, (Is this not what we see all around us?) Without natural affection, truce breakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good, (You know how it is today, when we try to live by our God-given convictions, especially out here in these factories where many Christians work, there is always one of these characters around to make fun, and to ridicule. If you continue to hold up a standard of truth and right living, they will despise you, but do not be alarmed, they are fulfilling scripture that must be fulfilled before we get out of here.) Traitors, heady, highminded, lovers of pleasures more than lovers of God; (We are living in a pleasure mad society. Everything is geared for pleasure. Necessary things are secondary.) Having a form of godliness, (This is the charismatics, and world religion in general.) But denying the power thereof: (They deny themselves of the true power of God, because they deny the truth,) from such turn away.” In verse 8, he says, “Now as Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses, so do these also resist the truth: men of corrupt minds, reprobate concerning the faith.” They want to believe only what is convenient for them. They want the benefits, without living the life. They do not want to be lost; they do not want to go to hell, and if they get sick, they want to be healed, but when you try to talk to them about truth, they get mad and stomp out, many times, telling you to mind your own business. They will believe what they want to believe. Then, those who do not get mad are usually the ones who will say, “Bro. Jackson: I don’t think it is so important what we believe, just as long as we have love one for another.” When you tell them they do not have any scripture for that kind of belief, they will say, “It seems more important that 7 we are right, in our spirit, than to worry about doctrine.” Let me tell you, when you get right, with God, and line your life up with His word, you will have the right spirit, and it will cause you to have love for one another. Then if you begin to go to seed on one certain scripture, so that you become haughty and proud, God has a verse or two somewhere in the Bible, that will deal with you about that too. That is why I say, when the true love of God is cultivated in the lives of those who make up the family of God, you will see a people who believe the same, and share the same revelation. Remember, the apostle Paul admonished the Christians of that first age to be of the same mind, one toward another, Rom. 12:16, 2 Cor. 13:11. He also told them to speak the same thing, that there be no divisions among them. This is ecumenism, the way God meant for it to work.




In Louisville, Kentucky they have a Catholic charismatic church where they meet on Saturday nights, and the entire time is spent praying and singing in tongues. It is open to all charismatic people, from all denominations. Do not think that I am belittling the experience of singing, or praying in other tongues, but Brothers and Sisters, when an entire service is built around that, some one has stepped over the word of God somewhere. The Bible doesn’t teach any such thing. God does not allow anything to have the preeminence over His word. Singing in the spirit is a wonderful thing, and I believe in it, but when it comes to conducting a church service, there must be something that will discipline and direct our lives in such a way that they will line up with the word of God. If not, it will not be too long until we are side-tracked, or even derailed. At any rate, you will need some help to get back on the main line, once this has happened, and that help can only come from someone who is on the right track themselves. The charismatics can not help you there, you must find your help from someone who has the revelated word. Let me go on record, right now, by stating what this charismatic movement is for, and what it is really doing. First, it is the spirit of delusion that the Holy Ghost inspired the apostle Paul to write about, in 2nd Thessalonians, chapter 2. We have used this scripture before, but let me re-state the fact that it says, “God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie, or, the lie, (Why?) Because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved.” What is the result? Verse 12, “That they all might be damned who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness.” Now, when was the delusion supposed to come? Not in the Dark Ages, and not in the period of the reformation, but in the last days, just before the revealing of the son of perdition, the mystery of iniquity. Who is the delusion meant for? Not the drunk on the street, nor the criminals who defy the law, but the pleasure seeking, loose living, religious world, that has gone after the signs, and rejected the revelated word of God. Now you know what a delusion is. A delusion is a mirage, something that looks real. I have read testimonies, and you have too, of men who were going across the desert and run out of water. (Water is the first thing the body begins to cry out for.) After awhile the body begins to dehydrate, affecting the psychological reactions of the person. Before too long the body dehydrates to a point where it causes the mentality of the person to become hysterical in its reactions. Then the eyesight is affected, and because it is water the body is crying out for, they finally get to the place where they imagine they see lakes of water on up ahead of them. They use every ounce of strength left in their body to run, crawl, and finally, to drag themselves on toward that imaginary lake of water. Most of them die, lying face down, as though they were drinking from a lake of water. Only a few have lived to tell the story from these extreme cases. Now, I ask you the question, what is a delusion? It is a state of mind. Brothers and Sisters, this delusion that looks so real to the church world in general, must continue to hang there until it has fulfilled the purpose of God. You will recall the parable in Matthew 25:1-13, dealing with this last age, when mankind was to be awakened by a shout, and made aware of the soon coming of Jesus Christ, who is to be the bridegroom, and is to be wedded to his true church. In the parable there were 5 wise, and 5 foolish virgins, and they all slumbered and slept, but when the shout came to awaken them, the wise, who had oil in their vessels, arose, and trimmed their lamps, but the foolish, who had neglected to fill their vessels with oil, (oil signifying the Holy Ghost) began to say to the wise, “Give us some of your oil; our lamps have gone out.” The wise answered them, “We cannot do that lest there be not enough for us and you: (The Holy Ghost that you have is just enough for you; you cannot give 8 part of him to someone else.) But go ye rather to them that sell, (the charismatics) and buy for yourselves.” In other words, go out there where they specialize in that type of ministry, and find your own experience with the Holy Ghost. Brothers and Sisters, that is the other reason why the charismatics must continue awhile yet. So that every foolish virgin will have an opportunity to get oil in their vessel. Can you see it now? First, a delusion for them that have no love for the truth, and secondly a filling station for the foolish virgins who have waited too long, before they come to realize that there is a truth to stand for, and you must have the Holy Ghost in order to stand for it. Maybe we could say it a little differently. They wake up, out of their denominations where they have always believed in a rapture of the church, and are made to realize that it takes the Holy Ghost in your life in order to be in the rapture. That is when they begin to inquire about he Holy Ghost, and they are told to go to those places where they deal in a message of baptism of the Holy Ghost. That is their main ministry, and it is serving a purpose, fulfilling the parable that Jesus spoke. Every word in the Bible must be fulfilled; therefore it is necessary for there to be something around to fulfill it. Some of you will say, “Bro. Jackson: could they get the Holy Ghost here?” Yes, a hungry soul can be filled with the Holy Ghost any time, and any place that they fully submit themselves to God, but that is not our main ministry here. We are trying to stand for a message of truth, that will work to perfect those who are born of the spirit of God, and those people who are seeking to be filled with the spirit of God, want to hear preaching that deals mainly with that.




This Pentecostal message, that began to be preached around the turn of the twentieth century, has produced an interesting drama over the past 70 years. In the beginning, all the denominations treated the experience of Pentecost like something Satanic. Their doctors of divinity wrote books, condemning the experience of speaking in tongues, and being slain in the spirit. That is what kept the denominations as a whole, away from it. Only the spiritually hungry individuals from those systems, who dared to face the ridicule and reproach of their family and friends, sought the baptism of the Holy Ghost in those early days. The fundamentalist who rejected the experience caused the whole of denominationalism to move through the next 50 odd years, blinded. The Methodists who were sanctified, wound up being crankified. They built all their Bible schools on the doctrine, D-O-C-T-R-I-–E, of sanctification, and the question was, Is it instantaneous, or progressive? Later, as they thought, theoretically, they had the doctrine of it all straightened out, they found that they had lost the experience of sanctification, the reality of the experience. That is why you see Methodism today, just as formalistic and dead as all the rest. They have the doctrine of sanctification, but they do not have the reality of the experience. That is why, if God had not sent us a prophet messenger in this age, we would all still be wrapped up tight in one of those systems, headed for a calamity. I do not elaborate on the human side of the man, but I do like to give credit where credit is due. If God had not raised up someone with a spiritual vision, and an insight into the word of God, how would any of us ever have gotten free from our spiritual bondage? But thank God, he raised up a little man by the name of William Marrion Branham, and placed a gift in his life that, to me, outshined every other manifestation that has taken place down through the years of church history since the days when Jesus walked on earth among men. I see it as, God manifesting the same gift to the Gentiles in this age, as He did to the Jews, through the Lord Jesus Christ. I realize when I say a thing like this, there are those who will say, “Be careful what you say Bro. Jackson.” I do not deify the flesh of our dear departed brother, but I certainly do have respect for what I saw God do through that little man. I have never read, nor heard, where any other man except Jesus Christ himself, including the apostles, ever was used in the way Bro. William Branham was. I have seen them stand 18 or 20, in a line, and he would stand there revealing the very secret things of their lives. In other words, things that he, from the human standpoint would not have known. Then he would pause, lift his head, and look way back in those large auditoriums to call out a particular person that the Lord revealed to him, telling that person what state they were from, calling their name, and many times giving their address, street number and city, perfect every time, then proceed to tell them what they were praying for and pronounce it done in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ. That was exactly as it was the day Nathaniel came to Jesus, and Jesus told him 9 that he saw him when he was still under the fig tree, before Phillip called him. The fig tree, no doubt, was quite a distance from where they were; therefore, as soon as Jesus said that, Nathaniel answered and said unto him, Rabbi, thou art the Son of God; thou art the King of Israel. You see, Nathaniel knew the scriptures; therefore, he had no trouble recognizing the Messiah they had been expecting for so long. He knew this had to be God fulfilling His word. The reason some people believe Bro. William Branham was God, is because they saw him doing the same things that Jesus did. The difference lies in the fact that there is scripture to vindicate Jesus Christ as being God in the flesh, and there is not one verse anywhere in the Bible that gives anyone the right to apply that to any other man. However, there is scripture that tells us that God would send that spirit of Elijah to forerun the second coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and that is exactly what the ministry of Bro. William Branham fulfilled. He brought a message to this age, and God vindicated it in a miraculous way, because His message was destined to draw a people out of these denominations, and set them apart as the true church of the Living God. I know what some men have done with it. They have brought disgrace upon the message, and reproach upon the name of the man who was God’s instrument, causing the denominational systems to proclaim, “It is all of the devil,” without realizing that their rejection of the message he brought is driving them back, back, back right into the arms of the Antichrist. They are so proud of their traditional interpretation of what they call the word of God, that they cannot afford to bend and admit that they are wrong, so they just stand there with their fist clinched, losing more ground with God every day. But praise God, He knows how to get His elect out of those systems. He begins to expose them to just enough to create a hunger in their individual souls, then He fills them with His spirit, which is the Spirit of truth, and by the leading of that Spirit, they come to realize that they cannot remain in those systems. The more their leaders condemn this message, the stronger the desire to hear more about it. Then as they begin to hear it, as it should be preached, truth strikes their heart, and the Holy Ghost being there to bear witness to it, they are lead to a people who stand for, and teach that truth. To sum up the situation in few words, the bride is being washed with the word, the foolish virgins are seeking oil, with very little regard for the revelated word, and religion as a whole, is running straight to Rome, right in to the arms of the Antichrist.




Realizing what the charismatic move is, (that delusion sent from God to those who have no love for truth), and realizing what God is using it for, (to supply the foolish virgins with oil), we know that the movement will, of necessity, have to circle the globe before the end comes. Do not ever allow yourself to think that the wise virgins come only from North America. No, the church of the Living God is a universal church, made up of people from every little section of the whole world. Therefore, if this message be what we believe it to be, a revelation, and restoration of the true apostolic gospel, then it will have to be preached around this world until every elected and predestined soul has had a chance to hear it. Twelve years ago when God took His prophet off of the scene, certain ones began to teach that Jesus Christ was off of the mercy seat, that there is no more salvation, and God will not do this, or that any more, because the prophet is gone. Let me be quick to tell you, more people have hear this message since Bro. William Branham’s death, than they ever did while he was alive. There is no use for you to disagree with my statement. If you care enough, you can check it for yourself. While he was alive, people the world over heard about him as a man who had a miraculous ministry, but they knew very little about the doctrine of Christ that he stood for. Very few of those people in foreign lands, who were touched by his ministry, ever knew what he stood for, and preached, doctrinally, but now, the world over, people know what he represented doctrinally, to this age. They now know what he taught, plus all of what various ones claim he taught. Yes, it is sad, but they have this message, as well as all the confusion that seems to go along with it. They have it in Africa, they have it in India, Norway, Canada, the Philippines and every other place that we are in contact with. If we could look at the scriptures right we would have no trouble realizing that it must be like that in order to fulfill prophecy, for those spirits that follow this message have a purifying and refining affect on the pure seed. Any farmer knows you do not blow the straw out of the back end of a combine with wind. The straw rack carries it back. That is what this big ecumenical movement is, as far as separating that which 10 obviously does not belong in the bride of Christ. In our natural parallel, the farmer must use a fan and screens to get all the husk, culls, and little beat up bits of straw out of the grain. That is what all of this foolishness that follows this message is. It is the fan in Christ’s hand, to fan away every carnal person who does not have a genuine revelation in his heart. That is why I have said over and over again, “If a person is truly filled with the Holy Ghost, they will not take off and follow after every carnal teaching that someone comes along with.” These things will not move you off of the word of God. It is written that Jesus will thoroughly purge His floor in his word. He does not pile straw on His word, He piles the pure grain on His word. Knowing that the scripture says, His fan is in His hand, and He will thoroughly purge His floor, we ought to take courage when we feel like we are being tossed and turned. Remember, He will roll us around a bit, on His word, but He will never blow us off of it. His fan is working to blow all impurities from the true seed grain. To make it as plain as possible, let me say it another way. In every assembly of believers, there are usually a few who, even though they come regular, and take part in the service every chance they get, they still do not have a revelation of the word of God in their spirit; therefore, they are very likely to go running off after some other teaching, when it is presented to them. Or they are likely to become offended if the anointed word strikes them a little hard. Do not fret about this, though, for it is the purpose of God to thoroughly purge His bride church before the end comes. What better way could He have chosen to do it, than to let the winds of false teaching blow through our midst every so often, either in the assembly or in the community. He doesn’t have to worry about the genuine seed who is filled with the Holy Ghost; they will not run after every wind that blows. They are patiently waiting for the Lord to reveal His word to them in the proper fashion. When you come to realize that God has a five fold, apostolic ministry set in the church, for the perfecting of the saints, it isn’t necessary to beat the bushes all the time trying to stir up something. At any rate though, God’s fan is working and the floor is being purged. That is why it is necessary for this charismatic thing to look exactly like the genuine Pentecostal experience. If it didn’t, it could not serve it’s purpose as a delusion.




One man told of an experience he and his wife had when they accepted an invitation from a strange girl they met in a town out west, to go home with her, for she was excited about the gospel. They found themselves in a sorcerer’s house, and while they were sitting there they heard someone suddenly begin speaking in tongues and praising God. When they inquired, and were shown into the next room, they were astonished to find that it was a very beautiful parrot that had been trained to speak in tongues. That man asked a question after he finished telling this story, and this is what it was, “Does that mean that parrot was saved and filled with the Holy Ghost?” We all know better than that, but it had the evidence, didn’t it? If speaking in tongues is the evidence of the Holy Ghost, you would sure have to admit, that parrot had the evidence. Another interesting thing was what the archbishop from England was heard to say in a Kansas City charismatic meeting. “IF YOU THINK THIS IS GLORIOUS NOW, JUST WAIT UNTIL NEXT YEAR, WHEN WE ARE ALL UNDER ONE HEAD.” Now we all know what that was having reference to, whether it comes next year or not. Certainly it can not be long now, until the Antichrist moves upon the scene as a great peace maker and head of the church. In the meantime those assemblies which at one time stood for the Pentecostal message, such as the U.P.C., the APOSTOLIC FAITH CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST, the PENTECOSTAL HOLINESS, the CHURCH OF GOD OF PROPHECY, and others, only have a lot of noise, and very little truth. They yell louder, scream and holler louder, pray louder, and lay on the floor speaking in tongues. Then later you can find them in the wash room gargling a sore throat. I believe in worshiping God too, and I believe some noise goes with it, but I do not agree that we ought to major in the noise area. They explain it by pointing to the fact of all the noise in heaven. I agree that there is noise in heaven; there are some creatures there that never cease, day nor night, to cry HOLY, HOLY, HOLY, HOLY, HOLY, but their throat never gets sore; that is their job, and they never have to gargle a sore throat. They were not made to come down here and plow corn, or combine wheat. That is our job. Their job is to cry HOLY, HOLY, HOLY, day and night, before the throne of God and they do not get hoarse doing 11 it. Some people have the idea, the louder they get, the more power with God they have. That is not true at all. Sometimes they get so loud that God cannot break through the atmosphere to speak to them anymore. I believe there is a Holy Ghost noise that God is really in, and I am fully persuaded that there is a carnal noise that God will have nothing to do with, and some people cannot tell the difference between the two. Brothers and sisters, I have seen the Holy Ghost lift people up into a state of ecstasy where they would sing like a lark, but I believe people are so guilty, anymore, of just making noise, that it has come to a place where that is all they know how to do. In other words truth has been left behind, and they have compromised on just about every conviction they ever had, until noise is all they have left. That is all they have to fool people with. Saints, please do not misunderstand what I am saying. I do not mean to imply that truth will shut us up and make us quiet; not that at all, but it will cause us to know when to open our mouth, and also, when it would be best to keep it closed. Truth will keep us in the middle of the road, and it will be the right road too: with a proper balance of word and spirit. GLOSSOLALIA It is sometimes very amusing to look back to the beginning of what is now called the charismatic movement. As the great healing and deliverance crusades began to taper off, and many of the outstanding preachers of those movements compromised with the devil, there began to come into focus something to take its place, something that would eventually be known as the charismatic movement. In the beginning, we will say, in the early 50’s, when attention began to be focused on the experience of speaking in tongues, those fundamentalists from the various denominations insisted on referring to the experience as glossolalia, which is nothing more than a Greek word to dress up the experience of tongue chatter. They did not want to be identified with the old Pentecostal Holiness movement that they had been so quick to condemn in the past; therefore they referred to their new experience as glossolalia, and it was confined mostly to small house meetings and places of that sort. Before long you began hearing testimonies of how Dr. So and So., from the Baptist Theological Seminary had this wonderful experience with the Lord, and this bishop from such a place, and father So and So, a priest from the Catholic Church. Then they began to come out in the open with it, having these great men stand for hours, giving their testimonies of how the Lord had moved upon them in the experience of speaking in tongues, and how he had healed their bodies from sickness and disease, and many of them told how circumstances had working in their lives since their experience, to make them very wealthy. All of that generated more and more interest until it has reached the place where we see it today. Deliverance evangelists, such as Oral Roberts, W.V.Grant, and dozens of others, had to join the ranks of the glossolalia people in order to keep going. I never will forget a question that was asked of Bro. William Branham, back in the early stages of this movement. Someone said, “Bro. Branham, what about all this glossolalia movement?” (NOT AN EXACT QUOTE) He answered, “This is foolish virgins going to seek oil.” Now, if that be true, and I believe it was, then, let us watch and see what has transpired since then. As we said, it has moved out of the basements, and the home-type meeting places, and captured the No. 1 spot in religion, the world over. It is no longer referred to as glossolalia, (tongue chatter) but it has taken on a more sophisticated title, charisma, which speaks of special charm, special favor, or special appeal; therefore, the same movement is now referred to as the charismatics; and their special charm and appeal is attracting people by the thousands. Even people who sat under the teaching of truth for years, are now being drawn to that, because of the signs. That is the reason we are safe to call it a delusion. People who never really had a revelation of the word of God, even though they sat in the congregation where the word was being taught, are being drawn to that by the signs. Their minds are becoming deluded to the point where they expect God to confirm the signs with His word, and His only obligation is to CONFIRM HIS WORD WITH SIGNS, and we cannot force him to do that. He does it for His own glory. FULL GOSPEL BUSINESS MEN 12 The Full Gospel Business Mens Fellowship, which was in existence before glossolalia began to be promoted, used to push Brother Branham as one of their principal speakers. That was in the early years when they were looked upon as more of a deliverance movement, but the time came when they had to make a choice, whether to go with the word, (for they had their opportunity to line up with the truth), or align with the glossolalia. We all know what their choice was. Every time you hear anything about them, they are promoting some man’s or person’s dramatic testimony. This month it may be the testimony of a convicted murderer: all with a heart stirring testimony of how the grace of God has worked in their lives. I know what some of you are thinking, without you even bothering to say it. You are thinking, “Bro. Jackson, what is wrong with that?” Well, I will tell you what is wrong with it. In the first place, those testimonies are all they have. They do not have one bit of basic apostolic teaching that could help an honest hearted person become established in truth, and secondly, what is even worse is, they do just like Billy Graham and all the rest who have a ministry that stirs the emotions of people. They tell them to go back to their church and stay there, as a witness to what God has done in their lives. At a time when the person needs to be taught the first principles of the oracles of God, which would equip them with something worth standing for, they are sent back to an old, cold, denominational church, with nothing but an experience to hold on to, with the commission to be a witness in their church. What can the poor souls witness to? A witness is required to tell what they have seen and heard, and hearsay testimony is not acceptable in any court of man, so why should God settle for something that is not good enough for man? Therefore, all they have to tell, many times, is what they felt when the spirit of God was strong upon them. It is no wonder they are soon discouraged to the point where they fall right back into the same old rut they were in before. Now, you will say, “Bro. Jackson, maybe such people were not predestined to follow truth.” That may be true, but they have been counted and advertised among the thousands who supposedly got saved and filled with the Holy Ghost in such and such a meeting. There is your delusion. It makes these movements appear to be a great move of God toward a world-wide revival, but those who are familiar with the word of God know that such a thing at this late hour of this age, would be contrary to the scriptures. I am thankful to God for every dope addict, murderer, prostitute, or anyone else that truly receives the gospel in a salvation experience, and I enjoy hearing the testimonies of such people, but to think such testimonies would call the bride of Jesus Christ out of this world of filth and corruption is ridiculous. Don’t ever thing that they did not have drug addiction, prostitution, and such like, in that first age. These are not new vices; they are just revived with more intensity since the gospel light has begun to leave the Gentiles. Do you think those seven devils that Jesus cast out of Mary Magdalene, all pertained to insanity? I seriously doubt that. I believe she was a woman that could be looked upon as one of the lowest, trashy people that you could find anywhere, yet, when Jesus got through with her, she was looked upon as one of the sisters that ministered to him, even to his grave. But, tell me, where can you find any place where apostles put her up to give her testimony when they had a crowd of people gathered together? Take the time for instance, when that bunch of politicians had those apostles arrested and thrown into jail. When the angel came to loose their bonds and lead them to a place outside of the prison gates, he told them to go stand and speak in the temple to the people all the words of his life. There was probably hundreds of Christians down there, who had a living testimony of what Jesus had done for them while He was here in corporal flesh, but this business of building the church as the pillar and ground of truth, was not going to be accomplished by having people listen to healing testimonies from those in the congregation. Lazarus was probably standing around there someplace. He could have given a wonderful testimony on how wonderful it feels to have been raised from the dead. If this charismatic bunch had Lazarus, they would have him up in every meeting they could get him to, and anyone would enjoy hearing such a testimony, bu the church is built upon a revelation of truth. It can be, and is, made up of people who have come from all walks of life, some having been saved in a miraculous way, but it is all a result of someone preaching the gospel of truth to them. You let someone stand up in one of those charismatic meetings and begin to testify how God has led them to truth, and see what kind of reception they get. That is not what they want to hear in those places. A testimony of healing, or deliverance from Satan’s bondage in some other area, is a thrilling thing, but it serves no purpose in vindicating the word of truth; it only serves to call attention to the grace and mercy of a sovereign God. Many people who have had miraculous 13 healings in their body, never did become Christians. Should they be trying to minister to people who are hungering after God? Yes, there are a few who are genuinely seeking God when they go to those meetings, while there are others who just go for the excitement of it all. Nevertheless, it has grown to such a magnitude that it has caught the attention of Pentecostals, and they have all jumped into the same barrel, oneness and trinity together, and they are dragging along on the tail-end of the movement, when they ought to be the very ones leading this message of truth we are in, being the recipients of the last major truth that God restored to His church, just before the prophet messenger came on the scene. As we said earlier, God began to pour out His spirit upon people, right around the turn of the twentieth century. Then, not too many years later, Pentecost split into two branches, as one group began to receive the revelation of the oneness of God, and water baptism in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ. This is the group that should be leading this message of truth. They should have accepted Luther’s revelation of faith in God, Calvin’s revelation of eternal security, predestination by John Knox, sanctification by John Wesley, and added it to their baptism of the Holy Ghost, and their godhead revelation. This would have put them into a leadership spot in the real thing, instead of dragging along on the tail end of a delusion. Naturally it could not have been like that, for the book of Malachi, promising to send the prophet Elijah, to turn the hearts of the children to their fathers, had already been written, and had to be fulfilled. But, just for the sake of pinpointing the oneness Pentecost movement: I said, they should have been the ones leading this message of truth.




It gives one a strange feeling to review the history of the reformation. For instance, you couldn’t get a Methodist to believe in eternal security of the believer, for they would say, “The Baptist’s believe that, once saved, always saved, doctrine, and we know that is of the devil.” Then on the other hand, you had the Baptist’s who would not believe the message of sanctification, for theoretically, they were convinced that a person must sin a little each day, yet, some of those Baptists who did not believe in sanctification were just as sanctified as any Methodist could ever hope to be. Then when you look back at some of those old time Methodists, you realize they had just as much eternal security as anyone else, for they had a genuine experience with God which gave them the benefit of the provision, even though their eyes had not been opened to receive the revelation of it, and because it was not yet time to take all those doctrinal truths and put them back together again, Babylonianism was formed, a mass of confusion. The charismatics feel that they have found the secret formula for eliminating the confusion among denominations: that is, to get them all to forget their differences, love one another, and worship together, regardless of what they each believe. In reality, that has only added to the confusion. Now, most of them do not know what they believe. I could not help but notice, as I read one of those articles dealing with this great movement of brotherly love, recently, who some of the main speakers at their international conventions were. Names are unimportant at this time, but I will say, priests and nuns from the Catholic church topped the list of speakers. Then, in one of the pictures it showed Jimmy Carter’s sister, who claims to be a preacher, an evangelist for the charismatic’s, standing there with a big Catholic cross hanging on her chest. That has just about as much virtue in it, as carrying a fishing pole, when you are going to the market to buy beef. People have gone absolutely crazy with this thing of wearing something around their neck that will make them look like a Christian. Every bit of that is vain, and completely without the least bit of virtue, but that is world religion in our day. At Topeka, Kansas was David du Pessis, along with Catholic priests and nuns as their main speakers.




I believe it was in 1964, when David du Plessis felt he was inspired of God to go to Rome and witness his Pentecostal experience to the Vatican Ecumenical council, which was established for the sole purpose of winning Protestantism back into the Roman ranks, and that he did. Before very long many of those priests were 14 found to be visiting glossolalia meetings. Then they began receiving the experience of speaking in tongues, just like the Protestants were doing, and the news of it was broadcast all over Europe. It was right along about that time, I made this statement, “If the Pope ever speaks in tongues, all of Pentecost will run and jump right into his lap.” Now I have not heard that the Pope has spoken in tongues, but I have read, and no doubt, many of you have too, how that, some time ago there were literally thousand of the world’s charismatics, standing in front of St. Peter’s Basilica waiting for the Pope to come out to address them. David du Plessis was among those on the front row when the Pope came out, and it was stated that the Pope pointed his finger toward David and said, “You are Mr. Pentecost.” He was a well known figure in trinity Pentecost, having held the presidency of the Pentecostal World Conference in Stockholm, Sweden, and there is now a book on the market, written about Mr. Du Plessis, explaining how he felt he was led to do what he has done. He has helped to turn Pentecostals around, and tie them, as an organization, to the Vatican, the false church. Now I ask you once again, “What is this charismatic movement doing to fulfill the word of God?” No. 1, they are bundling tares with their deception, fulfilling Matthew 13:40-42, and the strong delusion that holds them spellbound is fulfillment of 2 Thessalonians 2:9-12, and because they furnish a place where the foolish virgins can go to receive oil, (the Holy Ghost), they are fulfilling Matthew 25:1-12. Now I want to take a few minutes to elaborate on verse 10 which reads like this, “And while they went to buy, the bridegroom came; and they that were ready went in with him to the marriage: and the door was shut.” The wise had said to the foolish, “We cannot give you our oil, but you can go to them that sell, (those who merchandise the baptism of the Holy Ghost), and buy for yourselves.” Then we come to the verse I just read, and many people are prone to believe the statement, “And the door was shut” means the rapture had already taken place when the foolish virgins returned, after getting oil in their vessels. Brothers and sisters, the wise going in with the bridegroom and the door being shut, cannot possible pertain to the rapture of the church. Remember, this parable has to apply to the wise and foolish virgins in every little area on this old globe; therefore if you can make the foolish virgin part of it work as an instantaneous thing, then I will have to agree that the wise element could be raptured instantaneously, but you cannot make the part pertaining to the foolish, an instant thing, for, since it is a world wide thing, it will necessarily involve a period of time, and furthermore, if it pertained to the rapture, and someone suddenly called out, “Here comes Jesus,” what would the wise virgins have time to do in the way of trimming their lamps, when the apostle Paul makes it very clear in 1 Cor. 15:51-52, that the resurrection of the dead and the translation of the living element of the bride will take place in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye. If that still does not convince you, then think about this, it was a midnight cry that awakened the virgins, and when it is midnight here, it is already 7:00 in the morning over in the middle east. Now I ask you, How could there be anything take place instantly, at midnight, all over the world? Let us look at it realistically now; the midnight cry covers a period of time when the prophet to this age was calling to the bride of Christ to come out of these denominations and prepare themselves to meet the Lord Jesus who is soon to return for her. Those who are to make up the true bride (the wise virgins) have been coming out of those systems, and going into a revelation of truth. That covers a period of time also, and going into that revelation of truth involves a purifying and perfecting process that is not accomplished suddenly, but nevertheless, by the time those foolish virgins have heard or seen something out there in the ranks of Catholicism and the charismatics, that causes them to turn around and seek the word of God, the little bride will have already reached her state of perfection and be shut up in her revelation with Jesus the bridegroom, ready to take her flight. There will not be enough time left to take in the foolish virgins, and perfect them. That is why it is said to them, “The door is shut.” Then as they cry, “Lord, open the door and let us in,” he answers, “I never knew you, or, I know you not,” meaning, he has not had an opportunity to know them intimately. It doesn’t mean that he had no knowledge of them at all. Probably the thing that turns the foolish virgins around will be a law or decree, or a statement from the Papacy, concerning Israel, or the rapture of the church. Every genuine foolish virgin, charismatic person, believes in the restoration of Israel, and the rapture of the church, according to Bible prophecy, just the same as the wise virgins do. That is why I believe it will be some contrary word or deed on the part of the Papacy, that will cause the foolish virgins who are out shopping for oil, to flee from the system, and seek the word of God, for it is common knowledge that the Catholics do not hold that same belief. 15 Regardless of what it may be, something will cause those foolish virgins, who are out there enjoying those charismatic meetings while they are seeking the Holy Ghost, to come to their senses, flee those systems, and try to get into this revelation of truth, but it will be too late. The bride will already be lined up with the word, and God will be moving on the scene, vindicating His word through them. In other words, the last bride person who makes up the complete bride, has already moved into her revelation of the word of God, and the door to the revelated word is closed to bride candidates. You know how these tourist motels operate: when they rent their last room they put up a no vacancy sign, and then they do not even open the door, when someone else tries to get in. It will be the same way when this parable reaches that stage of its fulfillment. I have said many times, there will not be one extra plate at the table when the bride of Christ is ushered in to the marriage feast, neither will there be anyone there without a place at the table. God keeps a perfect record.




Now, I will ask you again, “What is God to confirm?” Thunders? Deity of Bro. William Branham? Bro. William Branham being the white horse rider? Every one of you know, as well as I do, that God is not going to confirm any such nonsense as that. He will confirm His word. He has left us to be dealt with by His word, to mold within us a character that can only be molded with truth, and that truth creates within us a determination to be loyal to truth. Spiritual fornication is out of the question, for there is no more desire to fool around with those trinity systems. Like Jesus said in Luke 9:62, “No man, having put his hand to the plough, and looking back, is fit for the kingdom of God.” Therefore, when you see truth, the natural result is for it to separate you from something or someone, or both. Sometimes it will even separate us from our own families, and that is in line with the scriptures, regardless of what some of you may have heard. The very words of Jesus, in Matthew 10:34-38, make that crystal clear to us. “Think not that I am come to send peace on earth: I come not to send peace, but a sword. For I am come to set a man at variance against his father, and the daughter against her mother, and the daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law. And a man’s foes shall be they of his own household. He that loveth father or mother more than me is not worthy of me, and he that loveth son or daughter more than me is not worthy of me. And he that taketh not his cross, and followeth after me, is not worthy of me.” I believe there are some of you out there who are truly desiring a greater experience with the Lord, because you have heard truth, and you have determined to follow it. Maybe some of you have not yet received the Holy Ghost, but you know you have heard truth. Stick with that truth. God will do His part, and give you the Holy Ghost when you submit yourself to Him. Some of you may not know it, but when the Holy Ghost began to fall at Azusa Street, in Los Angeles, California, the man who was the main instrument in the hands of God, did not even have the Holy Ghost himself when he went to California to preach. Ole Brother Seymour, a Nazarene, had contacted the Nazarene church in Los Angeles, and went there for a meeting. But just before he left for California, he heard a message on the outpouring of the Holy Ghost on a group in Topeka, Kansas. (They had an initial outpouring Jan. 1, 1901, which was 5 years before Azusa Street.) He believed what he heard, and determined that he must have this experience he had just heard about himself. He thought to himself, “If I go to California I will have to preach this message, even though I have not had the experience myself.” After thinking it over, he was about ready to cancel the meeting, but as he kept on praying about the matter he felt led to go ahead with it, knowing he would present this message of the Holy Ghost to them, there. When he began the meetings, he started slowly to build up to what he wanted to present to them. Then, before too long, Ole Bro. Seymour, (who was a colored man), came out with the baptism of the Holy Ghost and speaking in tongues. It split that Nazarene church wide open, but it started something that will be long remembered in religious circles far and near. Those who liked what they heard that night, went with Bro. Seymour, and rented a building, where Bro. Seymour stood night after night preaching about the baptism of the Holy Ghost and speaking in tongues. Then one night, one of those who had come with him fell right out in the spirit. It wasn’t long until he began speaking in tongues. (I am telling you this, Brothers and Sisters, to show you how God honored that man’s revelation.) Night after night he kept on preaching it, and Nazarene after Nazarene received the experience. Then one night Bro. Seymour himself, 16 was slain in the spirit, and that was actually what forerun the great outpouring of the Holy Ghost at Azusa Street that lasted for three years. That man was loyal to something he believed, and God honored his faithfulness, in due course. That is why I say, “If you know what truth is, stand by it; it will not be in vain.” God is going to allow something to come along to test us from time to time, but if we will stand by truth, He will confirm that. Then, one of these days, that bunch out there is going to come knocking, and those who have stood for truth will already be shut in with the Lord, and he will not open the bride perfecting truth to them. That does not mean they will be lost. But they will have to give their lives to martyrdom, to wash their robes and make them white during the great tribulation. Remember, it was said to John, “These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the lamb.” You see, that group had white robes, which were robes of salvation, but take a look at what the bride is wearing, when John speaks of her in Revelation 19:7-8. He heard the voice of what sounded like a great multitude, and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunderings, saying, Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth. Let us be glad and rejoice, and give honor to him: for the marriage of the Lamb is come, and his wife hath made herself ready. And to her was granted that she should be arrayed in fine linen, clean and white: for the fine linen is the righteousness of saints.”




When the bride is seen at the marriage supper, she is not only wearing something white, she is dressed in fine linen. This, of course, points to the fact that she is dressed in the purest and most costly material there is. His wife is going to be wedded to him in a pure revelation of the word of God. There is nothing else for the bride to dress herself with, but the word of God. A right revelation of the word, handled with a proper attitude, will produce righteousness in our lives. It seems that there are too many people with the idea that the Lord Jesus will dress them properly at the time of the translation; therefore they do not feel the urgency of the day we are living in. As a result, many who have referred to themselves as the bride of Christ in former days, are now, back out in the world, and many of them are living like the devil. Some of them have returned to the denominations for one reason or another. Do you think that kind of attitude will be accepted with the Lord? The scripture plainly tells us in Revelation 19:7, which we have already read, that his wife (the bride) hath made herself ready. When did she do that? Was it a few hours before the rapture? No, the bride (who was foreknown by him before the foundation of the world), is busy right now, washing herself with the waters of his word, and getting dressed in a revelation that sets her apart from the world. Some will even ask, can these be foolish virgins that are going out from our ranks and returning to the denominations? Let me just remind you once again, who the foolish virgins are. They are people who have been in denominations, believing the Bible as far as their understanding would allow them, believing in the second coming of the Lord, and looking for the rapture of the church. Then there comes a time when they realize that it really is necessary to have the baptism of the Holy Ghost to be in the rapture. This is when they are trying to trim their lamps and get them burning again. Now I believe, right here is where the parable states something that many are not able to understand. That is where (Matt. 25:8-9), the foolish say to the wise, “Give us some of your oil, our lamps have gone out,” and the wise answer them saying, “Not so; lest there be not enough for us and you: but go ye rather to them that sell, and buy for yourselves.” Brothers and sisters, remember, this is a parable; you will not find these exact words being spoken in reality. The situation is this, every Bible truth that those people have believed through the years carried a certain amount of the spirit of God in it. Remember, Jesus said in John 6:63, “The words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life.” Therefore, when the basic truth’s that the various denominations believe and stand for, went forth in their hour of the reformation, they were spoken and believed, by the anointing of the spirit of God. Through the years they have lost the spirit. All they have left is cold doctrine, and legalism; therefore as certain individuals from those systems begin to hear Bible truths that stir their heart in these last days, one of the things that they are hearing is that the baptism of the Holy Ghost is absolutely necessary, and essential to a proper and acceptable relationship with God. That is when they begin to inquire, “How can I get 17 this experience for my own life?” The most common answer to that question is, go to such and such a place. They have a call for those who are seeking the Holy Ghost, in every service. Naturally, when they begin to go to those meetings and get caught up in the excitement of all that they are seeing and hearing they become spellbound by it all. They think, I have finally found what I have been searching for, and they get so wrapped up in what is going on in those meetings (healings and various other miracles), that they take no time to think of the fact that there must be a truth, a revelation to stand for along with this newly discovered experience. Time passes on until, when they finally do realize that, there is a revelation of truth to stand for, and come looking for it, the bride will have already moved into the final stages of her perfection. As I said earlier it will be too late to begin a perfection process on a new batch, for it will be very close to the time for the perfected bride to be called to the marriage feast.




In the 12th verse we find some more words that people misunderstand when they read the parable. It is where Jesus says to this group, “I know you not.” That causes the natural mind to think, “They are not even saved, the Lord doesn’t even know them.” The first thing to remember is, those foolish virgins went to get oil, knowing that they had to have it; therefore they would not have come back, trying to get in, if they had gotten no oil. But the fact that they do have oil, (the baptism of the Holy Ghost), proves that they are saved, even though they are not in the bride realm, and the fact that the Lord said, “I know you not,” simply means that he had not had that intimate relationship with them, that he has had with the bride. What does that leave for them? What will happen to them? Let me insert another question that people ask about these foolish virgins, and my answer will cover both questions. Some have wondered if their grandfather, or their grandmother, or some other person who never had opportunity to hear what we have heard, will be a foolish virgin? No, God has had bride people from every church age. People who believed, and lived, all the truth that was available to them in their day, but there has never been another age when there could have been foolish virgins to fit the parable in Matthew 25. You will notice, in Matt. 24 Jesus is speaking of a time when he will come suddenly, a time when two women shall be grinding at the mill; the one shall be taken, and the other left, a time when it will be as it was before the flood, when they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noah entered into the ark, and they did not even notice what was going on until the flood came and took them all away. He says it will be like that when he comes again. Using those last verses of the 24th chapter to speak along these lines, he comes down to the 1st verse of chapter 25, and says, “THEN shall the kingdom of heaven be likened unto ten virgins, which took their lamps and went forth to meet the bridegroom.” The word THEN, identifies the time of the fulfillment of this parable. God will deal with people from every other age according to the way they believed, and received the revelation of His word, given in their day. But, here at the end of the Gentile age, there must be a large group of people to fulfill this parable. Every last one of them will give their lives in martyrdom. We pointed out earlier that the group seen by John in his vision, the great multitude which no man could number, included this vast number of foolish virgins. A group that had white robes, (robes of salvation ), but had to clean them up by giving their lives in martyrdom when the beast (during the time of the great tribulation), will demand that they renounce faith in God and take His mark or be killed. Some of you may be thinking, “Bro. Jackson, how do you know that?” Simply by rightly dividing the word of truth. In Revelation 13:15, we learn that as many as will not worship the image of the beast should be killed. Then in verses 16-17, we read, “And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: and that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.” By looking at this we are able to know what those who are left here when the rapture takes place will be subjected to, and those foolish virgins will have had sufficient warning, not to receive the mark of the beast, nor identify in any way with that Antichrist system, for those who do so will be damned. For the proof of that, we will go into the 14th chapter of Revelation, and begin reading with the 9th verse. We have just published a message titled, The Everlasting Gospel, with these scriptures explained in it, 18 but some of you may not have read that message so let us read these verses. “And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, If any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand, The same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of his indignation; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb. And the smoke of their torment ascendeth up for ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast and his image, and whosoever receiveth the mark of his name. That should be enough to convince anyone that those who receive the mark of the beast will be damned, and those who refuse the mark will be killed by the beast. The next question then is, “How do we know the foolish virgins will not take the mark? So we will turn over to chapter 20, which deals with a period just after the battle of Armageddon is over with, and is leading into the thousand years when Jesus Christ will reign on earth. Verse 1, “And I saw an angel come down from heaven, having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand. And he laid hold on the dragon, that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a thousand years.” Now, saints, remember, the devil is a spirit, and you cannot put a huge log chain on a spirit. This is symbolic language that shows us, the devil will be forbidden, by God, to manifest himself in any way during the thousand years of restoration, commonly called the Millennium. Verse 3, “And cast him into the bottomless pit, and shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive the nations no more, till the thousand years shall be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed a little season.” We know that the devil will be making his last great stand in this age, trying to defeat and change the plan of God for mankind during the time of the great tribulation. But we have just read scripture that lets us know, the tribulation is over, and the world order is being set for the millennial reign of Christ. So we will get the answer to the rest of our question from verse 4, “And I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the WITNESS OF JESUS, (only the foolish virgins will have a witness for Jesus after the bride is gone, so this pertains to them), and for the WORD OF GOD, (Jews in dispersion among the nations, who do not have a witness of Jesus, but they will not renounce their faith in Jehovah God; therefore they are beheaded also, because they hold to the word of God). Now some of you may say, “Could not this be those who have been martyred down through the ages? How do we know it only applies to those who go into the tribulation? Because there has never been another time in history when saints were martyred for the reasons given here in the remainder of verse 4. Let us read it. “Which had not worshiped the beast, neither his image, neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years.” Do you see now why this could not pertain to any other period of time other than what we stated? There has never been a time when anyone was faced with taking the mark of the beast, nor of worshiping the image of the beast, until the time that we are standing on the threshold of right now. Saints, it is later than some of you think it is. The signs that we are told in the word of God to look for are all around us right now. Do not be looking for perilous times and abominations to come in some future day; they are here already. It alarms me to hear some of the questions that people are still asking, after hearing certain things taught for so many years. It is almost as though they have sat in the services without even hearing what was taught. It alarms me to see the careless way so many, supposed to be bride saints are conducting their lives, and to see material things taking so much place in the lives of so many. I know we put a lot of emphasis on knowing what is written in the word, but just knowing what the word teaches is not enough. The virtue is in letting what we know, mold and fashion our lives to be more like Jesus.




Most of the people in this message of truth who are above the age of 30, have come out of some denominational church somewhere. Many of you had the idea that you needed to lay down everything God had done for you anywhere else, in order to be true to this revelation. If that is what any of you think, you are misinformed. God does not require you to lay down anything, or I should say, he does not require you to lay down any genuine experience that you have had with him. This is a message that should take every genuine, God given, experience 19 of our lives, and line them up with the word of God. If you received the Holy Ghost with speaking in tongues, please do not deny the experience just because you have found out that tongues is not necessarily the evidence that you have received the Holy Ghost. Just line it up with the word; cherish the gift of the Holy Ghost as the most precious thing that you could have, and let the gift of tongues have its scriptural place in your life. Do not treat it as something to be ashamed of, just because you did not know scripturally, what place to give the experience at the time you received it. You may have been in a meeting where the men had long hair, the women had short hair, with their skirts 6 inches above their knees, and the place filled with cigarette smoke when you received the Holy Ghost. That has nothing to do with it. Even though all these things are worldly identities, if you received a genuine baptism of the Holy Ghost, that was God; just be thankful that He has cleaned up your surroundings and taught you how to line your experience up with His word. That is why I say what I do about the charismatic meetings. I am aware that many people are receiving experiences that are truly God given, especially in the realm of healing and other miraculous manifestations. I would not rob God by saying that this is all of the devil, but I will say, there is no leadership in those places that will help a person take what God does for them, and line it up with the word. In other words, these are acts of God’s mercy, and not His true leadings. As I said earlier, all of this is fulfilling the word of God, and must continue until every elected soul has found its way into the grace of God, and been shut in with him, for these foolish virgins must stay in those places until the bride has gone into her perfecting revelation. After that you are going to see some genuine Holy Ghost experiences among the bride; not for a show, as it is out there, and it will not be for the purpose of converting the world. It will just be God confirming who was right, and showing up the wrong. He will put his confirmation and approval upon those who have stayed with His word while every demon that has been turned loose on society tried to lead them away from the word of God into the ways of destruction. It makes me shudder to hear some of these people get on the radio and television talking about a great world shaking, Holy Spirit led revival, when it is so plain to see that the love of many is waxing cold, and apostasy is running rampant. How can you have revival with sodomites and homosexuals in so many places of leadership and influence? How can you have revival when iniquity is abounding, as the Bible says that it will in the last days? There are a few people that the world looks upon as a bunch of fanatics, who are going to have rival in its purest sense, while the rest of the religious world just talks about it, and puts on their regular show.




Every gift of the Holy Ghost that these charismatics talk about, lies right in the body of bride saints. Every potential is there, but it is not there for a show to the world. We receive our benefits day by day, without very much attention being directed toward the wonderful things that God is doing for so many. But when the time is right, the whole world will hear about it, just like it was with Ole Bro. Seymour, but by then, the charismatics will be on the outside unable to get in. All those who have chosen the wide gate and the broad way will be past the point of no return on their road to destruction. Jesus said in Matthew 7:21-23, “Not every one that saith unto me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of my Father which is in heaven. Many will say to me in that day, Lord, Lord have we not prophesied in thy name? and in thy name have cast out devils? and in thy name done many wonderful works? And then will I profess unto them, I never knew you; depart from me, ye that work iniquity.” He did not utter those words just to fill up space in the Bible, when Matthew sat down to record his words and deeds. There has to be a people somewhere that will fulfill that prophecy, and I do not feel that we have to look very far away to find them. Oh, Brother Jackson: You don’t have any right to judge. Maybe not, but I have a scriptural right to be a fruit inspector. Why did he say, by their fruits ye shall know them, if we have no right to inspect their fruit? How could anyone even think that God would accept these trinity preachers who sell the gospel (which is not the gospel at all, but they call it that), for a price, and charge poor unsuspecting souls for their prayers with a promise that they can have anything they ask for if they will not doubt. God is not going to hold this generation guiltless, that has continued to hold onto this pagan doctrine of 3 persons in the Godhead, when He has revealed His oneness to all who have an ear to hear. 20 Don’t tell me they haven’t heard. I know better. I have seen the reaction of many of them when someone would try to witness truth to them. They become angry, get red in the face, and you can almost see murder in their eyes. Can you believe a person who reacts like that is filled with the Holy Ghost? If you do, then maybe you had better check up on your own standing with God. I do not find the nature of God reacting so violently myself. What do you think Jesus meant in John 8:47, when he said to those Jews who were contending with him, “He that is of God heareth God’s words: ye therefore hear them not, because ye are not of God.” Read that 8th chapter of John, and see how those Jews responded to the very God man Himself, then go to one of those charismatic meetings where most of them are professing to have the baptism of the Holy Ghost, and tell them that God is one, that there is not three persons in the Godhead, and that they are believing pagan teaching. You will discover that they have the same spirit as those Jews who contended with Jesus. What did He tell them? Verse 44, “Ye are of your father the devil, and the lust of your father ye will do. He was a murderer from the beginning and abode not in the truth, because there is not truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own: for he is a liar, and the father of it.” Now, did I say that those people are murderers and liars? No, I said you will find them responding from the same spirit those Jews responded from, and that is what Jesus said to them. “BY THEIR FRUITS YE SHALL KNOW THEM.” What do we mean by fruit? What is it? Look in the 5th chapter of Galatians, verse 22, “But the fruit of the Spirit is LOVE, JOY, PEACE, LONG-SUFFERING, GENTLENESS, GOODNESS, FAITH, MEEKNESS, and TEMPERANCE. Many seem to have these qualities until you cross their traditions; then you discover that what they have is only skin deep. But please do not think that I am saying every individual among them is like that. I am not; those foolish virgins are still out there. We have already proved that by the scriptures.




Brothers and sisters: I am sure that some of you feel that it is not necessary to say these things, but let me remind you that unless you are in a place to know what questions people are asking about what is going on in our day, you would not know. Many of us have relatives and friends that are mixed up in the things that we are speaking of. Naturally that causes concern, questions and pressures, and many are calling for help, not knowing how to handle these situations. We are just attempting to identify these spirits of deception, so that those who would appreciate finding out the truth, may have the opportunity to do so. It is high time for people to realize that God did not make a dozen different routes into the kingdom of God. If what we believe is right, then anything that is contrary to it, doctrinally, will have to prove out to be Antichrist teaching. Therefore, if they can take the scriptures and prove us wrong; then let them do it. We have nothing to hide. I will say this, also, if we are not as convinced that what we have is right, as they are: then we will wind up in a worse shape than some of them, for if you are not convinced that what you believe is right, to the point where you are willing to stake your life on it, I’ll tell you what is going to happen. God is going to shake that somewhere down the road in front of you, and when that bounces up and comes back down, you will have to make a decision as to what you are going to do about it. May God help you to be so settled in what you believe, that when you are thrown up into the air you will come right back down in the same place, standing for truth and believing the same thing. Brother, I want you to know that the devil is gong to do everything within his power, to deceive and misguide people until he is chained up for the millennium. I just have to say this, brothers and sisters, there are things going on in this religious world so that you can gain a reputation for yourself if that is what you want. All you have to do is compromise. If you want to be known, if you want to be seen, and if you want attention, and you are not satisfied, sure, out there somewhere, you can find what you are looking for. It is lying right out there for you, but I want you to know, truth has a price to it, and that price of truth is self denial, caring not what the world may think about you. Truth will make you realize that those degrees and titles are vain, and that there is no salvation in any of it. They who pride themselves on these things will tell you that the little man whom God sent as a messenger to this age was of the devil, and that everything he taught was out of the pit, but that is exactly what they said about Jesus, and that is what they said about every one of the reformers: that their doctrine was out of 21 hell, but it was truth every time, and God confirmed it.




The Full Gospel Business Mens Fellowship enjoyed having Bro. William Branham as their main speaker because of the miracles and signs that followed his ministry, as God confirmed the truth he preached, but it was obvious that they did not believe what he tried to teach them from the word of God. For after he passed off the scene, who did they get to replace him as their main attraction? A woman evangelist. It is not necessary for me to call her name. Most of you know who I am referring to, and the rest of you can find out easy enough if you care to. It has now been made known that in the early years of her ministry, even though she preached purity and holiness, and was believed to be a perfect model of such, she broke up the home of another preacher, married him, and helped him to justify leaving his wife and children to marry her. It is also reported that all through the years of her ministry, she constantly lied about her age, and that she was very jealous of anyone else who received any attention. This is not meant to be gossip, but rather to show you what this world of religion, in the charismatic realm, chooses to follow. You may say, “But, Bro. Jackson, they did not know those things.” That may be true, but they should have known that women preachers are out of their place, and they also should have known that the Holy Spirit did not come into the body of believers to witness of Himself; He came to bear witness of the Word of God. Jesus said in John 16:13-14, “When he, the Spirit of truth, (the Holy Ghost) is come, he will guide you into all truth: FOR HE SHALL NOT SPEAK OF HIMSELF; but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak; and he will shew you things to come. He shall glorify me: for he shall receive of mine, and shall shew it unto you.” Anyone who has ever read that scripture should know better than to preach about the Holy Spirit all the time. They do not want Bible doctrine. They have proved that, over and over again and agin. We ought to thank God for revealing Himself to us, and bringing us out of all that confusion. I will say, though, if you love truth, then just settle it; if truth has its right of way in your life, it means that in your neighborhood, you are not ever going to be able to talk freely of it. The day you open your mouth and let everyone of your neighbors know what you believe, and what you stand for, you will be marked. They will mark you, and they will shun you. They do not want to hear about it. That is exactly what Jesus was talking about when He said, “Cast not your pearls before swine.” Do you think a hog cares anything about a string of pearls? A hog doesn’t know a pearl from a piece of gravel. If you throw gravel into the hog pen, it will root in that, or if you throw a handful of pearls in there, it will root in them. Jesus used some pretty good illustrations when talking about truth, didn’t He? When He said, “Cast not your pearls,” He meant the things you love, the things you enjoy, the things your soul feeds upon. Don’t think everyone in this world is going to jump up and down, shouting for joy, just because you are that way. They will not. Most of them will say, “You are a fanatic.” They will even go farther than that, but I will not repeat what some of them say. Saints, I am glad for what God has put in my soul. I am happy about it; you are too. We love His word, and it is bread to feed our hungry souls, but you will not find too many who feel the same way about it. Most of them would rather watch a ball game on television. That feeds their souls; you can tell by the excitement it generates, that it does. Everyone loves excitement in one way or another. That is human nature, but what is really beautiful, is to find a group of people who are truly excited about the word of God, a people that have discovered from that word that truth truly does set you free. When you have that revelation in your heart, you can lay your head down on the pillow at night, and go to sleep without worrying about what is going on in the world. You know that, if you never wake up in this life again, you will wake up in the presence of God, because you have obeyed His word.




Brothers and sisters: I am going to bring this message to a close, but before I do let me remind you once again not to look back. God takes no pleasure in those who are forever looking back to where they have been. Please remember the children of Israel when you feel like looking back. They saw the power of God in Egypt. They 22 witnessed many miracles. That was to convince them that God was on the scene. But then He spoke to them, and told them that He was going to take them to a land that flowed with milk and honey. He did not tell them that they would have trouble at the Red Sea. Neither did He tell them that they would run out of water three days after they crossed the Red Sea, or that they would run out of bread. They ran out of a lot of things He did not foretell them about, and every time they run out of something they grumbled and murmured against Moses and Aaron saying, Would to God we had died by the hand of the Lord in the land of Egypt, when we sat by the flesh pots, and when we did eat bread until we were full, or something to that effect. That is just the way a lot of people are today. “Oh, Would to God we had stayed in Pentecost, we had more there than we have here. I hope if you are one who has said that, you will remember what happened to those Israelites who took that attitude, grumbling and complaining all the time; they died in the wilderness and their graves cannot be found. God let them drop and the sand covered them. They had partook of the grace of God, and witnessed His mighty works, but they did not believe Him. When they were given a choice at Kadesh Barnea, they chose to turn back, rather than to believe God. Maybe I am speaking to someone who feels that way right now, but praise God! I have to stay with Joshua and Caleb; the Bible says that Jesus is going to present the church to himself, a glorious church without spot or wrinkle, and I am fully persuaded He is going to do it, but He will do it by the washing of water by His word. Oh, saints, if you believe the truth that is in that book, love it, and cherish it, for just up ahead conditions are going to arise that will cause you to thank God you stayed with His word. Those who have the signs and miracles now, will one day be led right into a trap by them, while those who have stayed with the word will be enjoying the genuine move of the Spirit of God just before He takes them up. Conditions are just ahead that will reveal what we really believe and what we stand for. In the meantime let us be faithful to the one who has paid the supreme price so that we may have this privilege. When the conditions are right, you will see that the gifts of the Spirit are not just for some big meeting out here. They will be for leadership and survival as well. Like I have said many times; a rooster doesn’t have to force himself to crow, it just comes natural for him. That is the way being led by the Spirit of God is for those who love truth. May the Lord bless you. Amen.

Paul’s Thorn In The Flesh – 1978, April








Let us enter into this message prayerfully, trusting God to open our understanding of this very controversial subject which we desire to deal with. For a title, we will just call it Paul’s Thorn in the Flesh, but it will deal with the subject of divine healing, and the questions of what Paul’s thorn in the flesh actually was. As far back as I can remember, Christians have discussed among themselves, even argued at times, about this thorn in Paul’s flesh, which he spoke of as being the messenger of Satan to buffet him, keeping him from becoming too proud and exalted as a result of the heavenly vision which the Lord had given to him. As I go into this message, I do so with the awareness that some will say, what is a man who has been in the hospital and had surgery, himself, tackling a message like this for? My answer to that is, I do not allow circumstances such as this to prevent me from preaching a message that the Lord gives me from his word. I may not use words of expression that some of you are capable of using, and some of you may have a lot more faith in some areas than I, but when it comes to establishing what the Bible has to say about a subject, then I will give no ground for any kind of a statement, sermon, or any human feelings. Ever since God led me into this Hold Ghost way of living and walking with Him, I have been concerned about this thing of divine healing, for in the Methodist church it was never taught. Neither was it taught in the Church of Christ, for they, like the Methodist, did not believe in divine healing; they claim that all of that ceased when the apostles passed off of the scene. The only kind of healing they believe in, is that which can be accomplished through doctors, and medicine. They have their confidence in medical science, and the ability of man, and I want it understood that I am not speaking against these things; I thank God for what he has enabled man to learn about this very complex human body, but we need to give God room to deal with us as he sees fit to do so. The world is full of testimonies of God’s sovereign grace in the lives of individual people, but let us try to understand that God did not write the Bible to fit your experience, nor mine, but somewhere, we will have to be able to see our experience in the Bible. That is the way we have to look at it. The truth of what God is, and what God will do for his creation, is all recorded in the book, and therefore, our experiences and ideas must harmonize with what the word of God teaches.




I have read books through the years, of every sort, many of them by men who had outstanding ministries. I have read after Charles Price, Wigglesworth, F. F. Bosworth, and many others, books on how to have faith, what faith is, how to release your faith, what one must do to receive divine healing, etc., but I never did find one that actually set the scriptures straight, without leaving some verses unexplained. Therefore I would like to start with Isaiah 53, laying a foundation for our text, and endeavor to make the message clear, and meaningful to all who hear it, or read it in the Contender. This is not meant to promote any kind of a healing doctrine; it is for the purpose of trying to help people look at the word of God in a mature way, rather than to play around with it like a group of children playing musical chairs. Isaiah prophesied concerning Christ Jesus, and what he would do for lost mankind, more than 700 years before his birth. He spoke of a child that would be born, upon whose shoulders the government of the people would rest; going on to say, “And his name shall be called Wonderful, Counselor. The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace. Of the increase of his government and peace there shall be no end, upon the throne of David, and upon his kingdom, to order it, and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth even for ever. The zeal of the Lord of hosts will perform it.” Now we know that most of this is yet for a future date, but the child that was to be born was none other than Jesus who was called the son of Joseph and Mary according to the flesh. We know of his sacrificial death at Calvary, but I wonder if we really have fully comprehended all that was accomplished in the price that he paid when he laid down his life for the redemption of all lost mankind.



Let us turn now to Isaiah 53, and begin reading with the first verse. “Who hath believed our report? And to whom is the arm of the Lord revealed? For he shall grow up before him as a tender plant, (talking about Jesus), and as a root out of a dry ground: he hath no form nor comeliness; and when we shall see him, there is no beauty that we should desire him.” All of this was saying that when Jesus (the Messiah of Israel), comes, there will be nothing about his personal appearance that will be attractive to people. In other words people would not be attracted to him because of his good looks, nor by the way he dressed or combed his hair. Physically he would not look very much different than any other man around Jerusalem in those days. Certainly there was nothing about his looks that would draw a crowd, but Isaiah goes on in his prophecy to say, 3, “He is despised and rejected of men; a man of sorrows, and acquainted with grief: (He knew what it was to be belittled, humiliated, made fun of and ridiculed by people, but his ridiculement and persecution did not come from the prostitutes, nor the criminals in jail; it came from the religious people. They had a fixed idea of what religion was to be like, and most of what he said and did was just the opposite from what they thought it should be; it did not match their seminary teaching, and therefore they could not accept him; neither could they just leave him alone; they criticized and persecuted him.) and we hid as it were our faces from him; he was despised, and we esteemed him not. 4, Surely he hath borne our griefs, (Have you ever just felt down in the dumps, and deeply distressed, full of anxiety and fear? I am not talking about feeling bad because we were unable to pay the electric bill, or anything like that; this word, as it is used here, comes from a Hebrew word that takes in calamity, sickness, disease, deep distress, unwholesome conditions, and anxiety, which goes far beyond our not being able to pay the bills, and that sort of thing. Jesus suffered all of this for us. That is why the apostle Paul wrote, “We have not an high priest which cannot be touched by the feelings of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin.’ This takes in the rest of the verse we are reading.) And carried our sorrows.” This word, S-O-R-R-O-W-S, as used here, comes from a Hebrew word which takes in affliction, anguish, grief, pain, sorrow and sadness, and Isaiah prophesied that Jesus, the Messiah, would carry all this for us. Now let us read the whole verse straight through. “Surely he hath borne our griefs, and carried our sorrows; yet we did esteem him stricken, smitten of God, and afflicted.” This was when he hung on the cross at Calvary, (SMITTEN OF GOD), and his blood was spilled on the ground, not for his sins, but for ours. There is where he was heard to cry out, MY GOD, MY GOD, WHY HAS THOU FORSAKEN ME? That has caused many people, in trying to separate a trinity idea from the oneness teaching, to ask the question, “How could he be none other than God himself, and still be crying out to God as he did there? It was because the sins of the whole world were laid upon his flesh; he bore our sins in his flesh, not in his spirit. Therefore, when the sins of the whole world were laid upon the flesh man, God, who is spirit, forsook him. There is no other reason, but remember, he went to that cross willingly; he was not forced to do it. With his own words he said, “No one takes my life; I lay it down willingly.” When that same vessel of clay walked on water, it was not because the virtue was in the flesh; it was because the life that was in that flesh, has power over every law of nature. When he turned the water to wine; it was not because he had some secret formula hid in the palm of his hand. No, the virtue was not in the flesh. The flesh was only a means by which the Eternal God, (which is spirit, and is invisible), could have contact with man’s senses. In the flesh of Jesus, God could be seen, heard and touched by mortal man. In the flesh of Jesus, God spoke healing to sick bodies, He spoke life back into the dead, He restored sight to the blind, walked on the water, turned the water to wine, and taught a new way of life to those who followed Him, but the virtue was not of the flesh; it was the life that dwelt in that flesh that had the virtue. Now, if God, who dwelt in that fleshly form, was on day, going to cause an innocent man to suffer for the sins of the whole world; then that man would have to be a sinless man, a perfect man, a man who had not sinful attributes within his flesh, completely without a nature to sin, yet he had to be free to make his own choices or he could not have set an example for us, he had to be tried and tested in every area of life without yielding to any of the devil’s temptations, in order to show us the way to please our heavenly Father. There was not inherited nature in him to lust, covet, lie, cheat, steal or get drunk, yet he had to be able to make the choice, or his temptation would have been a farce. It was the same with Adam and Eve; they did not have a nature within them to sin against God, but they had the choice to make when temptation was presented. It was because of the choice they made, that it was necessary for the second Adam, (Jesus Christ) to come into the world and live a sinless life of obedience to the will of God. As for his walking on the water, and turning the water to wine, and other such things, we have to look at this as him establishing the fact that He is God over His own laws. It is not natural for mortal men to walk on water, the law of gravity is absolutely against that. Man was put here on earth, and this is to be man’s natural habitation, therefore the law of gravity keeps him where God meant for him to stay through all of His redeeming process. Yes, God has certain laws in effect, but He is not bound by His laws. He proved that when He walked on earth among men in the human form known as Jesus of Nazareth, but we see this man Jesus was smitten of God and afflicted, according to Isaiah’s prophecy. Everything took place just exactly as it was prophesied to. The very man that for 3 ½ years had defied the laws of nature, even to the point of telling a storm to shut up, was now hanging on a cross with the life’s blood running out of the wounds in His flesh. Hanging there is a man that from all appearances is helpless to do anything to help himself, yet His own words were, that, even then, He could call 12 legions of angels to help Him if He chose to do so. What is this all about? Why did He not try to help Himself at such a time as this? By His own words He said, “For this cause came I unto this hour.” Even Caiaphas the high priest prophesied concerning Jesus when the council of chief priests and Pharisees were gathered together for the purpose of deciding what to do about this man who was doing all those miracles. John recorded it in this gospel, verses 49-52 of the eleventh chapter. “And one of them named Caiaphas, being the high priest that same year, said unto them, ye know nothing at all, nor consider that it is expedient for us, that one man should die for the people, and that the whole nation perish not. And this spake he not of himself; but being high priest that year, he prophesied that Jesus should die for the nation; and not for that nation only, but that also he should gather together in one the children of God that were scattered abroad.”




Now if it was necessary for one innocent man to die one day, for the sins of the whole world, past, present, and future, and that man was to taste death for every man, then He must not die as DEITY, He must die as a man. That is why as he hung there on that old cross, with the nails in His hands and feet, His muscles drawn, spasms wreaking through His chest, plunging away at His heart, and moments when His brain was attacked by faint, to the point where someone dipped a sponge into a mixture of vinegar and probably certain types of drugs that would have taken away all the pain if He would have taken it, He refused to partake of it, knowing that He was to suffer death for every man, woman, and child of the whole human race. He was smitten of God and afflicted. In other words, He was stripped of all DEITY powers; not in the sense that He could not have rescued Himself, but since He was ordained to die for the sins of all mankind, He had to be left to die like any other human. He had to be able to feel the pain throughout His whole being or it could not have been said that He suffered the penalty for all of our sins. The critics passed by spitting at Him and crying out, “You saved others, why don’t you save yourself.” It was all for the sake of mocking him when they said, “If he is the king of Israel let him now come down from the cross, and we will believe him. He trusted in God; let him deliver him now, if he will save him.” That sounds just like the devil, doesn’t it? The devil knew who that was hanging there. He was no stranger to Him, but there was one thing sure; it was not the second person of a trinity hanging there that day, it was none other than the very God himself, veiled in human flesh, taking upon that flesh the penalty for the sins of the whole world. While one of the prisoners that was crucified with Him hung there cursing and accusing Him, and the one on the other side was repenting, Jesus gave up the Ghost, life separated from Him and His head slumped over. “SURELY HE HATH BORNE OUR GRIEFS, AND CARRIED OUR SORROWS: YET WE DID ESTEEM HIM STRICKEN, SMITTEN OF GOD AND AFFLICTED.” He was not afflicted in the sense that He was made sick as some might think. No, His affliction was in the form of abuse and torture. Think of the almost unbearable pain as the crown of thorns was rammed down on His head. I can just see the blood run from those thorn pricks, run down on His face and dry there, also his back, where He has been beaten until it is nothing but bloody bruises and gashes. Why? Did you ever ask yourself, why? “He was wounded for our transgressions; He was bruised for our iniquities.” All of our disobedience, all of our ungodly living, all of our rebellious attitudes, and every wrong thing that we have ever done was all laid upon Him, (Jesus) at Calvary. “The chastisement of our peace was upon Him, and with His stripes we are healed.”




It is a positive fact that divine healing was in the atonement work at Calvary. A person who would deny that, would have to deny the word of God. Isaiah prophesied about it, putting it in a future tense setting, but Peter wrote about it in his epistle as a finished work. In other words, it was already accomplished, right? You can read it in 1 Peter 2:24, “BY WHOSE STRIPES YE WERE, YE W-E-R-E, past tense, already healed.” Who can argue with that, without being found arguing with God? Let us go now to Psalms 103, and try to get these scriptures all together which speak so positive about divine healing. In verse 1, we read, “Bless the Lord, O my soul, and all that is within me, bless his holy name. Bless the Lord, O my soul, and forget not all his benefits: Who forgiveth all thine iniquities; who healeth all thy diseases.” The spirit of Christ speaking through David, the Psalmist, furnished us with the beautiful words which we have just read. Actually that is part of a song that David sung giving full expression of what the Lord is to mankind, but I want us to turn now to Exodus 15:23-26, “And when they came to Marah, they could not drink the waters of Marah, for they were bitter; therefore the name of it was called Marah. And the people murmured against Moses, saying, What shall we drink? And he cried unto the Lord; and the Lord shewed him a tree, which when he had cast into the waters, the waters’ were made sweet; there he made for them a, Now listen to what God’s word says here. There he made for them a statute and an ordinance, and there he proved them, And said, If thou wilt diligently hearken to the voice of the Lord thy God, and wilt do that which is right in His sight, and wilt give ear to His commandments, and keep all His statutes, (that went with it) I will put none of these diseases upon thee, which I have brought upon the Egyptians: FOR I AM THE LORD THAT HEALETH THEE.” I hear people quote that 26th verse often, but I never hear them mention the conditions which were set forth ahead of that promise. When God says that he will do a certain thing, if we do a certain thing, it is not right for us to expect God to do His part unless we do ours. What God told those Israelites to do went way beyond just trying to keep the 10 commandments, they were to keep all his statutes also. Very few people ever really understand just what his statutes were. You can read the Ten Commandments in Exodus, chapter 20, but you have to read Deuteronomy and Leviticus to find out what His statutes were. Now, what does that amount to in relation to the one verse of scripture which says so much? Simply this, even though he said, “I am the Lord that healeth thee,” that promise was absolutely conditional. When He said, If thou wilt diligently hearken to the voice of the Lord thy God, and will do that which is right in His sight, and wilt give ear to His commandments, and keep all his statutes, I will put none of these diseases upon thee, which I have brought upon the Egyptians, He meant that their whole way of life must absolutely be centered around the entire word of God, not just two or three verses. The religious world is full of people who have grabbed two, three, or a half dozen verses of scripture which contain the promises of God for his people, and they have completely ignored the conditions set forth which must be met in order for us to come boldly before the throne of grace to receive the promise. God provided these benefits for his true children, those who would live just as true and clean after they are healed as they do before. You may say, “But Bro. Jackson, there are an awful lot of people getting healed that do not even serve God.” I still say the promises and provisions in the scriptures are for the true children of God; they are the only ones who have a legal right to them, but we do know that God is sovereign, and therefore He can bestow mercy upon who He will, then if they do not live for God, they will have to face Him in judgment. People are guilty of maneuvering the word of God to suit their own particular purpose, just like the Judiastic leaders had been guilty of doing before the first advent of Christ. The more some people study the Bible, the farther they get from the true revelation contained in it, all because they are studying it for the wrong reasons, not really seeking a holy walk with God.




I mean for us to take this message very slow, giving everyone a chance to look at the Bible, to see just exactly what it has to say on this subject. Let us turn now to 2 Corinthians, chapter 12:1-10 where we will begin to see something if we will watch closely. You must watch the man. I believe you will see something if you will just watch the man. The man is the apostle Paul who authored most of the New Testament letters to the churches. As we study the New Testament, there is not found anywhere, a sermon that Paul preached just on divine healing. You say, “Did he believe in divine healing?” He sure did, but he did not go around preaching divine healing messages, as such. This message may seem strange to some of you, but I am preaching it to clear out some of the cobwebs from people’s minds. Remember, the apostle Paul was healed at Damascus. Is that right? Therefore he had every right to believe in the act of divine healing. How is it he never preached a sermon on the subject, yet he had one of the greatest healing revivals that the Gentiles had ever heard about there at Ephesus? We read in the 19th chapter of Acts, how that God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul; so that from his body were brought unto the sick, handkerchiefs or aprons, and the diseases departed from them, and the evil spirits went out of them. No, it was not because he was preaching divine healing; it was because he was preaching the gospel and in doing so, he made the people to see that God would meet all of their needs. He never even left Ephesus, but they came from miles around to hear this man preach, and when they did, many of them became revelated. Then, as they received personal healing, they probably began thinking about grandma or grandpa or someone else back home who needed to be healed. I can just see them as they began to get the idea to have Paul pray over, or even, just touch a handkerchief or an apron, believing that if they laid that on their sick folks they would be healed. Needless to say, God honored their faith. He healed the sick and the evil spirits went out of them, but Paul still did not preach on divine healing, and neither did he furnish the handkerchiefs and aprons; the people brought them to him. They no doubt brought handkerchiefs from the men, and aprons from the women. This was not just a ten day or two week campaign, either; this meeting lasted for about two years, giving all the people of Asia, ample opportunity to hear of the meeting, and attend the services. I will say this, also, when people came to hear Paul preach, they did not have to sit there for two hours while he took an offering from them. You know how it is in our day; these modern day evangelists will get up when it out to be time for them to start preaching and say, “The Lord showed me that there are three people in this building that should give one thousand dollars: you know who you are, now who will be first?” Then they will go right on down through five hundred, one hundred, fifty, twenty-five, and they will keep going until they get all the loose pocket change, and then they will preach a little twenty minute sermon on divine healing and call a prayer line, all in the name of the Lord. When the service is over with, the people do not know anymore about God than they did when they came in. Brothers and sisters, time is too short for us to play around with this gospel message that those early Christians loved enough to lay down their very lives for. It is time for us to hear it, and obey it the way they did. We are not going to get off the ground, in the rapture until we do.




As we go into this 12th chapter of 2nd Corinthians, please remember, Paul has been criticized by the very people that he had established in the faith earlier. They had listened to a bunch of those roving preachers who drift from place to place teaching their private revelations, and their very purpose was to try to diminish Paul’s image, casting a reflection on his revelation and his character. Paul knew that he had taught the people right, and that he had not tried to make a name for himself, but now he is facing a situation that must be dealt with; therefore, in chapter 11 we hear him say, verses 2-3, “For I am jealous over you with a godly jealousy; for I have espoused you to one husband, that I may present you as a chaste virgin to Christ. But I fear, lest by any means, as the serpent beguiled Eve through his subtlety, so your minds should be corrupted from the simplicity that is in Christ.” He goes on to say, in verse 13, (speaking of these men who have stirred up the trouble) “For such are FALSE APOSTLES, deceitful workings, transforming themselves into the apostles of Christ. And no marvel; for Satan himself is transformed into an angel of light. Therefore it is no great thing if his ministers also be transformed as the ministers of righteousness; whose end shall be according to their works.” Now let us be sure we get the picture here, so we will understand why Paul speaks as he does of himself. These fellows are trying to change the grace of God, trying to change the revelation that God, through Paul, had delivered unto them so clearly. They have gone about it in such a way that it has, no doubt, come to a place where it is Paul’s image and character, against theirs, and even though Paul does not like to boast of himself, (and he plainly says so), he finds himself in a situation where he is compelled to glory in his flesh in order to put the others in their place. That brings us up to the place where we will start reading chapter 12, where Paul says, “It is not expedient for me doubtless to glory. I will come to visions and revelations of the Lord.” In other words, these other fellows must have had a very sweet, appetizing sort of revelation, but they could not hold a candle to the apostle Paul when it came to his, for there was one thing sure, what he preached ten years before, he would still preach, and if you heard him twenty years later, he would still be preaching it the same way. In verse 2 he said, “I knew a man in Christ above fourteen years ago.” Now some will say Bro. Jackson, was he still here on earth when all this happened to him? That is not the important part. We are not here to debate that; that is like straining at a gnat, and swallowing a camel. No, he said, “Whether in the body, I cannot tell; or whether out of the body, I cannot tell: God knoweth.” It did not matter to Paul that only God knew whether he was in the body or out of it. He just knew that when the spirit of God came on him, in this experience, he was taken up into glory; whether bodily, or visionary, it did not matter to him. He says, “Such an one caught up to the third heaven. And I knew such a man, (whether in the body, or out of the body, I cannot tell: God knoweth);” Therefore if only God knew, and Paul did not, please do not expect me to tell you which it was. The important thing is that he was caught up into paradise, and heard unspeakable words which were not lawful for a man to utter. We would say, he heard mysterious things. What he heard, were things that he knew it would not be good to talk about down here on earth among mortal, carnal minded beings. Therefore, (in the back of his mind), he just kept that which he had heard, and I am sure he spent much time recalling those words and musing over them, being thankful to God that he was allowed such a privilege, for he knew what they meant. He knew also that if they were told to anyone else it would just start a cycle of people playing with those words, and cause an endless string of questions, so he just kept all this to himself. But now the time has come for him to deal with the situation at hand and find him glorying in the experience that he had been keeping quiet about. Verse 5, “Of such an one will I glory: yet of myself I will not glory, but in mine infirmities.” You must catch what he means here or it will sound confusing to you. What he is saying is, I will glory in the inner man; there is nothing wrong with him. Paul is in an area of dealing with the two natures of man, that which is spiritual, and that which is natural; therefore, (by the help of God) I want to explain what he is saying, in common everyday language, and try to show you what it would actually lead to if you interpret it wrong. “Of such an one will I glory: yet of myself I will not glory, but in mine infirmities.” In other words he could glory in the inner man for he was without fault, but when it came to the outer man, (the flesh) he said, I will not say too much for him; he doesn’t look so good, meaning, of course, if he started talking about his flesh, he would be faced with how he appeared in the eyes of others. He might have been bald headed, rough skinned, snaggletoothed, and who knows what else. Remember now, as we read verse 6, this is Paul talking. “For though I would desire to glory, (Do you see? He said he would like to.) I shall not be a fool; for I will say the truth: but now I forbear, lest any man should think of me above that which he seeth me to be, or that he heareth of me.” You can see here that he has dropped his whole line of thought down to a fleshly level. He says, I do not want to glory about that, realizing that it was his flesh that had been compared to these men who had caused the disturbance among these Corinthian people. No doubt these fellows had a way about them that, compared to Paul, they stood out and presented a better image in looks and personality and that sort of thing. Paul realizing just what was going on, and where he stood, he said, “For though I would desire to glory, I shall not be a fool, for I will say the truth, but now I forbear, (or I will only go so far with it, lest some of you start thinking of me above that which you are able to see in me), or that he heareth of me.” To see him, and to hear him, was to know him after his natural makeup, and it was Paul’s desire for them to hear, “Thus saith the Lord,” without having the human vessel exalted. You know yourselves, that some very ordinary looking people (as far as the flesh is concerned) can go around talking of their spiritual experiences in the Lord, to the point where some will begin to look upon them as something special. They will begin to exalt them above other people, and at times, look upon them as deity, even to the point of bowing down to worship them. Paul avoided anything, and everything that could lead to a situation like that. He certainly did not want any glory that belonged to God, therefore he refrained from entering into any kind of boasting that might have caused some to stumble.





Now as we go into verse 7, we find another thought opened up, a thorn in his flesh. I said earlier that this is a very controversial subject, therefore I want us to go into it thoroughly with the thought of getting our minds settled once and for all as to what this thorn in his flesh was. Let us read verse 7, “And lest I should be exalted above measure through the abundance of the revelations, there was given to me a thorn in the flesh, (not in his soul, it was in his flesh), the messenger of Satan to buffet me, lest I should be exalted above measure.” I will never forget reading what one man wrote on this subject. In his reasoning he made this statement, “If Paul’s thorn in the flesh was a physical affliction as some say, just imagine him being so boastful, so disobedient that God would have to deal with him in that way.” Now I just want to leave that statement right there for now, and deal with what Paul said about it. In verse we find him saying, “ For this thing I sought the Lord thrice, that it might depart from me.” I believe with all my heart that at least three times he had shut himself away, no doubt, with fasting and prayer for a number of days, where he cried out to God for deliverance from this thing. I believe it was more than just a little bedroom prayer at night. This was something that hindered him, and he felt that he should be rid of it, but look what the answer of God was to him, 8 “And he (God) said unto me, My grace is sufficient for thee: for MY STRENGTH is made perfect in weakness.” What was sufficient? God’s grace. God did not deliver him from this thing, He just gave him sufficient grace to go ahead and do whatever he had to do. Brothers and sisters, consider this, the thing that plagued Paul to the point where he sought deliverance from the Lord had to be in only one of three particular areas, namely, PHYSICAL, SPIRITUAL OR MORAL; there is no fourth area for it to fall in. It was something that reminded him of himself, and no doubt, drove him to prayer many times during the course of his ministry. I am sure you know that I could just make a flat statement as to what I believe this thorn in the flesh was, but many of you would not be satisfied with that, therefore, we are going to look at this from every logistical standpoint, giving you the opportunity of discovering for yourselves just what the scripture makes clear to us. We will finish verse 9, “Most gladly therefore will I rather glory in my infirmities, that the power of Christ may rest upon me.” This word infirmity or infirmities, did not mean that he was such a sick man that he had to be carried around on a cot all the time. Though this word infirmity is used in the plural, we still must remember that the word THORN is singular, and by this we know that he had one particular thing that was constantly flaring up to give him trouble. We would say it was a pricking sort of reminder that he had his limitations. It was something that would gouge at him from time to time, and he has come to the place of recognizing why God allowed such a thing to be, so he has learned to trust in the grace of God without constantly feeling sorry for himself. 10, “Therefore I take pleasure in infirmities, in reproaches, in necessities, in persecutions, in distresses for Christ’s sake: for when I am weak, then am I strong.” Did you notice as we read that verse, that he mentioned many things that do not even fall in the category of infirmities? They are identities of God’s dealings, and of Satan’s harassment and accusations thrown against him. Some of these things do not even pertain to the flesh. The term, reproaches, for instance, that probably had to do with people telling lies about him. Who could say that was a thorn in the flesh? They lied about Jesus too. After reproaches, he mentions necessities. I hope you realize, Paul was not a rich man, material wise; he found himself broke many times, during the course of his travels. We can see that in some of the letters he wrote to other churches. He speaks of persecutions here, and certainly we have no trouble finding where he had persecutions. Every time he went into a Jewish synagogue, when he would get a little too deep in the word for the, and talk about the Messiah from his present day viewpoint, sure enough they would grab him, and his companions, whoever they might be, and out the door they would cast them. That was not infirmities: that was just plain persecutions. Unwelcome, unaccepted, unrecognized and hated by many, he continued to do what God had called him to do. I might say also that some of his persecution turned out to be exceedingly rough on the flesh, but it still did not fall into the category of infirmities. On one particular occasion they waylaid him and Silas and took them before the magistrates making accusations against them because of what they taught, and the result was that, after they had laid many stripes on them, they cast them into prison, charging the jailer to keep them safely. Do you know what they did? At midnight Paul and Silas began praying and singing praises to God. They did not have any fancy guitars, nor amplifiers, nor any kind of public address equipment; all they had was just two plain old crude voices, probably singing about the amazing grace of God, giving praise to him who is able to grant them victory in every situation. The more they sang, the happier they got, and the happier they got, the louder they got, until they could be heard throughout the whole area. The other prisoners got to listening, the angels got to listening, and it sounded so sweet in heaven, do you know what happened? The Lord sent an angel to shake those prison doors until they swung open, and at that time everyone’s bands were loosed. I know what some of you are thinking, but Bro. Jackson, the Bible says it was an earthquake that shook that prison. You have heard me say it before, but I will say it again, whenever you find God intervening in the affairs of man, you will always find him working through angels, then when we look into the scriptures, we find many places where an angel came down, and there was a great earthquake.




I am sure most of you have recognized by now that we are talking about the events recorded in the 16th chapter of Acts, and we find that after the earthquake had shook all the doors of the prison until they swung open, and all the prisoners were loosed from their restraining bands, the old jailer awakened from his sleep, and discovered what had happened. At that, he drew his sword and would have killed himself, knowing that if he had allowed all those prisoners to escape, he would be killed anyhow, but the apostle Paul spoke just at the right time, saying, “Do thyself no harm: for we are all here.” That was the best news the old jailer had heard for a long time. He called for a light, and came running down the corridor until he reached the cell where Paul and Silas were, then he rushed in and fell at their feet trembling. When he regained control of himself, he brought them out and said, Sirs, what must I do to be saved? He knew who they were, and he knew why they were in there, and he had heard and seen enough to know that they had God on their side. They answered him, “Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou shalt be saved, and thy house.”




Right here is a good opportunity for me to answer a question that is often asked, “Bro. Jackson do I have a right to claim my household for the Lord?” Yes, claim them, hold them up before God in prayer, and do everything you can to set a Christian example before them, but remember, every last one of them is personally responsible to God for their own salvation. You cannot answer to God for them. Therefore if you see circumstances farther on down the road that makes it appear that God is not going to work on behalf of one or two of them, do not become discouraged to the point where you throw up your hands in defeat. Remember God is sovereign, and he works according to his own council, but if you will claim your family members, and hold them up before God in prayer, you will have that special feeling toward them that will care for them and set a proper example before them. Nevertheless, I am persuaded that Paul answered the jailer as he did because of divine inspiration. It was not standard procedure for one member of a family to believe, and obligate God to save the whole family. I am thinking of what Jesus said in the 10th chapter of Matthew, “A man’s foes shall be those of his own household.” On the other hand we do have scriptural examples such as the household of Cornelius, where the whole house was saved, but it was because each and every one of them believed the gospel, and personally accepted the Lord Jesus Christ as their savior. It was the same way here in Acts 15; God had the scene already set up, and he inspired Paul to answer the jailer as he did, but they preached the gospel to the whole family, and they baptized every one of them because they everyone believed. You will find that in the 34th verse; he believed in God WITH his whole house. Now let me admonish you, trust God, let your request be made known to him, and pray for your whole family, but do not find fault with God if everything does not go as you would have it to. Remember the words of Paul, spoken to the Romans, “Shall the thing that is formed, say unto him that formed it, why hast thou made me thus? Hath not the potter power over the clay, of the same lump to make one vessel unto honour and another unto dis-honour?” Yes, God will work out his plan for the ages, and he will do it with, or without, our individual cooperation, but I will go so far as to say this, If you are in the plan of God and you refuse to cooperate, you can expect Him to slap you around until you do start cooperating with Him. You say, “Will God do that?” I talk like this to get your attention; not to be silly, nor foolish, but God does know how to get your attention. When I was knocked off of my tractor by a drunken driver, and later, lay in that hospital with my head and face split open, I did not need anyone to tell me that God was trying to get my attention. It took that for him to get it, and I have been carrying the scar ever since, but I will say this, when God gets finished talking to you after an ordeal like that, you do not have any trouble remembering. I imagine Paul (if he was still alive) would testify to that. He could never have forgotten his experience on the Damascus road that day. I will only testify for myself on this next statement. When I came to my senses, there in the hospital, I did not need to ask anyone why that had happened; I asked them what had happened, but not why. When I became conscious enough to think, it was like a small voice deep inside me saying, “I know why this has happened; it is to bring my heart to God.” Then I am reminded of the scripture that says, “And we know all things work together for good to them that love God, (not to the whole world, but to them that love God), to them who are the called according to his purpose.” As we meditate on the things that have happened along life’s journey, this scripture will, many times, give us new courage to face the challenge of life.




Now, back to Paul, back to the thought of his infirmities, and the thorn in his flesh. I have said many times before, there are only three categories for this to be fitted into; it must be one of the three. He refers to it as a thorn in his flesh. How many of you have ever had a briar stuck deep down in your finger? You who have will remember that, after it has been in there awhile, if you do not rub it the wrong way, it doesn’t feel too bad, but every once in awhile you would pick up something in a way that would put pressure on the spot and you would feel the prick or gouge. At that you would think, “I wish I could get that thing out of there.” The reason he spoke of this as a thorn in his flesh was because a thorn is a gouging thing; it gouges the flesh. You might say, he had to be careful how he conducted himself, for every so often he would feel a gouge, and he said God gave it to him. You may say, “I thought the devil was always the one who does things like that.” The devil is only the instrument; look at the reason why it was given to him and you will know that it was God ordained. Verse 7 tells us that it was to keep him from being exalted beyond what he should be as a result of the heavenly vision which he had received.




Remember now, in the beginning of the message I said, “watch the man.” As we reason this thing out by the scriptures, remember Paul wrote these letters, and he is the one who preached divine healing to the Gentiles as he preached the gospel to them with all of its benefits. If this thing was not a physical condition that flared up ever so often, then we ought to be able to establish by the scriptures just exactly what it was. Let us say, for the sake of exploring every avenue, that this was something that pricked his spirit every so often. His spirit in his soul, and we all know that a thing like that can be hid; it is not necessary for others to know of something that is not visible. Deep inside your heart you may be pressed down, burdened, very grieved; something may have your inner being in a turmoil, but that does not mean that others have to know. I know you have met, and probably could name someone right now that carries such a burden, but at the same time, that person, if asked, “How are you today,” might say, “Just fine, never been better.” Now, not everyone has that kind of victory, but the point I am making is this, if Paul’s trouble had been in his spirit, it would not have been openly obvious to those he preached to. He would have kept it hid from them. We will consider this some more later, but right now I want to open up the third area of man’s trouble, and see if we can lay Paul’s thorn there. If it was not a physical condition, nor a spiritual problem, that leaves only one other area that it could be; there is no fourth area for consideration. If it was not one of the first two, then it would have to be a moral problem, something that pertained to his fleshly nature. It would have to be a human weakness that he was not able to overcome; something like a drinking habit, or some other human weakness. If it was something like that, then the other two categories are eliminated. We have to settle it by the scriptures; therefore we will read some other scriptures to see what we can learn.




You probably know that Corinth and Galatia were not too far apart, and that the Galatian letter and the Corinthian letters were written fairly close together, so let us turn to Galatians and read what Paul wrote to them concerning the same problem that he has been writing to the Corinthians about. The Galatian letter was written first. It seems that some one had gone behind Paul and perverted his teaching, telling these Galatians that now that they had believed, they could only be made perfect by keeping the law. He, or they, which ever the case was, had them trying to keep the law of Moses, and observing certain days, and so forth, which caused Paul to write to them using some very strong words. In the first chapter he said, “I marvel that ye are so soon removed from him that called you into the grace of Christ unto another gospel: Which is not another; but there be some that trouble you, and would pervert the gospel of Christ. But though we, or an angel from heaven, preach any other gospel unto you than that which we have preached unto you, let him be accursed.” We will hold those verses in our minds and go over to the 4th chapter where we will begin to read, starting with the 8th verse. Listen to what Paul says, “Howbeit then, when ye knew not God, (meaning, when they were still pagans, before they had the gospel preached to them), ye did service unto them which by nature are no gods. (In other words, you served all those pagan deities.) But now, after that ye have known God, or rather are known of God, (This is Paul’s way of reminding them that it was his revelation that had introduced them to God, or made known to them who God really is, and how that they, even as pagans, could be reconciled to that God by grace, through the Lord Jesus Christ.) How turn ye again to the weak and beggarly elements, whereunto ye desire again to be in bondage?” Paul is taking this opportunity to remind them of who, and where they were, before he brought to them the gospel of grace. He is reminding them that they were just pagans, serving other gods which were not really gods at all. He calls their former ways, the weak and beggarly ways, and questions them for turning back to such, after having a revelation of the true God presented to them. He says, “Ye observe days, and months, and times, and yeas. I am afraid of you, lest I have bestowed upon you labour in vain.” In other words all these things are vain, for those who have been accepted into God’s plan of grace and mercy. He was trying to get them to see that they were placing themselves under bondage, and that all such effort is vain. But, after all of this admonition he still refers to them as brothers in faith. 12, “Brethren, I beseech you, (or I beg you), be as I am; for I am as ye are: (now notice this next statement), Ye have not injured me at all.” Paul had received word that, because of these other teachings he was no longer highly esteemed as a great man of God. His image had been cut down to about 8 inches tall. Whoever those other characters were, they had purposely conducted themselves in such a way, as to diminish Paul’s image, and influence on these Galatians, but Paul is telling them that they have not injured him. Praise God, he knew where he stood with God regardless of what had been said about him. He is the one who said, “I know in whom I have believed, and I am persuaded that he is able to keep that which I have committed unto him, against that day.” This man knew what he was talking about. He told them right in the very beginning that the things he had taught them did not come by another mortal man, for he had been taught by the resurrected Christ himself. A man like that does not change his teaching every few weeks. You could hear him ten years later, and he would still hold to what he had taught the first time. Hallelujah! That is revelation. That is why he could say to them, If any man, or even an angel ever preaches anything contrary to what we have preached unto you, let him be accursed. He was absolutely sure that what he had preached was right; therefore he was not the least bit hesitant to reach all the way into the heavenlies and include angels in what he had to say.




We will now read verse 13, and I want you to notice exactly what he has to say in these next verses. 13, “Ye know how that through infirmity of the flesh I preached the gospel unto you at the first.” Now he said, “THROUGH INFIRMITY OF THE FLESH, I PREACHED THE GOSPEL UNTO YOU,” and some will say, “Now wait a minute, Bro. Jackson, if you preach like that, it will not stimulate faith in those who need healing.” I beg your pardon; what I am saying is truth, and Paul taught it, and those Galatians saw his difficulty, or infirmity, and God still honored his ministry. You just do not change the word of God to make it fit someone’s expectations; you preach the word just like it is, regardless of circumstances, and God, who is sovereign, will see that it does not return unto him without accomplishing His will and purpose. Whatever God has done in our individual lives will never change his word; the word always remains the same. We have to find ourselves in the word; that is the important thing. Now, if someone should ask the questions, “Do you people at Faith Assembly believe in divine healing?” Absolutely, but we do not have to hide any of the word of God in order to have faith for it. We want to understand one thing: if we believe in divine healing, we want to get it straight, as we see it portrayed, and demonstrated, and lived, through the entire book, and not try to work it off of 2 or 3 verses of scripture. The fact of divine healing is established throughout the entire book. Here we find Paul reminding these Galatians that they knew of the infirmity of his flesh from the very first time he came to them: which takes us back to something I said earlier. If Paul’s thorn had been in his spirit, why was it so plain for everyone to see, and know about? Why was he reminding them in this letter? If he had a spiritual problem, he certainly could not help anyone by constantly harping about it, but on the other hand, if it was an obvious infirmity of the flesh, it could not be hid, and therefore it would be alright to talk about it when deemed necessary.




I will ask you another question, if Paul’s trouble was a moral problem, how could he speak to others with such boldness, and confidence, in dealing with moral issues, such as the one in 1 Corinthians, chapter 5, where a man was living with his own father’s wife? He spoke as a man who was blameless before God, in dealing with every problem in the churches. Now we find him speaking of an infirmity of the flesh. Is that a sin? Should he feel guilty because of it? Of course not. You all know better than that. Now listen to verse 14. “And my temptation, (or testing), which was in my flesh ye despised not, nor rejected; but received me as an angel of God, even as Christ Jesus.” You all know how some people are; they will say, “I don’t want a sick man praying for me.” Shame on any brother or sister that would talk like that. That is being childish. Actually, it is very carnal. What has my infirmity got to do with the grace of God working on your behalf? Are you trying to get a free ride on some other person’s faith? If you have your faith anchored in the finished work at Calvary, it will not matter what kind of infirmity the minister might have; that will not hinder God in the least. Paul said, (to use my own words), “Even though I have this trouble physically, when I came to you the first time, that did not make any difference at all. You even accepted me as though I were Jesus Christ himself, and in so doing, you gave me your full approval.” Then, in verse 15, he says, “Where is then the blessedness ye spake of? For I bear you record, that, if it had been possible, ye would have plucked out your own eyes, and have given them to me.” Why? Why would they have been willing to pluck out their own eyes and give them to Paul? We all realize that this could have been just a figure of speech; there is no argument there, but, on the other hand, if this thorn in his flesh was occasional blindness, that would explain some other verses of scripture: one of which I will read to you from the 16th chapter of Romans, verse 22. “I Tertius, who wrote this epistle, salute you in the Lord.” Do you see what I am getting at? This man Tertius, says he wrote the epistle to the Romans, yet it is written in the very verbal speech of the apostle Paul. Why did not Paul write it himself? He was there. I believe it was because the apostle Paul was blinded when the Lord met him in the form of that great light on the road to Damascus, and how that for three days he could not see until a man named Ananias put his hands on him and prayed for him to receive his sight and be filled with the Holy Ghost. Now, I know some of you will say, “But Bro. Jackson, if the Lord healed him, why would you think he still had trouble with his eyes? I will answer a question like that, with this. I believe that God healed him so that he never went blind again, but there could have been a lingering weakness that would flare up from time to time, causing Paul to refer to it as a thorn in the flesh, something that would gouge him from time to time. Ananias prayed for him to receive his sight, and he received it, and as far as we know, he was never blind again, but that would not mean that he did not suffer some weakness in his eyes, causing him to have other men do his writing. It was not because he could not write, for you will remember, he was a member of the Sanhedrin Court, the supreme council of the Jews, during post-exile times. He described himself as a Pharisee of the Pharisees, and blameless, as far as keeping the law of Moses. It would be ridiculous for anyone to think he was not capable of doing his own writing, except for some physical hindrance. He went on to say that even though he had so many things to his credit, he counted them all as dung (animal waste) that he might win Christ. In other words, even though his education had more or less gone to his head, in former days, he now considers obedience to Christ to be the most important of all.




Many people try to interpret the Bible to fit someone’s experience, but if we are to be scripturally realistic, we will have to interpret our experiences to fit the Bible. It is really the sovereignty of God that we read about in the scriptures; it is also the sovereignty of God that gives some people these outstanding testimonies. For instance, I read about one woman who had been taken with a disease since childhood; she had been prayed for by every Holy Ghost filled Christian that knew her, seemingly, to no avail; all the doctors had given up on her, having done all they could do. Then, God, in his sovereignty, came to her, and told her exactly what he would do, when he would do it, and that she was to let her friends and neighbors know about it. Many of them came, doubting that it would happen, but God is faithful; he does what he says he will do. That woman has traveled all over the world giving this healing testimony. Can we interpret the Bible by this testimony? Of course not; God is sovereign, the next case might be dealt with completely different from this one. One thing is sure though; the time is at hand for God’s chosen people to gain understanding of what is written in this old black book, (the Bible). When we begin to get our minds clear from those old hand-me-down, traditional ideas, we will discover that we do not have anything to boast about, for we are all subjects of God’s bountiful grace. Nevertheless, some of us need a reminder, from time to time, and that is what we want to see from this little message. As we think back to our text, in 2 Corinthians, chapter 12, why do you suppose Paul talked in such terms as this, “AND LEST I SHOULD BE EXALTED?” Why would a Holy Ghost Christian man need something to keep him from being exalted above measure anyhow? You must remember that we all have an inherited nature that will exalt the flesh if we do not keep that nature under subjection to the inner man which is renewed by the spirit. In the case of Paul, remember, he was a Jew, and Jews had always looked upon Gentiles as dogs, something unclean. Paul himself stated that in his letter to the Romans, and here he finds himself faced with the responsibility of preaching the gospel of grace to them, telling then that they also, are to be partakers of the grace and mercy of the God of the Jews. It was not the purpose of God to pick up some pagan, fill him with the Holy Ghost, school him with revelation of the scriptures, and send him to preach to the Gentiles. No, when God was ready to present the gospel to the Gentiles, he chose a Jew named Saul, struck him blind, then healed his eyes, filled him with the Holy Ghost, changed his name to Paul, took him into the desert, alone, and taught him, by the spirit, what the Old Testament scriptures was all about. None of the New Testament had been written at that time, and Paul knew what was written in the Old Testament; all he needed was understanding of what it was all about. That is the reason he spoke to the Galatians as he did, chapter 1, verses 11-18, “But I certify you brethren, that the gospel which was preached of me is not after man. 12, For I neither received it of man, neither was I taught it, but by the revelation of Jesus Christ. 13, For ye have heard of my conversion in time past in the Jews’ religion, how that beyond measure I persecuted the church of God, and wasted it: 14, And profited in the Jews’ religion above many my equals in mine own nation, being more exceedingly zealous of the traditions of my fathers. 15, But when it pleased God, who separated me from my mother’s womb, and called me by his grace, 16, To reveal his Son in me, that I might preach him among the heathen: immediately I conferred not with flesh and blood: (meaning, he did not enroll in a seminary, nor seek instructions from any other man). 17, Neither went I up to Jerusalem to them which were apostles before me; but I went into Arabia, (alone with God, and his scrolls), and returned again unto Damascus. Then after three years I went up to Jerusalem to see Peter, and abode with him fifteen days.” From these verses, it is easy for us to see how a man that had growed up from childhood, looking upon the Gentiles as common and unclean, nothing but dogs, could still have a tendency to do so if God had not dealt with him as he did. Somehow, God would not let Paul align himself with the church at Jerusalem. It would have worked for Paul’s convenience if he could have, but God had not called him to preach to the Jews in Israel. He was to go to the Jews in dispersion, and from that his ministry was to reach to the Gentiles. The Gentiles had always been a filthy people. Their morals were filthy; their religious ideas were blasphemous and filthy; therefore, every Jew looked down on them, and gouged them every chance they had, they could not help it; it was there nature to do so. For this reason we believe Paul would have done his share of gouging, especially, knowing what he did, as a result of his heavenly vision.




Now, says Paul, “And lest I should be exalted above measure THROUGH THE ABUNDANCE OF THE REVELATIONS, there was given to me a THORN IN THE FLESH, (SOMETHING THAT PRICKS AND GOUGES) the messenger of Satan to buffet me, lest I should be exalted above measure,” Tell me now, can we separate the thorn in his flesh from the messenger of Satan? Would we not have to say that the messenger of Satan, and the thorn in his flesh, are the same thing? If you will take a good look at verse 7, you will see that they are, and certainly, Paul is not saying that he has tuberculosis, nor heart trouble, nor arthritis, or anything like that. What he says does not mean anything like that at all. If this thorn in his flesh was the messenger of Satan, then it had to be a spirit behind some physical ailment. Paul said he had sought the Lord three times on behalf of it, and every time the Lord had answered him by saying, “My grace is sufficient for thee.” God did not need to keep him humble by dumping a basket full of various diseases upon him: just something to remind him that he could be blind, groping for someone to lead him, if it were not for the mercy of God. After God answered him as He did, (the third time), Paul reconciled himself to the fact that this was something he was going to have to learn to live with, for God said, “My strength is made perfect in weakness.” This caused Paul to say, “Most gladly therefore will I rather glory in my infirmities.” This did not make him a Catholic taking an attitude like that; it just meant that after he had prayed about it the third time, he came to see that the very thing he was trying to get rid of was actually serving a purpose of God in his life. Now, to explain what I mean by what I said, How many times have you heard Catholic people say, “ The Lord suffered for us; therefore we ought to suffer for him?” That is a very foolish way for a person to look at his health, when the Bible declares that, “By his stripes we were healed.” If God does not show you that a certain infirmity is for a specific purpose, like He did the apostle Paul, then you have no right to take an attitude like that. I have notice also, that the people who say they believe it is the will of God for us to suffer are always going to the doctor, and taking medicine, in an effort to get rid of the suffering and be healed. Do you see any conflict there? In other words, if we really believe a thing is the will of God for our lives, then we are very foolish to fight against it in any way whatsoever. On the other hand, if we really are concerned about the will of God we ought to find out what the Bible teaches, and try our best to live by it.




Brothers and sisters: I pray that we can get a proper understanding of the whole word of God, rather than just hold on to a verse of scripture somewhere. If we will examine the whole word of God, we will see how he has dealt with others; then we will be in a better frame of mind to let God work out the affairs of our lives. For, we see here that the apostle Paul could only glory in this one thing, and he knew why it was there. Realizing that this particular infirmity was given to him to keep him humble, he could say, “I will rather glory in my infirmities, that the power of Christ may rest upon me.” He came to the place where he realized that, if a man becomes proud and puffed up, if he gets to the place where he exalts himself, he is void of the anointing of the Lord Jesus Christ. That is why, (in his letter to the Galatians), he could even call angels into account. He had so submitted himself unto the Lord that there was no question in his mind, as to whether the gospel that he preached was right or not. Brother, I want you to know, when you start calling angels into account of what you are preaching, you had better know what you are talking about. Up until that hour, no man had ever talked like that before. His boldness to speak like he did to the Galatians is one of the things that causes us to rule out the fact that Paul’s thorn in his flesh was any kind of a moral problem. Now, while we are speaking of the Galatian letter, let me remind you once again of how he said to them, “YE KNOW how through infirmity of the flesh I preached the gospel unto you at the first.” 4:13. The thing I appreciate about the apostle Paul, is his consistent speech; if he called his condition an infirmity of the flesh in one of his letters, you can expect him to call it that in all of them. He did not have a half dozen different terms for the same thing. The only exception is in our text where he actually identified the accusing spirit that would gouge him at various times. In other words he had an infirmity of the flesh, something no doubt, that he had seen others healed of (by the power of God) when he preached the gospel to them, or maybe, when he just prayed for them, but instead of being healed himself, he had this satanic spirit constantly following him around, probably saying something like this, “If you are who you say you are, why is it that you do not get healed? Or maybe he would hear something like this, “If this God you speak of is so great, why does he not heal your eyes?” You know, people are not too likely to exalt themselves when they have a constant reminder that they are only spared by the grace and mercy of God.




Many people have a tendency to think the apostle Paul was a sickly person because he spoke of his infirmities, but let me point out to you that the life he lived was not that of a person with many different infirmities. He did not have tuberculosis one time, heart trouble another, and arthritis another. No, he had the one thing that aggravated him at various times, and for that reason he spoke of his infirmities in plural terms. Please notice also that right after he reminded them of his testing in his flesh, he goes right ahead in verse 15 to say, “You would have plucked out your own eyes and have given them to me.” As I said before, that lets us know where his trouble was. They would not have been willing to pluck out their eyes and give them to him, if his eyes were good, and his heart was bad. That would not even make sense to talk like that. Some of you will no doubt say, (in your heart), what difference does it make anyhow? Some have said the same thing about the tree of life, and the tree of knowledge of good and evil, and they have asked the same question about the Seventieth Week of Daniel, and the woman of Revelation, chapter 12, and many other things which we teach, but let me remind you that the Bible is not just a book full of stories, put there to fill up space. The men who wrote these various letters of the New Testament, and prophecies of the Old Testament were inspired of God to do so, and our knowledge of God comes from that which is written in the pages of this blessed old book; therefore if we do not understand it right, we miss the picture all tegether. For too long now, people have had the idea that everyone ought to be able to interpret the Bible as each one sees fit to do so, but let me remind you that, even though the government of your particular country may grant you this privilege, God is not obligated to give you the same privilege. The word of God itself declares that there is no private interpretation of the scriptures, and 2 Timothy 3:16-17, plainly tells us that all scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for DOCTRINE, for REPROOF, for CORRECTION, and for INSTRUCTION IN RIGHTEOUSNESS: That the man of God may be PERFECT, thoroughly furnished unto all good works. I will say also, the very people who say, “What difference does it make?” are usually the ones who you will find arguing the most, about these subjects. Brothers and sisters: knowing the truth about these various subjects, will enable you to move in the will and purpose of God in these areas. I have asked the question, Who wrote the book of Isaiah which speaks of the great promise of a deliverer who would bear our griefs, and carry our sorrows, and by whose stripes we are healed. The obvious answer is Isaiah, naturally. Then I asked the question, “Who wrote these letters in the New Testament that speak so clearly of the fact that Paul had an infirmity of the flesh?” You will say, “Paul, of course.” Now, my point is this, God is not a fool, and neither is he confused; if he had wanted any other image established than what you see in the book, he would have known how to get it done. If it had been the purpose of God for the apostle Paul to cover up the fact that he had an infirmity of the flesh, he would not have needed to speak of it as he did. It all boils down to the fact that he had nothing to hide; the power of God was present to vindicate the gospel Paul preached, and that is what it was all about anyway. Paul, like the others, went forth preaching the gospel, and the Lord went with him, confirming the word that he preached; therefore he did not have to hide his physical infirmity from the people in order to get them to believe. He left the believing part in the hands of God, realizing that if God was not drawing them by his spirit, it would be impossible for them to believe anyhow. Jesus made that clear in John 6:44, when He said, “No man can come to me, except the Father which hath sent me draw him.”




I realize that a message like this can get a little lengthy, but I would like to take a little more time to reason these things out with you, and try, by the help of God to set divine healing, and Paul’s thorn in the flesh, in their proper place. When we are dealing with a subject like this, it is most essential that we get the truth of it planted in our minds and hearts, then as God deals with our individual lives, we will find ourselves walking right down through the middle of God’s perfect will for us. I believe we have furnished enough scripture to prove beyond any doubt that Paul’s thorn in the flesh was none other than a physical condition in his body, and we have showed you why we believe it was his eyes that caused his trouble; a condition left over from the healing of them, after having been struck blind on the road to Damascus. I know some of you will say, “That just cannot be, but can you produce scripture to back up your opinion? I remember something that I heard Oral Roberts say while giving his testimony, years ago. He said that when he was a small child it was hard for him to say three words without stuttering; he just could not get the words out. We have all heard people like that try to talk; some of them go through life without ever being able to talk plain. That was not the case with Oral Roberts; God healed him, but in his testimony he told how that every once in a while he would catch himself right on the verge of stuttering. Then he said, “All I can say is, God just lets it happen for a reminder to me of how it could have been if he had not healed me.” In other words he could say, (deep down in his heart), “Lord, I thank you for what you have done; This is 100 percent better than it used to be.” I do not know if any of you have ever stuttered or not, but if you have, and if God has touched that condition, so that you no longer are troubled by it, you know how grateful a person can be for such a deliverance, even if you do find yourself right on the brink of stuttering every once in a while. There are many times that God actually heals people by a miraculous means, and yet those people, many times, will carry the symptoms of their former ailments for many years. Should we say that they are not healed just because they have a symptom every so often that reminds them of the condition they were in? Absolutely not; we do not treat the grace of God like that.




Let me call your attention back to a verse of scripture that we have read already, but did not finish dealing with. We have certain scriptures in the Bible that people use exclusively in an effort to establish a certain school of thought, but I want to remind you that a single verse of scripture will only carry you so far, and then you need another one to carry you the rest of the way. I do not mean to imply that God does not speak positive; he does, but we have a whole book (the Bible), that must harmonize with our understanding of each verse we like to use. Now, turn with me to Psalms 34:19, and I will show you how some people use this verse from all other verses of scripture that carry the same word, then we can use it for certain schools of thought, but that is not handling the scriptures as Paul told Timothy when he admonished him to study to show himself approved unto God, not man, but God. What, then, are we going to study in the scriptures. We realize of course, that the only thing Timothy had to study was the Old Testament; the New Testament had not been written at that time. What we are looking at now is the word affliction, (A-F-F-L-I-C-T-I-O-N) which people use to describe sickness, disease and such like. In our modern terminology the word is generally accepted to mean sickness, disease, infirmity and etc., but it was not used like that in the Old Testament. I looked up more than 30 times where the word affliction was used in the Old Testament, and every single instance, the word was used to express humiliation, debasement, ridicule, false accusations, persecutions, and so forth. Now, you say, “Bro. Jackson, you will have to prove that.” Well, that is what we intend to do. Turn back to Isaiah 53:6-7, “All we like sheep have gone astray; (That is you and I, we did not know the way, but he, the good shepherd, is the one who sought us, found us, and showed us the way. We did not seek him; therefore he used different ways to search for us and get our attention.) All we like sheep have gone astray; we have turned every one to his own way.” How true that is. Every one of us, when we came into this old world, took on a mind of our own; we decided what we were going to do, and headed down the pathway of life. It is only by the grace of God that we did not destroy ourselves, but God is able to woo us, and turn us from our ways, into His ways, praise His name. In the foreknowledge of God He already knew what each one of us would do, and while mankind was running away from God, He laid on Him, (Christ), the iniquity of us all. While we were outside of His grace, the Lord Jesus Christ bore our transgressions in his flesh at Calvary; The innocent suffering for the guilty. He was our substitute; He took our place, and died for every one of us. Now, notice verse 7, (speaking of Christ), “He was oppressed, (pressed down, burdened, heavy hearted, lonely, etc.; He had to feel that way in order to know what you and I would feel like at times), and He was afflicted, yet He opened not His mouth.” Did you catch that: He was afflicted, not sick, but afflicted. How could a man who was perfect, be sick? I believe you can see that the word afflicted, as Isaiah used it here, had no physical sickness attached to it, but for the benefit of those who may ask, “What was His affliction,” let me remind you of the times when He stood preaching, and someone would yell to Him in a way to poke fun at Him. For instance, one time when He was preaching, a fellow yelled to Him. “Hey Preacher, is it permissible for a man to put away his wife for every cause? What do you suppose that pertained to? It had been noised abroad, that He preached a message that covered marriage and divorce, (in the Beatitudes), that had upset the whole social structure of Israel in that hour. To paraphrase even farther let us say it like this, “Hey Preacher, preach us another sermon on marriage and divorce.” Those Scribes and Pharisees would do, or say, anything to gouge him publicly, trying to get the people to boo Him. Think of how many times He was accused of being an illegitimate child, and all the times that He was called a devil, or a false prophet. He was accused of being an insurrectionist, one who would not honor established authority, a trouble maker who defied the law of Moses, and such like. Those religious leaders would stop at nothing in their effort to destroy His character, belittle Him, and get Him ridiculed by the crowds that gathered around Him. Even so, you could never say that He was sick. As I said before, in our day, the word we are dealing with is commonly used in referring to sickness, disease, and infirmity, but the Bible was not written in our day; therefore we must study it with these things in mind in order to get a true picture.




I am constantly amazed at some of the modern day terminology that is being used in these liberal versions of the Bible. Many of them are detrimental to a true revelation of the original scriptures, and people do themselves an injustice when these modern versions of the Bible are all that they study. I have always maintained that a person does not need a new translation of the Bible, for what they really need is the Holy Ghost, and a mind that will submit to him. If a man is looking for an easy way, then he needs one of those modern Bibles, but if he has the Holy Ghost, and is seeking truth, the old time tested book is all that he needs. You may say, “But, Bro. Jackson, some of those words in the King James version are not translated right either.” Let me say this to you, if you have the Holy Ghost He will balance out the difference as you study different verses on a particular subject. Brothers and sisters: I could give you a long list of these scriptures dealing with the word affliction, and for the benefit of you who would like to check up on some of these I will name a few of them. Exodus 3:7, Deuteronomy 16:3, Psalm 119:50, Isaiah 30:20, 48:10, Jeremiah 4:15, Hosea 5:15, Mark 4:17. This one in Mark is where Jesus was explaining the parable of the seed sower speaking of those who fell upon the stony ground, he said, “They have no root in themselves, and so endure but for a time: afterward, when affliction or persecution ariseth for the word’s sake, immediately they are offended.” This is in reference to people who number into the thousands, which, when they hear the word they receive it with great joy, but when the persecution and afflictions begin to be heaped upon them they forsake their new joy and return to the world. Not because they are sick or diseased, but because they are AFFLICTED with ridicule and persecutions.




Let us turn to Acts 20:23. This is where Paul is bearing witness to something that the Holy Ghost has prophesied to him through other yielded vessels. We hear him saying in verse 22, “I go bound in the spirit unto Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there: 23, Save that the Holy Ghost witnesseth in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions abide me.” Now the Holy Ghost did not say bonds and sickness was awaiting him at Jerusalem; he already had the thorn in his flesh, but now he is finding out that imprisonment and AFFLICTIONS are ahead of him, meaning trials, tests, persecution, and all that he suffered at the hands of those who hated him. He had already learned to live with the thorn in his flesh; the messenger of Satan that buffeted him to keep him humble. One might ask the questions, “Why would God entrust such a revelation to a man that was likely to give himself over to boasting, and become a little too proud of himself?” The reason is this, Paul was called of God to be the apostle to the Gentiles, and any Jew that God would have chosen would have been subject to that same temptation, for that is the way Jews reacted to Gentiles in that day. If they were walking down the street and happened to see a Gentile somewhere, it was like they had seen a skunk; they would head for the nearest way that would allow them to avoid contaminating themselves by getting too close to him. If God had not allowed Paul to have this thorn in his flesh as a reminder of the grace of God bestowed upon him, do you think he would have given his life over to ministering to the Gentiles? They (the Jews), had the law; they had the prophets; this gave them a feeling of security which caused them to be proud and boastful, and for centuries they had looked down upon all Gentiles. Now the apostle Paul is faced with the responsibility of ministering the gospel to these dogs, these people who were looked upon as scum of the earth. He is to stand in the place of exemplifying Christ Jesus, who had suffered and died for all mankind. How could he have compassion for the people that were such a reproach to every Jew, expressing love and concern for their souls, unless God did something to humble him? If you will think upon these things, you will answer your own question. Paul was raised to observe the strictest letter of the law. He knew the law was given to the Jews, and he was very proud of his accomplishments as a Pharisee, but then he met the Master on the Damascus road. After that, God gave him a revelation that the Gentiles were to be partakers of the gospel without the deeds of the law, being saved and filled with the Holy Ghost without knowing anything about the law of Moses. When Paul got that revelation down in his soul he was ready to fight for it, and stand for it against any odds. What better man could the Lord have chosen than Paul? He was raised in a Gentile environment. He knew what their lives were like, and he knew about their heathen ways of worship. We would have to say (from a natural standpoint of course), that Paul was well equipped to fulfill the apostleship to the Gentiles. Fulfilling that office brought him much persecution from those, who formerly, were his colleagues. They would get so mad at him that they remind you of some of these steers that get mad in these feed lots. I have seen people mad myself, but I have never seen anyone so mad that they would paw the ground and throw dirt in the air. That is the way this one particular bunch reacted to Paul when he went to Jerusalem, after having received those prophecies that bonds and AFFLICTIONS awaited him there. They accused him of being a heretic, of speaking against the holy place, (the temple), and accused him of polluting the temple. This was AFFLICTION, and when they cast him into prison, there was his bonds. This bunch even plotted together to kill him while he was in custody after his arrest.




Turn with me to Hebrews, chapter 10, verses 31-33, where we find the apostle Paul speaking these words, “It is a fearful thing to fall in to the hands of the living God. 32, But call to remembrance the former days, in which, after ye were illuminated, ye endured a great fight of AFFLICTIONS: 33, Partly, whilst ye were made a gazingstock both by reproaches and AFFLICTIONS; and partly whilst ye became companions of them that were so used.” Did you notice (in those verses), when the AFFLICTIONS started? It was after they had been illuminated, meaning, revelated. He said they were AFFLICTED, and made a gazingstock. Do you know what it is to be made a gazingstock? In this particular sense, it was to be publicly ridiculed and debased until all eyes were upon them. It is the devil’s business to AFFLICT every true child of God. From the day the new birth takes place, until the Lord calls that person home, the devil puts forth every effort to make that person a gazingstock. You will hear people of the world say, (when a Christian makes a mistake), “He is supposed to be a Christian, just look at him, he did so and so. That is all designed by the devil, to make the child of God a gazingstock. Paul really broke it down in verse 33, “Partly whilst ye were made a gazingstock both by REPROACHES and AFFLICTIONS: and partly, whilst YE BECAME COMPANIONS OF THEM THAT WERE SO USED.” To me, that verse of scripture seals it up. The devil always uses people to accomplish his dirty work. He will always try to make every child of God look like a big hypocrite to every other person. His greatest delight is to humiliate Christian people, but that is where the fight comes in. Our battle is not with flesh and blood; it is with spiritual forces. That is why Paul told the Corinthians that the weapons of our warfare are not carnal, but mighty through God to the pulling down of strong holds. We do not use submachine guns, hand grenades, high explosives, or anything like that. The only thing we have is the sword of the spirit, and too few people know how to use that. You cannot avoid persecutions and afflictions, but if you will learn to use the sword of the spirit you will not be beat down so low that a mole can crawl over you without ever breaking the crust of the earth. Paul spoke of Moses in Hebrews 11:24-25, in this way, “By faith Moses, when he was come to years, refused to be called the son of Pharaoh’s daughter; 25, Choosing rather to suffer AFFLICTION with the people of God, than to enjoy the pleasures of sin for a season.” I am sure that even though we could go on and on with these scriptural examples, we have said enough to provoke your thoughts, and cause you to examine these various scriptures that people use to establish their particular line of thought. I certainly do not have any objection to people using the word affliction, in connection with sickness and disease, and I am aware that you will find it used in such a way in the scriptures, but the point I am desiring to make is that, most of the scriptures that people quote, using that word, do not apply to sickness at all. Then, for the benefit of you who may think we are placing too much importance on our clarification, let me remind you once again, that if you read the book wrong, you will miss the mark. Every scripture must be used in the light of what it pertained to when it was uttered, and written. It is a shame the way people take the Bible and pick out certain scriptures, using them out of context to establish their own little ism, but God will not tolerate his bride people doing such things. We must realize that God is sovereign, and that he is not bound by our ideas and opinions. He can do whatever he chooses to do whenever he chooses to do it, but one thing is sure, he will not contradict his own word. Furthermore, every promise in the Bible is a positive promise on the part of God, but too many people are trying to reap the benefits of his promises, without submitting their lives to him who is the author and finisher of all things. God does not have to check with anyone when he desires to do a particular thing for someone, like healing a blind man somewhere, and allowing other blind people to remain so. For instance, the man we spoke of earlier that Jesus healed when he came to Jerusalem on one occasion, was not the only blind man around at that time. Then we notice here that His disciples were just like too many people are today; they said, “Lord, or Master, who did sin, this man, or his parents, that he was born blind?” Look how Jesus answered their question. John 9:2-3, “Neither hath this man, sinned, nor his parents: but that the works of God should be made manifest in him.” Now, did Jesus mean that this man, nor his parents, had ever committed any sin: of course not; He was simply pointing out to them that the man was not born blind because of someone’s personal sin, yet there are people who will take a verse of scripture like that, and interpret it literally, to prove something that they want to teach. The main point I want to make from this verse of scripture though is this, even though this man was not blind because of sin in his family, there are times when people are afflicted physically because there is something wrong between them and God. If God cannot get you to pray and seek His will without it, it is not uncommon for Him to allow something to strike your physical body that will get you to pray. Please remember, the fact that I said that, does not mean that you can apply it to every case. This should be an individual thing; it is not for others to go around pointing an accusing finger. A thing like that is for self examination. Please do not ask your preacher if you are sick because of sin in your life; if there is any question in your mind about it, ask God.




Brothers and sisters: we are in the hand of a mighty God who does all things well, and He allows certain things for His glory. The man that was born blind was one of them. Jesus said it was that the works of God might be made manifest. Some of you will say, (at least in your heart), “Isn’t that unjust for God to allow some to suffer like that unless they need to be punished?” The apostle Paul answered your question on another occasion. In Romans 9:20 “Nay but, O man, who art thou that repliest against God? Shall the thing formed say to him that formed it, why has thou made me thus? Hath not the potter power over the clay, of the same lump to make one vessel unto honour, and another one unto dishonour?” This just points to the fact that God is sovereign, and that He can do things for His own honor and glory, and we, who are partakers of His grace, and do not deserve anything except to be cast into hell, have no right to find fault with Him.




For another example of such, consider Lazarus, a personal friend of Jesus. When he took sick, his sisters sent for Jesus saying, Lord, he whom thou lovest is sick. Jesus answered them by saying, “This sickness is not unto death, but for the glory of God, that the Son of God might be glorified thereby.” One might think that Jesus should have dropped everything and gone to help his good friend whom he loved, but what did He do? He was beyond Jordan preaching, and instead of running to Lazarus, He remained two more days where He was. Then He said to His disciples, “Let us go into Judaea again.” (Reading in the 11th chapter of John) verse 11, “Our friend Lazarus sleepeth; but I go that I may awaken him out of sleep. Then said his disciples, ‘Lord, if he sleep, he shall do well.’ Howbeit, Jesus spake of his death: but they thought that he had spoken of taking a rest in sleep. Then said Jesus unto them plainly, ‘Lazarus is dead.’ I am glad for your sakes that I was not there, to the intent ye may believe: nevertheless let us go unto him.” Jesus waited until Lazarus was dead, wrapped in burial attire, and buried before he arrived. By that time Lazarus was stinking, but Jesus called him forth and had him unwrapped. Why? Why did He let it go that far? It was for the glory of God. Does that mean that everyone who dies is another Lazarus? Absolutely not. We have just read of a preacher who kept his dead mother in a freezer for many days, praying over her, trying to get enough faith to resurrect her, but a thing like that is not necessarily for the glory of God. Even though they said that if she could be resurrected, it would cause many others to believe, I am reminded of the rich man who was tormented in hell, and asked that the beggar who was comforted in Abraham’s bosom be allowed to return from the dead to testify to his brothers, in the hope that they would believe and avoid coming to the place of torment where he was. It was said to him, “They have Moses and the prophets, if they will not hear them, they will not hear one who has returned from the dead.” Brothers and sisters: we must check our motives first of all, and then we must make sure that they line up with the scriptures


Have you ever heard anyone say the reason Job got sick was because he feared the thing that eventually came upon him? I have heard people say that, but it makes me wonder if they have ever read the first chapters of the book of Job. The man was stripped of everything he had, and he, himself, was nothing more than a big running boil, sitting there in the ash heap with some old burlap wrapped around him. You might say, he was just about gone. Even his friends criticized him and found fault with him. They all told him what was wrong, or shall I say, each one tried to diagnose his case, but instead of helping him, they only made matters worse. There came a day when Job became so discouraged that he even cursed the day he was born; he wondered why he did not die in infancy. He did not know why such tragedy had befallen him, but one thing was sure, he did not turn against God because of it. This brings us to the real reason for his trouble. By the Lord’s own words, Job was a perfect and upright man that feared God and hated evil, but the devil challenged God to test Job and find out if he would remain faithful in the midst of calamity. As you will discover by reading the book, a contest was set up immediately, for the devil accused God of having a hedge around Job for his protection, giving him a good reason to pray and live for God. Satan said to God, put forth your hand and touch all of Job’s substance, and he will curse you to your face. That was the beginning of Job’s trouble, for God gave Satan permission to destroy all that Job had. Then when that was not enough to get the man to curse God, he asked for, and received permission to torment the physical flesh of Job. I call this to your attention mainly to get you to consider all of the scriptural examples before jumping to any hasty conclusions with the judgments you would pronounce upon people who are sick, diseased, or afflicted. In some cases it really is the chastening hand of God, in others, the trouble may be self inflicted through lack of wisdom, but there could also be a few cases like the one with Job, and we do not always know which one is which; therefore we had better keep our hands off, and let God handle the situation instead of us. God knows us when we are young, and He knows us when we are old; He knows everything about us all through life, and the apostle Paul wrote in Romans 8:28, “That all things work together for good to them that love God, (not everyone, just those that love God), to them who are the called according to his purpose. 29, For whom he did foreknow, he also did predestinate to be conformed to the image of his Son.” Brothers and sisters, we could go on and on with this, but my real point is that we should mind our own business and leave all of these positive promises in the word of God, in His capable hands. He knows how to minister them to us; all we have to do is keep ourselves in a place spiritually, and mentally, so that God can get our attention when He desires to. Every born again child of God ought to know that the promises contained in the Bible are for those who believe.




Many times when the doctors have done all that they can do, that is when God takes over and brings about a miraculous healing. Now some will say, Oh, Bro. Jackson, do you believe in doctors? It is not that I have my faith in medical doctors, but I have sense enough to know what they are put here for. Surely we all know that a doctor cannot heal us; they do not even claim to be able to do that. A person who thinks that they can is just about as foolish as he can be. I was talking to my wife about this little surgery I had sometime back; they sewed me up with some plain looking, old thread, and put a little Merthiolate on the incision. I suppose that is what it was; nevertheless, the thread is gone, and the incision is healed up perfect as it can be. What caused it to heal? Thread? Merthiolate? You all know good and well that is not what brought about the healing. The Creator set a law in your flesh, if it gets wounded, and is cared for properly, it is supposed to heal. On the other hand, if the old devil is permitted to, he will cause an infection to set up in a physical wound. The place will not heal as long as it is infected. This gives the doctors something to do for they have the means to fight infection, but the healing must come from God.


In former days as God began to lead us out into the light of truth, only He knows how I began to study the promises and provisions of His word. I wanted to believe it the Holy Ghost way, the way the Bible teaches it. Do not ever think that we have not tried everything that we felt the Bible would uphold. We have tried to believe everything that we felt a true child of God should believe, but through it all, we discovered that you cannot put God in a mold and expect him to do everything just exactly like you would have it done. He deals with everyone of us as individuals, and He knows just exactly what we each need at all times. I have observed through the years, as I have tried to stand for the truth of God’s word, that when God does a particular thing for some people, they immediately make a concrete mold, and that is the only way they want God to do anything for anyone else. Let me tell you: when we begin to take an attitude like that, God will not have any part of it. You can expect him to move on somewhere else, and deal in a different way with someone who will not try to tell Him how to bless them.




I am reasonably sure that we all agree on the fact that when we are dealing with an earthly doctor he may be as carnal as anyone could possibly be, but are you able to see that some preachers in our day are just as carnal as any doctor of the medical profession. As a matter of fact, a lot of them are doing a much better job of what they are called to do, than some of these modern day preachers are doing on the gospel of the Lord Jesus Christ which they are supposed to be standing for. If you wonder why I said that, it was to make a point of something that I am going to mention. The word of a doctor can be wrong, but the word of the Lord will never be wrong. We all agree on that, do we not? Now we come to another point that causes some folks a lot of trouble, it is that of a prophecy which someone feels inspired to give. While some have no confidence whatsoever in a prophecy given out by a brother or sister, others will go to the opposite direction and try to make every prophecy fit into their own personal lives. I just want to say this to you, “You must leave God free to move in your lives as he sees fit; if you try to put him into a mold, you are just hindering him as he tries to work on your behalf.” Brothers and sisters, I am not going to tell the story again now, for most of you already know how we had to wait eleven years for God to fulfill a prophecy that was given to us concerning our son David. God allowed circumstances to make it look impossible for us to have any more children, (according to the doctors), yet we had this prophecy hanging there which said that we would have a son and call his name Davis. You all know the story; eleven years after the prophecy, with one daughter born to us while we were expecting a son, God saw fit to fulfill the prophecy and grant us the son. By the time you read this in the paper, he will be twelve years old. I am telling this mainly to show you that you cannot put a time limit on God. I do not mean to be preaching my experience to you, but I have learned through experience, that God fulfills His word, and His purpose, in His own time, and for His own glory.




Take the case of Lazarus, who Jesus raised from the dead; we have preachers, as well as other people, that would have told Martha and Mary, If you will just believe hard enough, Lazarus will not die, but it just so happened that it was not that bunch of people that God was going to vindicate; He had a preacher over there across the Jordan that He was going to bring there, to raise him from the dead. Do you catch my point? It was God’s purpose for Lazarus to die, and then be raised from the dead four days later; therefore, all the praying and believing that anyone tried to do would not have changed that situation. However, I beg of you, please do not try to apply these words to every person who gets sick; pray for them and commit them into the hands of God, who will work all things in harmony with his word. If you, as an individual, do not know how to interpret the situation, it is better just to lay your hand on the sick person and say, “May God, in his mercy, touch you, and make you well.” On the other hand, if God has inspired you to say, “You shall not die, but you shall live and be made well,” and you know that it is God beyond any shadow of doubt, then say it; God will vindicate whatever He anoints you to speak. In that early church those men did not speak until they knew what they were to say. Peter knew exactly what to speak to Ananias and Sapphira when they came in that day, and we have no record that those words were ever spoken again. You could not conjure up another Ananias and Sapphira if you wanted to, ever so bad. God is not a vending machine that you can drop a thirty second prayer into, and make your demands. We must consider the ministry of Jesus, for a closer look at how God deals with people. He had the power to heal every sick person in the land in His day; for He was the God man, but did He do it? Look how many times He healed just one person when there were sick and infirm people all around Him. Then consider the other times when He healed the multitudes. Was He a respecter of persons? No, He was just obeying the will of the Father. You may ask, why? But let me remind you that God was working out a perfect plan. Some of those very same people that were passed up by Jesus, were, no doubt, healed by the ministry of his disciples after the day of Pentecost. Some of those who turned back from following Jesus when he said, “Except ye eat my flesh and drink my blood, ye have no life in you,” probably reconsidered, and became Christians after Jesus had departed and left the ministry to His disciples. Many of them had probably wondered why Jesus had passed them up when they were just as sick as some others that He healed. That is the way people react even today. Many times, it is probably that very attitude that keeps them from touching God for their need. They come up for prayer, time after time, and still do not get healed. What is the trouble? Why do they not get healed? Is God still a healer? HE ABSOLUTELY IS, but He is not a vending machine. Remember that when you feel tempted to find fault with God. He will do what His word says He will do, but He is not obligated to cater to our whims; there are some conditions that must be met if we are to enjoy the full benefit of God’s provision. When you are reading the book, searching for the promises that God has made to believers, do not forget to look for the condition that the promise applies to. I thank God that He is the same, yesterday, today, and forever, but I know that we have a generation of people who treat God’s word just like some of these teenagers do a certain record album they like. They will play it, and request it, until it becomes No. 1, all the way to the top, then back down until it fades out of the picture. Have we not seen the same thing in religion in our day? Has God changed? No, he is not just a record that you put on and play until you get tired of him, and then get something else. He is God, and He requires the Number 1 spot in your life. If He does not get that place, He will not take any other place. If you ask me, “Bro. Jackson: are you saying that God has quit doing anything?” I will have to say, “No, but we are going to have to have more respect for what He does, and recognize Him in the little things of life, as well as the big things.” If we fail to do that, we will find ourselves, discouraged and confused to the point where we will not know where to go or what to do next. That is what comes from failing to give God His proper place in our lives, but praise God, I am not discouraged, I find every day to be full of expectation, as we draw closer to the end.




Let me say something personal to you who read this, for I am sure this paper will be read by many of you that I have never had the opportunity to meet and talk with. We are living in a sick old world, and it is going to get worse; therefore you had better buckle down and run this race, praying sincerely that you are not left behind when the rapture of the bride church takes place. The tribulation that follows is going to be worse than the wildest nightmare you have ever experienced when all hell is turned loose here on earth. People talk about epidemics of different kinds, but the worse that any of us has ever experienced will be mild compared to what takes place in that hour. The devil will not have any mercy for anyone when he is in full control for that allotted period of time. There will be no place found for a decent, law abiding citizen. Sickness and disease will run rampant and morally there will be nothing but filthiness and corruption, a rotten mess. Thanks be unto our blessed Lord who has made a way for us to escape all these things that are to come upon the earth; if we will live right, and walk with hin while we have opportunity to do so, we will be enjoying the marriage supper during that dreadful period of time. I have always looked at life like this, “When the lord is through with me in this life, I am going to have to leave here one way or another.” How we go is not the important part; for the important part is the sad part; too few people are actually ready to go. There is still too much of this old world hanging onto us. When we are truly ready to leave this world, in our hearts we can say, “Lord, if you take me tonight, I am ready to go.” That is when we are finally ready to start living, for it means that we no longer love life more than we love the Lord. On the other hand, if you love life, and the things of the world, more than you love the Lord Jesus Christ, Brother, he is liable to let you be tormented by a lot of things that will be just like a boomerang; no sooner than you are able to get free from one bad situation, here comes another one. After all, if you are a child of God, you are not your own, you are bought with a price. The life you live is not your own, it is His. If He cannot get you to live for Him; He will not let you go your merry way without tripping over a stone somewhere. God is faithful; He chastens His disobedient children by letting the adversary take a whack at them to keep them in line. Think of it like this, saints, even in these perilous times, life can be beautiful if we will just get our priorities lined up right. I now that some of you who read this message are likely to say, “Bro. Jackson; you sound like you are in a hurry to get out of this world.” If anything I have said has left you with those thoughts, let me say this to you, “There are two ways to look at it. From the standpoint of working toward a goal for the future, there is not much left to look forward to, for everything you set before you as a goal in life, seems to get knocked all to pieces, leaving everything in a turmoil with anguish and heartache. That is probably what the apostle Paul was seeing in his day that caused him to say what he did to the Philippians in chapter one. His desire was for Christ to be magnified in his body, whether it be by life, or by death. Then in verse 21 and following, we read this, “For to me to live is Christ, and to die is gain.” He really had a desire to be with the Lord more than in the world, but he was surrendered to the will of the Lord; therefore he went ahead to say, 22, “But if I live in the flesh, this is the fruit of my labour: yet what I shall choose I want not, 23, For I am in a strait betwixt two, having a desire to depart, and to be with Christ; which is far better: 24, Nevertheless to abide in the flesh is more needful for you. 25, And having this confidence, I know that I shall abide and continue with you all for your furtherance and joy of faith.” He heard the cry of a people wanting help. That was all it took to make the decision for him. It was not that he had the choice of ending his life: that choice is in the hands of God. It was just one of those times when he was feeling a little homesick to be with the Lord. Most of us have times like that, but we, like Paul, leave that decision in the hands of God.




I want to say a few words now, that I feel will furnish you with new courage for the days ahead. I have always felt, and believed in my heart, that God has an end time move of his spirit, ahead for His children, but conditions will have to be right before we see it. When He gets the conditions in the world just right, it will come, but it will not be a commercialized rat race like we have going on right now. It will be God working with His bride people the way He has purposed to do. In our day we are seeing things done under the cloak of religion, that is actually worse than the mafia tactics. The power of God is being sold and traded for everything under the sun. It seems more for a commercialized show than for the benefit of a needy people. Please do not get me wrong; I am not against advertising, and letting a certain element of the world population know what God can do, but did you know that when God walked on earth in human flesh, His most effective advertisement was to tell those who were healed not to tell it. Before too long, everyone for miles around knew what had happened. If you really want something to get around, just treat it as a secret, and before long the whole world will know about it. Brothers and sisters, you know what I mean, I would never try to hide anything that God does, but I certainly do not believe in putting on a public show with the precious things of the Lord. God has a certain way to do things that He wants done, but the devil is always forerunning Him, like in the case where Paul and his company were ministering the gospel to the people of Macedonia. Everywhere they went, there was a certain young woman that followed them, and announced that they were the servants of the most high God which had come to show them the way of salvation. As we said before, this was the truth, and to some it probably seemed like a right thing for her to do. Even Paul did not do anything about it at first, but as she continued to do it for many days, he began to realize that this did not have the right spirit of advertisement about it. It was then, that he turned to her, and said, (to the evil spirit that possessed her), I command thee in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her. The spirit obeyed, and the girl was set free, but it landed Paul and Silas in jail. Now, there are two points that I want to make from this. First of all, even though what she was saying was the truth, there was a wrong motive behind it, for the scripture plainly tells us that she was demon possessed. That ought to help you examine some of the things that you are faced with right now. I say this to whoever it applies to. Then, the second point is this, even though Paul did not like what was going on, he had to wait a little while until he knew what God’s will was, before he acted to stop it. That lets me know that we ought not be too hasty about some things. We need to take time to examine them in the light of our present day understanding of the word of God.



In closing I want to say this, “I have said some things in this message that may have sounded a little strange to some of you, but that does not mean that I have said anything in a negative way. There are just some things in the scriptures that need to be set straight. It does not detract from what God is doing, nor take anything from what he will do. It just give us a better opportunity to see the sovereignty of God in operation. He doesn’t have to have everything all painted up, and smoothed over, in order for Him to fulfill His word. The fact that Paul had trouble with his vision at times did not keep God from healing every person that believed, when Paul preached and prayed for them. Even though I have taught this scripture as I believe God has revealed it to me, that does not mean that I believe we all should have some physical infirmity to keep us humble. We will leave that in the hands of God. I still believe Him to be a healer, and I believe He will honour faith that is based upon his word wherever he finds it, but I do not agree that we should try to cover up something that the scriptures make so clear, in the fear that it will hinder someone’s faith. Our faith ought to be grounded upon something more solid than that. As for what we said concerning the word AFFLICTION, Just use the word where it fits, but do not try to make it fit the scriptures according to your modern day understanding of its definition. Learn to weigh scriptures against scripture until you get a proper balance. Do not go to seed on one particular verse that you find comfort in at times. The Bible is full of comforting truths, and there is something in there for every need that a child of God may have. Remember Paul’s admonition to the Philippians, chapter 4, verse 6, “Be careful for nothing; (in other words, do not allow yourselves to worry, nor be fearful), but in every thing by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known unto God.” You will find three key words in that verse, P-R-A-Y-E-R, S-U-P-P-L-I-C-A-T-I-O-N, and T-H-A-N-K-S-G-I-V-I-N-G, and with that, remember the words of Jesus, “ASK, and ye shall receive.” He did not teach us to beg. He taught us to believe His word first of all, and then, to ask is sufficient. Regardless of what some may say, God is still the author and finisher of our faith, and He is still the God of His book. He is not dead; He is very much alive. I want to restate this also, I am not the least bit discourage, nor am I the least bit ashamed of what I have taught and stood for through the years. I am patiently waiting for God to vindicate His truth, and at the same time reveal every false witness, and deal with them as He sees fit. That is out of my hands. I am only called to stand for truth as long as God gives me the privilege to do so. Pray for us, and may He keep each of you in His love and care. Amen.

Divine Love Is Truth Lived – 1978, March

ST. JOHN 14:15




To begin our message let me say this, DIVINE LOVE IS TRUTH LIVED. Does that sound a little strange to you? Here is what I mean by such a statement, we cannot divinely love unless we have truth in us. We may have a very meek nature and pleasing personality, but that is not divine love. There are a lot of people that each of us know who have a wonderful nature, but they do not have the divine love of god in their lives. It is scripturally impossible to have divine love radiating from your life before you experience the new birth, and furthermore, there are vast numbers of people calling themselves “born again Christians,” who have experienced nothing more than a handshake from a preacher, and had their name placed on a church membership book. That kind of an experience will not produce the kind of love that we are going to speak of in this message.




It seem that the apostle John must have caught every word that Jesus spoke on the subject of love. He was the author of the gospel of St. John, and was the one who leaned on the bosom of Jesus at the conclusion of the last supper, before Jesus was betrayed by Judas. John also authored the three epistles by that name, and has been called the apostle of love, or John the beloved, by many. He was very close to Jesus in those years of Jesus’s ministering to the people. He is the one who was exiled to the Isle of Patmos because of his Christian testimony, and in A.D. 96, received from the Lord, that which we read in the book of Revelation. In his writings he had much to say on the subject of love, therefore, we want to begin our study with the words spoken by Jesus, and find out what genuine love is cultivated by and built around.




In the verse we are using for a text we find Jesus speaking to his disciples, “IF YE LOVE ME, KEEP MY COMMANDMENTS.” He did not mean, by that, that if they loved him they would keep the Ten Commandments of the Old Testament. Words such as this were terminology words. At other times, instead of saying keep my commandments, he said, keep my sayings, or keep my words. It all means the same thing regardless of the terminology. He is telling the, if they really love him, they will do according to his teachings. I believe we can say, in the light of the truth that was preached in the first age, love without truth is not love at all. It is just carnal, or maybe I should say natural attraction. Its foundation is human emotions. In the beginning many people followed Jesus only because they were drawn to the human side of him rather than the spiritual side. If they had been drawn to him in a spiritual way, they would never have become offended because of what he said. If they had been following him because of a spiritual revelation as to who he was, they would not have let anything separate them from that revelation. You will remember, there was quite a difference between the multitude of his disciples that became offended to the point where they turned back and walked with him no more, and the twelve who stayed with him. You will find that account in John 6:66-69, “From that time many of his disciples went back, and walked no more with him. Then Jesus said unto the twelve, Will ye also go away? Then Simon Peter answered him, Lord, to whom shall we go? Thou has the words of eternal life. And we believe and are sure that thou art that Christ, the Son of the living God.” Peter had a completely different attitude about it. He was full of human weakness, and constantly displaying it, especially before the day of Pentecost when they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, but, one thing was sure, he had a revelation in his bosom, and he did not intend to let anything separate him from that. He did not bother to take a vote among the other eleven. He immediately said, “LORD, TO WHOM SHALL WE GO? THOU HAST THE WORDS OF ETERNAL LIFE.” He, evidently, already had a revelation of something Jesus said to them in answer to a question asked by Thomas at a later time. In John 14:5-6, we find Thomas saying to Jesus, “Lord, we know not whither thou goest; and how can we know the way? Jesus saith unto him, I AM THE WAY, THE TRUTH… AND THE LIFE: no man cometh unto the Father, but by ME…” Even though these words were spoken much later than the occasion here in chapter 6, Peter had heard what Jesus said in verse 63, of chapter 6, where he said, “It is the spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing; THE WORDS… THAT I SPEAK UNTO YOU, THEY ARE SPIRIT… AND THEY ARE LIFE…” In other words, just to follow Jesus from a fleshly, human standpoint would profit a person nothing in a spiritual sense, for the gift of eternal life was wrapped up in what he had to say. He went on to say, (while speaking to the multitude before they departed), “but there are some of you who do not believe,” knowing from the beginning who they were that believed not. He then said to them, “No man can come unto me, (THE WORD), except it were given unto him of my Father.” Now, in case you may be wondering, what has all that got to do with love? Let me say this, LOVE without TRUTH is not LOVE at all, and TRUTH without LOVE is not TRUTH at all. I say it like that to get your attention. Now I will explain what I mean.




Truth can be used as a club to promote human objectives. This has been done in many religious circles. They have used truth as a club to beat people with, and all for a selfish motive, just to build themselves an empire. People like that will use enough truth to get what they want, but the thing they build is never for the glory of God, it always turns out in a way that man gets the glory. Love itself, is the spirit of truth manifested. Therefore, it was the divine plan of God, that as truth was implanted in the hearts of people, the life of that truth could not help but be love, for God is love, and he is truth. Jesus said, “And ye shall know the TRUTH, and the TRUTH shall make you free.” You cannot separate truth and love. They go together, and those who would try to separate them will surely miss the mark. There cannot be a true objective in such.




I hope you realize that the scriptures we are reading contain the words which were spoken in the beginning, that caused the church to be a church. In other words, it was the words spoken by Jesus that laid the foundation for the church. The church itself is made up of people who have this spirit of truth in them; it is not the large, eloquently constructed buildings with their stained glass windows. For this reason we need to get a clear picture in our minds of how and what Christianity lives on. Just what is the church, in the eyes of truth, obligated to reflect? That brings us right back to the 15th verse of chapter 14, “IF YE LOVE ME, KEEP MY COMMANDMENTS.” There is no need for a person to say that he, or she, as the case may be, loves the Lord with all his heart if he is the kind of person who, when he has an opportunity to hear truth he begins to kick and squirm, rebel and draw back. There is something wrong with a person who locks his feet and refuses to take a step forward when truth is presented to him. I have always said this, if something is presented to you that you do not understand, and there is no opportunity for you to analyze it in the light of scripture, it is better for you just to file it away and say, “Now, Lord, I have never heard that before, and I just do not understand it. Right now, I cannot see it like that.” He will not hold that against you, but file it away, do not throw it away. Then, as you walk down life’s pathway, if you are open and honest before God, so that you can say “Lord, I want to walk in all the light of truth that you have for me,” I promise you that if you do your best to walk in the light of God’s love and truth, you will reach a place in your spiritual life where those things that you did not understand before will come ringing down through the avenues of your soul, and you will say, “Why didn’t I see that a long time ago?” When truth becomes revelation to you, it seems as though you have always known it, but for those who kick and struggle, and froth at the mouth, and become so frustrated that they cannot sleep at night, it is quite a different story. I have seen Christians react like that, but it is to their own hurt, for if they are children of God, He, (GOD), will work circumstances to get them into the place where they can see more truth. It is a bad thing for Christians not to know how to look at truth, but I have observed that some are so busy fighting against false teaching, that they cannot recognize the real thing when they hear it. Brothers and sisters: we need to keep our priorities in order. Jesus went on to say, in verse 16, “And I will pray the Father, and he shall give you another Comforter, that he may abide with you forever; 17, Even the Spirit of truth; whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth him not, neither knoweth him: but ye know him; for HE DWELLETH WITH YOU, and SHALL BE IN YOU.” Let us be thankful for the Holy Ghost that abides IN US. I am glad for the fact that he is not forty or fifty miles away from us, but instead, he is ever present, even in us, and for what purpose? For the answer to that let us read a verse or two from the 16thchapter, beginning with verse 12, “I have yet many things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now. 13, Howbeit when he, the SPIRIT OF TRUTH, IS COME, (Where will he be? IN THE BELIEVERS 14:17), HE WILL GUIDE YOU INTO ALL TRUTH: for he shall not speak of himself; but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak; and HE WILL SHEW YOU THINGS TO COME. 14, He shall glorify me: for he shall receive of mine, and SHALL SHEW IT UNTO YOU. 15, All things that the Father hath are mine; therefore said I, that he shall take of mine, and shall shew it unto you.” Brothers and sisters: he is not, just a Comforter to soothe our hurt feelings and patch up our wounds, (spiritually speaking), but he is with us, even in us, every mile of the way through this earthly journey to reveal truth to us, that we may take on the mind of Christ, as the apostle Paul admonished the Colossians to do. HE WILL SHOW US THINGS TO COME.




Let us now return to chapter 14, verse 18, “I will not leave you comfortless; I WILL COME TO YOU.” These verses could help a person see that God is one, and not three, if that person had eyes to see. Jesus was not saying I will come to you in flesh, no; he was to come back to them in spirit form, and that is exactly what he did. We read about it in Acts 2, “And when the day of Pentecost was fully come, they were all with one accord in one place. (There is your key, they were doing what he had told them to do, Luke 24:49, “And, behold, I sent the promise of my Father upon you: BUT TARRY YE IN THE CITY OF JERUSALEM, until ye be endued with power from on high.” They loved him and believed him, and by doing what he had instructed them to do, they were in the right place, at the right time, to receive the promised benefit). 2, “And suddenly there cam a sound from heaven as of a rushing mighty wind, and it filled all the house where they were sitting. 3, And there appeared unto them cloven tongues like as of fire, and it sat upon each of them. 4, And they were all filled with the Holy Ghost.” That was Jesus fulfilling the promise that he made to them, “I WILL NOT LEAVE YOU COMFORTLESS, I… WILL COME TO YOU.” The Holy Ghost that filled them on the day of Pentecost, was the spirit of truth, which is the spirit of the Lord Jesus Christ, which is none other than the spirit of the Great God who spoke, in the beginning, and said, “Let there be light,” Gen. 1:3, and there was light. He is TRUTH, he said, “I will come to you,” and he came. Now, verse 19, “Yet a little while, and the world seeth me no more; but ye see me; because I live ye shall live also, 20, At that day ye shall know that I am in my Father, (SPIRITUALLY), and ye in me, (SPIRITUALLY), and I in you,” (Spiritually). We cannot have three persons inside us, but praise God, we can have the ONE SPIRIT inside us, which is the spirit of the Lord Jesus Christ, the Holy Ghost.




Verse 21, “He that HATH MY COMMANDMENTS,” now, notice this, you will recall that in the 15th verse he said, “If ye love me, keep my commandments.” To keep them is to pay attention to them, to observe them, put them into practice and do everything you can to allow them to become a part of your life. Christianity is not just a belief. It is a way of life. On the other hand, it is not just a way of life that will allow a person to believe anything that he might be tempted to believe, while he continues his same old routine. No, it IS… a belief, but it is a belief that will affect your life, your way of living. It is a FAITH BELIEF that opens up a whole new way of life for those that enter in. Many who profess to be Christians never do allow the principles of Christ to affect their way of life, and therefore, their ways and beliefs are from that spirit of antichrist. The devil will try first to keep a person in the beer parlors, and away from church. Then if all his efforts in that direction fail, he will them try to push that person into a trap spiritually, on other words, he will get behind them and push them 90 miles an hour, trying to get them wrecked up in the word of God. That is where so many religious cults, and organizations get their start. It is the devil’s business to try and sidetrack us if he can, but truth will prevail for those that love it.




Let us go back to the 21st verse, “He that HATH… my commandments, (HATH… means that he is already living by them), and KEEPETH them, he it is that loveth me.” In verse 15, he said, “If ye love me, keep my commandments,” and now he has turned it right around to where he says the man that already hath his commandments, and is living by the, that is the man that loves him. Then, the rest of the verse, “And he that loveth me shall be loved of my Father, and I will love him, and will manifest myself to him. 27, Judas saith unto him, not Iscariot, Lord, how is it that thou wilt manifest thyself unto us, and not unto the world? 23, Jesus answered and said unto him, If a man love me, he will keep my WORDS…” Not just a verse or two, but all of his sayings, and teaching. 24, “He that loveth me not, keepeth not my SAYINGS…” You will notice that the terminology has changed from COMMANDMENTS…, to WORDS…, and now to SAYINGS…, which all add up to the same thing. Those that love him, will endeavor to do what he has instructed us to do. I believe we can say then, in talking about divine love, that the love which was projected from God through Jesus Christ, which was the fountain of God’s love opened up at Calvary, is a love that will definitely change lives. Calvary made a way for that love to project through every individual that would purpose in their heart to walk with God and stand for his truth. Jesus did not come into the world just to speak every kind of an idea that some might like to hear, hoping that through it all love might be cultivated. It was quite the opposite from that. He came with a mission, and that mission was to do the will of the Father, to accomplish the Father’s purpose. In the sixth chapter of John we find Jesus speaking of what that purpose was, verse 38, “For I came down from heaven, not to do mine own will, but the will of him that sent me, 39, And this is the Father’s will which hath sent me, that of all which he hath given me I should lose nothing, but should raise it up again at the last day. 40, And this is the will of him that sent me, that every one which SEETH THE SON, and BELIEVETH ON HIM, may have everlasting life; and I will raise him up at the last day.” We can see from those verses that Jesus had a definite mission in the days while he walked on earth. Then, in the 17th chapter we find Jesus praying to the Father and we hear him say, 14, “I HAVE GIVEN THEM THY WORD…, and the world hath hated them, because they are not of the world.” If a person really receives the WORD OF GOD, the world will hate them, and there will be no way for such a person to line up with the world. That is why the apostle Paul was inspired to write as he did to the Corinthians. In 2 Corinthians (6:14, we find these words, “Be not unequally yoked together with unbelievers: for what fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness? And what communion hath light with darkness? 15, And what concord hath Christ with Belial? Or what part hath he that believeth with an infidel? 16, And what agreement hath the temple of God with idols? For ye are the temple of the living God: as God hath said, I will dwell in the, and walk in them; and I will be their God, and they shall be my people. 17, Wherefore, COME OUT FROM AMONG THEM, and BE YE SEPARATE, saith the Lord, and TOUCH NOT THE UNCLEAN THING; and I will receive you, 18, And will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be my sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty.”




I know that some of you will say, “But, Bro. Jackson, how will we ever win the people to the Lord if we don’t fellowship with them?” Therefore I want to say this, “The devil recaptures more people in those mixed situations, than the Lord ever gets hold of as a result of any witness you might have among them.” The Bible is against this idea of taking your light and your truth, and just mixing it with everything. Jesus even said, “Cast not your pearls before swine.” Yet we realize that he also said, “Ye are the salt of the earth,” and again, “Ye are the light of the world.” Now, how do we reconcile this: We certainly cannot win anyone to the Lord by joining them in their unrighteous ways, for they will say, “If what you have is so great, what are you doing here?” All sinners know how Christians are supposed to live and conduct themselves. Therefore, what is the conclusion of the matter? It is this, we must realize that if truth is to shine and reflect, it will have to do so by being exemplified in the believer’s life in every aspect of his whole being. If every believer would allow truth and love to reflect through their every day lives the way God means for it to, they would, (by their example) make others thirsty for what they have as they travel along life’s pathway. One thing is sure though, the divine love of God has certain guidelines. It will cause you to love all mankind, but you will not love their unrighteous ways. You will pray for them, but you will not seek your fellowship among them. That goes also, for those who profess to be Christians, but will not allow truth to guide their lives, for the Bible also says, “Can two walk together, except they be agreed?” (Amos 3:3;) As Jesus prayed to the Father we hear him say, 17:17, “SANCTIFY THEM THROUGH THY TRUTH: THY WORD IS TRUTH.” He went on to say, “Father, I am not praying just for these that are here with me, but for them also that shall believe through their testimony, or their word. It is my desire that they be one as we are one.” Those who walked with Jesus, and stayed with him long enough to be found in the upper room, all came out of that upper room teaching the same thing. They did not have a dozen different versions of what walking with God required of a person. That is why I say, “If a person in this age is willing to follow truth and be led by the Holy Ghost, they will be led to the light that has been revealed to this age.” Every church age has had its messenger, and the people of that age were required to walk in the light of the messenger of their age. Therefore, when you hear people say, “I am not going to follow any man,” you can be sure, that person is missing the mark. God never asked us to follow any man’s flesh, but there is the other side of the picture, that is what God would have us to see. That is what we are to follow. God sent his messenger to this age for the purpose of calling the children of God from all the various denominational circles they were locked up in, and his motive and objective is that they might follow truth and have the love of God perfected in their hearts. The Bible makes it absolutely clear that divine love cannot exist in its purity and perfection, except where people walk in obedience to truth. You will hear some say, “Oh, it was a lot easier for the early church to live as they did, for they had such power with God.” Let me tell you, the key to that is found right in the 2nd chapter of Acts. They were all in one accord, and they continued steadfastly in the apostles’ doctrine. They all believed the same thing, and they had it straight. The fact that they had a common ground of faith, motivated them to go from house to house breaking bread. You have heard the old proverb, “Birds of a feather, flock together,” that is the way with those who are born again. They enjoy fellowshipping together. The true nature of God can only be expressed in an atmosphere such as that. For this reason, anytime you have a mixed group of people together, with some believing one way, and others, another; you will always have an undercurrent that will prevent divine love from reaching its peak. God’s very objective is lost in such an atmosphere, for God is truth. That is why Jesus said, “I am the WAY…, the TRUTH…, and the LIFE,” he only spoke the Father’s words. He said, “the words that I speak unto you are not my words, they are the Father’s,” meaning, the Eternal Spirit. His teaching was not designed just to please a mass of society so that they could coexist. That is what we have in our generation, but it did not come from the spirit of God. It had its beginning with the spirit of antichrist. The modern church world today has a gospel that will appease everyone who comes in, no matter what his religious background may be, or what he believes. It is all done for the sake of love and unity when you hear them tell it. They will say, “It doesn’t make too much difference whether we believe everything alike or not, just as long as we believe in Jesus, and have love for each other.” Show me that in the Bible. Nevertheless, that is the main theme of twentieth century world religion. Wherever you find a charismatic meeting, you are likely to find people there from a dozen different denominations; and, doctrinal wise, they are not too concerned about what is taught; just as long as they can hear something exciting about someone’s personal experience. Such as this, many times, has served as a bridge for people who were imprisoned in some stiff collared denomination to cross over to a place where the spirit of God could deal with them, but a person who never goes any farther than these charismatic gatherings (with God), is not seeking truth; they are only seeking an experience. Some of these people have been in the same place for 10-20 years without growing one little bit, (spiritually speaking). They may seem more spiritual, but where is the apostles doctrine, and the revelatory truths that it takes to make God’s building strong? You will not find it there, for they have got he cart before the horse. They keep the Holy Ghost testifying of Himself; and Jesus plainly said that he would not do that, (John 16:13). The Holy Ghost will lead a person to truth every time, if that person is hungry for truth, and willing to follow.




Let us continue reading in chapter 14:24; “He that loveth me not keepeth not my sayings; and the word which ye hear is not mine, but the Father’s which sent me.” Here we have a man speaking; (a man of flesh), but he is making it very clear that the words which they hear him speaking are not words with a fleshly origin, in other words, not just human thoughts. These were divinely inspired words, sayings, teachings, instructions, exhortations that were beneficial for proper conduct, proper living, and relationship to God. 25, “These things have I spoken unto you, being yet present with you. 26, But the Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in my name, he shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you.” That is like saying, “I have not told you everything that you will need to know in this life, and much of what I HAVE TOLD YOU has already slipped your mind, but the Holy Ghost which will come to you after I am gone, will teach you all that the Father would have you know, and will cause you to remember the things which I have spoken unto you.” Brothers and sisters; the Holy Ghost is ever present to enable us to walk in the truth of God’s word. He will remind us of the right way when we are tempted to do something wrong. He is the SPIRIT OF TRUTH; He is the SPIRIT OF DIVINE LOVE. That is why we say, DIVINE LOVE IS TRUTH LIVED. When we allow the Holy Ghost to be our motivation, he will always manifest love and truth. That is why Jesus said, “By their fruits ye shall know them,” (Matt. 7:15-23). A Holy Ghost filled child of God can tell whether a person’s deeds are led by the Holy Ghost or by the spirit of antichrist just by observing that person’s life. That does not mean that you have the privilege of determining that person’s eternal destiny; that is in the hands of God alone. Our responsibility is to judge (by the person’s deeds) whether we should fellowship with that person, and be a partaker of those deeds.




Now, to keep on the subject of God’s love, and his commandments, let us go to chapter 15, verse 10, “If ye keep my commandments, ye shall abide in his love; even as I have kept my Father’s commandments, and abide in his love.” Notice here; YE becomes very personal, yet it is also collective for he is talking to his disciples. If YE keep my commandments, YE shall abide in MY LOVE. What is his love? It is the same love that caused him to be obedient to the will of the Father; never seeking to please himself, saying only what would express the mind of God. In such a love relationship, one does not seek to please himself, but rather the other. As he passes that on to his disciples, it is to make them an inseparable arm of God; reaching out to lost mankind with a message of salvation. Why? Because it is an inseparable love; and it is the will of God for all men to hear the gospel. Therefore, if they keep his commandments, they WILL abide in his love, for they will be living, walking, teaching and practicing what he has taught them; thereby ruling out all possibility of a separation. If they would live like that, they could not help but be one. That is why the apostle Paul admonished Eudias and Synteche to be of the same mind in the Lord; in his letter to the Phillippians. What beauty – what harmony – what bliss, when you find a group of people who are consistent in their thinking, and speak the same things, (in love), without carnal divisions. That is where God dwells. That is what God desires, among his people. Think of this; God is one, and he created the world and all things that are in it; yet when you go halfway around the world, you find that the people on the other side have another God. (I only say it like this to illustrate, or make a point. I know that we have people right in our own part of the world who serve other Gods.) We know that there is only one God, but this all goes to show what mankind in his journey through time has done; he has accumulated various deities, and built religious organizations around them until the world population is broken up into ever so many groups, all believing in a different God. This breaks the family, human relationship with the heavenly Father. God cannot be worshiped by a vast majority of the human race for the simple reason, they do not know who he is; yet we know that, for six thousand years God has been seeking to reconcile lost mankind back to himself. When we look to the Middle East we see the Jews on one hand, and the Moslems on the other; all claiming to be children (descendants) of Abraham, yet the Jews hold God to be one certain deity, and the Moslems another. Then, when we come into the Gentile realm many of them have him as something else. When we sum it all up, there cannot be but one God. The same God that created the Russians, created us. The God that created the Orientals, created the Indians also, as well as the black man, and he is ONE, not TWO, not THREE, but ONE. Many people who have their affections pointed to the one great God of all creation, still try to break him up into three persons. It is no wonder that it is so hard to find genuine love expressed in our day. It just cannot project through such a mixed up mass of confusion. The early church had it two thousand years ago. Wherever they went, preaching the gospel of Jesus Christ, that love projected; and Gentiles were turned from paganism to the true God through the name of Jesus Christ. That name also separated thousands from Judaism and turned them to a life of love and truth that they had never known.




The Bible has always been a Jewish book. The truth of it was given to the Jews, and various ones of them wrote as they were inspired by God to do so; thereby giving us the Bible as we have it today. We Gentiles have become the guardians or caretakers of it, but the God of that Bible is soon to return to those Jews with the message of salvation that is contained therein. God raised up this race of people from the seed of Abraham, of whom we have spoke much in other messages. It was through this race of people that God began to reveal his great plan of salvation. However, in the old testament it is seen only through types and shadows, signs and symbols, but since Calvary it has been proclaimed to the whole world of lost mankind, and by revelation of the scriptures we are able to see and understand the whole plan of God for mankind from the creation all the way to the eternal age. In this great plan for the ages, I believe it is easy for us to see that the hub of all God’s dealing with man has been love. It is like the old hymn which has the words, “LOVE IS THE THEME, LOVE IS SUPREME,” that is God. God is love, and He is supreme. All his dealings with man are in truth, and his truth is given in love. Can you now see why I said, and so say again that, DIVINE LOVE IS TRUTH LIVED? It is because man can only project divine love when the very nature of God is allowed to project through him. Man in his natural make up does not have it, and cannot possibly produce it apart from complete union with God. Do you see how it works? If you are in complete union with God, and I am in complete union with God, there can be nothing else but love and unity between us. Now, how do we get in complete unity with God? Only through truth. How do we get truth? By hungering and thirsting after God and his righteousness. Read Matthew 5:6, “BLESSED ARE THEY WHICH DO HUNGER AND THIRST AFTER RIGHTEOUSNESS: FOR THEY SHALL BE FILLED” WITH WHAT? GOD, who is SPIRIT, who is TRUTH, who is LOVE, and who is righteous. That is why the early Christians of that first age conducted themselves as they did. They were filled, F-I-L-L-E-D with the Holy Ghost. God was once again being looked upon, worshiped, adored and fellowshipped as the great Eternal being that he was to Adam and Eve in the garden of Eden. God’s love was being perfected in the lives of humanity. No wonder the apostle Paul could write as he did to the Ephesian church which was made up of Jews, and Gentiles. Addressing his words first to the Gentile element of that congregation, he reminded them of where they had been, (spiritually), and where they had attained to in Christ Jesus. Let us read a few verses from chapter 2, beginning with verse 11, “Wherefore remember, that ye being in time past Gentiles in the flesh, who are called Uncircumcision by that which is called the Circumcision in the flesh made by hands; That at that time ye were without Christ, being aliens from the commonwealth of Israel, and strangers from the covenants of promise, having no hope, and without God in the world; But now in Christ Jesus ye who sometime were far off are made nigh by the blood of Christ. For HE IS OUR PEACE, who hath made both one, and hath broken down the middle wall of partition between us; Having abolished in his flesh the enmity, even the law of commandments contained in ordinances; for to make in himself of twain one new man, so making peace; And that he might reconcile both unto God in one body by the cross, having slain the enmity thereby; and came and preached peace to you which were afar off, (Gentiles), and to them that were nigh, (Jews). For through him we both have access by ONE SPIRIT unto the FATHER. Now therefore ye are no more strangers and foreigners, but fellowcitizens with the saints, and of the household of God; AND are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets, Jesus Christ himself being the chief cornerstone; In whom all the building fitly framed together growth unto an holy temple in the Lord: In whom ye also are builded together for an habitation of God through the Spirit.” Some of the same words could be spoken to us. There was a time when we were without hope, (as individuals), and far from God, but now we are made nigh by the blood of Christ, and he is our peace. Furthermore, we do not look upon our brothers and sisters in Christ as foreigners if they are not natural citizens of our particular country; neither do we look at the color of their skin; for as Paul said, “Through him (Christ), we all have access by one spirit unto the Father.” We are one in him; if it be that we are in him. Look over in chapter 4, at some of the words spoken to the church at Ephesus. Remember, this church at Ephesus is set forth as the model church in this age of Grace. As we have said before, in other messages, it was from the revival fires that burned at Ephesus, that the other churches in Asia Minor got their start. Verse 1, “I therefore, the prisoner of the Lord, beseech you that ye walk worthy of the vocation wherewith ye are called, with all lowliness and meekness, with longsuffering, FORBEARING ONE ANOTHER IN LOVE; Endeavoring to keep the UNITY of the SPIRIT in the bond of PEACE. There is ONE BODY, (made up of people from every race and culture), and ONE SPIRIT, (The Holy Ghost), even as ye are called in ONE HOPE of your calling; ONE LORD, ONE FAITH, ONE BAPTISM, ONE GOD AND FATHER of all, and IN YOU ALL.” It would be impossible to have that kind of relationship, and fellowship, where you have a dozen different versions being taught on the same subject; all a result of carnal minded men trying to make a name for themselves. There are just too many self styled preachers that have not been called of God. When God calls a man into the ministry, that call is to stand for truth at any cost to the flesh. Jesus was our example for that: He stood for truth, speaking only what the Father showed him to speak, and it took him right to the cross. That is why he could say, “It is not I that doeth these things. It is the Father that dwelleth in me.” (Meaning the Eternal Spirit). Flesh should never receive any credit, or glory for that which God does. That is how many people have gotten themselves into trouble with God, and man. God began to use them a little, in some (out of the ordinary) way, and immediately, they began to take the credit, and receive honor from men. On the other hand, if a person will wait for the spirit of God to instruct him, and then give God the glory for whatever is accomplished, God will vindicate that person’s ministry.




God has given us the Holy Ghost, and He in us, should cause us to conduct ourselves in a godlike manner. When we begin to take on the mind of Christ we will begin to throw off our childish, human ideas about Christianity, and begin to see it from the divine standpoint. That is exactly why the scriptures point out, “You are a chosen people, a peculiar people.” That does not mean that we should go around just trying to be peculiar; but I will say this much, if you will allow God to lead your life as he sees fit, you WILL be peculiar to the world. To abide in him is to be peculiar, as far as the world is concerned, and beside that, in the 5th verse of this 15th chapter, Jesus said, “For without me ye can do nothing.” In other words, if we do not abide in him we are helpless anyhow. To abide in him is to live in the realm of his love and revelated word. 15. “These things have I spoken unto you, that my joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full.” Many people seem to have the idea that a person who is full of the joy of the Lord should be leaping up and down, shouting, and praising the Lord continually. That is a childish way of looking at it. The joy of the Lord is that inner feeling of confidence and security that holds a person steady even in the midst of storms and hard trials. Certainly there is a time for shouting praises to him, a time for leaping, running, dancing, or whatever the spirit of God would lead you to do, but it would seem mighty strange to find someone carrying on like that if their little child had just been struck down by a speeding automobile, or they had just received word that a close relative or friend had just passed away. Yet, in those times of trial we can still have the joy of the Lord in us.


Many people have followed preachers from one place to another because of fleshly attractions, and then when something happened to the man they were following they could be heard saying, “I just don’t know what I am going to do now that Bro. – is no longer with us.” When you are following a man because of his flesh, his flesh is all you see; you never see the truth, and for that reason you do not have anything to hold to when that man is no longer around. It happened to many of the disciples of Jesus, when he was taken from the earth. That is why he said to them, “It is expedient for you that I go away; for if I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you; but if I depart, I will send him unto you.” If Jesus had not departed, and sent the Comforter (the Holy Ghost), to dwell within those disciples, do you think Stephen could have faced the stones of that angry mob, calling upon God not to lay that sin to the charge of those who were killing him? Of course he could not. It was the indwelling presence of the Holy Ghost that gave him such great joy in the face of his murderers. Believe me, even though they were down cast in spirit when Jesus was taken from their presence, those disciples who received the Holy Ghost on the day of Pentecost never spent one minute grieving about Jesus not being with them anymore after that; for they knew that he was living inside them as he said he would be. After that, it was his joy in them (HIS SPIRIT, HIS TRUTH), that made their joy full and complete. It is like the apostle Peter said, in his first epistle; it is joy unspeakable and full of glory.




I know you can say, as can I; that some of the times when you have recognized that joy the most, have been times when the devil has been slapping you around to the point where it seemed like there would be no end to it; then, God enabled you to duck, just in time to miss his licks and give him one. Then you know that you have seen the hand of God working on your behalf, when the old devil goes running off, and leaves you alone. Remember what James said, “Submit yourselves therefore to God. Resist the devil, and he will flee from you.” The key to that kind of a victory is for us to SUBMIT OURSELVES TO GOD: so that we can draw from his inexhaustible strength and wisdom. It is true, the devil is a bluff; for he was defeated at Calvary on behalf of every child of God; but his attack is very real while it is taking place. God allows all this for our testing, and growth, and so we will not be going around trying to bluff the devil all the time. God is not a bluff, and he will not allow his people to be; he will let them get into situations where they have to have the real thing to get out of them. It was in the letter to the Hebrews where the apostle wrote, “Seeing then that we have a great high priest, that is passed into the heavens, Jesus the Son of God, let us hold fast our profession. For we have not an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin. Let us therefore come boldly unto the throne of Grace, (not proudly, boldly, there is a great difference), that we may obtain mercy, and find grace to help in time of need.” In these trying situations that great joy is made more real to us. Our growth and stature in the Lord is not accomplished when we stay on the mountain top all the time; we have to come down to reality to find the grace of God working on your behalf.




As we come back to verse 11 now, what does that joy depend upon? Is it going to the church of your choice that produces it? You know that is not right. Jesus never did teach anything that would give children of God that choice; neither did his apostles. That popular slogan is an antichrist diversion, but you can’t make the world believe that: for they see it as great liberty in the Lord. You point them to a church that stands for the apostolic truth of God’s word, and tell them that God is not in those denominations, and immediately you are branded as a fanatic. “I don’t want to get too close to that fellow,” they will say; well, let me say this, “Jesus was a fanatic, John was a fanatic, and so was Paul, if that makes you one. Did not Paul write to the Galatians, saying, “If any man, or even an angel from heaven preach any other gospel unto you than that we have preached, let him be accursed?” Did not John write in the little epistles, “If there come any unto you, and bring not THIS DOCTRINE, receive him not into your house, neither bid him God speed: For he that biddeth him God speed (SAYS GOD BLESS YOU BROTHER, KNOWING THAT HE IS NOT PREACHING THE TRUTH), is a partaker of his EVIL DEEDS?” We, as revelated children of God are supposed to be contending for the faith which was once delivered unto the saints. How can we do that if we allow, or encourage those who preach something different, to minister in our assemblies, or even to come into our homes spreading their antichrist doctrine? Do not become offended at this, saints; for if it is different than what Jesus and his apostles taught, it is antichrist doctrine. We do not deny that every major denomination was originally strong in some scriptural truth that the early church taught; but where they missed the mark was in taking only the scripture that they agreed with and attributed everything else that anyone other than their particular group received, to the devil. One group believes one truth from the Bible, and another group believes another one; but they cannot get them all together. Those early Christians believed every truth in the Bible; therefore, it is no wonder they could go into the Roman Arenas to be killed, with such great joy bubbling in their soul; they knew the truth. As the apostle Paul wrote to the Philippians, “For to me to live is Christ, and to die is gain.” They went by the hundreds into the lion cages to have their flesh ripped from their bones; but they had the joy of the Lord in their soul. They could put them in jail and they would sing just as loud in jail as they did in church. At times, when some of them would wind up in jail, here would come an angel to open up the doors for them to leave. There was no magic involved in those activities; it was just the fact that they had a God who heard the joy of their hearts singing instead of feeling sorry for themselves, and he sent an angel to loose them. “THESE THINGS HAVE I SPOKEN UNTO YOU, THAT MY JOY MIGHT REMAIN IN YOU, AND THAT YOUR JOY MIGHT BE FULL.” What things? His commandments, his teachings and his words, “As the Father hath loved me, so have I loved you: continue ye in my love. This is my commandment, That ye love one another, as I have loved you.” The great theme of the Bible is love, all the way from Genesis through Revelation, and the world has caught the words, but they have missed the meaning. When Jesus said, “Love one another as I have loved you,” he was not talking about the kind of love that could be affected by human emotions; he was talking about a love that would be steadfast and consistent through every situation. When that kind of love is projecting, it makes no distinction between the rich and the poor; it is not affected by color of skin nor place of birth; neither is it affected by human weakness or bad attitudes. Remember now, when we talk like this we are talking about loving a human soul with a godlike kind of love, and loving that soul is quite different than fellowshipping the flesh. There are many that we can have that kind of love for, and still not be able to fellowship with them because of the life they live, and many times because of what they believe and stand for.




When people do not know what to believe, and still have not come to the place where they will hear truth, they cannot have real joy: for just about the time that they get one little thought settled, and start trying to stand for it, the devil will hit them with something else that will be different. That kind of a person will spend much time sitting around, gloomy, and despaired; always grumbling and complaining that they just don’t know what to believe anymore. I want you to know, that believing truth is quite different than playing with it. When you believe truth you see it for what it is; then you allow it to get down in your soul and do its work in your life. The devil’s greatest delight is the keep people in confusion. He lives in confusion, and loves it, but God dwells in peace. That is why God desires for us to be in unity, and oneness of belief and purpose. There is no peace outside of it. I have heard denominational people say, when they would be confronted with truth, “We don’t want to believe a thing like that: that is just the devil trying to cause confusion in our church. Let me say, “If it is truth, inspired by the Holy Ghost, it is not the devil, and God is not the author of confusion, so where does that leave you?” It is not truth that causes confusion; it is the devil’s lie that people are holding on to that is causing confusion. Let me say also, “A person that never becomes grounded in truth is always groping, looking for some preacher to pray for them. They are in every prayer line that they can find; always hoping for a miracle, never knowing what it is to just rest upon the truth and reality of God’s word. Seemingly, such persons never grow up enough to distinguish between the blood purchased benefits that are available to every child of God, and the extra benefits that God bestows upon individuals from time to time for his own glory and pleasure; things that he does to bring about circumstances for the purpose of getting peoples’ attention, and changing traditional ideas. Through faith we can reckon unto ourselves sufficient grace for each day if we know what benefits we have available to us. For an example, let me say this, imagine an American citizen not knowing the difference between a one dollar bill, and a five dollar bill, and having to deal (in a financial way), with dishonest people every day. Do you think that person would get all that was coming to him in the financial transaction, once the other parties found out that he did not know the difference? You know he would not, the devil would see to it. The point I am desiring to make is that, in this natural life we have to reach a place where we begin to accept a certain identity, and certain responsibilities, and in doing so, we equip ourselves so that we are not completely at the mercy of the parties we are dealing with. We learn how to sell, buy, make change, get what we have paid for, and give others the same benefit. That is all a very necessary part of adult human activity. If the devil finds out you do not know a one from a five dollar bill, you can be sure he will do his utmost to keep you broke all the time; he will strip you of everything. Do you get my point? Can you catch the thought? Spiritually speaking it is the same way. If the devil finds out that you do not know for sure what the Bible teaches on a particular subject, he will do you exactly like he did Eve, (through the serpent), in the garden of Eden. God had said, “Do not eat, (or partake), of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil: for the day that you do, you will SURELY (no doubt about it), die.” God did not leave any doubt about it, he said, “if you eat, you die.” The word surely as used in Gen. 2:17, is a word that means ABSOLUTELY, Not maybe. The serpent came along and said to Eve, “Did God say that you shall not eat of every tree of the garden?” Notice how the woman answered the serpent’s question, Gen. 3:23. This proved she did not understand it exactly as God had said it; for she said to the serpent, “We may eat of the fruit of the trees of the garden, but of the fruit of the tree which is in the MIDST of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, (GOD SAID THAT), neither shall ye touch it (GOD DID NOT SAY THAT), LEST YE DIE.” (GOD DID NOT SAY THAT). Eve added the part about not touching the tree, and she changed the next part; for as she supposedly quoted it, she said, “LEST YE DIE.” The word L-E-S-T means, perhaps, maybe, or there is a chance you will die, but that is not the way God said it. He said you will S-U-R-E-L-Y die; no doubt about it. Right there is where the trouble for the whole human race began: the serpent saw his chance, (being inspired and led by the devil), he said, “Ye shall NOT surely die: For God doth know that in the day ye eat thereof, then your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as gods, knowing good and evil.” Doesn’t the words of the serpent remind you of a lot of people you know? They will say, “Aw, come on John, Jim, Bill, Susie, (or whatever your name is), you know God doesn’t expect Twentieth Century Christians to live by those old fashioned ideas; He is a good God; he will not cast you into hell just for taking one little drink to be sociable. After all God doesn’t expect us to go through life without having any fun.” Young people: you had better watch that kind of talk; that is the old serpent talking flee from it, and lay hold upon the word of God, which is able to deliver your soul. The devil is always perverting (changing), the word of God, trying to cause unsuspecting souls to miss God’s true way. He does it many times through preachers who are just trying to make a name for themselves, rather than to build something for God. That is why if you do not know a one, from a five, (spiritually), you are likely to be led down a cold trail and miss God completely.




It is up to every child of God to get this word settled in his heart, gain some convictions concerning the way you are to dress, the way you should talk, the places you are to go, or not to go, the kind of people you should fellowship with, and find out what your benefits are as a child of God. If you will do that you will not be forever looking for someone else to pray for you. When you gain your own personal love relationship with your heavenly Father, you will no longer have to walk through every mud hole that some one else might choose to walk through. You will follow him, instead of the crowd. That is where you will find real joy, even if following him (GOD), causes you to wind up in jail. You will not find any sad letters written by the apostle Paul, while he sat in jail for so many of the last years of his life. Every letter that he wrote shows just the opposite. He spoke of his bonds many times, but never in a complaining way. He even said in one place that many of his brethren in the lord had become very confident because of his bonds, so that they were much more bold to speak the word of God without fear. In other words, his bonds were sort of an example to others; that is, if they wound up in the same shape, they could still have the joy of the Lord bubbling up in their soul. Prisons and chains can never destroy LOVE, TRUTH, nor the great JOY that is experienced by those who are genuine partakers of the grace of God. These virtues are perfected in trials, and testings; on the other hand, the spirit of the world will kill love and joy that is not founded on truth. How can we say that we even have divine love for Jesus, unless we love his teachings.




After his resurrection, and just before his ascension, Jesus put Simon Peter to the test by asking him the same question three times. “Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me?” There was no question about Peter’s love for him from a human standpoint, and Jesus knew that Peter had a revelation in his bosom, but Jesus gave him a chance to examine himself a little bit by asking him the same question again the third time. By the time Jesus asked him the third time, “Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me,” old Peter had began to be a little nervous and provoked; probably realizing that Jesus had sensed a weakness in him; a weakness that caused Peter to deny the Lord for a short time right after he was arrested, but Jesus was tempering him; getting him ready for a time that was soon to come, when he would see him in the flesh no more in this life. At that time he commissioned Peter to feed his lambs, and his sheep. However, when he was questioning Peter, in reality, what he was really asking was, Peter, do you love me so much that you will allow nothing to stand in your way, to prevent you from carrying out the responsibility that you will have when I am gone? In other words, Peter was to have the responsibility of unlocking the kingdom of God for those hungry souls that would desire to enter in, just a few days later. That would require divine love, in the face of all that had taken place since the arrest of Jesus. A carnal, natural love could not withstand the pressure; it could not reach out into a throng of people, some of which, no doubt, had been present when Jesus was crucified, and extend love, mercy, and the grace of God to them. Peter displayed natural love and loyalty to Jesus when he grabbed a sword and cut an ear off one of the men who came to arrest Jesus, but Jesus displayed divine love when he reached over and put the ear back on his enemy. That is the kind of love that Jesus was speaking of in Matthew 5:44-45 when he said, “Love your enemies, bless them that curse you, do good to them that hate you, and pray for them which despitefully use you, and persecute you; that ye may be the children of your Father which is in heaven: for he maketh his sun to rise on the evil and on the good, and sendeth rain on the just and on the unjust.” He went on to say, “If you love only those who love you, how are you different from anyone else? Even people of the world do that.” Divine love will project, even in unlovely situations. Jesus is our example in every area of life. He showed us how to face the onslaughts of the devil when we are under attack, as he was in the wilderness. He set a perfect example of obedience to the will of our heavenly Father, and he exemplified love in every respect as he walked among men. “THIS IS MY COMMANDMENT, THAT YE LOVE ONE ANOTHER, AS I HAVE LOVED YOU. 13, Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends. YE are my friends, IF ye do whatsoever I command you.” Just in case you may be one who is thinking that this does not seem like much of a way to judge friendship, (based upon whether a person does what you tell them to do or not), let me remind you that these are the very words of Jesus himself, and they reach way beyond any human understanding, (that is, grasping only with the natural mind), for only those who have the kind of love that he is talking about, can understand the depth of such a statement. What he said in verse 14 encompasses all that we have been reading and talking about in these two chapters. In other words a person could not keep his commandments unless he did have the divine love of God in him; then we turn right around and say, “If a person has that kind of love in him, he will do as Jesus said for us to do, and this automatically makes you a friend of Jesus. It is all wrapped up in one package, and the apostle John understood it, and recorded it, in order for us to benefit from it later.




Let us turn over to the little Epistles of John and see how he felt about this kind of love after more than fifty years had passed, and he was an old man. This was written somewhere around A.D. 90, when John did not have many of the old timers left who had heard it from the mouth of Jesus as he had. Let us read 1 John 2:3, and see if fifty some years of living, since hearing those words from the mouth of Jesus, has changed his revelation of them. “And hereby we do know that we know him, if we KEEP HIS COMMANDMENTS.” When you take that right back to the gospel he wrote, the revelation is exactly the same. He is actually saying, This is the way that we know that we know him, if we keep his commandments, or, as we said before, observe his teachings. 4, “He that saith, I know him, and keepeth not his commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not in him.” What do you think John would have done, in his day, if some preacher got up and preached for an hour on the “blessed holy trinity?” John, that guardian of love and truth, would have been bound to reveal him as a false prophet. The very words of such a person testifies to the fact that they do not know him. What if John could live in our day, and go into one of these charismatic meetings where some big priest or bishop, with a log chain and a big cross hanging from his neck would be shaking people, slapping them on the back, and trying to teach them to speak in tongues? How do you think John would react to that? Don’t forget, John was in that upper room when the Holy Ghost fell on the disciples of Jesus for the first time. He knew that there was no one present that day to teach them to speak in tongues. I believe John would create a disturbance in such gatherings, and I believe that when he got through with those charismatic leaders, they would have to admit that they did not have what they were talking about. I say these things only for the sake of illustration, because it is truth that we are after; Otherwise we would just be playing religious games like the church world in general. The truth that God has revealed to us in our day is like jewels, precious stones, diamonds, emeralds, and all the other things that natural man looks upon as valuable. You would not think of taking a 5 carat diamond, and setting it in a cheap ten cent store mounting; no, you would carefully choose a solid gold mounting that would compliment such a stone; something that would enhance and add to the beauty of it. We know how to display natural things, but we have a great deal to learn yet about displaying the precious gifts of the spirit of God that he has so bountifully bestowed upon us. 5, “But whoso keepeth his word, in him verily is the love of God perfected; hereby know we that we are in him.” The love of God is perfected in those who keep his word, live by his sayings, and follow the example that he set before us when he walked in human flesh.




God requires that we prove our love for him by accepting his love and truth on his terms rather than on our own. That is why some very proud folks have to be broken, so badly, when God begins to deal with them in a spiritual way. They want God to be real in their lives, but they want him on their own terms. That will not work; God is not a compromiser. There is only one way into the spiritual family of God, and all that come to him have to find that way. It matters not whether we are rich or poor, whether we are very smart or just average, and it doesn’t matter who we may or may not know. God does not care about any of that, for there is no way that we can merit the grace of God. Paul expresses it in Ephesians 2:8-9, “For by GRACE (God’s unmerited favor), are ye saved through FAITH; (believing God’s word), and that not of yourselves: (You cannot earn salvation), it is the gift of God. Not of works, lest any man should boast.” If we could work out our salvation, (do anything to earn it in any way) then we could possibly have something to boast about, for our abilities are not all the same. Some, far exceed others in many ways. Knowing this, we ought to be even more grateful, realizing that the apostle wrote in 1 Cor. 12:13, “By one spirit are we all baptized into one body, whether we be Jews or Gentiles, whether we be bond or free; and have been all made to drink into one spirit.” That one spirit that we have all been baptized into one body with, is the spirit of truth, and God’s purpose in doing this is that we might be made one in him. He is cultivating truth in us, and that truth will make us free. We are free from the bondage that Satan has held us in for so long. We are now members of the body of Christ, “and God has set the members every one of them in the body, as it hath pleased him.” (1 Cor. 12:18) Every denomination on the face of this earth has their little formula for making new members in their assemblies. We will not go into those methods in this message for we are interested in only one method; that is the one we have just mentioned. These people speak of love and many of them refer to each other as precious brother, or precious sister, but you had better not cross their doctrine, or you will find out real quick that they do not have the kind of love that they talk so much about.




Through the years while people were all mixed up in Babylon, they tried to interpret the word of God, and found that they could not do it, so they began to do what they considered to be the next best thing; they began to interpret God. Now we have the Baptist, the Methodist, the Presbyterians, the Catholics, etc., who are all mixed up in Babylon, and for years they have been fighting each other, refusing to let their members go to any other church, and now, as we approach the end, we can see them all climbing into the same nest. Do you know what happened? They each one (denomination) kept noticing that all the other denominations were growing instead of diminishing, and being unable to interpret the word of God, they began to interpret God himself, in this way; they began to say, “God can be in any denomination.” They read where Peter made the statement while in the home of Cornelius that God is no respecter of persons’, and that caused them to begin saying, “God is no respecter of denominations.” Time and conditions, and the grace of God has caused people to assume things about God, and take him for granted. They take the scriptures that speak of God’s love, mercy, and longsuffering, and it makes them feel secure, not knowing that the longsuffering of God does not mean that he has accepted our ideas. What they fail to understand, is that God knows we are all weak and he gives us plenty of time to accept his (God’s) ideas, his plan, his purpose for our lives. God, in his love and mercy, will tolerate, for periods of time, the things that we are doing, but it is his plan and purpose, to bring all of his foreknown children to a place of perfect unity, all believing the same thing, with nothing left to cause divisions. Now I hope each of you will understand what we are endeavoring to point out in this little message. I am sure some of you who have been around this message of truth for quite a while may be thinking, “Bro. Jackson; we don’t need to hear all that,” but I ask you to be patient, and have consideration for your younger brothers and sisters that are still trying to find their way out of Babylon. You would be surprised at some of the questions people ask me, concerning the very things that we are talking about. Many are wondering if it is alright to go hear Bro. So and So, who doesn’t teach everything exactly like we do here, but he seems to have an awful lot of love for everyone. To that, I will have to say, as I have said before, if it is love that you are interested in, you will still have to find it in truth or it will fail you. This modern theory that claims we do not have to see eye to eye on everything, just as long as we love each other, is from the pit; that never did come from the lips of God’s anointed preachers. I will grant you this much though, up until he sent a prophet to this age, for the purpose of turning his children back to his revelated word, God did accept those honest hearted, sincere people in every system who sought him with all their heart, and walked in all the truth they had available to them in their hour. Therefore, you can stop worrying about your great grandmother, and examine the truth that is available to you in your day, that is where your salvation lies.




God has been merciful to people in every system of Babylon, just as he was to the Jews who were carried away to Babylon in the days of old. It is also like God being merciful to Jews in dispersion throughout the world, but tell me, “Did God ever give them a city anywhere except in Israel?” There is only one capital city that God will ever give to the Jews, and that is Jerusalem. God extends mercy to Jews in other places, but it is only those who return to that land, who stand in the place of inheriting that which God has promised. Therefore, if we can see how God deals with the Jews in the natural, we will better understand God’s dealing with us in the spirit. We have to leave Babylon and return to our homeland, (spiritually speaking), in order to receive our inheritance. There is a transition period, of course; God allows for that, but the ultimate goal is to return to God’s original plan. God never did change, and he has never altered his plan for the ages; it is just that man (through the ages), lost his way, and God has been longsuffering, waiting for his children to return home. Right now all signs point to the fact that we are nearing our destination, and we know that it is the purpose of God to have a people that are perfect, not in the sense of being perfect in our flesh, as some believe, but in the sense of a perfect experience with God, perfect love, perfect unity, perfect fellowship and inseparability. Do you know, I have actually heard people scoff at the idea of the children of God being perfect. It is because they are carnal in all their thinking, and void of understanding, when it comes to spiritual matters. Would Jesus have instructed his disciples to be perfect, if it were not possible for them to obtain perfection in the sense that he was speaking it? Matt. 5:48, “Be ye therefore PERFECT, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect.” What did he mean? We all know that we can never be perfect (flesh wise), in this life. This word PERFECT, as used here, by Jesus, comes from a Greek word which means, “to be complete,” in the sense of fullness, or oneness. Jesus has just been instructing his disciples, teaching them, I should say, about love. In the discourse he said, “I know you have heard it said, ‘Thou shalt love thy neighbor, and hate thine enemy,’ But I say unto you, Love your enemies, bless them that curse you, do good to them that hate you, and pray for them which despitefully use you, and persecute you; that ye may be the children of your Father which is in heaven: for he maketh his sun to rise on the evil and on the good and sendeth rain on the just and on the unjust. For if ye love them which love you, what reward have ye? Do not even the publicans the same? And if ye salute (greet, speak to), your brethren only, what do ye more than others? Do not even the publican so?” He has been teaching them that the God kind of love reaches beyond the bounds of one’s own little circle, and includes even the unlovely. In other words, he said, “This is the way God is; therefore if you want to be like him you will have to conduct yourselves the same way; “then he called upon them to be perfect, even as their heavenly Father is perfect. Does that help you to relate the statement to its proper application? In this particular setting he is talking about unselfishness, proper attitude, proper conduct, and the ability to love as God loves. No doubt, John heard every word that Jesus said that day, for it seems that the subject of love burned in him like an unquenchable fire throughout all that we have recorded about him, and by him. We find recorded in Luke 6:40 where Jesus said, ”The disciple is not above his master: but every one that IS PERFECT shall be as his master.” Also, in 1 Cor. 2:6, we find the apostle Paul writing this, “Howbeit we speak wisdom among them THAT ARE PERFECT.” Then, in Colossians 4:12 we find Paul writing to that church using the same language. “Epaphras, who is one of you, a servant of Christ, saluteth you, always laboring fervently for you in prayers, that ye may stand PERFECT and COMPLETE in all the will of God.” Being perfect in the sight of God is for us to be what God has called us to be, and to live our lives according to God’s principles. Just as the Bible says that Noah was perfect in his generation, so also can we be perfect in our generation if we will walk with God. Whatever God has called you to do, do that, and do not covet your brother’s job that the Lord has called him to fulfill. For an example, just to illustrate perfection: If you had a job some place that required you to cut strings from packages that had been shipped, you might use a very small pocket knife. For that job this could be a perfect knife, for the simple reason, it is doing all that you require it to do. But suppose you have need to cut a large branch from a tree in your yard that is located in a place where it is forever in your way. Will that same little knife be perfect for a job like that? You know it will not. Your requirements for a knife will be different in this situation. Walking with God is the same way. As he shines more light for people to walk in, there is more required from those who would be perfect in his sight.




As we follow John’s writings on this theme of love, let us look at 1 John 2:3-4, where he approached the subject from another direction. We have already read the scripture, but let me say this; if we believe that God sent a messenger to bring us back to an original, them we could well be living in the very hour when this scripture will hang right over our very souls. We have been restored back to the word and now we are without excuse. If we say that we love God, and then allow ourselves to deviate, even a little, from the truth, we make ourselves a liar. No one else will have to do it, for according to the Bible, we make ourselves a liar. “He that saith, I know him, and keepeth not his commandments IS A LIAR, and the truth is not in him. But whoso keepeth his word, in him verily is the love of God PERFECTED: hereby know we that we are in him.” The days of playing around with religious theories is over for us. God tolerated that while we were still in Babylon, but he will not tolerate any such among those whom he has called out to be a part of the bride of Christ. You are going to see many people renounce every aspect of Christianity, and turn to the world, all because they have tried to hold onto some little old religious theory or idea that will fail them when they need it most. God will make sure that what you are holding onto will either cause you to grow in him, or it will be the very thing that will shake you loose from the vine. God is going to let every unclean and evil spirit of hell be turned loose to invade society, and rule apostate religion; for we are living in the age of falling away. People are going to get sick of religion. They will become almost hysterical when they finally begin to see just how apostate, religion has become. Only those who are keeping God’s truth will be spared from apostasy, from that spirit of apostasy that is pulling on the religious world. “BUT WHOSO KEEPETH HIS WORD, IN HIM VERILY IS THE LOVE OF GOD PERFECTED, (MADE COMPLETE).” We do not walk with God, ignorant of what his will is for our lives. You hear people say, “I hope this is right, or, I think this is right, or, that is what I have always been taught.” Brothers and sisters: it makes me sad to hear Christians talk like that, for it reveals the fact that they are without revelation, and that makes them an easy mark for the devil. In this hour of time, it is imperative that we come to a settled understanding of what our soul believes; for the enemy will throw everything he has at us as this age closes out. It will be his business to try and get us to throw up our hands and quit the race, but remember, “WHOSO KEEPETH HIS WORD, in him verily is the love of God perfected.” He (the Lord) is our shelter in the time of storm. It is in him that we are secure, and the way that we know that we are in him, is by keeping his word. When we keep his word, his love is perfected in us. Then we do not have doctrines to fuss about, therefore our fellowship is sweet. Now, did I say that we should not teach doctrine? Absolutely not, but we will all have the same doctrine. I want to read to you, the first 13 verses of the 2nd chapter of Titus. “But speak thou (Paul writing to Titus), the things which become sound DOCTRINE: That the aged men be sober, grave, temperate, sound in faith, in charity, in patience. The aged women likewise, that they be in behavior as becometh holiness, not false accusers, not given to much wine, teachers of good things; that they may teach the young women to be sober, to love their husbands, to love their children, to be discreet, chaste, keepers at home, good, obedient to their own husbands, that the word of God be not blasphemed. Young men likewise exhort to be sober minded. In all things shewing thyself a PATTERN of good works: in DOCTRINE shewing uncorruptness, gravity, sincerity, sound speech, that cannot be condemned; that he that is of the contrary part may be ashamed, having no evil thing to say of you. Exhort servants to be obedient unto their own masters, and to please them well in all things; not answering again; not purloining, but shewing all good fidelity; that they may ADORN THE DOCTRINE OF GOD OUR SAVIOUR IN ALL THINGS. For the grace of God that bringeth salvation hath appeared to all men. Teaching us that, denying ungodliness and worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously, and godly, in this present world; looking for that blessed hope, and the glorious appearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ.” It seems that the apostle Paul (in a very few words), summed up the Christian way of life, beginning, by exhorting Titus to speak the things which become SOUND DOCTRINE, and then went on to say that he should show himself to be a pattern of good works. In other words, he was to be an example before them in word and deed while he taught them sound, and uncorrupt DOCTRINE. God placed certain doctrines in the Bible for the purpose of setting a standard for those who would walk with him; however, it was never the purpose of God for some to hold to one Bible doctrine, and others to another one, causing division among believers, for as we said before, every doctrine of truth that men have found in the Bible belongs to the total makeup of every true Christian. We must keep in mind though, that God is sovereign, and that he is not obligated to deal with every person in exactly the same way as he begins to draw them into his great plan. Some think because the Bible says that God is no respecter of persons, he is obligated to give every believer the exact same experience that they, or someone else had. That only holds true in the overall benefit, or end result of each person’s experience of salvation. God deals with every individual according to each one’s particular personality and human makeup. That is why God can give you an experience that is not even like mine, and the end results of our experience will lead us both to the same place in our overall makeup.




We hear people say many times, “Now in order to receive the Holy Ghost you must get it in such and such a way.” Such instruction is not correct. When I received the Holy Ghost I was lying on the floor, but that doesn’t mean that everyone must be lying on the floor to receive the Holy Ghost. In the upper room they were sitting when they were filled with the Holy Ghost, Acts 2:2, while others have been standing. God is sovereign; when it comes to certain experiences he will do as he pleases, but the end results will be the same. It doesn’t make any difference what position we are in when we receive the Holy Ghost; but once he is in us, remember, he is a teaching spirit; he will not teach you something contrary to what he is teaching me. He will lead us both to a true understanding of his plan and purpose. His plan includes doctrines which start at the Godhead, and come right on down through water baptism, sanctification, foreknowledge, election, predestination, eternal security of the believer, the catching away of the saints, the resurrection of the dead, the millennial reign of Christ, and many more, but he will teach each one of us the TRUTH of these DOCTRINES, for he is the spirit of truth. Now you may say, “Bro. Jackson, is it really necessary for a person to know all these things in order to be saved? No, I did not say that, but what I have said is that if what we know about these things are taught to us by the Holy Ghost that dwells within us, we will all be believing the same thing. There will be nothing to fuss about. Let me say right now, there are certain doctrines that are mandatory, for they form the framework of the Christian faith. A proper understanding of the Godhead, water baptism, sanctification, baptism of the Holy Ghost, these Bible doctrines form the foundation for your spiritual building, while others just add to your statural growth in the Lord, but my point is this, there is no two, three, or a half dozen ways, for as we have said already, God’s one way is perfect, and it will lead us all into unity and oneness when we find it. When God, by his spirit, gets us taught properly, and established in the same teaching, then we have nothing to fuss about; we can come to church and know that the brother sitting next to us has been baptized the same way we have, and that he believes the gospel just like we do, and that neither one of us have anything to brag or boast about. Just for a little illustration of boasting, I remember back to the depression days when money was scarce, and hard to get hold of, especially for little farm boys. We did not have nickels and pennies to carry around in our pockets in those days. But, once in a while when dad was a little fortunate to get an extra fifty cents from someplace, he would sometimes say, “Here Junior, you can take this penny and buy yourself a sucker today.” That was a treat for me, but at the same time other boys and girls whose families were better off financially might come to school with a sucker every day. Naturally a situation like that can cause bragging and jealously. Other little boys and girls were sometimes made to feel bad. It made you feel like, if you could just get one lick from that sucker it would sure be wonderful. Now that is the kind of thing that you expect to find among children, but it is sad to find such bragging and jealousy among the ranks of Christian adults. God is not pleased when we boast and brag, and do things that provoke jealousy. Quite the contrary, for he desires to lead us to a place in him, where we will realize that we do not have anything to boast about. Therefore, if you can understand my little illustration, you will realize that when God passes out the suckers, he makes sure that we all get one, and he makes sure that they are all just alike. We are still on the thought of doctrines; we will all understand them the same way when the Holy Ghost gets through teaching us. Jesus said, “He will take things of mine and show them unto you.” He will guide us into all truth if we have a love for truth.




Brothers and sisters: I know most of you have heard different ones quote the verse in Romans 8:14, and apply it to the supernatural leading of the Lord, but I want you to know that the verse applies first to being led to truth. “FOR AS MANY AS ARE LED BY THE SPIRIT OF GOD, THEY ARE THE SONS OF GOD.” Some people quote that verse so proudly, once they have experienced the thrill of being forewarned, or guided by the spirit of the Lord. It does make you feel good, but it should not make us brag, for God, many times, will do a thing like that to get our attention, but that in itself is not God’s ultimate goal in dealing with us. His first goal is to lead us into truth, for he (the Holy Ghost), is the spirit of truth. Will you just try to imagine what it would be like to take an hundred people and try to blend them together in fellowship when every one of them is believing something different. Instead of having true fellowship together, they would each one be trying to convert the others to his particular way of thinking. True love, and true fellowship cannot be cultivated in such an atmosphere. That is not the way God leads his people to truth. That is man’s carnal way of (as many would say), witnessing for God, but let me tell you this, a true witness for God will be found leading a hungry soul to truth, instead of promoting his man made doctrine. John said, “By this we know that we love the children of God, when we love God, and keep his commandments.” How can you get them to love one another, when they cannot stop trying to force their little ideas off on the other person? It just goes to prove that there is a carnal nature in humans that, unless it is harnessed by the Holy Ghost, it will cause divisions and separations. Such is the case, not only in religion, but in politics and society in general. Some people just feel like they have to be different, and many times they refer to their being different, as being led by the spirit of God, and therefore they hold themselves up as being the sons of God. There is nothing to be said against a person being led to do certain things, as long as it does not go contrary to revealed truth, but Jesus taught that a person should not exalt himself, (Matt. 23:12, “And whosoever shall exalt himself shall be abased; and he that shall humble himself shall be exalted.”) and I believe that if we are truly led by the spirit of God it should have a humbling effect upon us, rather than make us proud and boastful. There is one thing sure; time will tell who is truly being led by the spirit of God, for their life will prove it. When the Holy Ghost is permitted to lead us into truth, our lives will be such that we will be able to stand against all the fiery darts of the wicked. We will not have to throw up our hands in despair when the adversary attacks, for the truth has made us free. We are not free to be proud, haughty and high-minded, for if we are like that we are no free at all; we are still in bondage.




Let us look once again to 1 John 5:2, “By this we know that we love the children of God, (How?) When we love God, and keep his commandments. 3, For this is the love of God, that we keep his commandments: (Now look at this next part, brothers and sisters), and his commandments are not grievous.” I do not find this blessed precious way to be hard. When the Bible says in Matt. 10:22, that, he that endureth to the end shall be saved, it does not mean, he that endureth ridiculement and persecution from the devil, brought on by the world. God has so ordained it, that we can enjoy our salvation. I find it to be wonderful. It is true many times, as we walk down the street we will notice someone looking at us a certain way. They do not say it with words to you, but they might just as well have, for you recognize by their glance out of the corner of their eyes as you walk by, and you know that look of scorn; therefore you know that something was said about you. Actions speak louder than words, but just be thankful to God if that is all the persecution you ever get; and be thankful for the truth that keeps us from being bothered by those who react to us in these ways. They think we are very odd characters, but we can truly say that salvation is something to enjoy. Praise God, his commandments are not grievous. Verse 4, “For whatsoever is born of God overcometh the world, even our faith.” We have read many scriptures that point us to this truth, but here it is; John said it, if we are really and truly born of God, we will keep his commandments, and we will overcome the world. Now let us back up to chapter 4, and read verse 7, where we see the picture painted from the opposite side. John seemed to feel that this subject of truth and love was important enough to justify his approaching it from every angle. You just cannot separate love, as it is talked about here, from other chapters. Listen how he words this. 4:7, “Beloved, let us love one another: for love is of God; and every one that loveth is born of God, and knoweth God.” If we love God we are going to keep his teachings. Then we can say, “if we love God and keep his teachings, we will love one another, for that is part of his teaching.”




What we really need to do, in the light of all that has been said on the subject, is to examine ourselves. Can we really see each other as souls that the Lord Jesus died for at Calvary? Are we able to see the grace of God extended to lost mankind? Do we feel that we are better than someone else? If so, do we know the other person’s circumstances? Brothers and sisters: we are, what we are, by the grace of God. Let us not boast, nor be filled with pride, as the Scribes and Pharisees were in the days of Jesus’ ministry on earth. The apostle Paul said, “But I keep under my body, and bring it into subjection: lest that by any means, when I have preached to others, I myself should be a castaway.” What do you think he meant by that statement? Simply this, it is easy to memorize, and speak the right words, but if you, yourself, do not become a partaker of the gospel that you preach, you will wind up like some preachers that Jesus referred to in the 7thchapter of Matthew, verses 21-23, “Not every one that saith unto me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of my Father which is in heaven. Many will say to me in that day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in thy name? And in thy name have cast out devils? And in thy name done many wonderful works? And then will I profess unto them, I never knew you: depart from me, ye that work iniquity.” Some of you may say, “Bro. Jackson: how can that be? How could they cast out devils, and perform wonderful works, if they are not genuine ministers of God?” Jesus said it would be that way, and the apostle Paul believed that a thing like that could happen, or he would not have said what he did. Please do not let these remarks confuse you. We are not saying that a person who is truly born of the spirit could lose his salvation. That will not happen. What we are saying though is this, if all you have is just the right words, without the experience of God’s work of grace in your heart, to give you this love that John wrote about, you cannot claim the benefits that go with that genuine born again experience. As for the apostle Paul saying what he did about being a castaway, he certainly was not concerned about losing his salvation experience with God. The main point that we should catch from what he said is that keeping our body under control is the natural thing for a child of God to do. It requires some extra attention at first, when we first become Christians, but as we walk with God from day to day, a life of godliness becomes natural for us. When we love God, we love his ways, his people, and his word.





For too long now love has been preached as a separate thing, apart from the whole teachings of the word of God. Also, for too long, people have thought that God is going to perfect those with this teaching of love, regardless of what the rest of their teachings may be. But you will not find that to be following a true pattern of the scriptures. You will find (if you care to search it out), that the early church all believed and taught the same thing. You will not find where anyone tried to build a larger congregation than anyone else had. That kind of a thing is carnal. We ought not to want anyone in our assemblies that the Lord has not brought in, and if God sets them in, then what do we have to boast about? As we look back to the book of Acts, we cannot help but realize that, in order for it to be said that they had all things common, they all had to be believing the same thing. That remained so, as long as those apostles of the Lord remained alive, and where they could hold a line on the word of God. Of course we realize that as they left the scene, the enemy (with his false teaching), moved into the churches, but in the early years of that first church age God kept it pure, and set an example for us to look back to. If anyone dared to bring a strange or contrary teaching into the church, the Holy Ghost immediately reached out to discipline and correct it. Why? Because the church of God was not to be a great body of people with a plurality of ideas. Jesus taught those apostles, and early disciples, for over three years, and he did not have to change his teaching, nor take back anything that he had taught, for he taught everything perfect the first time, and every time. God was setting in motion a plan of love, whereby he would bestow love upon all who would receive it, and they, in responding, would return love to God, and love each other. Love cannot have its liberty among a group of people where there are ever so many ideas, and opinions floating around. It is not that God cannot love. He loved us first, before we ever knew him, and as we said before, God is longsuffering but he will not tolerate people’s strange revelations forever. He is one, his word is one, and his purpose and objective is one. Therefore, when a person speaks, by the unction of the Holy Ghost, he will speak in harmony with revelated truth every time. That is why the early church all believed everything the same way. Those who taught them were unctioned by the Holy Ghost, the spirit of truth. Yes, God can love a human soul no matter where that individual may be, but the recipients of that love must allow themselves to be led out of the confusion, and into truth, or they, themselves, will never be able to genuinely express that kind of love to others. Every church group in world religion has some common ground of belief where, as long as they remain in that area they get along together alright, but when each one begins trying to teach his own interpretation of the Bible, right then, the fire begins to fly. What you see then is not divine love. It is human emotions being turned loose to battle for self. It works the same way with a bunch of gangsters and hoodlums. They can get together, and get along with each other very well as long as they stick to their common ground, (money), and only talk about how to pull off another bank robbery or a holdup somewhere, for a monetary gain, but when the job is over and human feelings begin to be expressed, they will usually wind up having a big shootout. That is the way our human, inherited nature, responds; it is self oriented. That is why we maintain that a person can only express divine love when their life is built upon, and motivated by truth. ”Beloved, let us love one another; for love is of God; and every one that loveth is born of God, and knoweth God. He that loveth not knoweth not God; for God is love.” This scripture deals with the real person that we are. We may not all like to eat the same food, or go to the same places that others may go, but we will all believe the same truth, or believe alike, about what is truth, and we will love each other regardless of our human likes and dislikes. I hope you can see the difference, for John is actually dealing with a situation where a man or woman, as far as outward signs, and actions go, has accepted his teaching, and has been faithful in church attendance and activities, yet as they come down, almost to the finish line, there are just certain people that they cannot accept. They just cannot accept them as a child of God, and will not accept them as being worth anything. They just absolutely ignore, and shun them, and will not have a thing to do with them. This is where the person that we really are, will begin to contaminate the love of God, “For he that LOVETH NOT KNOWETH NOT GOD: for God is love.” This is my illustration of what I believe John was writing about. In other words, if you are unable to love a human soul that the Lord Jesus has already died to redeem, then you have no right to be professing to know God, for if you knew God you would love as he loves: for God is love. 4:9, “In this was manifested the love of God toward us, because that God sent his only begotten Son into the world, that we might live through him. 10, Herein is love, not that we love God, but that he loved us, and sent his Son to be the propitiation for out sins.”




When Jesus Christ came into the world to take our place, and die at Calvary, he did not die, just for the good people. What I mean is, he didn’t die just for the good sinners, but he died for the crooks and thieves, the ill famed women, and the family abusers, and the lowest of the lowly. His love caused him to take the place of everyone, and he died, showing no partiality nor respect of persons, for the sacrifice that he offered up to God, covered the sins of all lost mankind from every age of time, before and after Calvary. As Isaiah was inspired to speak, “Surely he hath borne our griefs and carried our sorrows: Yet we did esteem him stricken, smitten of God, and afflicted. But he was wounded for our transgressions, he was bruised for our iniquities: the chastisement of our peace was upon him; and with is stripes we are healed. All we like sheep have gone astray; we have turned every one to his own way; and the Lord hath laid on him the iniquity of us all.” Yes, he loved us so much that he took our very faults and failures upon himself and bore the penalty for them to the cross. He bore them in his flesh. His spirit was undefiled. Take his disciples, (the twelve that he chose), if he had looked upon them, with all their faults and failures, the way natural humans look upon each other, (strictly from the standpoint of natural carnal nature), he would have sent every one of them back home. Look what Peter did, denied the Lord and cursed, but Jesus was looking beyond all that to the time when Peter would repent, get hold of himself, and be a genuine instrument in the hands of God. If I had been in the place of Jesus, or maybe some of you, we might have said, “I am done with Peter, a man who acts like that will never be worth anything,” but look what Peter did the moment he heard the cock crow, he went out and wept bitterly. What was he doing? He was repenting. He was not bragging about what he had done. He was crying out from the depths of his soul, OH GOD, FORGIVE ME, I am sorry for denying the best friend I ever had. He never denied him again after that. That doesn’t mean that Peter was free from human faults, but from that time on, we see him in the scriptural records, doing what Jesus had called him to do. On the other hand, if he had failed to repent, and just gone on his merry way, I seriously doubt that Jesus would have sent him word (after his resurrection), that he would meet them in Galilee. These are the things we must look at if we are to get a proper understanding of God’s personal dealings with the individual self that we are. God does not evaluate us on the basis of what we were guilty of doing when we were wallowing in the gutters of sin and debauchery. He evaluates us on our ability to receive truth, love truth, and follow truth. He knows if we will allow truth to have its perfect work in us, we will fulfill his word. 11, “Beloved, if God so loved us, we ought also to love one another.” All of this is attached to the fact that, all other phases of his word are avenues that lead from the hub, which is truth and divine love. It is just like a big old wagon wheel; when you look at that wheel, the hub seems very small, compared to the whole scope of the wheel, but it doesn’t take a person very long to realize that the whole activity and usefulness of that wheel is built around the hub, so is it with love and truth. You may fly around this world a hundred times, and preach to millions, but if the center of it all is not divine love and truth, you are destined to wind up with the feeling that it has all been in vain. When the pressures of this life finally catch up with you, and you come to realize that all you have done has been with a wrong motive, and that you, yourself, do not have that essential ingredient in your own life, what will you do?





We have observed through the years, that those who just never seem to get understanding of the true plan and purpose of God, usually just drift along until something grabs their attention and leads them completely away from truth. That kind of thing is not limited to the person who sits out in the pews, it happens to preachers as well. It will happen to anyone who does not cultivate truth. God has a law of sowing and reaping, working in every phase of our life in this earthly journey, and it works the same way as sowing and reaping a natural crop. We sow the seed, we cultivate the soil, and in due time we have a full grown crop, with increase. On the other hand, if we plant seed, (no matter how good the seed may be), and fail to cultivate the soil, you will usually find that the crabgrass and weeds will choke the life right out of your crop, whether it be beans, corn or whatever. Jesus expressed it in the parable of the sower, found in Matthew 13: 18-23, I will not read it all, but the 22nd verse reads like this, “He also that received seed among the thorns is he that heareth the word; (TRUTH) and the care of this world, and the deceitfulness of riches, choke the word, and he becometh unfruitful.” There we see what Jesus said would happen to a person who received truth, and then allowed other things to keep him from following it. Without cultivation, the thorns choked it out, it could not bear fruit. On the other hand, look what he said about the person who received seed in good ground. Remember it is only good ground if it is properly cultivated. That will apply naturally, or spiritually, either one. It applies to both. 23, “But he that received seed into the good ground is he that heareth the word, and understandeth it; which also beareth fruit, and bringeth forth, some an hundredfold, some sixty, some thirty.” That brings us to another point in dealing with the Christian life: that is, growth in the realm of the spirit, or spiritual side, but first, let me say this, you will notice that it is necessary for a person to understand truth, in order to grow spiritually. Now, to consider this spiritual growth, it is necessary (when we receive truth), that we cultivate the ground (this physical body), and make it a fit place for truth to abide, and bring forth an increase. When we love truth, and live truth, we gain more truth, and since we know that the scriptures declare that God is love, and God is truth, the more truth we have, the more of God we have, and when we have more of God, we have more of the Godlike kind of love. I will go ahead and say this though, there are some of you who have the idea that a person starts out as a thirtyfold Christian, and works his way up through sixtyfold to become a hundredfold. That is not true at all. A thirtyfold Christian will always be a thirtyfold Christian, and likewise, a sixtyfold will always be a sixtyfold. They will all believe the same doctrine, and the thirtyfold will have the same revelation as the hundredfold, but when it comes to bearing fruit (the fruit of the spirit), you can be sure that they will not bear fruit beyond the measure of the grace of God in their lives, and their ability to see ways to yield themselves unto God. What I am saying is this, the bride of Christ will have thirty, sixty and hundredfold Christians in it, and the hundredfold person will not be any more perfect before God than the thirtyfold, for God will not expect any more from a person than they have the ability to give. What God does require though, is that each one of us yield ourselves unto him according to our ability to do so. That is the reason Jesus said, “Unto whom much is given, much is required.” We must realize that all we are, and all that we have in this life comes from God; therefore we must make the best of what we have, and never find fault with God because we feel that we should have been given more.




Remember, our greatest goal in life should be to have the love of God perfected in us, regardless of our abilities. In the 12th verse of 1 John, chapter 4, where we have been reading John says, “No man hath seen God at any time. If we love one another, God dwelleth in us, and his love is perfected in us.” That applies to every born again child of God, and it is not hinged on how much ability we may have to bear the fruit of the spirit. It is all hinged on obedience. It is just like the parable of the householder in Matthew, chapter 20; the laborers which were hired early in the morning had the opportunity and responsibility of working a full day, and were required to do so. On the other hand, the laborers which ere hired at the eleventh hour only had opportunity to work one hour, but that is all that was required of the; their reward was the same as all the others. They did all that they were expected to do; therefore they received equal reward, and because they received the same as all the others, some of the first bunch complained, but the householder replied that he had paid every one of them all that they had any right to expect. I find the same grumbling among Christians. Some who have been Christians for years seem to feel that they have seniority rights with God, and many times they just cannot understand how God can bestow upon a new Christian, the same gifts and benefits that they have. Instead of rejoicing because another soul has received the grace of God, many times such people will feel hurt. Brothers and sisters: that kind of attitude is carnal. Such a person ought to realize that they are actually finding fault with the Holy Ghost when they act like that. As I said earlier, some of those same people measure the spirituality of others by how much they jump, shout, dance, and speak in tongues. You will hear them say, “Bro. Or sister so and so is not very spiritual, you never see them do anything.” They seem to feel that if a person is not doing something all the time, they are just not spiritual. I would hate to think that God measured his children like that. I love to see people get happy and dance, shout, or anything else that God would be in, but that is not God’s yardstick for measuring spirituality. If God measured people like that, then he would have caused every revelation that has been restored back to the church, to come through the snake handlers; they play with snakes, lay on the floor, climb the walls, jump, dance and shout all night long, but tell me, what revelation has been restored to the church through them? You will find that spirituality lies within the life of those who are consistent in the life they live, and how they treat the word of God. Some of the time they may shout, but there may be a lot of times that they will not. We ought to learn to appreciate what God does for others, just as much as we do, what he does for us, and vice versa. I am aware of what happens to a true revelation many times, when it winds up in the midst of a people that has not learned how to conduct themselves. They will wreck it up just like a bunch of six year old’s playing with a new car out here on the highway. Before long it is so battered up that it is hard to recognize.




May God bless you now, as we try to bring this little message to a close. I hope that it has helped some of you to see that divine love and truth cannot be separated, for, as we said in the beginning, if you try to separate them, to take one without the other, you do not have either one. We will move on down to verse 16, “And we have known and believed the love that God hath to us. God is love: and he that dwelleth in love dwelleth in God, and God in him.” Seeing that verse in its true meaning, we will have to say, if a soul is truly dwelling in the love of God, and God in him, then you can be sure of one thing; that soul is yearning for the truth of God’s word. 17, “Herein is our love made perfect, that we may have boldness in the day of judgment: because as he is, so are we in this world.” How is he? We cannot read that verse without this question coming to our minds, but first let us see who John is writing to, then we will consider the part of, how he is, and whether it applies to us or not. Let us go back to the gospel of John where I will read 4 verses from the 17th chapter. Remember, Jesus is praying to the Father (the great eternal spirit), right before he entered the garden where he was arrested. We hear him in verse 6, saying, “I have manifested thy name unto the men which thou gavest me out of the world: thine they were, and thou gavest them me; and they have kept thy WORD. 8, For I have given unto them WORDS which thou gavest me; and they have received them, and have known surely that I came out from thee, and they have believed that thou didst send me.” In these verses we find out what he has manifested to those whom the Father had given unto him, (his name and his words), and that they received his words. Then in verse 17, we find him saying “Sanctify them through thy TRUTH: THY WORD IS TRUTH.” From these verses we learn that Jesus has manifested the Father’s name to a number of disciples which were chosen before, and that he has committed the Father’s words unto them, and they have received them, and that those words were truth that would sanctify them. Now that we know what THEY received, and we know beyond any shadow of doubt that the prayers of Jesus were answered, let us see if it applies to us. Verse 20, “Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which S-H-A-L-L BELIEVE on me through THEIR WORD.” Now with these things in mind, let us turn back to 1 John 2:21, where John says, “I have not written unto you because ye know not the truth, but because ye know it, and that no lie is of the truth.” In this we see that John is writing to people who know the truth, the unadulterated truth that was preached to the disciples of that first age. Therefore, if you believe that truth, (as they preached it), and you are abiding in that truth, then the things that John wrote to believers is for you. Let us read a few verses from chapter 3, “Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God: therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew him not. 2, Beloved now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be: but we know that, when he shall appear, we shall be like him; for we shall see him as he is.” Notice this next verse now. 3, “And EVERY MAN (PERSON), that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as he is pure.”




Remember now, John did not write that letter to carnal church members. They have no part in it. This letter is written to the only kind of Christians that John knew anything about, namely, those who received, loved, and abided in truth. To him, there was no other kind of Christians. Therefore, “If we walk in the light, as he is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ his Son cleanseth us from all sin.” Jesus sought to walk in the perfect will of God, by allowing the word of God to live and dwell, and flow through him. He said nothing of himself, only the will of God. This then, caused him to be the WORD lived and expressed in human flesh, and through human flesh. As he is so are we in this world. Are we ready to try and make an application of what we have been studying? Suppose you go to one of these charismatic meetings where you have Baptists, Catholics, Methodists, Lutherans, and on and on we could go naming denominations that would be represented in such a gathering. We know that those who enjoy these meetings, all believe in divine healing, receiving the baptism of the Holy Spirit, and speaking in tongues as the evidence that they have received. In those things they can usually agree, but you let some person stand up in one of their meetings, and start preaching Jesus’ name baptism in water, or the oneness of the Godhead, and ever so many other Bible doctrines that we could mention, you would have a fight on your hands. You would hear them screaming, “That is of the devil, throw him out, all he does is cause trouble and division.” Then you would have some preacher stand up, when things have quieted down enough and say, “Now brothers and sisters, we may not all believe the same, doctrinally, but that is not the important thing; what really matters is that we all love each other, for God is love.” Tell me, can you apply what John taught to such a people as that? You know you cannot. Ask yourself this question, is Jesus the Christ of this confusion? If we are to be like him, what will he be like when he comes? Out of all those denominations, who can tell me which one of them Jesus is like? “Beloved, NOW ARE WE THE SONS OF GOD.” Remember, God’s family is not divided up into groups, some believing one thing, and others something else; they are all one, with one Lord, one faith, and one baptism. “Herein is our love made perfect, that we may have boldness in the day of judgment: because as he is, so are we in this world. 18, There is no fear in love; but perfect love casteth out fear; because fear hath torment. He that feareth is not made perfect in love.” When people reach a true understanding of what truth is, and how to allow truth to take their lives and cultivate in them the life of Christ, God’s love is thereby perfected.




All this fuss about doctrine has caused many preachers to stop preaching and teaching doctrine altogether, but I preach it, because doctrine is to the word of God, what steel framework is to a tall building. What did Isaiah have to say about how the Jewish nation would be, leading right up to the first advent of Christ? Remember, Isaiah prophesied these things more than 700 years before Christ, but listen to verses 8, 9 of the 28th chapter. “For all tables are full of vomit and filthiness, so that there is no place clean. Whom shall he teach knowledge? And who shall he make to understand doctrine? Them that are weaned from the milk, and drawn from the breasts.” In other words, doctrine is to be taught to those who have a desire to grow up in God. Is that not what the apostle Paul taught in Hebrews? Is that now what he taught to the Ephesians? Paul knew how to feed milk to a new convert, but after they had been converted for a while, he intended to feed them some meat of the gospel. In this day and how when the spirit of antichrist is working right in this message of truth, taking statements, phrases, and quotes, and promoting this love for the brethren, many people are being drawn away from the truth, because that spirit is so close to the truth that they have not stopped to consider the difference. Some of them are trying to use the same love that the prophet messenger to this age, projected to the denominations, to accomplish the same thing, but it is for self, and not for God. That is why I have said before, and will say again, the true children of God will understand the message, and because they understand it, they will see the right spirit, and they will love one another with the right spirit. You watch what happens where quotes and statements are pushed at people continually. You will see friction that will cause division, and form little clans, that, in the end, God will scatter them just like chaff in the wind. I do not want to be caught as chaff. I want my soul to be anchored in the word of God. Brothers and sisters: in closing, I just want to say once again, let us love God with all our hearts, and love each other with an unselfish love, giving truth an opportunity to work its perfect work in us, and before very much longer, he will come and catch us away for the marriage supper. Amen


The Apostle’s Office, Part 3 – 1977, November




We are entering into the 3rd part of our message, hoping that we can say something that will help clear up much of the misunderstanding that is associated with the late ministry of God’s prophet messenger to this age, Bro. William Marrion Branham. In the 1st part, we established, by the scriptures, that this age of grace to the Gentiles started with apostles, and certainly, the scriptures will testify to the fact that it will end with the apostolic ministry that God has set in the church for the perfecting of the saints, in the lead.

Through the seven church ages since the day of Pentecost, the gospel has been subjected to every kind of a spirit that Satan was capable of sending forth. It was because of Satan’s attack against truth, that God sent His prophet, to this age. His ministry was a unique one, for he was charged with the responsibility of calling God’s people out of the many denominations that they were scattered through as a result of Satan’s attack against truth. He fulfilled his part, as he traveled around this world, preaching a message that would have the effect of turning the people of God back to the gospel, as it was declared by the apostles. The sad part is that most of those who were called from these systems are just as confused now as they were then, yet, they will say that they have been turned back to the faith of the fathers. I find that rather strange, knowing that the apostles of the first age all believed the same way.



In part 1, we spoke of how God dealt with the apostle Peter through a vision, to get him to unlock the kingdom of God for the Gentiles. Upon returning to Jerusalem, he was confronted by the other apostles and brethren who said, you went in to men who are uncircumcised, and did eat with them. In other words, they began to contend with him because he had gone contrary to their former customs. (The leading of the spirit of God will always cross over our traditions.) Peter seized the opportunity to tell them how God had showed him, (by a vision), that he should not call anyone common or unclean, that he, (God), had cleansed. He rehearsed the whole matter from the beginning, and expounded it by order unto them. He told them all of the details of how God had led him to the household of Cornelius, the Roman centurion, to preach the gospel unto them. He told of how the Holy Ghost fell upon those Gentiles while he was preaching to them. The he asked the question, “What was I, that I could withstand God, seeing that he gave them the same gift, as he did us, in the beginning?” He reminded them that he had taken six brethren with him, who would testify to the things that had taken place. Upon hearing those things, the brethren held their peace, and glorified God, saying, “Then hath God also to the Gentiles granted repentance unto life.” This is how men who are genuinely filled with the Holy Ghost will respond to a true witness. If they had not responded in such a way, there would have been trouble in the church at Jerusalem for sure. It was quite different in that day, than what we find in our day. Those men were not trying to prove to anyone, how much they knew. They were interested in one thing. That was to please God in all that they did. No one was trying to make a name for themselves, for we see in the Bible that they moved, as they were led by the Holy Ghost. It was the Holy Ghost that directed their activity, and caused that apostles’ office to hold authority over the word of God. It was that office that Satan attacked, for he knew, if he could destroy that office of authority, he would really have things going his way, for an apostle is just like a police chief, or fire chief. Anyone can recognize that a policeman, or a fireman is what they are, regardless of the rank they hold within their department, but it is the rank they hold that reveals their authority to direct the affairs of their particular outfit. That is exactly why God placed within the church, apostles, prophets, evangelists, pastors, and teachers. He knew that there would need to be some offices of authority to direct and lead the people of God as Satan sought to destroy them, through the ages. These men were all different. They each had their individual makeup. Their personalities were different, and their offices within the body of Christ were different, but they all believed the same thing. There were no divisions among them. Every last one of them believed in baptism by immersion, in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ. They all believed in the Holy Ghost experience. They all had the same revelation of the Godhead. They believed in the same holy walk of life, and death, burial, and resurrection of Jesus Christ. They believed that he was born of a virgin birth, and that He was going to return again. They also believed that He was going to rule and reign on earth.



It was when men began to play with the word of God as time progressed, that the true revelation began to be perverted. In that first church age, it was not permitted, that every kind of a preacher that might come along, get involved in trying to explain, and teach the word of God. No, it lay within the ranks of those men who held an office of authority, to do the teaching.

I do not say these things to try and puff myself up, or anyone else, but we are living in that much talked about, year of 1977, and it seems that just about everyone, is trying to be a voice. Each man seems to have his own revelation of how things are supposed to be. Some will come out alright, but I want you to know that, not everyone is going to come out alright, for some will sink with their revelation, and take others with them. The year is almost past, and I am sure that when it is over, and the events of it have become history, there will be a great host of people left with nothing to hold on to. Some of them, who are honest hearted, and just been led wrong, will repent and apologize for their carnal ways in the past, but there will, no doubt, be a great number who will go back to the world, and turn completely against all that they formerly stood for. That is the tragedy of setting dates for God to do certain things. If it doesn’t happen according to the projection, it usually always leaves a group of people confused, dissatisfied, their confidence destroyed, and with nothing to turn to. There is, however, something taking place in this year of 1977, and the history that is written in 1978, will record the events of it all.



I want to reflect back to something that I mentioned earlier. It concerns the six brethren that accompanied Peter to the house of Cornelius. These six, along with Peter, made SEVEN. Where did they go? Into the house of Gentiles. This set a perfect type. As the gospel would come in its completeness, over to the Gentiles, there would be seven Gentile ages, and there would be seven messengers. We find this number of men represented in the events recorded through the 19, 20, 21st chapters of Acts, but aside from that, and the account of Cornelius receiving the gospel, there is no other place throughout the book of Acts where that number of men was ever represented. It was not like that when Peter and John went down to Samaria, or when Barnabas went to Antioch, for their ministry was not designed to set a type. But it was when Peter was led by God, to go completely contrary to his Jewish nature, that we see such a thing.



It had come time for God to give His precious word to some Gentiles. Brother, he wanted it to go, through an office of authority, and Peter was the man that was to be used. He had stood for the word of God through the months, and years, (since his conversion), in the streets of Jerusalem, in the face of much criticism and persecution. He had been thrown in jail for what he stood for, and been delivered from the jail by an angel. His Jewish nature, (as was portrayed in the vision), was as carnal as carnal could be, but that did not change his office, and God overrode that carnal nature in order to use his office, because he had a loyal spirit about him. He loved that gospel truth. In the light of what we know about God and his works, we would have to say, “God doesn’t need help, all He needs is believing hearts, receptive minds, and obedience.” When God finds a person who has a believing heart, and a receptive mind, He can do anything through that person.



Now, just for a moment, to show you what the Gentile nature was like, and for the most part, still is, as soon as Peter entered the house of Cornelius, that Gentile was ready to fall down on his face and worship him, all because an angel had appeared to him and instructed him to send for Peter, who would tell him what to do. That was a Gentile’s nature in that hour. Anyone they believed to be associated with deity in any way, they were ready to fall down and worship that person. This was the case with Cornelius, but Peter took him up, and said, “Stand up, I myself am a man also.”

Just to show you that God does not need help, I want to call your attention to how He worked His plan on this occasion. I am sure Peter must have been wondering as he stood there preaching to those Gentiles, just how are we going to do this? He knew how they had done it at Samaria, and how they had been doing it at Jerusalem, but this was different. These people were Gentiles. God just overrode his nature, and filled those Gentiles with the Holy Ghost while he was still preaching to them. He did not have to make an altar call for those who wanted to be filled with the Holy Ghost. God filled every one of them as they opened up their spirit to him. You will notice that the Holy Ghost fell on all them which HEARD . . . the word. I believe that implies more than just hearing the words from Peter’s mouth with their natural ears. I am speaking of the account as recorded in Acts 10, and particularly to the 44th verse. Brothers and Sisters: I do not believe that apostle had any trouble recognizing what was happening to those people as they began to shake and speak with other tongues. He certainly did not instruct the other six to jump in there and pray with them, or to pat them on the cheeks and try to help them speak, as we see it done in our day. If Jimmy Swaggart had been there, he would have been encouraging them to send for his record which would teach them what they ought to know. God doesn’t need any of that to fill His people with the Holy Ghost. I know that some of you are saying, “That Raymond Jackson’s church doesn’t believe in any manifestations at all.” You are wrong. I want you to know that before you get out of here, you are going to need some kind of a manifestation, but you will never judge me, nor the gospel that I preach, by how high I can kick my heels, or how I climb the walls, nor by how much I scream and yell. You just do not judge the scriptures like that. I do not say these things to be funny, nor to make fun of anyone, but there is a lot going on among the ranks of those who are supposed to be men of God, that just does not measure up with the scriptures. They may send you a charismatic course on record and such like, to teach you how to speak in tongues, but they can not give you the Holy Ghost. I know that most of you who are on our mailing list would not participate in anything like that, but there are some of you who still support the people who do, by sending them offerings and ordering their literature. Nevertheless, in spite of all this, God’s elect is getting through all this and finding the real thing. That is why I keep saying, “If they are getting the real thing, they will not stop until the gospel net gets them and leads them to a proper revelation of the word of God.”



Praise God, I can hear old Peter, as he observed what was happening to those Gentiles that day, “Can any man forbid water, that these should not be baptized, which have received the Holy Ghost as well as we?” Peter recognized what God was doing, and he did not try to stop them from speaking in tongues to rush them down to the water hole. He just waited until things leveled off, and then he took them all to the water hole and baptized them. Each man, (in that first age), who had an office to fulfill, remained faithful to that calling. None of them tried to make of himself something more than he was called to be. Neither did they covet the other man’s office or become jealous. When Phillip went down to Samaria and watered the seed that Jesus sowed that day, as he spoke to the woman at the well, he saw a great move of the spirit of God, with many miracles, but he knew where his ministry should stop. As we said earlier in this article, that is when he called for those apostles to come down, and lay hands on the people that they might receive the Holy Ghost. Phillip did not take it upon himself to fulfill the part that God was using the apostles to establish. I realize that, as time moved on, and those early apostles passed off the scene, God still filled people with the Holy Ghost, but the point I am desiring to establish is this, it is not the will of God for all men to run everywhere, playing with the revelation of the plan of God. If we believe that God sent a prophet to this age to get us back in the word of God, then it behooves us to take stock of the order that God used, in that age, that established the gospel, that we are to be turned back to. In that age, the apostles held a line on the revelation of the word, and that produced harmony among the believers. Therefore, good common sense ought to teach us that, we, in this age, will never have the kind of unity and harmony, that will be acceptable to God, until we get back to the place of recognizing and giving place to God’s ordained ministry. It will take the office of an apostle to get this end time message straightened up and fed to the saints sufficiently to produce that harmony. That does not make the man who holds that office a bit better, in the sight of God, than the least among the saints, as far as the human side goes, but the office is to be recognized and given place in the body. I am not pleading with you to give place for these offices. God has already set them in the church for the perfecting of the saints. I am merely reminding you that you are not going to progress any further in the plan and purpose of God until you bring your life in line with the ministry of this late hour.



I will remind you of something that you may read in the 14th chapter of I Corinthians if you wish. This particular writing was necessitated by the fact that certain ones had began to get little ideas and revelations, and spread them through the church, to the extent that the church had gotten in a mixed up mess. This was just seven years after the church was established. We find the apostle Paul writing to them, explaining the gifts of the spirit, and the operation of such gifts. He explains to them what proper conduct, and order in the church is to be like. You will notice that I said ORDER IN THE CHURCH, and not CHURCH ORDER, there is a great difference. Now, when we get down to the 37th verse, we find him saying, “If any man think himself to be a prophet, OR SPIRITUAL, let him acknowledge that the things I write unto you are the commandments of the Lord.” Paul did not have the right to challenge any man’s call of God, for it was Paul himself, who said, God has set in the church apostles, prophets, evangelists, who had said, “Are all apostles? Are all prophets? Are all teachers? All workers of miracles?” etc. etc. It was he, who said, “Who is Paul, and who is Apollos, but ministers by whom ye believed, even as the Lord gave to every man.” Therefore, we can see that the apostle to the Gentiles was not trying to establish a one man route. He just wanted all men, everywhere, to know that you just do not play with the revelation of God like children playing with toys. That is the way a lot of people are doing in this age. They will believe certain things for a while, then they will throw them down and look for something else to play with for a while. That proves that they do not have a revelation, when they just play around with the word of God. That revelated word has life, and when that life comes to an individual, it gets rid of those playful ideas and causes that person to become serious about the word of God. Those early Christians received revelation of God that they were willing to die for if necessary, and many of them did have to die for their faith, but God gave them grace to die with. Those martyrs have a special crown awaiting them.



We will get back to the apostle Paul, who stood so staunchly for the word in his day. He did not have to take 2nd place to any man’s ministry. He held a tight line on the word as long as he lived. I will say also, that as long as there was one of those apostles of that first age, alive, they maintained an image of loyalty and respect, and held to a consistency of revelation that we will say, rode herd on, or kept a straight line on the word of God. In the face of hard trials and testings, those men remained loyal and true, and their revelation was unwavering. You take the apostle John, who was placed out on the isle of Patmos, because of the word of God, and the testimony of Jesus Christ, by 96 A.D., he may have been gray headed, or bald, wrinkle faced, and hump shouldered. In other words, physically, he might not have been in very good shape, but he had a good spiritual insight. Though the devil tried to shut him up by placing him out there on that island, God took the occasion to show him things that became the last supernatural revelation the church received, until a few short years ago. Through the revelation that God gave to John, the seven churches of Asia were exemplifying the spirits that would project through the grace age, (the seven church ages), was brought to light. Those churches had been in existence about 40 years, by that time, and we find, in the letters written to the individual churches, that God found quite a few things wrong with them. We can see from those letters, where the churches had drifted to. That will help us to understand the importance of that apostolic office, by observing the condition of those churches, so soon after the apostles had passed from the scene.



We will try now to bring the message up to our present day setting. Down through the ages, God has had a man in every age that has been dealt with in a special way. The man himself, did not have to try to make himself anything. No, if you will study the life of the men that God has called, through the ages, to stand for truth, you will find that the man had quite a struggle with himself. Until Luther started preaching what he did, he had a terrible struggle with himself. His struggle was because he had a deep longing in his soul to find a closer walk with God. He wasn’t even trying to be a reformer. That thought had not even entered his mind. He just knew that he must find some peace in his soul, and he did not have the least idea where to look for what he needed, but the great God that had put hunger in his soul, spoke to him in a special way, “Martin Luther, the just shall live by faith.” From that time forth, Martin Luther, searched the scriptures. There was no more self condemnation because of being sick of the system that was holding him in bondage. There was no more wondering if the system could be right, and all the fault was with him. Now he was finding, (in the scriptures), what his soul had been searching for so long. There might have been other monks who could have quoted more scripture, or prayed the rosary better, or held higher rank, and would have enjoyed being made somebody, but God chose Luther. What Luther found in the word of God, gave him the peace that he had searched so desperately for. As a matter of fact, every man that ever got anything from God had to go to the scriptures to find it. When Luther made his soul satisfying search of the scriptures, it automatically put him in line to be a reformer; he could no longer hold his peace, and go along with the system. When he began to speak the move was on.

When you read the story of the life of John Wesley, you will discover that he was not trying to be the messenger to an age. All he wanted was to be a missionary to some poor Indians, but in tying to be that, he had a terrible battle with himself. He had a hard time getting them to listen to him. He went back home, feeling so miserable and dejected, in his rejection, but then, he had an experience that changed his whole life. He described it as the inpouring of assurance that God, for Christ’s sake, had forgiven him all his sins. It was so vividly impressed on his consciousness that he could tell the very moment when it happened, “about a quarter before nine,” on May 24, 1738. Thereafter, his doubts and fears, and inner conflicts, gave way to the inexhaustible confidence with which he preached the gospel. After that experience, his soul was so aflame, that he could not help but be what God had ordained him to be.



When we come on up to the last church age messenger, (the messenger to this age), Bro. William Marrion Branham, we find the same thing. He did not have to try to make something of himself. His early childhood was a struggle, and as he grew up, he had a constant battle with himself. Feeling rejected and out of place with just about everyone that he ever tried to associated with while growing up, because of not being able to do the things that they would do, without that constant reminder of the wind sound in the tree, he felt like a black sheep. His confession was, that, “no one understands me, and I do not understand myself.” Certainly, he had no thoughts of every being a church age messenger, much less a prophet, but God works in strange and mysterious ways to accomplish His wonderful purpose. Bro. William Branham’s peculiar life was such, because God was molding his life to fulfill a very important office. God works circumstances to get His chosen men in the place of their calling. We all know that Bro. William Branham was no exception to that, for we have read, and heard his testimony of the moving of God in his life. He came on the scene, and his life and ministry was used by God to pull down many of Satan’s strongholds, while calling the people of God out of Babylon. Now he has left the scene, to return no more until the apostles Paul, Peter, James, John and all the rest return; even in spite of the hopes that so many of his followers still hold for his special resurrection. His ministry, and calling of God, was to turn a people back to the apostolic way that the Bible teaches. We would have to say that he fulfilled that calling. There is a people on the earth today that has been turned back to the Bible, but the greater percentage of the people that followed his ministry have given themselves over to a spirit that is more deadly than the one they were delivered from. Idolatry, after having heard the truth, is worse than the pagan practices we were mixed up in before. Nevertheless, Bro. William Branham, cannot be blamed for that any more than the apostle Paul can be blamed for the Nicea Council, and Roman Catholicism, that came out of it. A man can only do what he is called to do. Bro. William Branham was not called to hold a line on the word throughout the rest of the grace age, His calling was to deliver a message that the five fold ministry would stand by, as the age closes out. It will be that ministry, that holds the true revelation for the bride of Christ.



The bride will accept the biblical five fold ministry in the end time, but she is the only people who will. She will love it, hunger for it, and cherish it. She will delight in the office of an apostle to guide her through her testings, but the movement that follows the messenger to this age, will never accept any man as an apostle. It wouldn’t matter if he was 7 foot, 2 inches tall, with a degree a mile lone, that movement will never accept an apostle’s office. You ask why? It is because they are just like all other systems. They put a period at the end of what Bro. William Branham said, just like every denomination did when their leader passed on. That closes the book for them. What they fail to realize is, that the messenger to the age was to put us back in the Bible, and especially, back in the book of Acts, which is still an open book. You will not find any, Amen, where the book of Acts leaves off in the Bible. That is because God has not finished writing the Acts of the apostles. That is why I say that it will take the office of an apostle to straighten this message out, and the five fold ministry to preach it, for those who follow the system that has formed from this message, have perverted and polluted it beyond recognition.



No sooner had God taken His messenger off the scene, than men began to rise up and play with the message that he delivered to this age, as I said earlier; just like children playing with toys. I have accepted the fact, to a point, that God permitted this, and I will tell you why. At least, (by men being allowed to run all over the world, preaching the prophet, instead of the prophet’s message), the world has been testified to, that God sent a prophet to this age, Now the world is without an excuse. God wanted that done, for as I have said before, so say I again, the living element of the bride of Christ will not leave here in the rapture to meet the Lord in the air, before she knows that God has fulfilled again, Malachi 4:5-6, having sent that Elijah spirit. Some of you are bound to say, “that is being too dogmatic.” I say, it isn’t being dogmatic, it is being scripturally sensible. Let us be practical, or maybe I should say let us be scriptural. You will have to agree with me, that everyone in the first church age knew that God had sent a man by the name of John, but you will also have to agree that those apostles did not go around preaching about John. They put the message of John in its proper place, and preached Jesus Christ. Take, for instance, the account we read in Acts, chapter 19, where the apostle Paul goes to Ephesus, and found certain disciples there. These were men who had become disciples the year before, as a result of the ministry of Apollos, another Jew. He had come from Alexander, Egypt, up to Ephesus the year before, and now Paul comes along and find twelve men that Apollos had baptized. Naturally, Apollos was preaching John’s message at that time. That message was to get men to believe on the Christ that was to come. There they were, sitting there at Ephesus, waiting for Christ to come. Then there came another Jew by the name of Paul. I want you to notice how that apostle’s office straightened up those men in their revelation, and baptized them properly. Notice the first question Paul put to them, verse 2, “Have ye received the Holy Ghost since ye believed?” When they confessed that they had not even heard of the Holy Ghost, Paul responded, by saying to them, (3) “UNTO WHAT THEN WERE YOU BAPTIZED?” This question opened up their experience to Paul, for they answered, “UNTO JOHN’S BAPTISM.” This apostle was getting right to the point with them. We learned from the previous chapter, that a Jew, named Aquila, and his wife, Priscilla, had taken Apollos unto them, and expounded unto him the way of God more perfectly. In other words, they had straightened up the revelation that Apollos had, but they did not take it upon themselves to say anything to his disciples. They left them alone. Now we find the apostle Paul on the scene, ready to straighten up their revelation. He said, (4) “John verily baptized with the baptism of repentance, saying unto the people, that they should believe on him which should come after him, that is, on Christ Jesus. (5) When they heard this, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus.” Did you notice, as we read those verses, there is no indication of any kind of a struggle. When the apostle had properly instructed them, they were baptized, and then he laid hands on them, and they were filled with the Holy Ghost, speaking tongues, and prophesying. Now there are twelve men in Ephesus who are filled with the Holy Ghost, and have a right revelation of the message for their age. All they needed was proper instruction in the word. They did not hold on to John after more truth came. You will also notice, that Paul did not try to discredit John. He knew exactly who John was, and what his ministry fulfilled. But he pointed those men past John, so they could see Jesus, the one that John was preparing a people for. The messenger is not the message. I know there are a lot of people in our day who will tell you that the message is William Marrion Branham, but I am here to tell you that the message is the same one Peter and Paul preached. The difference is in the season. Those apostles lived in the sowing season, and now we are living in the season for harvesting the crop. I will quickly add this, though, the next order of business is for some people to get their revelation straightened out. It is a matter of getting back in step.



For the last twelve years, since Bro. William Branham’s death, certain men have run all over the world preaching the prophet, rather than the prophet’s message. I have heard many of them, listened to their sermons, and I believe many of them are sincere in what they are doing, but they are out of step. They want the world to know who Bro. William Branham was, and that they knew him personally. They have almost given the name of Jesus, second place. Nevertheless, it is all serving a purpose in the plan of God. Take, for instance, the commission that Jesus gave to His disciples. He told them to go into all the world and preach the gospel. Now tell me, did they go as a result of Him telling them to do it? No, they did not, they all stayed right there at Jerusalem where He told them to begin. The church at Jerusalem was growing by leaps and bounds, but no one was planning any missionary trips. What was taking place at Jerusalem was a wonderful picture, but God saw that none of them would take any steps to fulfill the rest of the commission unless He did something. Do you know what He did? He let one, from the ranks of their leaders, get martyred, and great persecution come against the church. That is when they began to scatter. We read in Acts 8:4, “Therefore they that were scattered abroad went everywhere preaching the gospel.” There had to be a reason for them to leave Jerusalem. The great persecution furnished them with a reason to go, and as they went, the world received the gospel. I wonder what the picture would be like here in our day, if God had let everything continue to run smoothly, with all of us, and we had stayed in the same frame of thinking for the past twelve years. There would be scores of us here in Clark County, with the rest of the world virtually untouched by the message of God’s prophet.



Listen carefully to what I am going to say now, do not run ahead of me. I believe God has allowed these men to run everywhere, preaching the prophet, first of all, to catch the attention of the world, and cause them to know that God HAS sent a prophet to this age. Then, secondly, it has turned loose all of those spirits, and put them in circulation. They will serve as a separating factor. There has to be a separator in motion, to fulfill something else that Jesus said. He said that only a few would find that strait and narrow way that leads to life. I will have to say also, that of all the time that men have been playing with the gospel, God has been marking time. (God is the time keeper, you know. He is the one that actually closes the curtain on an age, and opens up another.) Now, by the time we reach the place in God’s plan, for the five fold ministry to come fully, on the scene, there will have to have been the office of an apostle established and recognized. If there is going to be a five fold ministry, that office has to be there. It is not an office to be coveted, but if God has laid that calling upon a person, He will work circumstances to manifest it, for the benefit of those who are looking for such a ministry.



I have told the dreams that God has used to guide my thinking over these past years, and I have received much criticism because of it. Nevertheless, through the years that we have been publishing the Contender, we have been able to print articles that have served to stabilize, and establish many people. I have sacks full of letters that have come in from all over the world expressing gratitude for these articles, that have guided them in their search for truth. Many of them just simply say, “thank you for helping us better understand the message.”



While some were running everywhere preaching church order, I just endeavored to keep order in Faith Assembly. While others were preaching the seven thunders, I have been waiting for the time when the thunders will truly be sounded. There have been others declaring for over eleven years now, that Jesus is off the mercy seat, and there can not be anyone else saved; yet those same people still claim to be preaching the gospel. How foolish can anyone be? That is just plain childish to talk like that. I know it has only been because of the grace and mercy of God that has kept me from drifting into some of this, and I thank God for it, often.

Many of the people that have broken fellowship with me because of my uncompromising stand on these issues, have been people that I had a great love and respect for over the years, but I always try to remind myself that Jesus said, “Think not that I am come to send peace on earth: I came not to send peace, but a sword,”(Matthew 10:34). As I began to hear these various things that were so contrary to what God had taught me from His word, I said, “Lord, if this call on my life is of you, then, I ask you to bear witness to it, but if it is not, then, wrap me up and ship me off some place to get me out of the way. There is too much going on already.” But down through the years God has enabled my soul to see things out of His word, that has not only helped to keep myself stabilized, but also has helped others who were saying, “God, there has to be an answer somewhere, to all of this foolishness.”



When others were preaching, BRANHAM . . . BRANHAM . . . BRO. BRANHAM said this, and BRO. BRANHAM said that; they said I had quit preaching the message, because I would not do that. I am glad, and deeply grateful that I was privileged to hear a man named William Branham that preached to me out of the Bible, for he made the Jesus of that Bible to have the preeminence. I believe the spirit of Jesus Christ lives in my soul, according to the gospel I heard that little man preach. He put me back in a book, (the Bible), and out of that book, God talks to my soul. I know also, that he was the messenger to this age, but when God took him from the scene, I realized that a person cannot stand and look at a tombstone, and get anywhere with God. A person must have the abiding presence of the great God that Bro. William Branham preached about in order to keep stable when everything around you seems to be falling apart. Those disciples which stood looking up toward heaven after Jesus had been taken from them had to have something to take over. There had to be something within them that would take over, or they would have kept standing there looking up, probably saying, “Oh, I wish He would come back.” Do you know what they had within them? They had the words of Jesus ringing in their soul, “Wait in Jerusalem until you are endued with power from on high, (the promise of the Father, which is the Holy Ghost), then you can be witnesses of these things that you have seen and heard.” That is the reason so many are experiencing defeat in these days. All they have to hold to is some statements made by God’s prophet. He did not tell them to hold those statements above the word of God, but they have; to their hurt. For over eleven years, many of them have been saying, “God will no longer speak by prophecy, nor by tongues and interpretation, nor by dreams, for the interpreter is no longer with us.” They have, (as I said earlier), preached that Jesus is off the mercy seat, that the 7th seal is already opened, that we no longer need the gifts, and such like, but now it seems that, (some of them at least), are beginning to see the error of their ways, and we thank God for it. I do believe that these people that have been so strong against the gifts of the spirit operating in the church, for the past 12 years, are going to be required, (by God), to go to the people that they have stood in the way of, and say, “Dear brother, Dear sister: I am sorry that I have hindered your spiritual growth for so many years, please forgive me this wrong.”


1977 – THEN WHAT?

I believe there is going to be a need for some apologizing when the year of 1977 has come and gone, and those who have held so staunchly to the statements that all will be over by 1977, are still here, and the year of 1978 has been ushered in. I wonder what some of these people are going to hold to then? Will they admit the error of their ways, or will they go on to destruction? Some of them are beginning to change their ideas about the 70 weeks of Daniel. It is strange how time changes things, but I always did say, “If given enough time, God will reveal who, or what, is right, and likewise, who, and what is wrong.” God, (in time), is going to wear some things, and some people out. God, (in time), is going to cause some people to want HIS . . word. He will create a necessity in their lives, that will be resolved by nothing less than THE WORD OF GOD . . . He will create a hunger in their souls that will cause them to cry unto Him for every true ministry that there is around. By that time they will no longer be children playing with the message, neither will they want to hear anyone who is limited to saying, Bro. William Branham said this and that. Bro. William Branham would have been the first to say that a thing like that is childish, if he could have. He would have said, “Read what Paul said in 1 Corinthians chapters 1:3 ” who is Paul, who is Apollos, but ministers by whom you have believed. Was Paul crucified for you, or were you baptized in his name?”” The obvious conclusion is that, these men were lifting up the name of Jesus Christ as the answer to peoples need. Likewise, Bro. William Branham spent his whole ministry lifting up the name of Jesus, and while doing so he brought a message to the world that was destined to be the last message to this age. The true ministry will take that message, and lead the people of God right back to the Bible with it. But the rest will run with statements until there is no place left to run.



During the course of Bro. William Branham’s ministry, he touched every major doctrine of the Bible, but practically every major point of doctrine of mystery was spoken in plural language. Take for instance, the 70 weeks of Daniel. I happen to know that, before he ever preached the original 70 weeks of Daniel message, he leaned toward the idea of there being only three and one half years left, of the seventieth week. I remember one time while we were out rabbit hunting, he brought the subject up. I did not mention it. As a matter of fact, until that time, I had never even made a study of the subject. Nevertheless, for some reason, he made the remark that there was only 3½ years left. At the time, I did not think too much about it, but after quite some time had elapsed, I became interested in the subject, and sat down to prayerfully study it. I began to pray, asking God to make this thing known unto me. About that time, I happened to fall in line to receive some history books. Using those books, along with the Bible, I began to compile history and time factors, working them together, until I was completely satisfied that there had to be a full week left of the seventy weeks. That, of course, meant 7 years instead of 3½ years, but I thought to myself, “Now wait a minute, he is God’s prophet, and he has said there is only 3½ years left. I will not say anything contrary to that.” Do you think, I carried that in my heart until the time when he preached on the 70 weeks as a subject, how it made me feel when he proved by the scriptures, that there had to be a full 7 years left to the Jews. Not just 3½, but 7 years. I said, “Praise God, I am not crazy after all.” But then, we sat there through that wonderful week, while he brought to us, the revelation of the seals, and during that time he made reference to the seventieth week of Daniel, saying, that there was only 3½ years left. I thought to myself, “Oh, my, what in the world has happened now?” I knew that he had leaned to that previously, but, after proving by the scriptures that there was still 7 years left, I could not understand him saying 3½ again. Then some brother from down south wrote the question, asking Bro. William Branham, if he had not taught that there is still 7 years left to the Jews. Bro. William Branham answered that brother’s question by telling him that he must have got a little mixed up on what he had said. If that brother was mixed up on what he had said, then those who printed the book of the Seventy Weeks of Daniel, teaching, were mixed up too, for you will find it right in there, laid perfectly in line with the scriptures. I am not pointing out these things to find fault with God’s prophet. I believe he did exactly what he was called to do. God allowed these dual statements to be made, in order to set in motion, all of those contrary spirits, that will serve as a separating factor to shake the rotten fruit off the tree.



If there is a brother who would criticize me for pointing out these dual statements, I want to say this to you, I am doing it for the benefit of those dear people who have honestly studied the messages of Bro. William Branham, desiring to find the truth, and having read these various statements that are contrary, one to the other; do not know which one is right. Not every one who desires to follow truth is able to take the scriptures and search out these things without some help. That is what the ministry is for, to help people get their lives in line with the word of God. I do not claim that knowing the right version of these many dual statements is essential, to make it in the rapture, but I do claim that our understanding of the truth, in its restorational revelation is essential to bring about the unity and understanding between brethren, that the Lord requires. Many of you will remember that I said, over 11 years ago, when God took his prophet off the scene, and all these conflicting ideas began to be circulated, that it is possible we could all be wrong, but it is impossible for all of us to be right. That is why we have had to wait for time itself to prove the right or wrong of statements, as well as people. I say, God willed the man to speak in these plural terms, for He knew that there would be carnal minds that would feed and live off of these things. It is hard to realize how many people have built their little private revelations off of these things. That is why, for over eleven years, many have been setting dates for the rapture, and the ushering in of the millennium. By the time you read this article, all of their projected dates will have come and gone, and every last one of them are still here, unless there be some who have gone by the way of the grave. The only people who are going in the rapture, when it does take place, are the ones who have come to a proper understanding of the purpose of God, and a oneness of faith. They will all be looking at the same thing.



I realize that there will be people all over the country who will say, “Just who does that Raymond Jackson think he is anyhow, talking like that?” I am nobody, but you can not sell me everyone’s teaching. When I hear one man teach a subject one way, and then hear another one teach the same thing a different way, and on, and on, then I know that there is definitely something wrong. I know also, that everyone of us who sat under the ministry of that prophet, is going to have to come back to a oneness of what he taught, if we are going to be acceptable to the Lord.

You take the lives of those disciples that followed Jesus for 3½ years. They did not have tape recorders, printing presses, nor any of the devices we find so handy today. All they had was the ears to hear, yet when the 120 disciples came out of that upper room, filled with the Holy Ghost, they all had the same revelation. What they had heard, produced a consistent unity, that brought them all out into the streets of Jerusalem speaking the same thing. Peter was not standing on one corner preaching, “Repent, every one of you, and be baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ,” while James or some of the others were on the other corner saying, “Now wait a minute, that is not the way I heard it, Jesus said so and so.” That is the way it has been in our day. It has brought confusion on every hand, but it did not start out like that, and before we can get away from here, to be with the Lord, we will have to see that the Lord Jesus Christ is to have the pre-eminence. Everything we preach or testify to must point to him. Many of these who are constantly harping on the fact that they heard the prophet also, and he said this and that, I simply say to you, “Did you really hear him, or did you just hear words that came from his voice box?” There is a difference, you know. If you really did hear him, you would be back in the Bible by now, with nothing left to argue and fuss about.



Bro. Branham was a prophet, we all acknowledge that. He was the messenger to this Laodicean age, we all acknowledge that. But he was not a prophet sent to add more to the Bible. He was sent to help us understand what was in there already. We do not need anymore added to the book, what we need is to line up with what has been in the book all along. Let me tell you this, also, being a Christian, is more than just saying, “Thank God I am saved, I am sanctified, I am filled with the Holy Ghost, and I am on my way to glory.” If you are a Christian, you are going to know something before you leave here. You are going to know why you are a child of God, and what goes with such a privilege, in the way of honor and responsibility. None of us are worthy, that is true, but there is one thing for sure, we are not going to nurse on a milk bottle forever. Listen to what the apostle Paul wrote to the Hebrews, chapters 5:12-6:2, (12) “For when the time came that ye ought to be teachers, you have need that one teach you again, the first principles of the oracles of God; and are become such as have need of milk, and not of strong meat. (13) For every one that useth milk is unskillful in the word of righteousness: for he is a babe. (14) But strong meat belongeth to them that are of full age, even those who by reason of use, have their senses exercised to discern both good and evil. (Chapter 6) (1) Therefore, leaving the principles of the doctrine of Christ, let us go on unto perfection: not laying again the foundation of repentance from dead works, and of faith toward God, (2) Of the doctrine of baptism, and of laying on of hands, and of resurrection of the dead, and of eternal judgment.” It is interesting to note, that the apostle said, “When the time came that you ought to be teachers, you still have need to be taught.” That is exactly what we have been experiencing for the past twelve years. Many of those who have had opportunity to hear enough that they ought to be able to teach, or instruct others, still have need themselves, to be taught, if they were teachable. Paul said, “let us go on to perfection.” In other words, let us gain an understanding of the whole word of God, of the things of God, the mysteries. Not in the sense, or to the point where we would walk down the street ready to demonstrate how much we know, for we are only what we are, by the grace of God, but there comes a time when we ought to have these things settled. Head knowledge will cause a person to be puffed up, but heart knowledge, (or spiritual revelation), will humble a person. It will cause you, more and more, to realize, just how wonderful the grace and mercy of God really is. As I said before, it is only for the grace of God that any of us have been able to keep our head on straight.



Now, I would like for us to consider, for a little while, some of the statements that Bro. William Branham made, concerning the garden of Eden, and man’s original sin. First, let me say this, the Catholics believe in original sin, but they do not know what caused it. They say Eve ate an apple. That is just about as far from the truth as a horned toad riding water skis. Brothers and Sisters: you do not find horned toads in the Ohio Valley, you find them in the desert, and there is no water in the desert for them to ski on. You may not like the illustration, but I am sure you get the point I am making. People from all over this world have fought against the true revelation of what happened in the garden of Eden to cause the fall of man. I am not going to take the space here, to defend what we have printed on that subject, but the prophet to this age taught that Eve had an intimate relationship with the serpent that brought about the original sin. Many of the critics in denominational circles have accused Bro. William Branham of teaching that Eve had a relationship with the devil. Let me say this to you, Eve did not have a relationship with the devil. He is a spirit, a fallen angel. He is the god of this world, the prince of the power of the air. His imps are everywhere, but Eve’s disobedient act was not with Satan, though it was because of him. There was however, a creature in the garden, called the serpent. He looked like man, talked like man, walked like man, but he was not a son of God. He was of the animal family that God had given to Adam, to be a servant to him. The devil got hold of that serpent, took over his impulses, and controlled him, to lay a trap for Adam. God made him to be able to talk as well as understand, in order for him to be able to receive instructions from Adam and Eve. God did not make the chimpanzee to talk, or the gorilla, the baboon, the ape, nor any of the rest of the animal family, but this serpent stood next to man in his makeup. That is why scientists have failed to find the missing link between man in his lowest form, and animal in its highest form. They have not known where to look. They do not believe the Bible, or they would know that God cursed that serpent, taking off his arms and legs, and placed him in the reptile family because of what he did in seducing Eve to commit a sex act with him. Now he crawls like a snake, and catches flies for his food. Every one of those animals were created for Adam, for his helpmates, before God ever fashioned the woman from one of Adam’s ribs. Before there ever was an electric crane, man had the elephant, with his long trunk. The elephant was used in India, and Africa, in the log woods to carry those big old logs. They served man for centuries in the capacity of a crane, before the crane was invented. I have heard it said that when an elephant gets attached to his master, he will fight for him, and he will walk for miles to find his master. When his master dies, he grieves, and mourns. Why? Because he was made to be a helpmate. Adam never would have had to do any of the toiling if he had obeyed the word of the Lord. The serpent would have done the toiling, or had it done.

God wanted his beautiful plan to be tested, though. That is why He permitted the devil, (Lucifer), to put the impulse, or desire, upon the serpent, to approach Eve, and introduce this relationship to her, strictly for pleasure. That is where the word fornication had its origin, for the word fornication is applied, when the act is strictly for pleasure. It has no marriage possibilities, and there is no objective to have children involved in the act. God knew what the result would be, but He had worked out a plan, whereby, all of His attributes could be expressed, through the span of time, from the creation to the millennium.



Now, I will say what I started to say earlier. When God’s prophet began to deal with this subject, he made three different statements. I do not have the time, nor space, to take you back to the original message where he taught these things, but my critics will know, for they will look it up, and the children of God will already know what I am talking about. In one message he would say, “Now the tree of life was Christ.” Then in another message, Marriage and Divorce, he said that it was not through sex that God intended to bring life into the world, it was by the spoken word. Then in another message he said, before Adam could come to Eve, she was already defiled. The devil beat him to it. There you have three statements. One of them will lead you right to the word of God.

When I am called upon to explain the reason for such plural terms, or dual statements, I always say, “God permitted that man to speak in that way, concerning the mysteries hidden in the Bible, for God knew that some of these statements would be a means of separating some from the scriptures. But he knew also that the true Holy Ghost child of God could never be separated from the scriptures.”



I put all of this together like this; if the tree of life was Christ, then, in what form? It could be none other than the presence of eternal life in the garden, to overshadow a law of reproduction, which was God’s perfect plan for bringing life into the world. For Adam to come to Eve meant this, he never would have come to her for pleasure only, as man and woman do in our day. Their union would have been for the purpose of reproduction only. It would have been up to the woman to know the time for that law to be activated.

I am a farmer. I have studied the breeding cycles of horses, cattle, and other domesticated animals, as well as wildlife. I have not found any species among animal life that live in pleasure, as man and woman. The act was to be a sacred thing. It was the way God chose to reproduce another son, but the devil has taken over and drug it down to the gutter. That was his way of taking another slap at God. The whole world is defiled through the very thing that God ordained to bring life into the world. A thing of beauty, turned into a disgraceful act, because of wrong use. That is the devil’s way. If he cannot destroy something, he will try to pervert it. Many of you have gone through school without ever reading anything like this. It is all foreign to you, but this is where sin started. Now, I would like to say this, for the sake of the message, when that prophet to this age began to touch on these things, I said, (in my heart), “I know there is a nugget of truth in those statements, and it is not that Eve ate an apple. It has something to do with sex life.” But because I did not know what the tree of life was, it was not revealed. He would say that the tree of knowledge was sex, but I knew, if the tree of knowledge was sex, then the tree of life would have to be that also, and there was not two trees standing there in the midst of the garden. That is spiritual language. That is a language of God to hide a mystery from the eyes of the wise and prudent. If they were natural trees, they would have been trees of plant life, and I want you to know that every other tree that was there in the garden, regardless of what kind it was, is still in the world today, but you will not find one of them to be the tree of life.



For 6000 years now, man has been looking for a tree of life. He has looked for a fountain of youth, he has dug holes in the desert, and even thought he found it in rocks, and minerals. He even thought he found it in the hot springs of Arkansas, but it is in Jesus Christ. I hope you are understanding me. Let me say it once again. To partake of the tree of knowledge, was to come to an understanding that the act could be used for pleasure, bypassing the original plan to use it only for the purpose of reproduction. The act, originally, was strictly for the purpose of bringing forth life. It is a divine law of God, and it lay in the female to control it. If Eve had told that serpent to get lost, and waited for that law to work in her body, she would have called to her husband and told him that it was time, then women would not be experiencing the nervousness, frustrations, and tensions, that go with that period. It would have been a period, but without all of those discomforts. They were added because of the disobedience.

Adam was not deceived in all of this, he knew what he was doing. Even had found that the act would be used for pleasure, then she began to put pressure on Adam to partake also. That is why, when God cursed the ground for Adam’s sake, he said, “because you harkened to the voice of thy wife, (the word harkened, means listened. She begged and pleaded until Adam finally consented), and hast eaten, (or partaken), of the tree of which I commanded thee saying, Thou shall not eat of it: cursed is the ground for thy sake: in sorrow shalt thou eat of it all the days of thy life.” (Genesis 3:17) Adam gave in to her pleadings, and the result is that the whole world is living under the penalty of Adam’s deed.



Certain men have gone galloping all around the world harping that sex was the original sin, and that God never intended to produce life in any way other than by the spoken word. They claim that to be something that prophet revealed to them. I will simply ask such a one, who was supposed to speak the word, Adam, Eve, or God himself? If God was going to speak the word to produce his sons, Adam sure gave a false prophecy in Genesis 2:23-24, when he said, (23) “This is now bone of my bones, (speaking of Eve), and flesh of my flesh: she shall be called Woman, because she was taken out of man. (24) THEREFORE SHALL A MAN LEAVE HIS FATHER. . . AND HIS MOTHER, and shall cleave unto his wife: and they shall be one flesh.” Can you see where such a revelation winds up? If every person had been spoken into the world, then where would the father and mother come into the picture? On the other hand, knowing that the world was to be populated through the sex act; if Eve had waited until her time, when that perfect law of God had set up in her body, then every child, that every woman would have birthed into the world, would have been exactly like that little baby that Mary gave birth to in the manger, in Bethlehem. There was that tree of life. He was the righteous branch, according to Isaiah and Jeremiah. He was the little branch, broken out of the tree of life, and grafted into human flesh, but brother, that flesh was perfect. It had no sin in it. There was eternal life. So you can see what Bro. William Branham meant, when he said that the tree of life was Christ. It was not Christ, in the essence of man, it was Christ, in the essence of eternal life, overshadowing that law of reproduction. Brothers and Sisters: there is the truth of God’s word, for it takes us back to the Bible.



The new birth was another subject that Bro. William Branham spoke of in more than one way. We know that the new birth is God’s provision for lost mankind. We do not disagree on the fact that the Bible teaches we must be born again in order to enter into the kingdom of God, or even to see it. Where the disagreement comes in, is, what constitutes the new birth? Jesus told Nicodemus, who came to him at night, for fear of the Jews, “Ye must be born again.” Nicodemus thought he was speaking naturally, and answered accordingly, but Jesus told him, “That which is flesh, is flesh, and that which is spirit is spirit. Marvel not that I said unto thee, Ye must be born again. (In other words, do not get confused.) Except a man be born of water and of the spirit, he cannot enter into the kingdom of God.” That is not an exact quote, but you can read it in the 3rd chapter of John. The point of it is, the new birth is the essential ingredient, in order for a person to see the kingdom of God, or to enter in.

I still remember the early years when God first began to lead us to the tabernacle to hear that wonderful man of God preach. There would be times when you would hear him say something like this, (I am paraphrasing), Brethren, you know how this religious world is, we all have our different denominational and theological beliefs. He said, “some will say that we are not born again unless such and such, and so forth. You are born again the minute you believe. You receive the Holy Ghost as power for service.” Then he would quote John 5:24, the words of Jesus, “Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that heareth my word, and believeth on him that sent me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into condemnation; but is passed from death unto life,” then he would say, “Then is when you are born again.” Then again he would be preaching away, and say, “The Holy Ghost is for every child of God.” Then he would quote Ephesians 4:30, “Grieve not the Holy Spirit of God, whereby ye are sealed unto the day of redemption.” I will never forget though, how beautifully he laid it all out when he preached the message on the Token. When he preached the church ages, he laid it all out perfectly. He said, “We are not even born again until we receive the Holy Ghost.” He would illustrate it like this, there are three works of grace, and it takes all three to constitute, and make up the whole new birth, JUSTIFICATION is like conception, SANCTIFICATION is like pregnancy, and the BAPTISM OF THE HOLY GHOST is when life actually comes forth. On and on, I could go, taking you to different messages, showing you the many different statements that were made on this one subject, but I believe this will be enough for any honest hearted person to realize that we are not to base our salvation experience on EVERY WORD . . ., spoken by the prophet, but only on that which he spoke that points us back to the Bible, to a spiritual revelation. I am sure that some of you will say, John 5:24, IS…in the Bible. Yes, it is in the Bible, but, what did he mean by heareth my word? Surely you do not think he was talking only of hearing the words that he was speaking, with the natural ears. Actually, what he meant was, HE THAT HEARS MY WHOLE MESSAGE, will have the benefits that are set forth in that message, for to hear, the way Jesus meant hear, would be to obey his words. Even the Scribes and Pharisees, heard the words that he spoke, and they believed, (at least with the mind), on Jehovah God, (and that is the one that sent Jesus), but they did not have eternal life abiding in them. Can you begin to see the difference? It is one thing to hear with the ears, but it is quite a different story, when you hear with the heart, that is, catch a revelation.



That which becomes revelation to you, demands obedience, and the obedience, brings the benefits provided in it. You will notice, as you follow all that Jesus said, and did, that after His resurrection, when He was assembled together with His disciples, He breathed on them, and said unto them, Receive ye the Holy Ghost. (John 20:22) Now some think that is when the disciples received the Holy Ghost, but that is not correct either. That was a preparatory command. If they had received the Holy Ghost then, why did Jesus turn right around and tell them to tarry in the city of Jerusalem until they were endued with Power from on high? (Luke 24:49) Both events took place at the same gathering. To further illustrate the fact, let us return to the gospel of John, chapter 21, verses 15-17. This took place at another gathering of Jesus and His disciples. He had breathed on them, and commanded them to receive the Holy Ghost, the first time He showed Himself alive to them, after the resurrection. Now the occasion of this gathering, is where Jesus prepared a meal for the disciples who had been fishing all night. The meal was finished, and Jesus looked over to Simon Peter and said, (15) “Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me more than these? He said unto, Yea, Lord; thou knowest that I love thee. He said unto him, FEED MY LAMBS.” Then, He said unto him the second time, (16) “Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me? He said unto him, Yea, Lord, thou knowest that I love thee. He saith unto him, FEED MY SHEEP.” Then Jesus said unto him the third time, (17) “Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me? Peter was grieved because he said unto him the third time, Lovest thou me? And he said unto him, Lord, thou knowest all things; thou knowest that I love thee. Jesus saith unto him, FEED MY SHEEP.”

Now you may be asking, (within yourselves), just what does that prove? Nothing, by itself, but now, I will ask you to turn back to the gospel of Luke 22:31-32. Here we find Jesus talking to Peter right before his crucifixion. (31) “And the Lord said, Simon, Simon, behold, Satan hath desired to have you, that he may sift you as wheat: (32) But I have prayed for thee, that thy faith fail not; and WHEN THOU ART CONVERTED, strengthen thy brethren.” Peter had walked with Jesus for 3½ years already, and here He is telling him, after you are converted strengthen your brethren. Peter was feeling real good about everything, for he said, Lord, I am ready to go with thee, both into prison, and to death. That is when Jesus told him that, before the cock would crow, that following day, he would deny him three times. It happened just like Jesus said it would. When Jesus was arrested, Peter followed at a distance, then when someone tried to identify Peter with Jesus, he denied that he knew Him. This happened three times, and then the cock crowed. Jesus looked at Peter, and Peter was ashamed, as he remembered what he had said to him earlier. Brothers and Sisters: he was not yet converted. He was afraid of the crowed that night, but it was quite a different story, some 50 days after the resurrection of Jesus, when Peter and the rest of those disciples were filled with the Holy Ghost in that upper room. All fear had left Peter by the time he came down into the streets, for we see him in Acts 2, ready to take on the whole crowd if necessary. He was now converted, and ready to fulfill what Jesus had told him to do. He was now, ready to feed the lambs, as well as the sheep. Brothers and Sisters: you must be born again. You must be converted. I hope you get that. The very disciples that He had breathed upon, telling them to receive the Holy Ghost, were standing there with Him when he was ready to ascend into heaven. That is when He told them not to leave Jerusalem, until they had been endued with power from on high. There is no need for me to go any farther with statements about the new birth. I am sure that you who are spiritual can see the point of it all by now. The prophet made all of those statements, and many of my critics will say, yes, and I believe every word that the prophet uttered. No you don’t, you do not…. believe every word of it, or you would know how to take it and get back to the Bible with it. You are just like a child playing with toys. You go to your box of statements and take out a few to play with, until you get tired of them, and back you go, to get another bunch, and on you go, until you have them scattered all over every place you have been. That is the way children do their toys. If they are not taught how to use them, it keeps someone busy straightening up after them. For over eleven years, it has been like that with this message of truth. Some of you are so anxious to be a voice of authority, that you have run all over the world spreading statements, without having any revelation as to the application of such. The results is, MASS CONFUSION. It keeps others busy, straightening up your mess.



I have been accused of saying that Bro. William Branham made a mistake in saying certain things as he did. I want to restate something that I have said many times before, BRO. BRANHAM DID NOT MAKE A MISTAKE, WHEN HE MADE DUAL STATEMENTS ON CERTAIN MAJOR SUBJECTS OF THIS MESSAGE. God willed him to say it as he did. That man, not only brought a message of truth for those who were seeking truth, he also carried a fan, to fan away those who had other motives.

We published a message in September 1972, titled, The Fan in Christ’s Hand, Vol. 4, No. 7. It explains the statement made by John the Baptist in Matthew 3:11-12, where he said, “I indeed baptize you with water unto repentance, but he that cometh after me is mightier than I, whose shoes I am not worthy to bear: he shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost and with fire: (12) Whose FAN is in his hand, and he will thoroughly purge his floor, and gather his wheat into the garner; but he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire.” In that message, we go into detail, showing how these dual statements made by Bro. William Branham, are actually the fan in Christ’s hand, purging his floor. The reference, naturally, points to the ancient threshing floor, where the reapers would pile the harvested wheat for the winnowing process. The same reapers who brought the harvested crop into the threshing area, were the ones who would go in there and keep pitching it up until all the straw and hush were blown away. That is what the dual statements, made by Bro. William Branham, have been doing with many people for over eleven years now. They are getting up in the air over them, and only God knows how many of them will actually fall back on the word of God when they come down.



Of all the preaching that Bro. William Branham did, you will find very little reference made to a prehistoric world, or age, but I would like to refresh your memories on two particular statements that he did make, concerning such. In the preaching of the fourth seal, Bro. William Branham told of being approached by a man who, more or less, tried to shame him, saying, “Aren’t you ashamed to say that God created the heavens and earth in six days?” Bro. William Branham replied, “That is what the Bible said.” Then the man said, “We have evidence, and can prove that the world is millions of years old.” Bro. William Branham said, “That didn’t have anything to do with it. In Genesis 1:1, it says that, “In the beginning God created the heavens and earth,” period. Now the world was without form and void, I believe every seed was laying right there from some other civilization or something, and as soon as the water lifted off, and the light struck it, up came the trees and everything.” Now that is what I wanted you to catch. It wasn’t much, but it was enough to let me know that he believed in a prehistoric age, and that lines up with many other scriptures. God did not have to create trees, grass, flowers, etc., all over again. Brothers and Sisters: When God judged the prehistoric world, and froze it up, no doubt, it hung in space for hundreds, and thousands of years. I will say this also, scientists may have their carbon tests, and all of the other processes that they use, in trying to determine how old this planet is, but there is no test, that can determine what happened during the time that God had it froze up. They can only measure where it started, and when it thawed up. God has a way of concealing his mysteries from natural man. He will not let scientific gadgets reveal them. He keeps that for spiritual revelation to His children.

Now, after having said what he did, in the fourth seal, about the seed laying there from some other civilization, we hear him in another sermon, say something that leaves the thought that there were dinosaurs in our garden of Eden. I have showed you these two statements. One of them will line up with other scriptures. When I heard him say what he did about the seed being there already, that rung a bell with me. It let me know that there had to be a revelation lying there somewhere, and I rejoiced because of it, but when I heard him preach another message, leaving the impression that there were dinosaurs in our garden of Eden, then, brothers and sisters; I knew that he was merely making a human statement. We all do it, but there are those who will not admit to the fact that Bro. William Branham was capable of saying anything other than, THUS SAITH THE LORD. Be that as it is, I am ready to challenge my critics to prove that there were dinosaurs in the garden of Eden that we know. According to the word of God, as well as history, and geology, I say to you that there were no dinosaurs in our garden of Eden with Adam and Eve. As I said before, every animal that was in the garden with Adam and Eve, was represented on the Ark with Noah, male and female of every species. You will never find any trace of dinosaurs on the Ark. That all belonged to another era of time.

I have said enough on this subject for the benefit of those who would want to know. Any Holy Ghost person will understand, and the others will fuss and stew just like they did in their former denominations. It is not enough just to quote Ephesians 4, that God has set in the church a five fold ministry. A person must have enough of the spirit of God in them to recognize that ministry in its proper calling. Some have said that they believe in apostles, but the truth of it is that, they would never allow an apostle’s office to touch this message if they could stop it. Brothers and Sisters: let me say to you, you need that ministry to sift this message and line it up in digestible order. Do not fight against it, or you will be found to fight against God. He is the one who set the five fold ministry in the church, for the perfecting of the saints. I did not have anything to do with it. I only try to fill the place that God has called me to fill. The Bible says apostles, plural, prophets, plural, and so forth, but let me tell you, the ones that God set in the church will all have the same revelation, and be speaking the same thing, there will be no division among them, doctrinally speaking. Of course, they will have their human differences, but that will not affect their teaching. The ministry that God has set in the church will not be running every place saying, that each man ought to be able to teach the message as he sees it. That is the attitude that we find among many in this day. God will leave all, such as these, until they run their legs off. That is not why he sent a prophet to this age. The prophet was set to rescue us from our mess, and bring us back to the word of God, back to revelated truth.



Bro. Branham had a vision. He had a love for people, and he had a desire to help people. That is why I said, “he could not love a Pentecostal any more than he could a Catholic.” I will tell you why. God saw that there were Catholics, Methodists, Baptists, Pentecostals, and such like, scattered throughout the religious world, that were elected people. Therefore, that prophet carried a message that the love of God had laid in his heart, to reach into all those places, pulling out those who would hear his message. God knew that the man’s personal ministry would not perfect the bride of Jesus Christ. It did not do it when he was alive, and it still would not do it if God raised him from the dead. I will say this to my brothers and sisters who may hear me on tape or read the message in print, if you ever saw Bro. William Branham in this life, you will never see him again, until you see him at the wedding supper, at the judgment seat of Christ. Therefore, if you ever reach perfection, as it is written in the word of God, it will be because you have settled yourself down and listened to a man of God, who had truth in his soul, a man who will not stand with a handful of Bro. William Branham’s books, to do his preaching out of. He will not be preaching a denomination, neither will he be preaching a cultish message. He will be preaching the unadulterated word of God.



I said before that God willed for Bro. William Branham to make those many dual statements, for he knew that among those who would come out of denominational systems, there would be those who would deify the flesh of the prophet, all because they had never seen anything like the gift of God which operated through him, and the dual statements act as separating factors. We not only had to be separated from our systems, but the unbeliever, or make-believer, had to be separated from the truth, and also, from the true children of God. Therefore, do not say that I, Raymond Jackson, said that Bro. William Branham made a mistake. He did not make a mistake in that. That was the will of God. By the same token, I am not saying that he did not make mistakes in life, as any mortal man will.

Let me refer you to something that James wrote, concerning the man Elijah. He said that Elias, (that is another term for Elijah), was a man, subject to like passions as we are. What did James mean by that statement about the very man that set the pattern, and example, of all those prophets who would walk on earth in that same anointing? The character, principles, conduct, and nature, of that man, Elijah, was to be recognized in those who would later walk in that same anointing. James pointed out the fact that, even though Elijah prayed and caused there to be no rain on earth until he prayed again, and asked for it, he was not God, He was a mortal man, subject to the faults and failures of any other mortal man. Some of you will say, “that is not what James was showing at all.” I say, “the point is made.” He was not God, he did not act like God. He did not believe himself to be God. He did act like a prophet though, and he lived, walked in life, thought, and talked like a man. Then, when God anointed him, he would talk like God. But notice, when Jezebel got after him, he ran like a man, a scared man. He ran so far away, that God had to send an angel to feed him. When he stood on Mt. Carmel, and challenged the prophets of Baal, it would have been easy for some to think that he was a god, for he displayed something beyond the natural makeup of man, but a little later, when he was running from a woman the picture was different. Who would want a god like that?

This is all being said to point out one thing, God can anoint a man so that the man can display the very attributes of God, but when the anointing is lifted, he is a natural, mortal man, just like anyone else, as far as human weakness, frailties, and mistakes are concerned. That does not mean that Elijah was a cheat, or a thief, or that he went around lying. Neither did John the Baptist, and neither did William Marrion Branham. The one who comes next, as one of the two witnesses to the Jews, will not be a liar either, but he will be a man, and he will be a man subject to mistakes, and as James said, “like passions as we are.” The anointing does not play around with statements. It goes right to the word of God every time.



Another subject that I have heard Bro. William Branham speak in more than one way on is the evidence of the baptism of the Holy Ghost. When we first began going to the tabernacle, he would look down at you and say, “Brother, you need the Holy Ghost, Sister, you need the Holy Ghost, Brother, you need the gifts of the spirit in the church,” and statements such as that. Then he would talk about evidence, what Pentecost called the evidence. He would say, “Brother, speaking in tongues is not the evidence.” Then he would quote St. John 13:35, “By this shall all men know that ye are my disciples, if ye have love one to another.” How many of you have heard that statement? I remember it so well. It is on tapes, and in books. Is that not what Jesus said to his disciples? What did he mean? He meant, if you really follow what I am saying to you, and if you really live like I tell you, according to my teachings, you can not help but have love one toward another, and that kind of love displayed in you, will point right back to the fact that you are my disciples, or followers. There will not be one group going one way, and another group going another. You will all believe, and embrace, the truth that you receive from me. That, in itself, will separate you from everyone else, and their teaching. You will be squeezed together, and the love that you have will be different from the kind the worldly crowd knows about. Now, what does it say about them, over in Acts? They all continued, in everyone’s doctrine, is that what it says? No, they all continued steadfastly in the apostles doctrine, the apostles teaching. It consisted of oneness. Yes, sir, it was oneness. He would talk like that, after quoting that scripture verse.

Sometime later on, we were sitting there, and that same little man said, “Now love isn’t it”. I will never forget an illustration he gave on that. He said, “Now, you take the Catholic priest, he shows such great love, there is no greater love than the Catholic people show to some other people, they minister first aid, they build hospitals, and many things like that.” I thought to myself, “You are saying that, but that sure isn’t the love of God.” Nevertheless, God let him say those things, and God will use every one of them in is sifting, and fanning, process, here in the end of the age. In other words, as we would sit there from service to service, you would hear the prophet say, in one service, “By this shall all men know that you are my disciples, when you have love one for another,” and then he would come right back in another message and slap you in the face by saying, “No, it isn’t love. It is believing the word.” Therefore, some would catch one statement and run with it, while others would catch another statement and run with it also. I will say to my critics, (for I know how they resent my talking like this), it is one thing to know verbally, what he said, but it is quite another thing to know spiritually, what he meant. If we ever get the spiritual understanding of what he meant in our souls, the Holy Ghost will illuminate that message to the point where it will cease to be QUOTES, QUOTES, QUOTES, but rather, it will be a consistent flow of revelation.



Brothers and Sisters: I am not challenging what Bro. William Branham said. That is not my purpose in pointing out these things. My purpose, and motive, is to show my brothers and sisters, as well as my critics, that, for over eleven years, certain ones have been riding their hobby horses, quoting statements, and they are right where they started. They have gained nothing. I will say, in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, the apostle Paul never taught church order, but he did teach that there should be order in the church. He taught that the Holy Ghost was to have the pre-eminence, and that the worshipers should conduct themselves in decency, godliness, and in adult like manner, but there is a long way from a church order. We realize also, that a church order can be a corrective thing, but certainly, there is no place for carnal minded men to make it a doctrinal yardstick, and whip, to measure and beat others with. Every carnal preacher that put church order in his assembly just because Brother Branham did at the tabernacle, drove the spirit of God out. God will not be tied by your church order. There is nothing in this message that has ever told anyone to stop manifesting the gifts of the spirit, that God placed in their lives. I think of the many, who had the gifts operating through them until the church order came into being, and how they began to feel like they were not to speak in tongues, or interpret, or prophesy anymore. Then I remember hearing some of those people say, especially preachers, “I believe in the gifts of the spirit, but I want the real thing.” Let me tell you, I want the real also, but I find that to be a feeble excuse to hide behind, while you try to justify your church order. You are completely out of the scriptures.



The church of the Living God was not built upon tongues and interpretation, nor prophecy, nor any other of the gifts of the spirit. It was built upon divine revelation of the word of God. But I will have you to know that there was a place in the church for all of the gifts to operate, and it was not in a back room. Furthermore, I will say that it was not tongues and interpretation that let the antichrist get in the church 1900 years ago, it was preachers. Do not lay the blame in the pews, lay it right where it belongs, on the pulpit. The false teachings did not, and do not, come from the congregation, they came from the preachers, those who wish to be known for their great revelation. It is true, we can have a false tongue and interpretation in the congregation, but most of the churches that have been wrecked through the years, were wrecked because of something that came from the pulpit. It was not a false prophecy that started the Catholic church, it was started from many revelations that came from the leadership. Let me give you an example, of how, many things get started. In the days of Bro. William Branham’s ministry, he referred, many times, to what God is doing in this Laodicean age, using the scripture in Luke 17:30, that speaks of the Son of man being revealed. That began to give certain preachers the idea that HE…WAS…the Son of man. Some would say, “This man is none other than Jesus Christ, or this man is the word.” It wasn’t too long until they had others believing the same thing, and then it became a spirit, a strong spirit, that has captured many souls. Let me say to my brothers and sisters, who will hear this tape, or read this message, our brother, who lived in this generation, and spoke to us of the wonderful things of God, was truly a man, just like any of us, but he was filled and anointed with the Holy Ghost, to the extent where God manifested the spirit of Jesus Christ through him a major capacity. That did not change his flesh one bit whatsoever, but I thank God that his flesh was subject to the revelation of God’s spirit in his life. That ties right in with what the apostle Paul wrote to the Galatians. He said, (1:11-12), “But I certify you, brethren, that the gospel which was preached of me is not after man. (12) For I neither received if of man, neither was I taught it, but by the revelation of Jesus Christ.” He went on to tell of his former way of life, and how he profited in the Jews religion above many, and then when we get down to the 15th verse, we read this, (15) “But when it pleased God, who separated me from my mother’s womb, and called me by his grace, (16) To REVEAL HIS SON IN ME, that I might preach him among the heathen; immediately I conferred not with flesh and blood: (17) Neither went I up to Jerusalem to them which were apostles before me; but I went into Arabia.” There is two things I would have you see from this scripture. The first is the reference he made of the Son of God being revealed in him, and the other, is the fact that he did not get his revelation from any other man. Can you see the likeness between Paul and Bro. William Branham in those two areas? Jesus Christ was manifested through them both in a major proportion, and neither one of them received their revelation from any other man. Now, maybe you can see what I am getting at. Though the apostle Paul had the spirit of Christ to such a great degree, he never did claim to be God, or in any way lay any claim to deity. Neither can we find any record where his followers deified him after he had passed off the scene, as some have Bro. William Branham. I say these things to sound a warning to those of you who have an ear to hear, please do not entertain thoughts and ideas that are not consistent with the scriptures. Some have done so, and now they are having hallucinations, imagining all sorts of things.



Let me call your attention now, to another subject that has caused much controversy in this message. There were times when Bro. William Branham would say, “The church will go through the tribulation, but the bride, the elect, will be raptured.” I was challenged by a certain brother one time, in connection with that statement. You know what the apostle Paul said in Ephesians5:25-27, “Husbands, love your wives, even as CHRIST LOVED THE CHURCH….and gave himself for it; (26) That he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word, (27) THAT HE MIGHT PRESENT IT, (THE CHURCH) TO HIMSELF A GLORIOUS CHURCH, NOT HAVING SPOT, OR WRINKLE, OR ANY SUCH THING; BUT THAT IT, (THE CHURCH), SHOULD BE HOLY AND WITHOUT BLEMISH.” He goes on, (in verse 30), to say that, “we are members of his body.” Therefore, when I used that scripture, and stated that the church is the body of Christ, which He is washing with the water of His word, and will come for one day soon, this brother said, “But, Bro. Jackson, the prophet said the church would go through the tribulation, and only the bride would be raptured.” I thought to myself, you poor child, what did you hear?” I read until I found the two statements, I knew was there, then I showed them to the brother. First, the statement that the church will go through the tribulation, and only the bride will be raptured, and then, in another sermon, the statement where he said, “THAT CHURCH WILL BE RAPTURED.” I laid the two statements before the brother and said this, “When the prophet was speaking in respect to the first statement, he was speaking according to what the world calls, the church…But, in reality, those denominations are not the church at all, and the real church is made up of that group of people that the world looks upon as holy rollers, religious fanatics, not fit to be associated with. There is where you will find the true church, the body of Christ. That is where the second statement belongs. The church will be raptured, for she is the bride of Christ, but the denominational lodges will go through the tribulation. Out of that group will come the foolish virgins, spoken of in Matthew 25:1-13, and seen over in the 7th chapter of Revelation as that great multitude that had washed their robes, and made them white, in the blood of the Lamb. When? In the great tribulation. Revelation 7:9-14. We must remember that, Bro. William Branham, being the prophet to the age, and his ministry being to the world. God has to allow him to speak in such a way, as to catch the attention of all those who heard him. He cast out the large net, and drew in some of every kind, but if you have fished with a net like that, you know that there is always some that must be thrown back. After the catch is made, it is necessary to go through a sorting process. That is why we say, “the dual statements made by Bro. William Branham, serve the same purpose in the following of this message, as the winnowing fan did on the wheat threshing floor in days of old. Everything got pitched up, and only the grain, which was heavy, could withstand the wind and fall back on the threshing floor, free of the straw and husk. That is how these dual statements are working in his message delivered by the prophet. Many people are being heaved into the air, so to speak, and only those who are heavy with the word of God are able to withstand those winds and return to their sure foundation. The rest are blown away, too full of pride to even admit they are wrong, even when it becomes obvious.



Knowing that the teaching of the seventy weeks of Daniel’s prophecy concerning Israel, and the references made to it at other times by the prophet messenger, has become the greatest divider, or separator, among the people of this following, I would like now, to go back to that subject, and just briefly deal with the time element involved in the whole 70 weeks, or 490 years. Now, to familiarize you with the setting, let us read a few verses from the 9th chapter of Daniel. Daniel is in Babylon, in captivity, and he has become very burdened for his people, which are the children of Israel. They have been in dispersion for many years already, at the time Daniel becomes so burdened in prayer for them, that God sends an angel to talk to him. We will begin reading in the 21st verse, “Yea, while I was speaking in prayer, even the man Gabriel, whom I had seen in the vision at the beginning, being caused to fly swiftly, touched me about the time of the evening oblation. (22) And he informed me, and said, O Daniel, I am now come forth to give thee skill and understanding. (23) At the beginning of thy supplications the commandment came forth, and I am come to show thee: for thou art greatly beloved; therefore understand the matter, and consider the vision. (24) Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon the holy city, to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most Holy.” We note in verse 24, that there are six things mentions, that must be accomplished in those seventy weeks of God’s dealing with the children of Israel, each week being a seven year period, making a total of 490 years that God will actively deal with them to accomplish these things. The time did not start with the building of the temple, but with the building of the city, when Nehemiah was granted permission to go to the land of his fathers for the purpose of rebuilding the city itself. The first group that had returned under the decree of Cyrus, had only built the temple, but the city was still lying in waste. Therefore, most all of your historians will agree that the seventy weeks had their beginning in the year 445 B.C., when Nehemiah received permission from the king to go build the city.

We do not have the space to go into much detail at this time, but will just give you the key points to a proper understanding of this scripture. Let us now read verse 25, and you will see that the command to restore and to build Jerusalem is the starting point for the seventy weeks. “Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem, unto the Messiah, the Prince, shall be SEVEN WEEKS, and THREESCORE and TWO WEEKS: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times.” We can see a seven week period, which is seven weeks of years, totaling 49 years. That is the length of time that Nehemiah and his crew used in rebuilding the walls and the city. This was a time of great revival among those who were back in the land, but no sooner than the 49 years were completed, we find the prophet Malachi on the scene, rebuking Israel for her apostasy, and corruptness. Malachi was the last prophetic voice in Israel, until John the Baptist came out of the wilderness with, “THUS SAITH THE LORD.” The commonly agreed upon date of Malachi’s short prophecy is somewhere around 397-400 B.C. It was at a time when the revival first had gone out, and the priest’s were offering polluted bread upon the altar of God. They had drifted so far from God that they were offering the sick and lame animals to God, and acting as though they could see nothing wrong with it. This prophecy was squeezed in between the 7 week period, and the 62 week period of the first 69 weeks of Daniel’s 70 weeks. Then for almost 400 years, Israel was without a prophetic voice of God, until John arrived, preaching, “the kingdom of heaven is at hand.” Remember now, God only marks time against the 70 weeks, when He is dealing directly with Israel as a nation. Therefore, verse 25, of Daniel 9, is referring to a 69 week period of time that was to begin in 445 B.C., and run until the Messiah was cut off, as we will see in the next verse, with the exception of the short period of time that Malachi’s prophecy covered. This put approximately 2 years in between the 7 week period and the 62 week period which Israel was completely in apostasy. Now, pay attention to verse 26, “And AFTER THREE-SCORE AND TWO WEEKS, SHALL MESSIAH BE CUT OFF, (Now where is the one half week that so many of you talk about?”) BUT NOT FOR HIMSELF: and the people of the prince that shall come, shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined.” Please notice verse 27, when we read it, for it will furnish you with the key that can open your understanding to this great controversy. We read in verse 26, that the people of the prince that shall come, shall destroy the city. Now we know that the people who destroyed the city and the sanctuary, were Romans, led by Titus, in 70 A.D., therefore the prince that shall come, will be a Roman prince, and he, (verse 27), shall confirm the covenant with many for ONE WEEK. (Remember now, Jesus never did make a peace covenant with anyone for one week.) “AND IN THE MIDST OF THE WEEK, HE, (the Prince that is to come), SHALL CAUSE THE SACRIFICE AND THE OBLATION TO CEASE.”

If you have observed carefully as we read, you will have been convinced, by the scripture itself, that it does not say, that Jesus, the Messiah, was cut off in the middle of the week for a sacrifice for the people. It does truly say that after 62 weeks the Messiah will be cut off, and we all know that He was the perfect sacrifice for the sins of the whole world, and agree that He was not cut off for Himself, but for all of us. However, that does not give anyone the authority to change what the scriptures teach so clearly on the subject. Furthermore, when Jesus was crucified in A.D. 33, the sacrifice and oblation did not cease; they continued to offer up sacrifice until Titus and his Roman army, destroyed the city, around A.D. 70.

With that much for you to consider, I will now open Bro. William Branham’s teaching on this subject, and we will see if he did not teach it according to the scriptures, on August 6, 1961. I know some of you will say, “oh, but he changed that when he preached the seals in 1963.” I will have to say to you, as the apostle Paul did to the Galatians, when a man of God teaches a subject, and proves it by the scriptures, not even an angel from heaven has any authority to change it. Please do not be one of those who say, “I just do not see that it makes any difference whether there is a three and one half, or a full seven years left to the Jews.” It must be terribly important, for the Devil to fight it like he does. This one subject has broke more fellowship than any other that I can think of in this message. Now, from the Seventy Weeks of Daniel booklet, page 69, paragraph 113, I will read you what Bro. William Branham said about the prince that is to come. Bro. William Branham speaking, “Now, remember, when we get in the Seals, that antichrist rides right out over in those Seals. Daniel spoke of it here, the Prince that would come, He would be cut off, Jesus would, to make reconciliations for the people, But that prince that would stand up, that would cause the abomination to make desolation, that was Rome through Titus; and this time it’s a prince coming out of Rome, (Here he is actually combining two scriptures in one sentence, or maybe it would be more correctly stated if we just say, we know it was Titus with his Roman army that destroyed the city, to begin that period of time mentioned in the 26th verse, and leading into the 27th, but the abomination that maketh desolate, pertains to the time of the end, when another Roman prince is on the scene, the antichrist), that will do it. And he will be revealed in the last days, (now listen), making himself God, as the Holy Ghost warns us in II Thessalonians 2:7-12.”

We will leave that statement right there and go to page 80, paragraph 139, in the same booklet, to see what Bro. William Branham taught about the two prophets and who broke the covenant, in the middle of the week. “There will be two prophets like Elijah and Moses, who I think it is. And they will bring great curses, after they have seen that they have consolidated, and Rome has broke its covenant, (that Prince), in the middle of this SEVENTIETH WEEK. It will break its covenant with Rome, or Rome will break it with Israel, and that will cause the abomination to begin to scatter. And there will be a great flood, when the Gentile remnant, the sleeping virgins.” This is in reference to Revelation, chapter 12, but the statement was not completed. The part about the covenant being broken in the middle of the week is what we wanted to see there, so, now, let us go to page 81, paragraph 141. “And Rome will break it in the middle of the seventieth year, (he means week), three and one half years, he’ll break that covenant with them, and cause the abomination that maketh desolation to spread to the consummation. Then he will take both Protestant and Jew, and persecute them, and that time these two prophets will stand up and curse the earth that she will not rain in the days of their prophecy; They will call fire out of heaven and everything else. You just wait, We have got a lot laying here in store for us.” The two prophets will do that in the first half of the week, as Bro. William Branham establishes in another place which we will show later.

Let us go now to page 101, paragraph 61, “Now, now, let’s outline Daniel’s seventy of weeks. Now I might repeat here again: Ministers of the Gospel, if you disagree with this, all right. They are divided in three periods, as we find out in Daniel chapter 9 – three periods: First, a seven week period; then, a threescore and two week, which is sixty two weeks; and then a one week period. They are divided in three different periods.” Now go to paragraph 63, for a further clarification. “Now, we know by all the gospels that Paul taught, and the others, that God will return again to the Jews. Well then, if He is going to return again to the Jew, how can we apply it back in Daniel’s time? We have got to apply it in this late age, and it is after the Gentile church has been gone, cause He deals with Israel as a nation, and we are individuals.” We are using Bro. William Branham’s own teaching, hoping that some of you will care enough to sit down with your Bible and let the Holy Ghost reveal to you, the straight facts of these things. Go to page 124, paragraph 165, I might say, before reading this, we have passed over more references than we are actually using, but if you like, you may read them in the booklet printed by the Spoken Word Publications. Now, the words of Bro. William Branham, “And in the middle of this week, now here is the seventy. Now if these exactly was seven years, each one of the weeks, and we have already had sixty nine weeks, then, we have the Gentile age, and we know we are at the end of the Gentile age, then there is one more week left for the Jew. Is that right? And that is exactly seven years. If this was seven years, that is seven years, ‘cause he said, “There is seventy weeks determined upon thy people.’ So we know we get seven years for the Jews. Is that true?” We will go right on over to page 136, paragraph 215, “Watch these two prophets, when they raise up here. And in the middle of the week they are cut off like that.” Now this lets me know that in the original teaching on this subject, he knew the two prophets would minister in the first half of the week, smiting the earth with all manner of plagues, and curses, and so forth, and in the middle of the week, when they have finished their 3½ years of ministry, (1260 days), they would be cut off. On the next page, paragraph 221, “But these three prophets – these three and one half years rather, and that is Revelation 11;3 – you have read it many times – I give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and three score days. How many is it, a thousand two hundred and three score days? Three and one half years. And then they shall be killed in the streets, right in the midst of the seventieth week, So you see where we are at. We are at the end, my beloved friends, we are at the end.” I believe that will be enough from this book for you to see where the seventy weeks of Daniel have their fulfillment. We should be able to see that the seventy weeks definitely link up the sixth seal of Revelation, chapter 6, with Matthew, chapter 24, and Isaiah, chapter 13, which all lay in perfect continuity. However, when we go to the seal book and read those messages which were preached little more than a year and a half later, we are left with the impression that Bro. William Branham has now gone back to his former way of looking at the seventieth week. In other words we find him saying in the seal book, that half of the seventieth week has been fulfilled already, even after proving by the scriptures that there is still one full week left to the Jews.

I am not trying to cast a reflection on God’s prophet, but I am convinced that it is time for some of you to get your heads out of the sand, and face some issues while there is still time. For this reason, I ask you to bear with me while I read a little from the sixth seal. I am on page 420, in the third paragraph, “All right, notice these messengers now, (he is referring to the two prophets), these messengers of Revelation 12, (he really means Revelation 11), these two prophets, they are going to preach, ‘The Kingdom is at hand!’ The kingdom of heaven is to be set up. The time – last three and one half years of Daniel’s seventieth week promised to the Jews, His people. Remember now, that to prove that, that this is Daniel’s past part of the seventieth week….I got a question on that for tomorrow. Now, seventy weeks was promised, which was seven years. And in the midst of the seven weeks, (he means years), the Messiah was cut off to be made a sacrifice. (The scripture does not read anything like that. The scripture reads like this, ‘And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself.’ There is nothing about him being cut off in the midst of the week.) He would prophesy three and one half years, and then be cut off for a sacrifice for the people, and there is still a determination that three and one half years is still determined for Israel.” We will go right over to page 422, at the bottom of the page where we find him saying, “And while the tribulation is falling, in there comes these two prophets of Revelation 11, to preach the gospel to them. And they preach a thousand, one hundred, (he means two hundred), and threescore days. See? (Notice that he keeps emphasizing the two prophets appear in the last part of the week in this book, but in the other book he had them as it should be, that they were smiting the earth with all sorts of plagues in the first half, and were cut off in the middle of the week. Brothers and Sisters: the scriptures will bear witness with that version.) Well, that’s exactly, with thirty days in the month, like the real calendar has, is exactly three and one half years. That’s Daniel’s seventieth…last part of the seventieth week.” Brothers and Sisters: it takes a carnal mind, void of any kind of revelation, to read those statements that completely opposite from each other, and say, “I believe them both, or, I do not see any difference.” I have heard both statements, made by various ones, over the years, people like that would drive a mathematics teacher to a nervous breakdown. How foolish it is to say that 3½ is the same as 7, or even that it does not make any difference. You may be that careless with the word of God, but God is not. He watches over His word, to perform it, exactly, to the smallest detail.

I will say this and then close. Even though the seals were preached after the original 70 weeks of Daniel, the reference here in the sixth seal itself, about 3½ years, has no continuity at all with the revelation of the sixth seal. The sixth seal is exactly what it says there in the 6th chapter of Revelation. It is dealing with a time when the sun is darkened, and the moon becomes as blood, it coincides exactly with Matthew 24, and Isaiah 13. The prophets of old, spoke of a day when the sun would be darkened, and would withdraw its light, the powers of the heavens would be shaken, and so forth. That is the sixth seal, and you must remember that Christ comes to the earth, under the sixth seal, which is definitely at the end of the week, therefore, the two prophets must minister in the first half of the week, sealing the 144,000 Jews, and at the same time they will be smiting the earth with plagues, just like Bro. William Branham preached it in the original Seventy Weeks teaching. When the days of their ministry is fulfilled, that antichrist, the false prince, the son of perdition, will rise up, taking control of everything, kill the two prophets, and break the peace covenant that he had made with many. The two dead prophets will lie in the streets of Jerusalem for 3½ days, then they will be resurrected and caught up to God. This is all to take place in the middle of the week. At the exact same time the woman, (Israel), of Revelation 12, is fleeing the land to get away from the wrath of the beast. Now, I would invite you to explain to me, how the two prophets could possibly preach for three and one half years, (1260 days), sealing 144,000 with the spirit of God, over in the last half of the week, when the woman, (Israel), is out of the land hiding. I will say no more. I leave it now for the Holy Ghost to deal with those who are Holy Ghost filled. The rest could not receive spiritual revelation, anyhow, no matter how much we might try to feed them.

Brothers and Sisters: it is my sincere prayer that this message will be of some spiritual help to you. I do not enjoy pointing out these things, but the devil would like nothing better, than for me to keep quiet and let his crew work on the minds of people who do not know exactly what to believe. I do not try to be offensive, but there are times when being honest, and telling the truth, makes it seem so. I loved Bro. William Branham, and cherish the memory of former days when we fellowshipped together, but we can not let personal feelings prevent us from standing for a true revelation. I respected Bro. William Branham, as God’s prophet, and as the 7th church age messenger. I believe that he fulfilled the last part of Malachi 4:5-6, and I am convinced that he delivered to us a message that will put us all back in the Bible, when we understand what the message is. It will point us back to the faith of our apostolic fathers, and cause us to recognize, and appreciate, every true man of God in these last days.

As the apostle Paul said to the Romans, so say I to you in these last days, “Let love be without dissimulation. Abhor that which is evil: cleave to that which is good. Be kindly affectioned one to another with brotherly love; in honour preferring one another.” We are living in the last days, and Jesus is coming for a church without spot or wrinkle, one that has no blemishes. We must be washed by the word, and Jesus is the one who will do the washing. The spirit of Jesus Christ in His end time ministry will wash the church and get her ready to go, by keeping her bathed with His revelated word

The Apostle’s Office, Part 2 – 1977, October




Having entered into this message with the thought of developing it fully, showing first of all, what the apostle’s office is to the church, and calling attention to the various functions of that office, it becomes necessary to cover the many things that the office has had to deal with, since the day of Pentecost, when the New Testament church was born. You will notice that right in the early stages of the first church there arose a dispute among the people that caused the apostles to have to make a decision that they did not have any scripture for. You will find it in the 6th chapter of Acts, where there arose a murmuring of the Grecians against the Hebrews, because they felt that their widows were being neglected in the daily distribution. This was at a time when the numbers of the disciples had multiplied to the extent that it was just too much for the apostles to handle without some help. Up until this time, the disciples had been bringing the money that they received from the sale of their houses and land, and giving it to the apostles, for they were in charge of the daily distribution among the believers. Therefore, the twelve apostles called the multitude together and instructed them to select seven men from among them. Let them be men that are full of the Holy Ghost and wisdom, men to honest report, and we will appoint them over this business. For we must not leave the word of God, and prayer, in order to serve tables, said they. This was the apostles’ decision. They did not have scripture to tell them how to handle a situation like that. They became aware of a situation in the church that needed to be dealt with before it became more serious. It was because of this action on the part of the apostles, that caused deacons to begin to be recognized in the body of believers.

When there arose a dispute about the Gentiles that had believed and been filled with the Holy Ghost, it was up to the apostles to make the decision as to how the Gentiles should conduct themselves. They said, “we will not lay a heavy burden upon them, that will make the way too hard for them. Just tell them to keep away from idols, and from fornication, and things strangled, and blood.” This would be enough to put their new experience to the test, for this was the former way of life for these Gentiles. Their ways of worship were pagan; their gods were idols, and fornication was common among them. If their experience was not real, it would certainly show up through these avenues before very long. On the other hand, if they had been genuinely converted, there would be time, later, to teach them the more perfect way of life. We have the many epistles in the New Testament, that gives us the advantage of knowing what that further instruction was. But for now, we are just using these two accounts of the apostles, establishing believers, to call your attention to the fact that it was these apostles that actually became the fathers of Malachi 4:6, B-Part. It is the faith of these early church fathers, that the Elijah of Malachi 4:6, (second part), was to restore us back to, before the terrible day of the Lord comes. The great day of the Lord, in the first part of that verse, is referring to the first coming of the Lord Jesus Christ. We all know that John the Baptist was the forerunner of that coming. Likewise, most of you will receive this paper, will know already, that William Marrion Branham, of Jeffersonville, Indiana, was the Elijah of the other part of that verse. It was his ministry that was to turn the hearts of the children back to that of the Pentecostal fathers, (we say it like that because the church had its birth on the day of Pentecost), before the Lord comes in judgment. It is the faith of these fathers that I desire to speak to you about at this time. We want to see just what the faith of the fathers really was.

Now we believe that we are living in the closing days of God’s dealing with Gentile people. In other words, that which we refer to as the dispensation of grace to the Gentiles, is coming to a close. It behooves us, as Gentiles, to take stock of what God has done for us, as we are made aware of the things that are taking place in the religious world around us. I know that if it were not for what God did just a few short years ago, (to turn our attention to what He is doing in these last days), we would all be heading down the road to destruction. For we see now, that the church world is definitely going into apostasy. Revelation is dying out from them, all because they do not want truth anymore. They want just enough religion to cover their nakedness, (spiritually speaking), but in the eyes of God they are not covered. I hope you will excuse my illustration, but I believe God looks upon this world of religion, and sees them like a bunch of these night club strip tease performers. Creeds and rituals, will not cover a person’s nakedness before God. It takes a covering of His revelated word. It takes truth to lift a man out of his sinful condition. Religious creeds will not do it. True, christianity is a love relationship between man and God, based upon truth, and it seems that truth is not very popular in the world today.



Of course we realize, that because of much controversy, misunderstanding, and confusion, that is associated with this message of truth, we are looked upon, (by the religious world), as a cult, or a bunch of misfits. That is why I would like for us to take some time to examine ourselves in the light of what the Bible has to say. World conditions, should cause us to take inventory of what we have. We need to know, just what do we possess, and how does it measure up, in the light of what is going on in the world today? It is one thing for me to stand up here, and say, over and over again, that God sent a prophet to this age, but if He did, then let us find out why. For what purpose did he come? What effect should it have on you and I? Where will following his teaching lead you? You all know that is has never been my practice to preach to you, a man, except the man Christ Jesus. But, I will say this, I would ten times rather follow a man that has the love of God in his soul and some principles about him, than to follow one of these big organizations that, too much of the time, only use their members to build a greater empire.



Let us begin, now, to examine the scriptures, beginning here in Malachi. This short book deals with the prophecy of Malachi, the last prophet that the Jewish nation ever had in the Old Testament period. We go back about 2400 years to pick up his ministry. He came on the scene at the closing of the great revival that had been brought about by the building of the temple walls and the work that was led by Nehemiah and Ezra. As that revival closed, the children of Israel went into apostasy. Therefore, as Malachi picks up the pen to write, he starts with a rebuke to that nation. They had enjoyed this great revival, and the privilege of being able to offer sacrifice to God again, but now the flame had died down and it became a form, a ritual, whereby they were bringing the lame, and the halt, from among the animals, to offer upon the altar as a sacrifice to God, knowing full well, that through the law they were instructed to bring the best to God. In chapter 1, verses 6-8, we read, (6) “A son honoureth his father, and a servant his master: if I then be a father, where is mine honour? And if I be a master where is my fear? Saith the Lord of hosts unto you, O priests, that despise my name. And ye say, Wherein have we despised thy name? (7) Ye offer polluted bread upon my altar; and ye say, Wherein have we polluted thee? In that, ye say, the table of the Lord is contemptible.” That is just like some of these half naked, short haired women, and long haired men in our day who go through the form of worship to God, yet we know that according to the Bible, their ways are abominable to God, yet they were offering animals upon the altar of God that were blind, sick, and crippled, and had the nerve to say; just how have we polluted you, Jehovah? God said, (in verse 7), When you ask a question like that, you are declaring that the table of the Lord is contemptible, in that, you see nothing wrong with what you are doing.



It is the same in religion today. Those seminary graduates know that the Bible says it is abomination unto the Lord God, for a woman to wear that which pertaineth unto a man, also for a man to put on a woman’s garment, Deuteronomy 22:5. They know also that the Bible says women are not to teach, or to have authority over men, I Timothy 2:12, and they know that God destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah because of perversion, but do you think that makes any difference to them? They let all of this, right in their pulpits, and say, what is wrong with it? God wants us to enjoy our religion. They miss the whole concept of enjoyment, by their self willed ways of worship. That is where Cain missed the boat, right in the very beginning. He probably thought, what is wrong with all of these nice vegetables? God ought to be pleases that I have brought him so many of the best that I have raised this year. God was not looking for fruit and vegetables from anyone’s garden. He had no need for that. What He was looking for them, (and is still looking for today), was revelated obedience, from a heart that was genuinely sincere, and seeking that union with him.

Now, notice verse 8, (8) “And if ye offer the blind for sacrifice, is it not evil? And if he offer the lame and sick, is it not evil? (Why is it evil? It is because they are doing what they want to do, instead of what God told them to do.) Offer it now unto thy governor; will he be pleased with thee, or accept thy person? Saith the Lord of hosts.” Did you notice the test that He gave them? They were offering these sick and crippled animals to God, contrary to the law, and saying, “we don’t see anything wrong with it.” God said, “offer them to your governor, and see what he thinks about it, see if he will have respect for you, or be pleased with the gift.” The obvious conclusion is, that they expected a high and holy God to accept something that they would not even think of offering to one of the dignitaries among them.



Malachi continued the rebuke, and pleadings with them, on and on, until he came to chapter 4:5-6, where he said, (in the name of the Lord), (5) “Behold, I will send you Elijah, (Now Elijah is the name of a man, an old testament prophet), before the coming of the great and dreadful day of the Lord.” Notice here, GREAT. . .AND . . . DREADFUL, AND. . . is a conjunction word. Those two words are not related. They are not speaking of a time that would be great and dreadful both at the same time. Each word is referring to a particular period of time. We do not have the space to go into it fully, but let me call to your attention the time when Jesus returned to Nazareth, where He had been brought up, and as His custom was, He entered into the synagogue on the sabbath day, and stood up to read. (I am referring now to Luke 4:16-21) (17) “And there was delivered unto him the book of the prophet Isaiah, And when he had opened the book he found the place where it was written. (18) THE SPIRIT OF THE LORD IS UPON MEN, BECAUSE HE HATH ANOINTED ME TO PREACH THE GOSPEL TO THE POOR: HE HATH SENT ME TO HEAL THE BROKEN HEARTED, TO PREACH DELIVERANCE TO THE CAPTIVES, AND RECOVERING OF SIGHT TO THE BLIND, TO SET AT LIBERTY THEM THAT ARE BRUISED. (19) TO PREACH THE ACCEPTABLE YEAR OF THE LORD. (20) And he closed the book, and he gave it to the minister, and sat down. And the eyes of all them that were in the synagogue were fastened on him. (21) And he began to say unto them, THIS DAY IS THIS SCRIPTURE FULFILLED IN YOUR EARS.” I read all of those verses in order for you to catch the setting just as it was. Jesus was reading Isaiah 61:1-2, but please notice that He did not read all of verse 2, for the first half proclaims the acceptable year of the Lord, and the last half is speaking of the vengeance of the Lord. He had only come that first time to fulfill the part down to the middle of verse 2. He is coming back at the end of the week of Daniel to fulfill the vengeance part of that verse. Therefore, you can see, from this scripture passage, that some verses are spread out, (time wise), over many generations. You have the same conjunction word . . .AND. . . used here, that you find in Malachi 4:5-6. It connects the prophecy, but there is a great separation, (time wise) in the fulfillment of the two parts. Therefore, in Malachi 4:5, . . . GREAT . . . is one period of time, and . . . DREADFUL . . . is another period of time, yet it is all connected in the same prophecy.



I used to read verse 6, “and he, (Elijah) , shall turn the heart of the fathers to the children,” and think that there surely must have been a great generation gap in those days. Naturally, I was looking at it from the genetic standpoint, thinking that it was referring to natural fathers and their natural children. Of course, we really do have such a generation gap in our day, but this scripture is confined to the spiritual side, (spiritual fathers, and spiritual children). Elijah was first to turn the heart of the fathers to the children, (the spirit of Elijah in John the Baptist did that, before the great day of His coming, Matthew 11:14, Luke 1:17), Elijah was also to turn the heart of the children to their fathers. Now we have already established who these fathers were, (the apostles and leaders of that first church age), and we believe that the children are the true people of God in the age that we are living in. This was all to be accomplished before the Lord would come to smite the earth with a curse. We know that this prophecy has been hanging over the earth for almost two thousand years now, since John fulfilled the first part. The curse of God, (as referred to in this prophecy), is His wrath which will be poured out upon the unregenerate world in the very near future. Thank God for the Elijah Spirit in William Marrion Branham. His cry, for the people of God to come out from among the denominations and get back to the word of God, is having the effect of turning the heart of the children of God in this age, back to that of the apostolic fathers.

It was just as hard for the Judiastic leaders of that day to accept a message of truth, as it is for the clergy of today’s modern churches. Both groups have had their preconceived ideas, as to how certain scriptures were to be fulfilled, and when it didn’t happen like that, they rejected the whole thing and fought against it.

Nevertheless, truth has always tore up everything that God had not built, and our day is no exception. We are not teaching this to try to be different or arrogant, but strictly for the purpose of acquainting you with the fact of whether the word of God is worth the time that it takes to read it. We believe that a proper understanding and obedience to the word of God will spare a person much heartache in this life, and prepare that person to face God in eternity.

During the 400 years that followed the prophecy of Malachi, the priesthood in Israel developed many rituals, and perfected many theories, and ideas, in other words, schools of thought as to how this prophecy would be fulfilled. Some thought Elijah himself would return. They taught also, from Deuteronomy 18:15, 18, that God would raise up a prophet like Moses, and they talked of how the prophets of old, spoke of an anointed one that was to come, but not one of them knew how many of these scriptures would come into focus in their day. God never tells a people 40 or 50 years ahead of time just how to expect a thing that He is going to do. He expects them to receive it by faith when the time comes, and He Himself, through mercy and grace, gives the revelational insight for such a person to believe it.



When the time came for this Elijah prophecy to begin to be fulfilled, did God send Elijah, the prophet that was translated by a chariot of fire? Of course not. Let us read, (in the first chapter of Luke), the scripture that I mentioned earlier, where we will see how God set this fulfillment in motion. There was a priest named Zacharias, who, in the course of his duty as a priest in the temple, was approached by an angel of the Lord. When Zacharias saw him, he was troubled, and fear came upon him. But the angel said, (13) “Fear not Zacharias, for thy prayer is heard; and thy wife Elizabeth shall bear thee a son, and thou shall call his name John. (She had been barren, unable to have children.) (14) And thou shalt share joy and gladness; and many shall rejoice at his birth. (15) For he shall be great in the sight of the Lord, and shall drink neither wine nor strong drink; and he shall be filled with the Holy Ghost, even from his mother’s womb. (16) And many of the children of Israel shall he turn to the Lord their God.” Now who is going to do this? This boy baby that is to be called John, when he has grown up will have this kind of an effect on many people. Let us read verse 17, very carefully now, “and he shall go before him in the spirit and power of Elias, (that is another translation of the word Elijah), To turn the heart of the fathers to the children, (Now that is an exact quote from Malachi 4:6. That angel didn’t have to carry the scroll with him to read that. He knew what it said, but he also knew where to stop quoting that prophecy too, for the rest was for another time), and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just; to make ready a people prepared for the Lord.” It was not going to be Elijah, the prophet of old, and neither was it to be the spirit from that prophet, as some might say it at times. It was to be a man named John, who would have the same anointing from God upon him, as the prophet Elijah had. He would grow up and spend much time in the desert, away from all the religious laws and deeds of the scribes and Pharisees, but he was destined to play a great role in the lives of the people of Israel.



We have talked about the children, and the fathers, of the last part of Malachi’s prophecy, but who were the fathers that were to be turned to the children, in the first part? That would have to be the religious leaders of John’s day, dignitaries among the people. Men, brethren, and fathers, hearken, that is the terminology that Stephen used when he was brought before the council. First of all, they were men, and they were brethren because of their racial identity, and then they were fathers because of their religious and social rank. Father, is a social rank that is recognized by their followers, the people that are subject to their judgment and council. Now we want to see if this will bear out in the scriptures.



Turn in your Bibles to John 1:17, and let us begin to read here where John is already preaching. (17) “For the law was given by Moses, but grace and truth came by Jesus Christ. (18) No man hath seen God at any time; the only begotten Son, which is in the bosom of the Father, he hath declared him.” Let me say this to you who would think that this scripture proves, that there are more than one person in the Godhead, it does not. I thought, for many years, that there were three persons in the Godhead. That is what we were raised up to believe. There stood people, listening to John, that had heard the accounts of the many manifestations of Jehovah, as he talked to the prophets of old. Now John stands there in the river of Jordan and says that no man hath seen God at any time. Where did he get his information? Either he knew something that they didn’t know, or he was completely off course. Which was it? How could a thing like that be reconciled? For our benefit, in this day, we will have to sum it up like this, when we go to Hebrews, chapter 1, and read, how “God, (who is an object of worship), at sundry times, and in divers manners, spake in times past unto the fathers by the prophets.” In our language, that verse would read something like this, At various times, and in different ways, God spoke to the religious leaders through the prophets. Verse 2, “Hath in these last days spoken unto us by his Son, whom he hath appointed heir of all things, by whom he made the worlds.” What can we say of John in order to confirm him a true witness in the light of what we know from the word of God? When John said that no man had seen God at any time, he simply meant that no man had seen God in His eternal form, what they had seen was a temporary manifestation of some form that God used in order to communicate with them. Jesus backed up John’s revelation when he said, “God is a spirit: and they that worship him must worship him in spirit and in truth,” John 4:24. He fills the universe, but he is a spirit, and you cannot see a spirit. We read in Colossians 1:19, “For it pleased the Father that in him should all fulness dwell.” In who? In the Lord Jesus Christ. Notice, verse 9, of chapter 2, still speaking of Jesus, “For in him, (Jesus) dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily.” We are talking about the faith of the fathers now. This is part of what they believed. They did not believe in a blessed holy trinity that we hear so much about today. They knew that God was one. They knew that this man Jesus was the only human flesh that God, (who is an invisible spirit), had ever chosen to manifest himself through fully. It was because of their revelation on how God, (the invisible spirit), spoke the creative word that planted that baby in the virgin womb of Mary, that caused John the apostle to write, “That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with out eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the Word of life; For the life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and show unto you that eternal life, which was with the father, and was manifested unto us.”



Most of the old time Christians of our age, believed in the virgin birth, but very few of them had a genuine understanding of the process involved. That is why the great majority of them continued to believe in a trinity, (three persons in the godhead), but the early church fathers knew exactly what God had done there. By His spoken word, He had created a male blood cell, (or sperm), and by the same process, He created the female egg, and joined them together in the young virgin woman named Mary, who was engaged to Joseph. The woman’s body performed the normal function for the next nine months, at which time, there was a baby boy born unto her and her husband Joseph. He was the Son of God, for God had created the egg and the sperm by His spoken word. You may say, “Bro. Jackson; where do you read that in the Bible?” It is right in the first chapter of the New Testament, verses 18-20, (18) “Now the birth of Jesus Christ was on this wise; when as his mother Mary was espoused to Joseph, before they came together, SHE WAS FOUND WITH CHILD OF THE HOLY GHOST. (Of WHO, THE HOLY GHOST? But I thought God the Father was the daddy of Jesus. That is the way some people talk, you know, but let us read the next two verses). (19) Then Joseph her husband (they were in a marriage agreement, but were not yet living as husband and wife), being a just man, and not willing to make her a public example, was minded to put her away privately. (20) But while he thought on these things, behold, the angel of the Lord appeared unto him in a dream, saying, Joseph, thou Son of David, fear not to take unto thee Mary thy wife: FOR THAT WHICH IS CONCEIVED IN HER IS OF THE HOLY GHOST.” Now saints, think on that verse. It says that the HOLY GHOST is the FATHER of Jesus. Where would that leave a trinity teaching? It is no wonder they will tell you that they can not explain it. There is no way to get three persons out of it. This is the body, though, that God, the great, sovereign, omnipresent, eternal spirit who created all things, chose to manifest himself through, and in, among mankind. John said, no man has seen God at any time, but God chose to manifest His invisible life, His invisible attributes, in a human form, so that man could touch Him, and talk with Him, and see Him. They could walk with Him, and eat with Him, and now the apostle John could say, “we have touched Him, and our eyes have beheld Him.” Does that mean that God has emptied the universe of Himself? No, that omnipresent spirit is always filling the universe. It simply means that God had channeled Himself into a vessel of clay for a specific purpose. Now we can see why John said, “the only begotten Son, which is in the bosom of the Father, hath declared Him. That word, declared, means manifested or revealed the Father. He put the Father on display and demonstrated Him, so that in His Son, who is referred to as Jesus the Christ, God, Jehovah, is made manifest. He is put on display. Did you catch that thought? That is why Jesus said to them just before His betrayal and crucifixion, when Phillip said, Lord, show us the Father and it will sufficeth us, “HAVE I BEEN SO LONG TIME WITH YOU, AND YET HAST THOU NOT KNOWN ME, PHILLIP? HE THAT HATH SEEN ME HATH SEEN THE FATHER, AND HOW SAYEST THOU THEN, SHOW US THE FATHER?” Jesus had the Father on display, and they had not yet recognized it.



Let us continue on now, reading John 1:19, “And this is the record of John, when the Jews sent priests and Levites from Jerusalem.” (Now there is your FATHERS of that day, the fathers that Elijah came to.) These church fathers came to ask John some questions. Who are you, was the first one. John said, “I am not the Christ.” What then? Are you Elias, (Or Elijah?) John said, “I am not,” You might say, isn’t that a contradiction? No. They were asking if he were the man Elijah? (That is what they were expecting). Are you that prophet? (They were really getting desperate. There was something going on, down there at the river, and they had been sent to find out what it was, but they were not making any headway), No, he was not that prophet, like Moses, that was to come either. Well, just who are you then? We have got to give an answer to those that sent us. Tell us something about yourself. In other words, they probably sounded something like this, there are people running all through the streets of Jerusalem, talking about being baptized by you, and how their lives have changed. They are saying that you are a man with a special message. Who are you, and what is that message? John answered, “I AM THE VOICE OF ONE CRYING IN THE WILDERNESS, MAKE STRAIGHT THE WAY OF THE LORD, AS SAID THE PROPHET ESAIAS,” (or Isaiah, chapter 40:3). That was John’s credentials. The prophet Isaiah had prophesied that he would come, and for what purpose? To prepare a people for the Lord to come to.

The people of that day were hearing an unusual man, with an unusual message. It was a message of repentance, and the Bible says they went out to him from Jerusalem, and all Judaea, and all the region round about Jordan, and were baptized of him in Jordan, confessing their sins. This created quite an uproar among the hierarchy, and that is when they sent some of their local pastors to check on the situation. It has been the same way here in our day. In the headquarters of every major denomination today, there are those that were made aware of the fact that an unusual man came on the scene a few years ago that affected the people just like John did when he came two thousand years ago. These religious heads, know all about Billy Graham and Oral Roberts in our day, but no one has ever said that either one of these men had a special message for the people of this age. However, when the name of William Marrion Branham was mentioned, in their midst, they all started clearing their throats, and begin to say, “What are we going to do about this man’s teaching? This thing is affecting our people. They are no longer satisfied with the program of the church.” That is exactly what his message was supposed to do; cause some people to hunger for spiritual food that could not be obtained through their church programs. When they would get hungry enough to come out of that system that they were in, God would satisfy their hunger.



The ministry of John and that of Bro. William Branham, was basically the same. They were both ordained to turn the attention of the people of their particular age, to the fact that God was ready to move on the scene in a different way. That Elijah anointing, has always been, A GOD IDENTIFYING ANOINTING.

When the prophet Elijah was still on earth, in the days of old, he gathered the people to him one day, and said, “HOW LONG, HALT YE, BETWEEN TWO OPINIONS? IF THE LORD BE GOD, FOLLOW HIM: BUT IF BAAL, THEN FOLLOW HIM.” That is when he challenged the prophets of Baal to produce evidence that their God was worth following. They built an altar, and laid their sacrifices thereon, agreeing that the God that would answer by fire, to consume the sacrifices, would be the true God. You know the story, the prophets of Baal screamed and chanted all day long, cutting themselves with knives, according to their usual practice, so that blood gushed out of them, but there was no answer from their god. Elijah waited until it was time for the offering of the evening sacrifice, then, in order to really prove the reality of his God, he had the people to thoroughly soak his altar with barrels of water then he stepped up and called upon the Lord God of Abraham, Isaac, and Israel. God heard his prayer and answered by fire to consume his sacrifice, at which time, the people fell upon their faces confessing the true God. Elijah came there for one purpose that day, that being to identify the true and living God for the benefit of the people that earnestly wanted to know.

John fulfilled that same office. It was his purpose to identify God to the people. He did not have any stories to tell that would exalt himself, instead, he continually reminded the people that they should watch for the one that was to come after him. Let us pick up his ministry in the third chapter of Luke, verse 3, “And he came into all the country about Jordan preaching the baptism of repentance for the remission of sins: as it is written in the book of the words of Esaias the prophet saying, the voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make his paths straight.” I can just see John, anywhere he found a good water hole, where people passed by, that is where he would stop to preach. He did not take up time pulling for a large offering, there was no pledge cards to sign, and neither did he tell them to go to the church of their choice. From that time on, they were to watch for the one who would baptize them with the Holy Ghost and fire. We will continue reading, verse 5, “Every valley shall be filled, and every mountain and hill shall be brought low,” (Now that does not have a geographical application, all of those valleys, mountains, and hills remained the same. This was prophetic terminology. Why would this prophet use such language as this? He got their attention with statements like that, and the application belongs to the people. Hills, is speaking of the people of the upper class, the sophisticated, and the term, valleys, is speaking of the down and out class of people, those who are looked upon as no good, misfits, for this man’s life was destined to affect all categories of people.) “And the crooked shall be made straight, and the rough ways shall be made smooth.” (This has a spiritual application in the straightening out of the lives of people. In other words, the hardened criminals, the publicans, and sinners, would be lifted up to a level of life, where they would be equal with those from the upper class that had been humbled and brought low. The straightening out and smoothing is all to be applied to the lives of people.) (6) “And all flesh shall see the salvation of God.” (Yes, that is because they were to witness Jesus, manifesting Jehovah God in their midst.) (7) “Then said he to the multitude that came forth to be baptized of him, O generation of vipers, who has warned you to flee from the wrath to come?” This multitude here could be typical of denominational church people in our day. These, no doubt, had heard, from others, that there was a man down there at the Jordan preaching. Some probably said, once you hear him preach a complete sermon, you can not help but be baptized. Naturally, the multitudes will always gather where there is something exciting taking place. Some will even participate in the activity as they are moved with the crowd. Some of them thought he was making a fool of himself, while others were genuinely getting their lives changed. That is the same condition that we have today. There are those who think they can believe this end time message, and still be a Baptist, or a Methodist, or what have you. That will not work. The very essence of the message is, “COME OUT OF HER MY PEOPLE.” You just can not accept the message and stay in your old denomination. The reality of the message presents you with a choice, will I believe this or will I hold to what I have?



John looked at that crowd of people, and by the spirit, he saw right through each one of them. He said, “You generation of vipers, bring forth fruits worthy of repentance, and don’t bother to say within yourselves, We have Abraham to our father,” (or I’m a Baptist, I’m a Presbyterian, I’m a Lutheran, or I am from the Church of Christ, you sure can’t tell me anything.) John said, “God is able of these stones to raise up children unto Abraham. And now also the axe is laid unto the root of the trees: every tree therefore which bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire.” Let us just make the application right where we live today. The time has come for God to lay the gospel axe at the root of every life, therefore, if the life you live does not bear the fruits of truth, or reality, of true revelation, God is on the scene to cut your tree down. I am sure you realize by now that we are not talking about the trees that grow up out of the ground. We are talking about the tree of human life, and the type of fruit that your personal life is bearing. The fruit of a creed, or ritual is not good enough for God. He is looking for the fruit that comes forth from the inner man that sees truth. It will be a life that demonstrates truth, by the way that truth is lived. There are a lot of people who are able to say the right things, in the right places, so that they are not readily detected by man, but God is looking at the life also, and He sees it as it is. He is the one who will lay the axe at the root and cut the tree down. That is not our responsibility.

John had one group there that had truly repented, and desired to know what kind of a life they were supposed to live from then on. They asked him, “What shall we do then?” That is the exact question that was put to the apostles on the day of Pentecost, (Acts 2:37). The questions were the same, but the answers were different. The apostles answered the people who asked them that question by saying, (38) “Repent, and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost. (39) For the promise is unto you, and to your children, and to all that are afar off, even as many as the Lord our God shall call.” John’s answer was a little different, but those who obeyed were found to be in harmony with God, because of their obedience. John said, “If you have two coats, give one of them to someone that does not have one. If you have food, share it with someone less fortunate.” When the tax collectors repented and asked for instruction, he told them not to collect any more from the people than that which they were entitled to collect. He told the soldiers to “Do violence to no man, neither accuse anyone falsely: and be content with your wages.” John was prescribing a way of life for those who had truly repented and been baptized, that if followed, it would produce fruit that would be acceptable to God. He could not say, (like the apostles), believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, for Jesus had not yet appeared on the scene, but he did say, (when the people began to muse in their hearts, as to whether he were the Christ), “I indeed baptize you with water; but one mightier than I cometh, the latchet of whose shoes I am not worthy to unloose: he shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost and with fire: Whose fan is in his hand, and he will thoroughly purge his floor, and will gather the wheat into his garner; but the chaff he will burn with fire unquenchable.” Here was a servant of God that was not going to take any credit that was not due him. He perceived what the people were thinking, and before they could go too far with their thoughts; he headed then off. He said, “what I have done is scriptural, but don’t get your eyes upon me, for the one that I am representing is so much greater than I, that I will not feel worthy to even remove his shoes for him when he comes.” I suppose every man that has ever been used by God has had a group of followers that could not see past him, to see the God that he was representing. That is why we have so many denominations in the ranks of professing Christianity. The true man of God will not allow a thing like that while he is living, but after his departure, it is out of his hands, that is when these various groups built their denominational fences.

One thing we can say for sure, when John had finished his ministry, he had laid the mountains and hills low, and raised the valleys, so that all were now on the same plane. We could not, by any stretch of the imagination, say that all of the fathers of John’s day were converted, but we will say that every one of them had their opportunity to know what was happening down by the river.



Nicodemus was one of the rulers of the Jews, (a Pharisee), he came sneaking in one night to get an interview with Jesus. We can say that he was one of the fathers that was turned to the gospel that the children were receiving. He could not take the chance of coming to see Jesus during the day, for he had not yet determined to make an open stand for this new way of life. If he was expecting some special consideration because of his rank, he surely got the wind taken out of him, for after he had said, “Rabbi, we know that thou art a teacher come from God; for no man can do these miracles that thou does, except God be with him.” Jesus said to him, (John 3) (3) “Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born again, he cannot see the kingdom of God.” Nicodemus responded, as any natural man without revelation would. He thought of this new birth that Jesus mentioned from the standpoint of the natural birth. Jesus said, further, in response to the statement that Nicodemus had made about entering the second time into his mother’s womb to be born again, (5) “Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born of water and of the spirit, he cannot enter into the kingdom of God. (6) That which is born of the flesh is flesh; and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit. (7) Marvel not that I said unto you, ye must be born again.” Jesus went on to tell him the wind blows where it will, you can hear the sound of it, but you cannot tell where it came from and where it is going, so is every one that is born of the spirit. Nicodemus answered Jesus by saying, (9) “How can these things be?” Jesus answered him by saying, (10) “Art thou a master of Israel, and knowest not these things” This man, Nicodemus, was an educated man, a high ranking member of the fathers of Israel. He probably knew everything there was to know about the law. No doubt, he could quote every word of Isaiah 61, also Malachi 3:1, and 4:5-6, but he did not have revelation of what was taking place to fulfill these scriptures. His very own words proved that he did not know anymore about what was taking place than the publicans and harlots, and the average person on the streets of Jerusalem. Can you not see, this mountain being brought low. If he accepted His invitation to the new birth, it put him on the same level as all the other folks that accepted the preaching of John and Jesus. We have evidence that Nicodemus did humble himself and believe the gospel, for it was he, who helped Joseph of Arimathaea wrap Jesus for burring after his crucifixion.



While Jesus was talking to Nicodemus, He took the occasion to preach a little sermon to him that has provided a text for just about every preacher on the face of the earth. We have all heard John 3:16 every since we were old enough to listen to Bible stories. What I want you to see here now is this, a little while later, Jesus and His disciples were baptizing in a location close to where John chose to baptize. Let us read a little of that, we are still in John, chapter 3:22-30, (22) “After these things came Jesus and his disciples into the land of Judaea: and there he tarried with them and baptizes. (23) And John also was baptizing in Aenon near Salim, because there was much water there: (let those who believe in sprinkling as a form of baptism explain that statement. John was baptizing there because of much water). and they came and were baptized. (24) For John was not yet cast into prison. (25) Then there arose a question between some of John’s disciples and the Jews about purifying. (26) And they came unto John and said unto him, Rabbi, he that was with thee beyond Jordan, to whom thou bearest witness, behold, the same baptizeth, and all men come to him. (27) John answered and said, a man can receive nothing, except it be given him from heaven. (28) Ye yourselves bear me witness, that I said, I am not the Christ, but that I AM SENT BEFORE HIM. (29) He that hath the bride is the bridegroom: but the friend of the bridegroom, which standeth and heareth him, rejoiceth greatly because of the bridegroom’s voice: THIS MY JOY THEREFORE IS FULFILLED. (30) HE MUST INCREASE, BUT I MUST DECREASE.” This was what John had been waiting to hear. He said, “Now my joy is fulfilled.” That joy was in John’s soul. He was not jumping up and down, shouting, hallelujah! Glory to God! Even though a lot of people interpret joy in that way, John probably just had a big smile come across his face, as he watched his disciples begin to leave him and follow Jesus. The forerunner did not want the honor and attention that belonged to the one he came to announce.

From the time John’s disciples begin to follow Jesus, we start picking up other accounts as the lives of these various disciples began to be affected. Those disciples that followed Jesus were the children from the ranks of people that came to John’s baptism. Can you see that? Not one of those that followed Jesus were of the father category. They were all to be considered the children. They were fishermen, tax collectors, people from every common walk of life, but God had ordained that they should see His salvation. Remember, now Malachi prophesied that this man, (John), would turn the hearts of the fathers to the children, but that only meant their attention, their spiritual gaze, would be turned upon, or unto, what God was doing through that man who came in the spirit and power of Elijah. From that group of children came select men such as Peter, James, John, Matthew and on and on, who were destined to become the fathers of the faith that we are to be turned back to in these last days. After they were baptized, they followed Jesus day in and day out, observing all that was done and said by Jesus. They knew everything that had taken place among them since the day they had come to John’s baptism, even though, (at the time), they did not understand it all. This can be proved by looking at Acts 1:20-26, and Luke 24:44-49. First, we will pick up on what the apostle Peter was saying about Judas betraying Jesus according to that which David the king had prophesied. We will pick it up in verse 20, of Acts chapter 1, (20) “For it is written in the book of Psalms, Let his habitation be desolate, and let no man dwell therein: and his bishoprick, let another take, (21) WHEREFORE OF THESE MEN WHICH HAVE COMPANIED WITH US ALL THE TIME THAT THE LORD JESUS WENT IN AND OUT AMONG US, (22) BEGINNING FROM THE BAPTISM OF JOHN, UNTO THAT SAME DAY THAT HE WAS TAKEN UP FROM US, MUST ONE BE ORDAINED TO BE A WITNESS WITH US OF HIS RESURRECTION. (23) And they appointed two, Joseph, called Barsabas, who was surnamed Justus, and Matthias. (24) And they prayed, and said, Thou, Lord, which knowest the hearts of all men, shew whether of these two thou has chosen, (25) That he may take part of this ministry and apostleship, from which Judas by transgression fell, that he might go to his own place, (26) And they gave forth their lots; and the lot fell upon Matthais; and he was numbered with the eleven apostles.” From this portion of scripture we see that the eleven remaining apostles were looking for a man to take the place of Judas. He had to be a man that could give a true witness. They chose one of the men that had been with them ever since they were baptized by John. These men had been present to witness the miracles that were wrought by Jesus. They had also been present at the private teaching sessions Jesus held for his close disciples. They had seen with their eyes, and they had heard with their ears, then, just before Jesus ascended into heaven, He opened their understanding, that they might understand the scriptures.



Before reading those verses in Luke, let me say this, when Jesus was crucified, every last one of those disciples had their doubts. They had such hopes, and now it seemed that they were all in vain. I am thinking of the two disciples which were on the road to Emmaus, when Jesus walked beside them, after His resurrection. Jesus asked them, why are you so sad? They said, Even a stranger in Jerusalem ought to know what has taken place there in the past few days. We had such high hopes that this Jesus of Nazareth would be the one that would redeem Israel, since He was such a mighty prophet in word and deed before God. But now the chief priests and rulers have delivered Him to be condemned to death, and have crucified Him, and besides that, this is the third day since He was crucified, and some of the women are saying that they saw an angel which told them that He was alive. It is true He is not in the tomb, said they, in such a defeated tone. (It happened just as it was written in the prophets, “I will smite the shepherd, and the sheep will be scattered abroad.” They had scattered every which way, but Jesus took this occasion to teach those two disciples a Bible lesson.) He said, Luke 24, (25) “O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken: (26) Ought not Christ to have suffered these things and to enter into his glory? (27) And beginning at Moses all the prophets, he expounded unto them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself.” By the time the evening had ended, Jesus had confirmed to those disciples that He was the one that had been crucified, and that He was alive. Now when those two became convinced, themselves, they made haste to find the eleven apostles to tell them; at which time Jesus appeared in their midst showing his scars to convince them of who He was. Then he upbraided the eleven for their hardness of heart and unbelief in failing to believe the report of the two. Afterwards, He taught them from the scriptures and OPENED THEIR UNDERSTANDING THAT THEY MIGHT UNDERSTAND THE SCRIPTURES, and gave them a commission. We can read that in Luke 24:44-49, (44) “And he said unto them, These are the words which I spake unto you, while I was yet with you, that all things must be fulfilled, which were written in the law of Moses, and in the prophets, and in the Psalms, concerning me. (45) Then opened he their understanding, that they might understand the scriptures, (This was the great unveiling for those apostles that had laid up the things that they had heard in their hearts. Now they understood for the first time.) (46) And said unto them, Thus it is written, and thus it behooved Christ to suffer, and to rise from the dead the third day: (Here is the commission), (47) And that REPENTANCE AND REMISSION OF SINS, (water baptism), SHOULD BE PREACHED IN HIS NAME AMONG ALL NATIONS, beginning at Jerusalem. (48) And YE are witnesses of these things. (49) AND BEHOLD, I SEND THE PROMISE OF MY FATHER UPON YOU: BUT TARRY YE IN THE CITY OF JERUSALEM, UNTIL YE BE ENDUED WITH POWER FROM ON HIGH.” After speaking those words to them, He began to rise from the ground, and was carried into the heavens.

No doubt the disciples were thinking as they stood there with tears streaming down their faces, oh, No! Not again! For at this time two men appeared in white apparel, and said, Acts 1, (11) “Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? This same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen him go into heaven.” After that they returned to Jerusalem, and went into the upper room and were assembled with the apostles. It was at this time that they chose Matthais to take the place of apostleship with the eleven.



Jesus left from the Mount of Olives, and according to Zechariah, He will return to the Mount of Olives. Those disciples had a commission ringing in their ears as they assembled back in the upper room where they had eaten the last supper with Jesus. He had instructed them to wait unto they received power from on high. He didn’t tell them to wait 10 days, and the Bible doesn’t say they waited 10 days, but we know the feats of Pentecost came on the 50th day after the offering of the first fruits of the harvest. Jesus was on earth 40 days before He ascended. Therefore, when the day of Pentecost came, 10 days later, there were only about 120 disciples waiting in the upper room of all the multitudes that had been affected by the ministry of John, and that had followed Jesus, hearing the good news. Think of that! Only 120 out of all those people, a crowd can really get thinned down when the excitement dies down. You would think that out of all the multitude of those that had been fed and healed by Jesus, there surely would have been more than 120 who would do as He instructed them to do, but the day of Pentecost came and found only those few waiting for the promise of the Father. The Holy Ghost descended, filled the house, and sounded like a rushing mighty wind to those who were waiting. Licks of fire sat upon each of them as they were filled with the Holy Ghost. Then they began to reel and rock like drunk people as they began to speak in other dialects, or other languages. This thing that was taking place among them got to building up with such force that they could no longer sit up there in that room. You know the Holy Ghost can get in a person and get them so built up that they can not sit still. While this was taking place in the upper room, the streets of Jerusalem were filled with orthodox, devout, Jews, who were getting ready to celebrate the feast of Pentecost, (a natural thing). They were gathering together, with all their food and paraphernalia, for the festivity. People were going to the temple with their large loaves of bread to offer it as a sacrifice. The streets were really humming with activity as the people tried to get everything done and ready themselves for the big feast. Little did the Jewish nation, the church of that day, realize what was taking place in the upper room. They were getting ready to celebrate in the natural, something that spiritually was taking place among the 120 that were gathered in the upper room. There were 120 getting the benefits of what that feast had been pointing to all this time. The scene changed when all of a sudden, from that upper room, came this 120 Galileans down the stairs speaking in other languages, something other than their natural Galilean dialect. They didn’t know what was happening to them. It never had happened before. There they were, walking up and down the streets speaking in other tongues, some speaking one language, while the others were speaking in different languages, so that all of those present from different parts of the world were able to hear some of them speaking in the language of their home dialect. Now let me say this, you do not have to stagger, and act like a drunk person every time the Holy Ghost moves upon you. You can have the Holy Ghost and be full of the new wine, and you still do not have to stagger up and down Main Street every time you go out.



As I have said before, a manifestation of the Holy Ghost always has a purpose. I believe those people were literally staggering like drunk people, but that was to attract attention, and that it did, for some began to say, “Behold, are not all of these Galileans? Yet we hear them speaking in our own tongue, wherein we were born, the wonderful works of God. They were all amazed, and said one to another, what meaneth this?” That is when the home town bunch of critics chimed in and began to say, mockingly. These men are full of new wine. The apostle Peter heard that, and he, having the keys that would unlock this dispensation of grace, drew his sword again, but this time it was not to cut off a natural ear. It was a gospel sword, and he used it to beat a bunch of ears into a pulp. He stood up and said, Acts 2, (15) “Now hear this, these are not drunk as you suppose,” He was slapping them up one side and down the other with that gospel sword. It wasn’t the devout Jews he was after, it was that bunch of home critics that had rejected John and Jesus. I can just see them, when he got through with them hang their heads down and leave the area. By the time they were out of hearing distance, Peter’s sermon was over, but 3,000 Orthodox Jews, which had been standing there, were pricked in their hearts by the things they had heard. They were devout, orthodox, and believed in heeding the strictest way of the law, but they had received a revelation from that sermon, and cried out, “Men and brethren, What shall we do?” I know I have gone over this, time and time again, but I want you to see that these men who are asked that question, are the children from the group of people whose lives were affected by that Elijah spirit just a few short months before that. Can you accept that? Now it has come time for these men to speak, they are to give account of something. The question is asked, “what must we do?” John is no longer around; neither is Jesus. Therefore, the obligation falls upon these men to answer the question. Now, just as these men were the children of someone, in one sense of the word, they became the fathers to others, in another sense of the word. For, the very things that Peter began to speak, became the teachings of my father, and I do not mean my genetic father either. As Peter stood up to speak that day, he had no revelation that what he was saying to these men, which were Jews, would pass right on over to the Gentiles, in time, and that, for generations of time after that, God would use those same words to call Gentile people into His glorious plan of salvation.



As the weeks and months passed by, God got hold of another Jew. This one had sat on the Sanhedrin Council, the high court among the Jews. He was a Judiastic church father, who was one of the conscientious persecutors of the first Christians, before Jesus confronted him on the road to Damascus. We were talking about him earlier, his name was Saul. After God dealt with him there on the road to Damascus, and raised him up he schooled him for three years, out in the Arabian desert. From that time on, his revelation of scriptures was the same as the other apostles. He became the apostle to the Gentiles, an apostle who was the messenger to the first church age. He stands out as the one who held the line on the word of God in that first church age. Everywhere he went, he preached water baptism just like Peter, he preached the Godhead the same way, the same baptism of the Holy Ghost, and the same holy way of life. If Peter taught sanctification, so did Paul, justification by faith, eternal security, and on and on. All you need do is read the epistles that Paul wrote to the different churches and individuals. He even spoke these words in his second epistle to Timothy, chapter 2, verse 8, “Remember that Jesus Christ of the seed of David was raised from the dead, according to MY GOSPEL.” We see, from that statement, as well as the one he made to the Galatians in chapter 1, verse 8, where he said, “But though we, or an angel from heaven, preach any other gospel unto you than that which we have preached unto you, LET HIM BE ACCURSED.” That he was absolutely certain that what he preached was the unadulterated word of God. That did not mean that he, and the other apostles, went around quoting the statements that Jesus made during His ministry. It simply means that they received a true revelation of what Jesus taught, and later they taught that same revelation, but in their own words. It is only because people do not have a revelation themselves, that they feel they must quote the exact words of someone else. God is not pleased with copycats, vocal repetitionists, that will only say something exactly like someone else has said it. Jesus never even prayed like that, when He prayed for His disciples, in the 17th chapter of John. He prayed that the Father would keep, through His own name, those whom He had given Him, that they might be one, as He and the Father are one. Then in verse 20 he said, “Neither pray I for these alone, but FOR THEM ALSO WHICH SHALL BELIEVE ON ME THROUGH . . . THEIR . . . WORD.” That prayer was to reach to the end of the age. Jesus has prayed for every believer in every church age. That ought to furnish encouragement to those who would feel low in spirit from time to time. Jesus told Peter that Satan would desire to have him, to sift him as wheat, but said Jesus, “I have prayed for thee that thy faith fail not.” It is comforting to know that Jesus has already prayed for us.



It was the words of the apostles that established the churches. It was not the words of Jesus that the early church had quoted to them that established their doctrine. It was the revelation of Jesus Christ, taught in the words of the apostles. Listen to what Peter’s answers would have sounded like, on the day of Pentecost, if he had been confined to quoting Jesus, saying it just like Jesus said it, as some preachers are doing today concerning Bro. William Branham’s message to this age. Here is what it would have sounded like, “MEN AND BRETHREN, WHAT SHALL WE DO? WELL, JESUS SAID, YOU WOULD NEED TO BE BAPTIZED IN THE NAME OF THE FATHER AND OF THE SON, AND OF THE HOLY GHOST. JESUS SAID THAT YOU SHOULD OBSERVE ALL THINGS THAT HE HAD COMMANDED US TO OBSERVE.” Can you begin to see what I am getting at? Brothers and Sisters: you know it was not supposed to be like that. That is why, each man, regardless of whether he was an apostle, or an evangelist, or a New Testament prophet, took what Jesus had said and broke it down in his own words, using his own vocabulary, to convey the revelation to the people. That kept the gospel alive. I can see Jesus Christ living in those disciples, in those Christians, in that early church. When those people stood up to give a testimony, it was something that had just happened. They could give a fresh testimony every day.

We read in the fifth chapter of Acts, how the people brought the sick folks into the streets and laid them on beds and couches, hoping that at least the shadow of the apostle Peter passing by, might overshadow some of them. There came also, multitudes out of the cities round about, bringing the sick folks and them that were vexed with unclean spirits, and they were all healed. We are talking about a live ministry, in the midst of a people with a living faith.

Jesus had said to His disciples, John 15, (3) “Now ye are clean through the word which I have spoken unto you. (4) Abide in me, and I in you, as the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine; not more can ye, except ye abide in me. (5) I am the vine, ye are the branches; He that abideth in me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit; for without me ye can do nothing.” It is easy to see why some of these preachers can not do anything except quote someone else. They have not been abiding in the vine. The one who said, “WITHOUT ME YE CAN DO NOTHING,” was none other than the WORD OF GOD. (The word which was made flesh, John 1:14). It is time for those that have a genuine call of God upon their lives to get back to the Bible. That is why God sent the Elijah spirit to this age. He was to put us back in the old, time tested, black book, (THE BIBLE). We are living in a time when many people are making the gospel of the Lord Jesus Christ so complicated and hard to reach, that a person would have to be among the upper class in order to be in the bride. By that I mean, according to the teaching of some who profess to be followers of Bro. William Branham, a person would have to move to Israel, or one of a half dozen other places that various ones have come up with. Brothers and Sisters: it is pitiful to think that there are people so deceived that they would actually believe a thing like that, but they number more than a few, and some of them are in this area. Can you not see why it will take the office of an apostle to straighten this message up, and bring it in line with the word of God? There is more confusion among the ranks of those who were supposed to have been restored back to the faith of the fathers, than there is out in the denominational churches. You can go to the Baptist churches, and they are all teaching, basically, the same things, the Methodists, the Lutherans, the Church of Christ, and so on, but where can you find more than a very few assemblies in the following of Bro. William Branham, that are in agreement on what he taught? It would have been the same way in the first church age, if not for the apostles holding a line on true revelation. Even those apostles had to be taught by Jesus for a period of 3½ years in order to get it straight. Some people just twist everything around and say almost anything.

Let me call your attention to a time when Jesus was talking to His disciples and said something like this, “Verily, verily, I say unto you, there are some standing here that shall not taste of death until they see the Son of man coming in his kingdom.” And after 6 days Jesus taketh Peter, James, and John his brother, and bringeth them up into a high mountain, and there He was transfigured before them. His whole countenance was changed, and they saw Moses and Elijah, (in the spirit). Now a lot of people actually think those apostles saw Moses, and Elijah, in body form. Brothers and Sisters: please read your Bibles. Jesus charged them, saying, “TELL THE VISION TO NO MAN until the Son of man be risen again from the dead.” It was a vision they saw, where Moses and Elijah were talking with Jesus, Matthew 16:28 – 17:3, 9. A vision is quite different than seeing someone in literal body form. I grant you, a vision makes the thing seem so real, that, to you, it seems like present tense. It is supposed to be that way. Only God can do it. Nevertheless, Jesus was using this occasion to confirm scripture to them. When He had finished saying, “Do not tell the vision, until I am risen from the dead,” the disciples came right back with a question, why say the scribes that Elias must first come? Jesus answered those three like this, “Elias truly shall first come, and restore all things. But I say unto you, That Elias is come already.” Now what did He mean? We know that John did not restore all things, as the previous statement of Jesus, said that Elias would do when he came, yet He turns right around and says that He has come already, and was not recognized. The disciples knew that He was talking about John the Baptist, but did he restore all things? No, he just restored all things relative to the plan of God in connection with the first advent of Christ. He did not have to fulfill anything else. He had fulfilled Malachi 3:1, and 4:6 in the part that pertained to his day. He turned the heart of the fathers to the children, and according to Luke 1:17, the disobedient, to the wisdom of the just, making ready a people prepared for the coming of the Lord. The disobedient, speaks of the sinner man of that day, being turned to the wisdom of the just, or justified. John’s ministry accomplished that. The sinner was made to realize that, once the will of God had been performed in his life, God looked upon that soul as a justified person. All condemnation was taken away. There stood a people, prepared for the coming of the Lord. They were children then, spiritually speaking, but they became our spiritual fathers. We look back to what they believed, and taught, to get our own sights lined up properly.

I am so glad that when I get the chance to look the apostle Peter in the face, beyond this life, that I can say, “Thank you Peter for standing in the streets of Jerusalem, in the face of all that angry mob of critics, and scorching them with truth I am also looking forward to seeing Jude, and expressing my thanks and gratitude to him for what he wrote about earnestly contending for the faith which was once delivered unto the saints.” It thrills my soul to think about the teaching that those early church fathers left for us to look back to. The devil didn’t like it, and he has tried every trick that he has ever thought of, in order to hide that truth from hungry souls, and even tried to destroy it completely, during the dark ages, but here we stand at the end of the age, with the spirit of God restoring all of the truth of that first age back to us, Praise His name.



Satan thought if he could destroy that truth, he could establish a teaching of his own, through carnal men, and he would have the situation under control. God knew what the devil would do, how he would try to wreck the church by substituting and perverting the truth, but he had a great plan for the redemption of fallen mankind, and that plan has worked all during the years of Satan’s attacks. One of the first major attacks that the devil made against truth, was concerning the Godhead. There is no place in the Bible that speaks of a holy trinity, but that teaching has swept around the world, and most all of the large denominational churches are founded on that lie. That is why we feel such an urgency to speak about the true revelation of the Godhead. The Gentiles never had a chance to know Jesus Christ after the flesh, as did the Jew. Therefore, knowing Him, as we do, (by the spirit), it is necessary for us to be led by the right spirit. Those early Christians, in that first age, did not have any problem with the Godhead. They had a revelation of who Jesus Christ was, (the incarnate God), the only person of the Godhead. God is a spirit, John 4:24.

I know we have already touched on this, but for the sake of the message, as it goes into print, I want to say something more. This will be for the sake of those who may read this message, believing that there are three distinct persons in the Godhead. It is biologically, and genetically impossible for a person to have two daddies, and that is what your trinity teaching says of Jesus, who was born to Mary and Joseph. Let me explain it like this, when the angel, Gabriel, came to Mary, he said, “Thou hast found favor with God. Thou shalt conceive in thy womb, and bring forth a son, and shall call his name Jesus. He shall be great, and shall be called the Son of the Highest: and the Lord God shall give unto him the throne of his father David, When Mary asked, How shall this be, seeing I know not a man? The angel answered, the Holy ghost shall come upon thee, and the power of the Highest shall overshadow thee: therefore also that holy thing which shall be born of thee shall be called the SON OF GOD.” Now listen to what I am going to say. If the Holy Ghost is a person of the Godhead, and God the Father is another person of the Godhead, and the little baby that is to be conceived is to be called the Son of God, who will be the father? The conception will have to take place, either by a man or a spirit act. Now the angel said, the Holy Ghost would overshadow her to bring about the conception. Do you see where that will get you if you believe that there are three separate persons in the Godhead? You would have the Holy Ghost, a person, and God the Father, a person, both being the daddy of the baby Jesus.

God the Father, who is spirit, and God the Holy Ghost, which is spirit, are both one and the selfsame spirit. When we speak of God, object of worship, and Father, because all of life was derived from Him, we are speaking of that same spirit which is the Holy Ghost, only He is fulfilling the office work of redemption in the earth as the Holy Ghost. The one spirit is everything that there is of God. He fills the whole universe. He filled the man Jesus, so that those who looked at Him were seeing God manifested in flesh. The flesh of Jesus was not God. That was a human body that God created by His spoken word, to display Himself through. In the Ten Commandments we read, “Thou shalt have no other gods before me. Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of anything that is in the heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the waters under the earth: Thou shalt not bow down thyself to them nor serve them.” God is one. He doesn’t dwell in a form, as an eternal abode. Therefore, why make an image, or anything in any likeness? You do not even know what God looks like. In the daytime, (as God led the children of Israel out of Egypt), He appeared unto them in a pillar of a cloud, or smoke, and at night He appeared to them in a pillar of fire, that is ELOHIM, (God). It was that same spirit that overshadowed Mary, and created in her, that little cell of life. From the body of Mary, God was taking the very elements which form matter to make up that little body. It was a divine act of God, to create a perfect body, in which there would be no death, nor sin. The blood that flowed through the veins of that body was holy blood, for it had not been transmitted by the genetic route. It was the blood of God, by a creative act. Blood is the carrier of life, for it is written in the scriptures, that the life, of all flesh is in the blood. That simply means that the life of all flesh, lives in conjunction with the blood. When the spirit of life leaves the blood it will die.

In this creative act, God created a perfect vessel, a perfect blood, and the life that was placed in that little vessel of clay, was the very life of God. No, it did not empty God’s spirit from the universe, He is omnipresent, (everywhere). It simply meant that the little boy, which was called Jesus), had the very life of God in Him, yet the fleshly part of that child grew up just like any other little boy. Even though every attribute of God was in that vessel of clay, He still, (from the flesh side), looked like man, talked like man, ate like man, and in Him was represented every man born upon the face of this earth, past, present, and future. He was the Son of God, but He is not to be thought of as the eternal Son of God, for the physical side of Him had a beginning and therefore, cannot be eternal. Do not listen to such talk as would say that, before Jesus was born, that He was somewhere, sitting on the right hand of the Father. That is another carnal Gentile way of trying to interpret certain scriptures. I will not take anymore time on this, but I wanted to put this much in the message to show what those early Pentecostal fathers taught about the Godhead. It is what they taught in that first age that we are to be turned back to in this last age.

I was born right here in the southern part of Indiana, and raised up, no more than 19-20 miles from here, out in the sticks. Yet I did not know a thing about Bro. William Branham and the call of God upon his life, until Bro. Glenn came down home one day, and told me about Bro. William Branham returning from Africa, and what miracles had taken place over there. I listened very attentively, as he related those things to me, and told me of the angel of the Lord appearing to Bro. William Branham while he was baptizing some people down here in the Ohio River, and said to him, by a supernatural voice, that “as John the Baptist forerun my first coming, Thou wilt take a message, that will forerun my second coming.” He did not say that Bro. William Branham, the person, would forerun his second coming. It is the message that Bro. William Branham carried to the world, that will forerun the coming of the Lord. When I had finished hearing the things that were related to me, that is when I said, “if these things be true, then this is that Elijah that is to come.”

John came and delivered his message, (REPENT, FOR THE KINGDOM OF HEAVEN IS AT HAND), and we all know that the kingdom of heaven era did not start the next day after John made this declaration. There was a few months involved in its introduction, for the kingdom of heaven did not become effective, or in force, until after the death, burial, and resurrection of Jesus Christ. After He ascended into heaven, and the Holy Ghost came to the believers then was the kingdom of heaven in force.



All that John came to do, and all that Jesus came to do, was for the purpose of getting a people ready and making a gift from God available to them, a gift that would live inside of them, God living in His people, on and on until that last predestinated soul comes in from the fields of sin to receive the gift of life. God, who knows when His program is getting close to a time for another age to begin, sent Bro. William Branham with that Elijah anointing upon him to warn the Christian world that this kingdom of heaven is coming to a close, nearing the windup, the end of the age of grace to the Gentiles. He was not sent just to take a healing message, or gift of healing, though that is what many Pentecostals believed. There was some teaching involved, and that is what caused the denominations to drop him. They enjoyed the healing, but they could not stand the teaching. Nevertheless, if he was that prophetic messenger of Revelation 10:7, and if he was that spirit of Elijah that was to turn the hearts of the children back to that of their fathers, there had to be some teaching involved. I want you to know, that not all of the children are going to be turned back to that of their fathers. Many of them would not even listen to him, and of those that did, there is only a few that actually were willing to leave their denominational surroundings to follow truth. The children of Malachi 4:6, pertaining to our day, is what is seen in universal Christendom. They all go to church. They all say they believe in God, and they all say, “ I believe in Jesus, oh, I love Jesus,” but it is not Jesus they love. It is their creeds. Jesus said, in the gospel of John, “If ye love me, you will keep my commandments,” and his commandments are not the Ten Commandments of the Old Testament, even though they were all encompassed in His teaching. When Jesus referred to His commandments, He was talking about His teaching, and we know that not all of the children are going to be turned back to what the apostles taught, when was the commandments of Jesus.

While I was in Canada recently, there was a certain man came to hear me preach, a person that had made the remark that if he had to give up either one or the other, he would give up the Bible and keep the Spoken Word books of Bro. William Branham’s messages. I had been told that he would be there, and that he had made that statement. Brothers and Sisters: hear me, I will look any person in the face and say this as humbly as I know how, Don’t you ever tell me that you sat at the feet of Bro. William Branham, and that he turned you back to the faith of Peter, James, John, Matthew, Mark, Jude, and Paul, and then have the nerve to say, if you had to give up either one, you would give up the Bible and keep the Spoken Word books. I will plainly tell you, you have not been turned back to the faith of the fathers. You have been sidetracked. You have been caught in a trap somewhere. In other words, you have been derailed, and it will not take me more than five seconds to tell you that either.



As that man sat there that night, I said, “When that little man, (Bro. Branham), came on the scene, he fulfilled exactly what Malachi said he would do, he also fulfilled what Revelation 10:7, said was to be done, but that man did not restore FAITH, it was Martin Luther that restored that to the church, or that God worked through in doing it. It was Luther that taught the revelation that a man should believe in God, when the whole world, at that time, believed in the Pope, and the Catholic Church. One lone man in such a dark hour as that, when the whole world society believed in the Pope, had the courage to step out of the ranks of Catholicism, at the threat of his life, and declared, “I believe in God, that He will save my soul, regardless of what the Pope says”. Brother, there had been hundreds before him that had lost their heads for saying such things, but he had thought the situation over, and prayed through on it. While climbing up the stairs doing penance, (something that cannot be found in the scripture, that of torturing the body as a service of God), he decided that, live or die, sink or swim, he was going to make his stand for what he believed to be the truth.

This thing of doing penance is not practiced so much in America, in the way of torturing the body, but go to South America, or the Philippines, where Catholics are still holding on to the old pagan practices, you will find them coming out of the jungles carrying their crosses and chanting their little prayers. They are supposed to be Catholics, but they will run pins through their skin, walk on nails or hot coals of fire, torturing their bodies in every conceivable way, doing penance, which is nothing more than a pagan practice.

Nevertheless, to get on with the thought, it was not William Marrion Branham that restored the revelation that the just shall live by faith. The faith that was restored through Luther was that impartation of God’s grace that caused a man who realized that he was a sinner, and that he needed to be reconciled unto God, to stand out alone, and believe that God is, and that he is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him, and that he can be justified, saved, pardoned, forgiven, by faith, and faith alone.

As I said before, Bro. William Branham did not restore the teaching of ETERNAL SECURITY of the believer, Calvin did that. It was already in the earth before Bro. William Branham came on the scene. There was life in that teaching as long as men were walking in the light of that hour. It is only when the spirit of God moves on to something more, and men refuse to move with Him, that the life goes out of what they teach. Do you know, there are a lot of people around today that actually think no one else was anything worthwhile until Bro. William Branham came. The truth is quite different than that. He did not restore the teaching of PREDESTINATION, John Knox did that. He taught the revelation, by the spirit of God, that God knew everything from the beginning, even every person that would ever, at any time, believe the gospel and be saved.

As that man sat there in the service that night, I went ahead with this message, saying, SANCTIFICATION was restored by John Wesley. He was the one who said, “Yes, I believe also, that a man is justified by faith, but I see in the Bible, that after we have been justified, we should live a holy, sanctified life.” I am sure that most of you know already, that those old time Methodist were more like Pentecostals, than the Pentecostals are today. They would shout praises to God, be laid out by the power of God, and have themselves a time in those worship services, but it was not just for a show. Their lives showed that their experience with God was genuine.

Now we come to the BAPTISM OF THE HOLY GHOST. The Elijah spirit did not restore that, the Pentecostal message did that. He did not restore DIVINE HEALING, the Pentecostal message did that. Neither did he restore the revelation of ONE GOD and WATER BAPTISM IN THE NAME OF JESUS CHRIST. A branch of Pentecost did that.



When I got to that part in the message it was very easy to say, “just what did that man, who we say was the messenger to this age, do to turn the heart of the children back to that of their fathers?” Here it is. He is the only man this side of the dark ages that ever took all of these Bible truths, that God restored through the reformation, and put them all in one beautiful gospel story. Praise God! That is what makes it all so wonderful. I get so happy just thinking about it all. There I was, shut up in the Methodist church, but Jesus set me free. He put a hunger in my soul. Brother, I love his word. I was in search of something that would satisfy, and he caused me to find it. As I have studied his word, He has made me to know that we are definitely living in the last days. Jesus is going to come again, and I believe that He will come in my generation. I may be an old man, with humped shoulders and snaggled teeth, and more forgetful than I am now, but I believe He will come in my generation. I was also made to believe that if He was coming in my generation, He would send that spirit of Elijah somehow or other. That was several years ago. I did not know where to look for it or how it would come. I certainly did not know it was so close at hand. Isn’t that strange? There I was, down there in the woods, knowing that God was going to do something, and not knowing where to go look for it. All the time it was right at my door. That is the beauty of it all.

When Bro. Glenn told me about Bro. William Branham, and I said, “then this is that Elijah that is to come,” I made it my business to be in his service on Wednesday night. As I sat there with questions on my mind, wondering what I was about to hear, and what I was about to see, it was not some great doctor of divinity, nor Rabbi, nor Bishop, but a little man with one little book that came out on the platform. He opened that book and began to read. He took a text in Genesis about the call of Abraham, and by the time he was finished, he had preached justification, sanctification, baptism of the Holy Ghost, the first advent of Christ, the second advent of Christ, and finished up in Revelation. Another thing that I noticed was that he did not use Philadelphia lawyer terminology. When he finished his message that night, I was convinced that he was the man. I was completely sold on it. Let me say this, I have not seen nor heard anything that I would trade it for since. You couldn’t sell me anything else. I have sat under the ministry of other men, some in big top tents with 5 poles, trucks all around, and chairs everywhere. I have seen them take offerings in wash tubs and wheel barrows, and seen many wonderful things, but that little man made me see through the message he brought, that God is one. He taught me how to get baptized properly, but he didn’t try to tell me how to get saved, all over again. No, this man did not try to unchristianize you with his teaching, but whatever stage you were in when you began to hear him, if you would open up your heart and let that message get deep down inside you, it would change your life and take you farther than you had ever been with God. That was God’s purpose. It made you thank God for faith, because it made faith so real. It made you realize that to live a clean, holy life was of utmost importance. That is when you begin to see that the world is selling out, and going into apostasy. It makes the doctrine of predestination much more real as you see the whole world turning away from the word of God. We can say this, according to the word of God, that which is predestined by the foreknowledge of God, and elected, will not compromise with the devil or his program. They will hold loyal to the word of God. The baptism of the Holy Ghost is for all genuine believers, and it will lead you right into the understanding of every new testament doctrine.

Modern evangelism will tell you that it is not doctrine we need, but love. That is from the spirit of antichrist. You can love a man because of his soul, but, brothers and sisters: light can not fellowship with darkness, you all know that. The Bible does not teach us to fellowship with everything, just to prove that you can love a person. You can love a person and still not agree with him. You can love him and still not walk with him. Will you agree? Of course, when I talk like this, there are those that say, “that crazy Jackson is really a fanatic.” If I am a fanatic, then Jesus was one too, so was Paul, and John was the worst one of them all, for he got so one-sided, and beside himself, that he wrote, in one of his epistles, that if any man come unto you, and bring not this doctrine, or gospel, don’t you even bid him God speed, or allow him in your house. He went on to say that if you do, you become a partaker of his evil deeds, II John, verses 10, 11. In other words, he said, you tell them to get away from your door, no matter how cold it is outside. Remember now, the man who wrote this is known as the apostle of love. How much love is that? These modern churches will spit at the word of God, and kick it out the back door, because it does not agree with their programs, but this little man with the Elijah anointing, came on the scene to turn a people loose from these denominational pastures, with their man made creeds, and get them out into the great plains of God’s grace, where all of the Bible is there to be grazed over, and eat from.

When Bro. William Branham was still alive, most of the preachers, and most of the people were keeping pretty quiet, but when God saw that his message had been delivered, that he had said enough to cause every mortal soul to flee from those systems, and saw fit to take his prophet from the scene, then every kind of a spirit imaginable began to manifest through the people that has been affected in some way by his ministry.

I still remember hearing him talk to a young preacher, that had come all the way from Arkansas. The young man was so depressed and discouraged that, through some fiends, they practically forced an interview with Bro. William Branham. When he had gotten the interview, Bro. William Branham looked at him, and in the spirit he saw a dark cloud, or spirit, over him. I never did get the full details of what was said, but Bro. William Branham evidently mentioned something like adultery. Immediately the young preacher said, “Bro. Branham, I have never touched another woman in all my life.” Bro. William Branham said, I don’t mean that kind, it is committing adultery with a system, (he was a preacher in the United Pentecostal Church). Bro. William Branham said, get away from it. It will kill you. That night, which was the last night that Bro. William Branham was going to be there, he had all of the ministers to come and stand with him, as he was praying for the people. As that young minister came through the line, and got right up to Bro. William Branham, so that he was the next one to be prayed for, Bro. William Branham looked at him and said, “Son, get away from it.” The reason for the young man’s depression was, that he had already heard enough in other meetings to cause him to wonder if he should not get out of the system that he belonged to, but because of the influence of his in-laws he had remained with them. This message of truth will bring in-law trouble for sure, but I will assure you of one thing, there is no human flesh that can do for you, what Jesus Christ has done already. Outside the building that night, he was already writing a letter of resignation, getting ready to put it in the mail to headquarters, resigning the organization. I heard those words myself, which let me know that Bro. William Branham was called and ordained to guide human lives out of these denominational systems. I will hasten to say this though, he was not ordained to tell people to take his teaching and make out of it what some have dared to do.



Just a short time before God took his prophet from the scene, that spirit of antichrist began to rise up among some of the people, causing them to say, “What is Bro. William Branham? Do you think he could be the Lord? Could he not be the Messiah?” That was one of the first manifestations of that spirit, concerning him. As that prophet began to feel the affects of such a spirit in his meetings out in the field, he openly rebuked the thing, and made it a universal rebuke. At the tabernacle, in a message to counterattack that deity spirit, he said that he would rather go down as a quitter than as antichrist, therefore, he had determined to leave the field of evangelism because of it. You may say, where do people get such ideas, anyhow? They get them from certain messages that he preached, such as, God, veiled in human flesh, and from the gift that he had working in his ministry, whereby, he could look out over a congregation and tell people who were all the way in the back of the building, who they were, where they lived, and what their sickness was. That was not mental telepathy either, that was God. God, is the Holy Ghost, which was to take the things of Christ and show them unto the believers when he came. That does not make the human vessel that he works through GOD. It is far from that. When we see such things, it ought to prove the scriptures, even more. Jesus said, “These works that I do, shall ye do also.” He was talking to the believers, and He was not telling them that this would make them God. It was His way of telling them that the spirit they were going to receive, a little later, was the same one that dwelt within Him. A person who is filled with the spirit of God, has the same potential within him, that Jesus had. That does not mean that every believer will do the same works as every other believer, when it comes to manifestations of the spirit. For the spirit is given to every man as He, (God), wills. To some one gift, to others another, but to all who are genuine believers, is the spirit given, and we read in I Corinthians, chapter 12, that it is given to every man to profit withal. It is Christ in you, the hope of glory, as we read in Colossians 1:27. God ordained that the spirit of Christ be embodied in His people, (the church), and that Jesus Christ would live and be demonstrated through His church in every generation all the way to the end of the age of grace to the Gentiles.



Now I said before, that God did not restore divine healing through Bro. William Branham, for we had men such as Wigglesworth, Charles Price, F. F. Bosworth, and others, through the years, that were great men of faith. They preached faith, and divine healing among the denominational people, as well as the Pentecostals in their time. They prayed for the sick and had a great move of God in their services, yet those denominational systems said, that is of the devil. God let it go on like that until it was time to sound an alarm to wake up His people around the world. Then He spoke to a little man, and put a gift in his life and ministry that the great men of those systems could not hide from the people. He was not a theologian himself, but he could look those doctors of divinity right in the face and challenge them with the word of God to prove that he was not of the devil. They would sit there with their pencils and paper, taking notes, and that little man would tell the secret things of their hearts. He would name the various ones who were sick, and diseased, tell them where they were from, what was wrong with them, and send them back to their doctors to be checked. The doctors and lab technicians, would confirm, through their x-rays and tests that the people were healed. What could the critics say then? God vindicated this message of healing that had been restored to Pentecost, and laughed at. No, if they refused it, there would be nothing left for them, but to be cut off.

There were two men, (I believe it was in Texas), that plotted against Bro. William Branham in a certain service. They agreed between themselves that they would test this man and his gift. On a prayer card they listed a number of things, and one of the men stood in the prayer line. When he came to Bro. William Branham, he looked at him and said, Sir: there is nothing wrong with you. Yes, there is, he replied, did you look at the prayer card? Bro. William Branham repeated, there is nothing wrong with you. The man said, yes, there is, I have got such and such wrong with me. About that time, the Lord showed Bro. William Branham that it was a trick, and he, looking at the man, said, Sir: there is nothing wrong with you. This is a trick that you have plotted with a friend, and pointing to the balcony, he said, there is the other man right there. The man began to scream, and Bro. William Branham said, because you have made fun of the gift of God, everything that you have put on that prayer card will come upon you. That kind of thing never happened in the ministry of the other men that we mentioned, but this was God’s prophet, this man’s life was destined to stop the mouth of the critics. God was vindicating his word, ONE GOD, not three, WATER BAPTISM IN THE NAME OF JESUS CHRIST, instead of three titles, SANCTIFICATION, BAPTISM OF THE HOLY GHOST, DIVINE HEALING, ETERNAL SECURITY, PREDESTINATION, JUSTIFICATION BY FAITH, and right on down the line. Everything that God had restored to the believer, through the reformation, He vindicated it through the ministry of Bro. William Branham.



We realize, as we say these things, that not every believer in the world has had the privilege to hear and see the things that some of us have, but we are thoroughly convinced that if you have the genuine Holy Ghost in your life, as you get hold of this man’s teachings, and see what he stood for, you will be turned in your thinking, to the framework of the faith of the early church fathers. Bro. William Branham is no longer with us in bodily form, but what he taught and stood for, is finding its way around the world in the form of books and tapes and personal testimonies. People of God are returning to the word, back to what the apostles taught.



We have the same situation in our day that the apostle Paul had in his day. That is why I subtitled this portion of our message, THE OVERTHROW OF THE FAITH. Since Bro. William Branham’s death, men have come on the scene to pervert the true teaching, and overthrow the faith of some. You say, how can the faith of some be overthrown? Please turn with me into the second epistle of Paul to Timothy. In 66 D.D., Paul was in prison, in Rome. He is o longer in a position to go personally, and deal with a situation that was taking place, so he writes to Timothy and gives instructions to him concerning the matter. We will start reading in chapter 2, (14) “Of these things put them in remembrance, charging them before the Lord that they strive not about words to no profit, (That is what a lot of people are doing today. They like to play with words, but they have no understanding of the words that they are playing with.) But to the subverting of the hearers. (15) Study to show thyself approved unto God, (not man), a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.” In other words, when you are asked a question, answer it according to the word of God, and knowing that it is the word of God, you do not have to be ashamed of anything. You may not convince the person that is asking the question, but if you know beyond any shadow of doubt that you have answered according to the word of God, that is all you need to worry about. Verse 16, “But shun profane and vain babblings: for they will increase unto more ungodliness.” That is what we have going on in this movement today, just a lot of babbling. And notice how he connects it all together. “But shun profane and vain babblings.” In other words, meaningless arguments and debates, fruitless discussions that never have any benefit for anyone, shun them. There were those that consistently catered to such tactics, and Paul said, (17) “And their word will eat as doth a canker,” (or like gangrene, it just gnaws and gnaws at your spirit. He then mentions a couple of names. I believe the day is coming when that will be necessary to our age, but let a think like that be done in God’s time.) of whom is Hymenaeus and Philetus: (18) Who concerning the truth have erred, saying that the resurrection is past already: and OVERTHROW THE FAITH OF SOME.” Now, do you see what happened there? Those two men got a revelation, somehow, that the resurrection had passed already, and began to teach it. Paul was in jail, and could not go personally, to keep everyone in line, and that gave the devil a good opportunity to run at large. Paul did not hesitate to call those two men by name, for they had been teaching their new revelation, and some had believed it, not everyone, just some. That just goes to show how that spirit of antichrist works. It is always an attack against truth, but it comes in a subtle way, a way of causing certain ones to feel like they have found a special place with God, an inner circle. We have it right in our community even today. There are certain ones, like Hymenaeus and Philetus, that are saying the rapture of the Gentile bride has taken place already. Those who believe such a teaching will have their faith overthrown. Such people have erred from the truth. I want to say, I have sat by many of these men in years past, and had a great respect and appreciation for what I considered to be a genuine experience of the Holy Ghost in their lives. I felt like these men had the same appreciation for the restored word of God that I did, but when God took his prophet from the scene, and it was left up to those who remained to preach the gospel, many of them were not able to preach anything but the prophet. It is not enough to preach Malachi 4, and Revelation 10:7, there is the gospel of the Lord Jesus Christ to be preached yet. Some of them will say, “the message is William Marrion Branham,” but I say the message is the gospel that the early apostles preached.



Why should these characters that believe like that go all over the world, even to lost souls in Africa, or people that have been converted by missionaries from the denominational churches, and tell them that God sent a prophet to turn us back to the faith of the fathers, and then preach about the prophet, without ever telling people what the faith of the fathers is. That kind of a ministry is vain. A person might know who William Marrion Branham was, what he was, and know all about him, and still not know anything at all about the faith of the fathers. I am so glad that I can go on record saying, I THANK GOD THAT I KNOW WHAT THE FAITH OF MY FATHERS WAS, (SPIRITUAL FATHERS), for I believe that I have the same Holy Ghost that Peter, James, John, Jude, Paul, and all of those men had. I love the writings of those men. Therefore, when I read what the prophet to this age said, it makes me appreciate what those men had to say. It makes me appreciate the fact that I got baptized the same way Peter did. I thank God that one day that prophet looked at me and said, “this is good for you Methodist, and the Baptists, and the Presbyterians, Lutherans, Pentecostals, and all who name the name of Jesus Christ, but you will not continue to be that for long after you get it. I am talking about the genuine baptism of the Holy Ghost. HALLELUJAH!



I know that some of these characters get angry when I talk like this, and they will say, “that Jackson is crazy, stay away from his church, he is not even in the message.” I will say to any of you, you will never get me to teach different. You cast your lot with whom you will, and we will let God do the vindicating.

I have sat by men who jerked all over when they were supposed to be under the power of the Holy Ghost, (and there is nothing wrong with being jerked by the Holy Ghost, I wish he would jerk a few more to the point where they could see truth), but now I see them being led by the spirit of the antichrist. It is a pitiful thing, but if God will allow it to happen that way, who are we that we should try to stop them. It is our business to hold up truth before those who are looking for truth. Jesus is coming back very soon now, and He is coming for a people whose lives are founded on truth. He said, “I am the way, the truth, and the life; no man cometh unto the father, but by me.” It is time to be looking up for our redemption draweth nigh.

Brothers and Sisters: we will bring this part of the message to a close, trusting, that in it, we have said something that will be of help to each of you along your Christian journey. What we say is not meant to be critical, but awakening. It is necessary to expose certain things, and certain ones, at times, for the benefit of those who want to do the right thing, but just have not been able to decide which way to go.

I feel that God has a call upon my life to stand for his word in these last days, and that is what takes first place in my life. We have been publishing the Contender since March of 1969. Our one aim is to get the word of God into the hands of those who will appreciate it. I do not know of one thing that we have ever printed that I would want to call back and change. I believe that what we have printed will help the true children of God.

In part 3 of this message, I desire to go into the many things that have caused confusion among those who have been affected by the ministry of Bro. William Branham. Please pray for us, that the message will be of benefit to God’s people. May God bless each of you. AMEN.


The Apostle’s Office, Part 1 – 1977, September



TEXT: ACTS 11:1-18


I have never approached this subject nor tried to go into it in the way that I desire to do so now, if the Lord Jesus will help me.


In the ranks of Christianity we have heard for years that there is to be APOSTLES, PROPHETS, EVANGELISTS, PASTORS, AND TEACHERS, but it seems that no two groups of people are able to agree upon the fact of who is to do what among this ministry. Some have gone to the extremes of selecting certain men from among their ranks and installing them in these particular offices. But that is not the answer to man’s spiritual dilemma, for if God has not called a man to a certain office of authority, that man will only add more confusion to that which is present already. When God calls a man to a certain ministry, that man will be enabled and equipped to fulfill that calling. He will not be tossed to and fro by every wind of doctrine, which is nothing but man’s carnal ideas. It is because of this confusion, and the nearness of the return of the Lord, that I feel led to deal with this subject, THE APOSTLE’S OFFICE, what it is for, where it ranks among the others, and how it functions among believers.

We have said over and over again that God sent a prophet messenger to this age, and I will say right now that if He had not, every last one of us would be on a road to spiritual wreck. We would be wrecked as individuals as well as assemblies. I am sure that there are many of you who do not catch the significance of what the news media reports from the ranks of religion in our day. Therefore, you may not be aware of the hypocrisy and evilness of it as it is in our present time. The decay of morals has reached a state of rottenness, to the degree that religion, as a whole, is nothing more than a cloak for people to robe themselves in. No more than forty or fifty years ago, religion was looked upon as being something holy, something that would acquaint you with God and show you how to live in respects to God. Brothers and Sisters: that is no longer true. Religious leaders are becoming more and more engrossed in politics and social affairs, and the souls of lost men are not even thought of when these groups come together. Apostasy is taking over the ranks of religion. I have said it before, from this pulpit, and now I will say it again, the time is near at hand that many people will literally hate and abhor religion with all of its corruption. They will feel that they can live better lives apart from such a system. This will be people that morally, socially, ethically, and principally, their standards will be much higher than what they see in the so called churches of the world. They will refuse to sit in, participate, or support such systems as these that feel they must become involved in world affairs. Brother, you can be assured of one thing, the apostle Paul never became involved in social matters, neither did he become involved in economical problems or international affairs. He was only interested in only one thing, that wherever God gave him an open door, he would, by the help of God, fully preach the gospel and point all men everywhere to repent and turn their hearts to God through the Lord Jesus Christ. The apostle Peter was the same way, but we are becoming just another subject of study in your colleges and universities, along with Buddhism, Shintuism, and such like, so that there is no life in it.

A short time ago, while traveling, we had occasion to be in the Pittsburgh, PA, airport for about an hour while changing planes. As we walked through the airport we were approached by a young lady who had a bunch of these little red carnations in her hand. She just walked right up and pinned them on my wife’s dress without even asking if it would be alright. She just said as she pinned them on, “May I give you a gift this morning?” Then she said, “Would you like to donate to a charitable cause?” Naturally, I thought it would be for something like the veterans of foreign wars or something of that nature, so I reached in my pocket and gave her a dollar. At that time she reached in her little knapsack and pulled out a magazine, which she handed to me. I could see from the pictures on the cover that it was a magazine which deals with the idea of reincarnation and that sort of thing, but I thought to myself, I have paid a dollar for this thing, so I may as well see what they have to say about it. Brothers and Sisters: you would be surprised at the names of doctors, lawyers, university deans, and big names from all walks of life that were listed in there as having accepted this new concept of reincarnation, and what it has done for them. I thought as I read that, there was a time when you would not have found any such thing as this in your airports, but now we are invaded, here in America, with every kind of a spirit under the sun. It lets us know that the whole world is decaying and the gospel is absolutely being closed out. The vultures are moving in on every side.

Now in respect to the subject of the Apostle’s office, let me say this. I do not know what you may believe, or what you may have been taught about this five fold ministry, that is to perfect the bride of Christ in this last age. But I want to approach the subject from the standpoint of what an apostle was in the first church age. Then, if we can see what the apostle, (as well as the others), was in the beginning of the new testament age, we will have no trouble reconciling the ministry of that office in the closing of this age, for we know that we are to be restored back to the faith of our fathers. That, naturally, means the faith of our spiritual fathers, which were the founders of the new testament church, which began on the day of Pentecost when three thousand souls received the gospel.

As we read the scripture that I have chosen to use for a text for this message, please remember, this is an account of the apostle Peter vindicating his ministry to the Gentiles. He had been called on the carpet, (so to speak), by his Jewish brethren in the Christian faith. In other words, the other apostles and brethren, who were not aware of the fact that even though the gospel came to the Jews first, it was for all who would receive it, called upon the apostle Peter to give an account for the fact that he had, (in the eyes of the Jews), defiled himself by going among Gentile dogs. (This was the way Jews looked upon the uncircumcised Gentiles). You will notice in verse 4, that Peter rehearsed the matter from the beginning, and told it to them in the order of its occurrence. He told of the vision that he received, and how that, through that vision he was able to understand that God is no respecter of person’s (as far as salvation is concerned), and that he should not call any man common or unclean.

Now let us read our text, Acts 11:1-18. (1) “And the apostles and brethren that were in Judaea heard that the Gentiles had also received the word of god. (2) And when Peter was to come up to Jerusalem, they that were of the circumcision contended with him, (3) Saying, Thou sentest in to men uncircumcised, and didst eat with them. (4) But Peter rehearsed the matter from the beginning, and expounded it by order unto them, saying, (5) I was in the city of Joppa praying: and in a trance I saw a vision, a certain vessel descending as it had been a great sheet, let down from heaven by four corners; and it came even to me: (6) Upon the which when I had fastened mine eyes, I considered, and saw a four footed beast of the earth and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the air. (7) And I heard a voice saying unto me, arise, Peter; slay and eat, (8) But I said, Not so, Lord: for nothing common or unclean hath at any time entered into my mouth. (9) But the voice answered me again from heaven, What God hath cleansed, that call not thou common. (10) And this was done three times: and all were drawn up again into heaven. (11) And behold, immediately there, were three men already come unto the house where I was, sent from Caesarea unto me. (12) And the spirit bade me go with them, nothing doubting. Moreover, these six brethren accompanied me, and we entered into the man’s house. (13) And he showed us how he had seen an angel in his house, which stood and said unto him, Send me to Joppa, and call for Simon, whose surname is Peter: (14) Who shall tell thee words, whereby thou and all thy house shall be saved. (15) And as I began to speak, the Holy Ghost fell on them as on us at the beginning. (16) Then remembered I the word of the Lord, how that he said, John indeed baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost. (17) Forasmuch then as God gave them the like gift as he did unto us, who believed on the Lord Jesus Christ; what was I, that I could withstand God? (18) When they heard these things, they held their peace, and glorified God, saying, Then hath God also to the Gentiles granted repentance unto life.”




You will notice from the scripture that we have just read, that Peter did not have to wrestle with anyone, or make any threats as to what might happen to a person, or persons, among them, if they did not believe him. He just simply testified to them how the Holy Ghost had led him to go and do a thing that had never entered his mind before that time. He told them his vision, and testified of the results. Not only himself, but he had six brethren which had accompanied him on the trip, and witnessed the things that had taken place. You will notice, also, that the men who were questioning Peter, even though they themselves had no such leadings, they had enough of the spirit of God in them to recognize that this was a sovereign act of God, and from that moment on their minds were settled. They did not continue harassing Peter Because he had done something contrary to their former understanding. These men displayed a true Christian attitude, in that, they glorified God for what he had done. It has been quite the contrary in our day. We have lived to see that spirit of antichrist work from every direction, and through many people that we had looked upon previously as true brothers and sisters of the faith. To give you a little example of what I am talking about, we will call your attention to how the denominations looked upon Bro. William Branham and the things that he taught. Yes, there were certain groups among them that enjoyed the healing ministry, and the gift of revealing certain things about individuals in the meetings, but there was not one denomination among them, that would accept his teachings and try to line themselves up with the word of God. Today, that man’s name is considered a bad word in denominational ranks. He is just about as well thought of as some stray dog that might have ran through their midst. Those who knew him personally, from among those groups, are quick to say, oh yes, he was a fine man, but just a little mixed up in the head. Some have been heard to say, he was right in the heart, but wrong in the head, all because he stood for the word of God rather than denominational traditions and creeds. That is the very same situation that John the baptist and Jesus faced in their day. The things that they taught did not fit in with that Judiastic way of thinking. Therefore, they could not see God in anything that was different from their preconceived ideas. Tares will always react like that, for they do not have a revelatory spirit within them. They can only accept what they are able to accomplish through their five senses. This is legalism, without compassion or mercy.

Now I want to bring it right down to where we are today. There are a lot of people, right today, who followed Bro. William Branham, and supposedly believed him to be God’s prophet messenger to this age, who are conducting themselves exactly like the Judiastic leaders of the days of Christ’s ministry on earth. It is the same old spirit, just different people. These people thought it was ridiculous that the denominations did not receive Bro. William Branham’s teaching on the god-head, the baptism of the Holy Ghost, serpent seed, and the various things concerning the different reformers, and now that Bro. William Branham is no longer with them they are being led by the same spirit that they had formerly condemned. In most ways the denominations are better off. At least they are not waiting around for a dead man to be resurrected from the grave to lead them to perfection. God is alive, and His ministry is alive. He does not resurrect men from the dead to carry on His plan of redemption. I am aware that some of you who will read this paper are going to say that I am a heretic, and that I am speaking against Bro. William Branham, but I will just say to you, that I am not speaking against that little man, who I loved and appreciated, as much, and maybe more, than most of you. It is that spirit that is so prone to deify the flesh of a man that God uses, that I am speaking against. I do not know where I might be right now, if it had not been for the life and ministry of Bro. William Branham, but he is dead now and there is still a life to be lived, and a race to be run. I am referring to the race that the apostle Paul mentioned in I Corinthians 9:24 and Phillipians 3:14, for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus, not this race that so many are engaged in, trying to see who has the best collection of quotes from Bro. William Branham’s sermons.




If it seems like I am being a little too plain, I ask you to bear with me. It is too late in the hour to beat around the bush trying to spare someone’s feelings. Jesus did not do it that way. He looked at a group of people that had that spirit on them, and said, “Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do. He was a murderer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him.” Now don’t you say that I called you a devil, or a murderer, I did not, but if that spirit in you does not have a love for the truth, well, you know what the scripture says. God will send them strong delusion, that they may believe the devil’s lie and be damned. There are many people among the ranks of religion that are forever murdering truth. All who do so will have to answer to God, not Raymond Jackson. John the baptist called a group of them vipers on one occasion. You certainly could not call that sparing their feelings. Neither was the apostle Paul very gentile with those people when he preached from Mars Hill in Athens, Greece. It simply amounts to the fact that there is a truth to stand for, and any spirit that opposes it, must be revealed and dealt with.

When God is on the scene with truth it is for the benefit of those individuals who are hungering after God to the extent of reaching far beyond what their former teachings held. That does not mean that there is no truth in the various places that we could name, it just means that it takes the whole truth and nothing but the truth to feed the bride of Christ. We all know full well, that the church of the living God started out on the unadulterated truth. They did not have a bunch of misfits sitting in their assemblies saying, “I just don’t see it that way,” “or I believe it should be like this.” God had His apostles on the scene to teach the people, as they believed and desired to know what this new way of life. You did not have people getting saved one day, and then find them out trying to preach the next day, as we have seen it in our day. It seems that there is a preacher spirit on just about two of every three professing Christians that you meet up with anymore. Brothers and Sisters: It was never meant to be that way. The men that God calls to preach will sit under a ministry somewhere till they have something to preach about. We are too close to the end for such folly among the true body of Christ. There is no time to fool around being polite. The Bible teaches us that it will take a five fold ministry to perfect the bride of Christ, therefore, why settle for anything less at this late hour.




In the 2nd chapter of Acts, we read that three thousand souls were added to the ranks of the believers in one day. Then what does it say? “And they continued stedfastly in the APOSTLES’ DOCTRINE, and fellowship, and in breaking of bread, and in prayers.” Now! Did you notice anything in that verse? Look at it again. “THEY CONTINUED STEDFASTLY IN THE APOSTLES’ DOCTRINE.” We gather from scriptures such as this that these new converts had some doctrine taught to them, and by who? By the apostles. It is always the apostle that holds the line on the word of God. The early church had all five offices in it, but it was the apostles who had the major role in establishing the believers. Take for instance, the time when Paul and Barnabas came to Jerusalem to discuss the doctrine that had been spread at Antioch, among new converts, saying, that they should be circumcised and keep the law. The apostle James stood up, after having heard all the discussion and testimony, and said, listen to me, (Acts 15) (14)“Simon has declared how God at first did visit the Gentiles, to take out of them a people for his name. (15) And to this agree the prophets; as it is written, (16) After this I will return, and will build again the tabernacle of David, which is fallen down; and I will set it up: (17) That the residue of men might seek after the Lord, and all the Gentiles, upon whom my name is called, saith the Lord, who doeth all these things. (18) Known unto God are all of his works from the beginning of the world. (19) Wherefore MY JUDGMENT is that we trouble not them, which from among the Gentiles are turned to God: (20) But that we write unto them, that they abstain from pollutions of idols, and from fornication, and from things strangled, and from blood.” ETC. What I want you to see here, is that, these apostles had to deal with a situation that they did not have an exact scripture to go to for the answer. Therefore, James, being the chief spokesman at Jerusalem, first looked at the word of God that was available to them, (prophecy concerning Gentile believers), and made his judgment based upon that. When he made this determination, the others did not question his decision. They immediately took steps to set everything in its proper order.

You will notice further on down in this same chapter that the church at Jerusalem sent chosen men from among their number, with Paul and Barnabas, when they went back to Antioch, primarily, as witnesses to the fact that the apostles had made a decision in the matter. The men who accompanied Paul and Barnabas were new testament prophets, who, after bearing witness in the matters at hand, also exhorted the brethren with many words, and confirmed them.

As you follow the events recorded in the book of Acts, you will notice that each time God began to change His approach concerning a certain realm of people, the office of that apostle was right there. The early church did not start out as a hit and miss project in the books of Acts, and it will not wind up as such in the end, for God still has His voice in the land today.




Some of you may not agree as to what an apostle is, but I will say this, your judgment in the matter is not what God will accept anyhow. He never bothered to ask the Judiastic world what they thought their Messiah should look like. He never asked them what they thought their Elijah was to look like, neither did he ask the denominational church world what they thought their Malachi 4 should be like. Most of them do not accept it, I can not see it, they say. Well, it just goes to prove the scripture where Jesus said, “No man can come to me except the Father draw him.” They are quick to say, “I know I have been saved and have the Holy Ghost, even if I do not see anything just like you do.” Time will prove who has the Holy Ghost. It matters not, what some may say, time will prove who has the real thing. I don’t care if you are able to kick your heels through the ceiling, that does not prove that you have the Holy Ghost. The real proof of it is what you do with the word of God when it is presented to you. You could never convince a true child of God that you are filled with the Holy Ghost, while you continue to resist water baptism in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, according to Acts 2:38, and while you continue to believe that God is three persons. Does not the scripture tell us, (in the words of Jesus) that when the Holy Ghost comes, He will lead you into all truth? You can answer your own question if your are honest. Just ask yourself, if I have the Holy Ghost, why is He not leading me into all truth? Why do so many of the scriptures still seem so confusing? Ask yourself these questions, then, think on what I am about to say.

On the day of Pentecost, when the new testament church was born, every soul in that upper room had been affected by the life of the Lord Jesus Christ, but where were all of the others whose lives had also been affected. Let us ask ourselves this question, why were they not all assembled in the upper room? What had happened? There were thousands of people throughout the land of Israel, who had sat on the ground and eaten of the five loaves and two fishes. Where were they on the morning when the Holy Ghost fell? They were not in the upper room. How about the great throng of people who followed Jesus and witnessed the healing of multitudes who came to Him along the way? Are you beginning to see what I am getting at? It is not whether you spoke in tongues, rolled in the floor, shouted, danced, got healed or prophesied, that determines whether you received the Holy Ghost or not. The real test is whether you will do what the word tells you to do. The WORD, John 1:14, told those people to tarry in the city of Jerusalem until they received the promise of the Father, Luke 24:49. There were about one hundred and twenty of them who were gathered together with this promise on their mind, but the great multitude was someplace else. We have all enjoyed the manifestations of the spirit in the wonderful meetings that we have been privileged to attend over the years, and I have nothing to say against anyone who might have had an experience similar to one or more of these mentioned. The only thing that I will say is, when you leave the meeting to go about your daily routine, please let your life measure up with your spiritual experiences. Do not make a toy out of the spirit of God. He is not to be used as a puppet, where you pull the strings and make God do what you want Him to do. God is looking at the heart of each one of us. He is checking for a certain quality, a quality that has a sticking ability. When He finds such a person, He will talk to that soul out of His book. Oh, yes, there will be days of discouragement, we all have them. But the soul that truly knows God, will get up out of such a dilemma, and will stand for the word of God, which will bring everything under control.




Think for just a moment about that 120 souls who waited for the promise of the Father, as they had been instructed to do. They did not know what kind of a feeling they would have when it came, neither did they know what it would look like. They just knew that Jesus had told them to wait at Jerusalem until it came, and they were obeying His word. When the spirit fell on them that day, it made such an impact on each of them, that they never stopped witnessing about it until they were either martyred, or put in the grave from some other cause. The spirit that they received had a life changing effect on them, and it affected others also.

Notice what happened when Peter preached his first sermon after receiving the Holy Ghost, three thousand orthodox Jews were literally pricked in their hearts, causing them to cry out to Peter and the other eleven apostles, “men and brethren, what must we do?” Praise God! I am so glad that there were no bishops nor overseers to show them the articles of faith. Brothers and Sisters: the Bible wasn’t even printed yet, but Peter, out of the abundance of his heart, and a right revelation that God had instilled in there, said, “Repent, and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost. For the promise is unto you, and to your children, and to all that are afar off, even as many as the Lord our God shall call.” After Peter finished speaking these words, three thousand souls were taken out and baptized the biblical way. This was all done at the word of an apostle. The point that I want to get across to you, is, that God used the office of apostles to begin the church on the day of Pentecost, and that he will use that same office here in the end of the age, as the bride moves toward her perfection.

You can tell by listening to the way many people talk, that they think an apostle is the man that can make water run uphill, or create some great miracle, or this and that. I will say this, that all went along with it, but, that was not the main object of the apostolic office. That was not the primary calling of an apostle. It started out as an office of authority to hold a line on the word of God. It was an office, ordained by God, to establish doctrine for the true believers to live by.

You know, as well as I do, that when Peter and John were instrumental in their first miracle, (that being the healing of the lame man which was laid daily at the gate beautiful of the temple, to ask alms of those who went in and out), that there was a great stir among the people. So much so, that the religious leaders, who were angered by all of this commotion and talk about this man Jesus, came upon them and took them before the high priest, and others who questioned them as to what authority they had to do these things. Peter seized the opportunity to preach the name of Jesus Christ unto them, but the sermon was not appreciated. The apostles were threatened and let go, with the command that they should not use this name anymore. During the time of their preaching though, there were another five thousand souls who believed the gospel and were added to the church. By this time, all attention was focused on this group of believers who were causing such a stir around Jerusalem. Miracles were being wrought by the apostles, the sick were healed, and spirits were cast out of those who were possessed. It was reported that the believers in this new way of life had all things common. But then the high priest and the Sadducees were filled with indignation because of these things, and when they could no longer contain themselves, they arrested the apostles once again and cast them into the common prison. This time, God sent an angel to open the prison gates, and when they were on the outside, the angel said to them, go, stand and speak, in the temple, to the people, all the words of this life. It was important that the church of that day be started out on right teachings. The right doctrine was most essential. The five fold ministry was busy among those early Christians, getting them established in the right doctrine. They had apostles, prophets, evangelists, pastors, and teachers: all active in that first age, and you can be sure of this one thing, they all taught the same revelation of Jesus Christ to the believers of that day. The trinity of the godhead sure didn’t get its start through the ministry of through the ministry of those men. Neither did that apostate substitute for water baptism. The gospel started out pure, through the teachings of these men, and that is what the bride of Christ must be brought back to, before she will be acceptable to God. All denominational creeds and traditions will have to be purged out of us by a right revelation of the word of God. Then we must live according to that revelation.




When we talk about miracles, we sure can not overlook Phillip and his ministry down in Samaria. He was not an apostle. He was just a deacon, or a table waiter as some might prefer, but when the great persecution of Christians struck Jerusalem, causing them to be scattered to the regions round about, (after the death of Stephen), we find Phillip going down into Samaria, preaching the gospel as he went. We find the record of his ministry in the 8th chapter of Acts, where it tells that unclean spirits were cast out of many who were possessed with them. Many of those who had palsy, or that were lame, were healed. The Bible says that the people, with one accord, gave heed unto those things which Phillip spake, hearing and seeing the miracles which he did. Even Simon, the sorcerer, believed and was baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, along with the rest of that great multitude that believed the things which Phillip preached, concerning the kingdom of God, and the name of the Lord Jesus Christ. But the thing that I want you to see from this Bible account of Phillip’s ministry is, that, even though he had all of those miracles as a result of his preaching, the Holy Ghost did not fall on any of these new converts until the apostles went down and laid hands on them and prayed for them.

Do you think it strange that the Holy Ghost fell on none of them until the apostles prayed for them? The reason it seems strange to us, is that we have been prone to interpret the Bible by what we have seen taking place in the last 50 or 60 years, as we look backwards. But, my brother, when we take the Bible and put it on the other side of the dark ages, where the gospel light had just bloomed forth, and the plan of God had just been introduced, we can see that God absolutely had a divine plan for doing things. Therefore, Peter and John went down to Samaria and all they did was lay hands on the people and pray for them to receive the Holy Ghost. God did something there with a manifestation that caught the attention of all people. I do not know what the manifestation was, but something happened, for when Simon saw that through the laying on of the apostles hands, the Holy Ghost was given, he offered them money, saying, give me also this power, that on whomsoever I lay hands, he may receive the Holy Ghost. Of course the gift of God can not be purchased with money, and Peter reminded him of this fact. It is free to all who repent and are baptized according to Acts 2:38, in the name of Jesus Christ. That is a promise to as many as the Lord our God shall call, Acts 2:39.




Now let us look at the order in which the gospel was presented to the various people. You will recall, I am sure, the words of Jesus which are recorded in Acts 1:8, where he said, “But ye shall receive power after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in JERUSALEM, and in JUDAEA, and in SAMARIA, and unto the UTTERMOST PART OF THE EARTH.” Do you see the order here? First, the gospel was to be preached at Jerusalem. This took place on the day of Pentecost, Acts 2:1-47. Then we read in the 8th chapter of Acts, verses 1,4, that after the death of Stephen, there was a great persecution against the church which was at Jerusalem: and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of JUDAEA and SAMARIA, all except the apostles who remained at Jerusalem. In verse 4 we read, “Therefore they that were scattered abroad went everywhere preaching the word.” They covered the regions of Judaea and Samaria, preaching the word. Now we come to the 10th chapter of Acts, and we find that it is time to begin to fulfill the last part of chapter 1:8, where the uttermost part of the earth is mentioned. This is what included the Gentiles. They were not included in the regions of Jerusalem, Judaea, and Samaria, but now, let us watch the order of these next events.

When we come to the 10th chapter we find an account of a certain man named Cornelius, who was a centurion in the Roman army, (A Gentile), but the scripture says that he was a devout man, meaning of course, that he had heard something, somewhere, concerning the true and living God, and he had believed sincerely enough that it caused him to pray and give alms to the people. But according to Peter’s account of the matter, when he was approached by his Jewish brethren at Jerusalem, later, the man Cornelius, needed to hear words, whereby, he and all of his house could be saved. You can read that in the 11th chapter. It just goes to show that there are a lot of well meaning people in the world who pray and do many good things, but they are like Cornelius was, they are not saved. They need to hear the words of eternal life, and be instructed in how to make their calling sure. According to chapter 10:6, the angel that Cornelius saw in his vision instructed him to send for Simon Peter, who was in the house of Simon the tanner by the sea side. When he comes, said the angel, “he will tell thee what thou oughtest to do.”

We know of a surety that there were prophets at Jerusalem, such as Agabus, Judas, Silas and others. These men could, no doubt, have preached to this group of Gentiles, just as well as Peter did, but it was not those prophets that God chose for the job. There is something about that office of the apostle that God has ordained to use. We must see it if we are going to move on with God. It is not that we are trying to glorify flesh. There is no flesh that can glory in the presence of the Lord. We are just trying to help you to see that God has a certain order by which he does things, and those who resist God’s order will miss God altogether, and wind up back out in the world.

We are aware of the fact that there are many professing Christians in our day who detest the idea of having anyone over them. They will say, “Bless God, I am not going to have anyone telling me what to do. I get my instructions directly from God. The spirit leads me. I don’t need anyone.” Such an attitude, in itself, reveals that their heart is not right, and because their heart is not right, they could never submit to any kind of authority. As for myself, I do not want some denominational bishop over me either, but, brother, I will accept a biblical office over me. AMEN! As long as that man is leading my soul down the pathway of eternal life, in the revelation of Jesus Christ, and my soul has access to the word of God, here is one old boy that has no objections to following such a man. If your heart is right, and you are hungering after truth, then you will know who to follow, and also, who not to follow.

When they drafted me into the army, I did not go in there and try to tell them how to run everything. Whatever they were doing (or having me to do), that I did not like, was not for me to change. I had to fall in line and conform to the established rules, so is it in this great army of God. We can not all be leaders. Some of us are required to follow, but God will let us know who to follow.




When it came time for God to open the door of grace to the Gentiles, He took advantage of the hungry, weakened condition of Peter’s physical makeup to speak to him, for up until this time the apostle Peter had strictly observed the law of eating, concerning clean, and unclean things. Now, Peter was a man of prayer, so while he was waiting for the meal to be prepared, he just slipped away, up to the housetop to pray. (For those of you who have been to the Middle East, or know anything about their customs, this would not seem strange to you; for you will know that their houses are built with flat roofs, and they have a stairway leading up to roof so that it serves as sort of a balcony, or a place to get away from the main activity of the household.) On this particular occasion, as Peter began to pray, he became very hungry and would have eaten, but the food was not ready, so while he waited he fell into a trance, and saw heaven opened, and a sheet like vessel, tied together by the hour corners, let down to the earth before him. In this vessel were all manner of four-footed beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the air. As Peter beheld this sight, he heard a voice, saying, “Rise, Peter; kill, and eat,” but Peter said, “Not so, Lord; for I have never eaten anything that is common or unclean.” Then the voice spoke to him again, and said, “What God hath cleansed, that call not thou common.” God gave him a threefold witness, for he repeated the incident twice, but Peter was still not completely settled as to what the vision meant, and while he thought it over, the three men that Cornelius had sent appeared at the gate making inquiry about him. The spirit spoke to Peter, and told him to arise and go with the three men, doubting nothing. Peter listens to the story of the three men as they relate the vision that Cornelius had been instructed through. About three days later, and some sixty miles up the coast, Peter and the man who accompanied him arrived at the Gentile man’s house. Immediately, Cornelius began relating the vision to Peter, and when he had finished, Peter began his sermon by saying, “Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons: But in every nation he that feareth him, and worketh righteousness, is accepted with him. The word which God sent unto the children of Israel, preaching peace by Jesus Christ: (he is Lord of all), That Word, I say, ye know, which was published throughout all Judaea, and began from Galilee, after the baptism which John preached; How God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power: who went about doing good, and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with him.” You see what Peter did, he did the only thing that he could do, he just began preaching Jesus to them. That is what he had been doing in every other place where the door was open, and that is exactly what God wanted him to do. For there is no other name under heaven, given among men, whereby we must be saved, except the name of the Lord Jesus Christ. God did not have to tell Peter what to say to these people once he was there, he just did what came natural with him. He gave a testimony of the things that he had seen and heard, but he did not stop there. Even though he did not have any idea that those people who were hearing him would start acting peculiar, he had no trouble recognizing that they were receiving the same experience that he and the others with him had received, for they heard them speak with tongues and magnify God. I want you to read the last few verses of this 10th chapter and take note of the fact that they did not have anyone shaking their heads, patting them on the cheeks, or trying to teach them how to speak in other language, as some of these modern evangelists encourage people to do. I am truly sick of this whole apostate religious thing that we are seeing spread around everywhere. Brothers and Sisters: it is the cheapness of it all that is so bad, I am constantly amazed to see some poor soul that was sincere and hungry enough for God, to survive all of that nonsense, and make is way to truth. You can be sure of this, it is not because someone beat on them or caused them to repeat certain phrases. It is because God sees the heart of every person that comes through that route, and He causes them to get the right thing.



I want you to listen close to what I am going to say. We are living in a day when man cheapens the program of God by making a show out of it. Modern religion likes to put everything on display, and count heads, to boast about numbers, how many got saved, how many received the Holy Ghost, how many was in Sunday school last Sunday, or how many has pledged to pray for such and such a time. These numbers may sound good to them, but I want you to know that they do not mean anything to God. For God already has the whole thing numbered from before the foundation of the world. His record book is already made out. Why should man try so hard to make the earthly record books show so much more than the heavenly record that God has made? Why can we not allow God to motivate and lead us along in His plan? Why do we feel like we must help God? I hear people get so frustrated and nervous, saying, Oh! But we have just got to help God or such a one someplace may not get saved. No, we don’t have to feel like that. All we need to do is yield ourselves to God and let Him direct us, and lead us. There will certainly be times that God will use your testimony to get som